doc2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport
download 
Report Transcription
2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport
������������ � � � � � � � � � Motorcycling Australia 2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport Published annually since 1928 by Motorcycling Australia ABN 83 057 830 083 147 Montague Street South Melbourne 3205 Victoria Australia Tel: 03 9684 0500 Fax: 03 9684 0555 email: mail@ma.org.au website: www.ma.org .au This publication is available electronically from www.ma.org.au Motorcycling Australia is the Australian affiliate of the Fèdèration Internationale de Motocyclisme. www.fim.ch ISSN 1833-2609 2007. All material in this book is the copyright of Motorcycling Australia Ltd (MA) and may not be reproduced without prior written permission from the Chief Executive Officer. enjoy the ride INTRODUCTION TO THE 2007 EDITION Welcome to the 2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport, which has important information that you’ll need to enjoy your ride in the year ahead. Although this book is as correct as it could be at the time it went to the printers, things can and do change throughout the year. That’s why we urge you to visit the MA website -www.ma.org.au to check on the latest in the world of motorcycling. It’s your most valuable tool to keep up-to-date with the latest information and news. You can track the progress of Australian riders at home and abroad, and get an in-depth look into the ‘behind-the-scenes’ world of motorcycling. Motorcycling in Australia progressed rapidly throughout 2006, and several new initiatives were introduced during the year which will ensure that it continues to do so in the upcoming calendar year and beyond. This Manual of Motorcycle Sport has undergone significant changes in structure and look, and much work has been expended in making it more user-friendly. There are also several new sections, such as the 2007 Motorcycling Calendar, a Media Guide with how-to information on being interviewed and writing a Press Release included to make it more relevant to you, and other users. Junior racing has very much been in the forefront of Motorcyling Australia activities, as witnessed by the introduction of a Junior Coaching Program at the start of July 2006. The Junior Coaching Program was designed to improve rider safety and is aimed at reducing the risk of injury among junior riders. One key to the Program is the maintenance of rider log books. Juniors must undertake five hours coaching each year, conducted by an MA accredited coach, and these coaching hours are recorded in their log book. The log book also acts as a record for any medical treatment received or penalties imposed. Junior riders must present their log book with their competition licence at all race meetings and practice days. In the first six months of the Program’s operation, the feedback from competitors, officials and parents has been overwhelmingly positive. Further developments in junior racing have come with several rule changes in this edition of the Manual of Motorcycle Sport that take effect in 2007. This year, Junior road racing will be significantly expanded, a new machine for junior motocross is introduced, and there are significant changes to the way that the age of junior riders is calculated. Motorcycling Australia’s personal accident cover has been boosted with increases in payouts for several categories of injury. All of these developments have been introduced to further progress the growth and expansion of the sport that we all hold so dearly, and ensure that the future of the motorcycle racing remains very bright. Last year saw the consolidation and expansion of the Riders’ Division- cementing Motorcycling Australia in its position as an organisation for all Australian motorcyclists. The Riders’ Division is far more than a way for all Motorcyling Australia members, racers, officials and Riders’ Division members, to save money through the many member discounts available – it will help provide the numbers and structure so that Motorcycling Australia continues to grow as Australia’s peak motorcycling body, through rider representation. More information on the Riders’ Division and the benefits that you can access as an MA licence holder can be found at the back of this Manual, or on the Riders’ Division page on the Motorcycling Australia website. Many of the Australians racing in World Motorcycling Championships have excelled over the past 12 months, proving that Australian motorcycle sport creates the conditions for success at all levels. Jason Crump and Troy Bayliss became two-time World Champions, both riders doing so by emphatic margins in their respective hard-fought championships. Crump became Australia’s first World Champion for 2006 when he secured the Individual Speedway World Championship in Prague, with two rounds of the championship remaining. He won four of the first six rounds 2 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Bayliss added the 2006 World Superbike Championship to the SBK championship he won in 2001, but in 2006, he dominated the season from start to finish. The 95-point gap between Bayliss and second place was reinforced by a run of eight wins in succession, and he became the oldest rider to ever win the crown. The icing on the cake for Bayliss’ wonderful year came during the Valencia MotoGP when he stood in for an injured Sete Gibernau. A supreme effort saw Troy qualify second, and with a fantastic start off the line he led from flag to flag, becoming the first Australian to win a MotoGP race on a 990cc four-stroke machine. Other notable performances abroad included Kevin Curtain’s second placing in the World Supersport Championship, Chad Reed’s second placing in the AMA Supercross Championship and Stefan Merriman’s third placing in the E2 class of the World Endurance Championship. If the immediate future of individual Australians competing in World Championships is looking good, our teams also continue to perform well. Australia, represented by Leigh Adams (Captain), Jason Crump, Travis McGowan, Ryan Sullivan and Todd Wiltshire finished fourth in the Speedway World Cup that came down to the final five races. Across the Tasman, the Aussie team won the Oceania Motocross, and the Australian Junior Team was fourth in the ISDE. Our Motocross of Nations team battled tough conditions to finish 11th at last year’s MXoN in Winchester, England. The trio fought a class field as they took it to the world’s best. At the International Trophy section of the Trial des Nations, our team of Michael Byrne, Trevor Campbell, Dylan Rees and Colin Zarczynski took second spot. The foursome ended the event in 11th place overall. Locally, the standard of racing across all disciplines was extremely high, with several notable performances throughout the year. Anthony ‘AJ’ Roberts dominated Enduro in 2006, winning the 270-450cc four-stroke class at the Australian Four- Day Enduro in early July, and backed that up by retaining his Off Road Series title. In his second year of full-time Enduro competition, 21 year-old Chris Hollis performed a similar feat, by winning the up to 250cc four-stroke class at the A4DE and taking out a class in the Off Road Series too. Leigh Adams (Speedway), Colin Zarczynski (Moto-Trials) and Craig Anderson (Motocross) all claimed further Australian Titles while Daniel Reardon who impressed with a second placing in the Motocross Championship managed to go one better in the Supercross. Tye Simmonds became the first person to win three separate classes at the Junior Motocross Championship while Matthew Davies performed the same feat at the Junior Long Track Championship. Todd and Brady Kurtz won dual classes at the Junior Long Track and Junior Dirt Track Championships respectively, and all four junior riders look likely to be motorcycling stars of the future. The Women’s Motocross Championship and Quad Motocross Championship were run and won for the first time, and for the top-three results from those and every class of each 2006 Australian Championship, turn to page 20. In 2006, we witnessed a fantastic year of racing at home and abroad and it has only built the excitement for the forthcoming year. On behalf of the Board of Motorcycling Australia, we wish you all the best in your endeavours for 2007. Ron Kivovitch President David White Chief Executive Officer Motorcycling Australia is proudly supported by the Australian Sport Commission 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 3 INTRODUCTION of the ten round championship finishing second in the other two, and ended up a massive 44 points clear of his nearest rival. Table of Contents INTRODUCTION TO THE 2007 EDITION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .2 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 12 AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 14 A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 15 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 18 2006 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 20 2007 AUSTRALIAN MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 26 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEDIA GUIDE.. The Do’s and Don’ts of Interviews .. .. .. Writing a Press Release . .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Motorcycle Media Contacts .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 28 28 29 30 THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 31 1.1 Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 33 1 1.2 1.3 1.4 JURISDICTION .. .. .. .. Purpose of Rules .. .. .. Repeal of Current GCRs. By - Laws .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 33 34 34 34 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 ADMINISTRATION. .. .. .. .. The Controlling Bodies .. .. .. Commissions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Sports Development Levy .. .. Sports Development Account . .. Officials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 36 36 36 37 37 37 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 LICENSING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Licensing Requirements . .. .. .. .. Licensing - General .. .. .. .. .. .. Licensing - Seniors . .. .. .. .. .. .. Licensing - Juniors .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Licensing - Entrants .. .. .. .. .. .. Licensing - Speedway Mechanics .. Licence Issuing and Renewals .. .. Junior Coaching Program .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 42 42 44 44 44 45 45 45 46 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 COMPETITIONS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Venues .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. The Promotion and Conduct of Competitions . Offences.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 47 47 47 51 5 PROTESTS AND APPEALS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56 4 enjoy the ride .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Protests .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56 Appellate Bodies . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 57 Appeals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 57 6 6.1 JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 59 MA Hearing Guidelines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 59 7. 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Creation of Commissions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Structure of the Commissions. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Structure of the Standing Committees and Special Sub-committees . .. .. Objectives of the Commissions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Commission Terms of Reference .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8 8.1 8.2 NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 63 Coaching Background .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 63 Suitable Activities for Coaching Re-Accreditation .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 64 9 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME Officials Background .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Levels of Accreditation .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Officials Licensing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. National Officials Sub-committee Guidelines .. .. .. .. State Officials Review Panel Guidelines. .. .. .. .. .. 10 10.1 NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 67 Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 68 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.7 11.8 11.9 11.10 11.11 11.12 11.13 11.14 11.15 11.16 11.17 11.18 11.19 11.20 ANTI-DOPING POLICY . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Policy Responsibilities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. MA’s Position on Doping . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Policy Application.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Policy Obligations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Definition of Doping .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Proof of Doping .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Prohibited List . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Testing. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping - Retirement and Return to Competition . Anti-Doping Sample Analysis .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Investigations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Result Management .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Hearings .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Sanctions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Doping -Consequences to Teams .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Appeals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Violations Outside of Anti-Doping Policy . Anti-Doping Confidentiality And Reporting . .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Miscellaneous . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 60 60 60 60 60 61 65 65 65 66 66 66 .. .. .. .. .. .. 69 .. .. .. .. .. .. 69 .. .. .. .. .. .. 70 .. .. .. .. .. .. 70 .. .. .. .. .. .. . 70 .. .. .. .. .. .. 70 .. .. .. .. .. .. 71 .. .. .. .. .. .. 71 .. .. .. .. .. .. 71 .. .. .. .. .. .. 71 .. .. .. .. .. .. 72 .. .. .. .. .. .. 73 .. .. .. .. .. .. 73 .. .. .. .. .. .. 73 .. .. .. .. .. .. 74 .. .. .. .. .. .. 74 .. .. .. .. .. .. 75 .. .. .. .. .. .. 75 .. .. .. .. .. .. 75 .. .. .. .. .. .. 76 .. .. .. .. .. .. 76 enjoy the ride 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5.1 5.2 5.3 11.21 11.22 11.23 11.24 11.25 11.26 11.27 Alcohol Breath Testing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Alcohol Blood Testing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Anti-Doping Policy Appendix -2007 World Anti-Doping Code Prohibited List Prohibited Methods .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Substances and Methods Prohibited in-Competition .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Substances Prohibited In Particular Sports .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Specified Substances .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 76 78 78 81 81 82 83 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8 12.9 12.10 12.11 12.12 12.13 12.14 12.15 12.16 12.17 ALL DISCIPLINES . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Application of Chapter .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Eligibility - All Disciplines. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Fees- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Engines – Formulae for Calculation of Capacities and Classes . Measurement - All Disciplines. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Number Plates- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Radio Communication .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Frames and Parts - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Fuel- All Disciplines. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Noise Emissions - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Starts & Finishes - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Stopping Events- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Flags And Signals- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Scoring- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Change of Machine During a Competition - All Disciplines. .. .. Junior Competition Rules - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Junior Capacity Classes - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 84 84 84 84 84 85 86 87 87 89 91 92 93 93 94 94 95 96 13 13.1 13.2 13.3 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS. .. .. MA Events .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protocols . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Championship Medallions and Trophies . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 98 .. 98 .. 98 .101 14. 2006 IN PICTURES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .103 15. 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.8 15.9 15.10 15.11 15.12 ROAD RACING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing – Road Racing . Frames and Parts - Road Racing .. Engines - Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. Fuel - Road Racing . .. .. .. .. .. .. Supersport .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Superbikes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Superstock .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Pro-Twins .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Nakedbike NK1 Road Bike Freestyle .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing – Minimoto .. .. Frames and Parts - Minimoto . .. .. 6 enjoy the ride .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .105 .105 .106 .107 .107 .107 .109 . 111 . 112 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 116 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 116 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 117 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Engines - Minimoto . .. .. .. .. .. .. Formula One Sidecars .. .. .. .. .. Formula Two Sidecars .. .. .. .. .. Junior Competition Eligibility .. .. .. Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc .. .. Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc . .. 125cc GP Class .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Rules - Road Racing .. Australian Superbike Championship .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 117 . 118 .121 .124 .124 .124 .124 .125 .128 16. 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8 16.9 16.10 16.11 HISTORIC ROAD RACING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing – Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Categories and Classes- Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Eligibility - Historic Road Racing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Requirements- Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Requirements - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars .. Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing -sidecars & Cyclecars .. Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars Fuel- Historic Road Racing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Australian Historic Road Race Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .130 .130 .131 .131 .132 .133 .133 .134 .135 .135 .135 .136 17. 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.8 17.9 17.10 17.11 17.12 17.13 17.14 MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS . .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing - Motocross and Supercross Frames and Parts - Motocross and Supercross . Noise Emissions - Motocross and Supercross .. Fuel- Motocross and Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. Senior Classes- Motocross and Supercross .. .. Junior Classes- Motocross and Supercross .. .. Competitor Grading- Motocross and Supercross Competition Rules - All Ages and Classes .. .. .. Competition Rules - Supercross . .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Rules - Freestyle Motocross .. .. .. Competition Rules - Fast 50’s. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Australian Motocross Championships .. .. .. .. Australian Junior Motocross Championships .. .. Australian Supercross Championship. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .137 .137 .137 .138 .139 .139 .139 .139 .139 .140 .141 .142 .143 .144 .145 18. 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.4 18.6 18.7 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS AND DIRT TRACK .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing- Classic MX and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. Eligibility- Classic MX and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Machine Requirements- Classic MX and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. Machine and Class Identification- Classic MX and Dirt Track Engines - Classic MX and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Tables of Accepted Machines- Classic MX and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .147 .147 .147 .148 .148 .149 .149 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. TABLE OF CONTENTS 15.13 15.15 15.16 15.17 15.18 15.19 15.20 15.21 15.22 enjoy the ride 7 18.8 18.9 18.11 18.12 18.13 18.14 Frames and Parts - Sidecars - Classic MX and Dirt Track Engines - Sidecars - Classic MX and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. Frames and Parts - Classic Long Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Rules - Classic MX and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. Australian Classic Motocross Championship .. .. .. .. .. .. Australian Classic Dirt Track Championship .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .153 .154 .154 .155 .155 .155 19. 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.4 19.5 19.6 19.7 19.8 19.9 19.10 19.11 19.12 19.13 19.14 19.15 SPEEDWAY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing- Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. Frames and Parts - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. Engines - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Engines - Junior Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Rider Identification- Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. Fuel - Speedway . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Classes - Junior Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 250cc Intermediate Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. 350cc Solo Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Classic Long Track and Classic Speedway .. Competition Rules - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. Australian Speedway Championships .. .. .. Australian Teams Championships -Speedway Test Matches - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. World Championship Selection - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .156 .156 .157 .162 .163 .163 .164 .164 .164 .165 .165 .165 .169 .172 .174 .175 20. 20.1 20.2 20.3 20.4 20.5 20.6 20.7 20.8 20.9 DIRT TRACK.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing- Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. Frames and Parts - Dirt Track. .. .. .. .. .. .. Machine and Rider Identification - Dirt Track .. Fuel - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Junior Classes - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Senior Classes - Dirt Track . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Rules - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. Australian Dirt Track Championship .. .. .. .. Australian Junior Dirt Track Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .176 .176 .177 .177 .178 .178 .178 .178 .178 .179 21. 21.1 21.2 21.3 21.4 21.5 21.6 21.7 21.8 21.9 21.10 TRACK .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing - Track Machines . .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing - Motocross or Enduro Machines Frames and Parts - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Engines - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Fuel - Track . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Track - Junior .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Classic Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Rules - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Australian Junior Track Championships . .. .. .. .. .. Australian Senior Track Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .181 .181 .182 .183 .184 .184 .184 .184 .184 .185 .185 8 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT QUADS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Frames and Parts - Quads . .. .. Engines - Quads . .. .. .. .. .. .. Fuel- Quads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Classes and Age Groups- Quads Competition Rules - Quads. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .187 .187 .188 .188 .189 .189 23. 23.1 23.2 23.3 23.4 23.5 23.6 23.7 23.8 MOTO-TRIALS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing – Moto-Trials .. .. Classes and Grades – Moto-Trials . .. Frames and Parts - Moto-Trials .. .. .. Fuel - Moto-Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Classic Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Sidecar - Moto-Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Rules – Moto-Trials. .. .. Australian Moto-Trials Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .190 .190 .190 .191 .191 .191 .192 .192 .195 24. 24.1 24.2 24.3 24.4 24.5 24.6 24.6 SUPERMOTO .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing – Supermoto .. .. Frames and Parts- Supermoto .. .. .. Engines- Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Fuel- Supermoto . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Capacity Classes- Supermoto .. .. .. Competition Rules- Supermoto .. .. .. Australian Supermoto Championship . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .196 .196 .197 .197 .197 .197 .198 .199 25. 25.1 25.2 25.3 25.4 25.5 25.6 25.7 25.8 25.9 25.10 ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing - Enduro and Reliability Trials .. Frames and Parts - Enduro and Reliability Trials .. Fuel- Enduro and Reliability Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Competition Rules- Enduro and Reliability Trials .. Competition Rules - Junior Enduro . .. .. .. .. .. .. Australian Four Day Enduro Championships .. .. .. The Course – A4DE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Preliminary Examination- A4DE. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Publication of Results- A4DE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. A4DE Awards .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .200 .200 .201 .201 .201 .209 .210 . 211 .212 .212 .212 26. 26.2 26.3 26.4 26.5 26.6 26.7 MINIKHANA .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Protective Clothing- Minikhana .. .. Frames and Parts- Minikhana. .. .. Engines- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. Classes and Categories- Minikhana Competition Rules- Minikhana .. .. Courses- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .214 .214 .214 .215 .215 .216 .218 27. 27.1 ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .225 Alternative Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .225 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. enjoy the ride 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS 22. 22.1 22.2 22.3 22.4 22.5 27.2 27.3 27.4 27.5 27.6 Venues - Alternative Activities . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Permits - Alternative Activities. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Supplementary Regulations- Alternative Activities .. Licensing of Competitors - Alternative Activities . .. Technical Specifications - Alternative Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .225 .225 .225 .225 .225 28. 28.1 28.2 28.3 28.4 28.5 28.6 28.7 28.8 RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY .. .. .. Recreational Activities. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Controlling Bodies- Recreational Activities . .. .. .. .. Officials – Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Venues – Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. The Promotion and Conduct of Recreational Activity . Permits – Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Entries. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Licensing of Participants . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .226 .226 .226 .226 .226 .226 .226 .227 .227 29. NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .228 APPENDIX 1 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .230 Approval Labels for Helmets .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .230 Helmet Fitting Guide .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .231 APPENDIX 2- MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .232 Checklist for Creating Supplementary Regulations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .235 Sample Event Entry Form .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .236 APPENDIX 3 - MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY .. .. .. 1. Purpose of This Member Protection Policy. .. .. 2. Who this Member Protection Policy Applies to .. 3. Code of Conduct . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 4. Organisational Responsibilities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 5. Individual Responsibilities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 6. Policy Position Statements . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7. Member Protection Policy - Screening .. .. .. .. 8. Member Protection Information Officers (MPIOs) 9. Child Abuse Procedures . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10. Complaints Procedures .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 11. Breaches of this Member Protection Policy .. .. 12. Forms of Discipline . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 13. Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Attachment C - Child Protection Requirements .. Attachment B - Member Protection Declaration . Attachment A - Code of Conduct .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .238 .238 .238 .238 .238 .239 .239 .241 .242 .242 .242 .243 .244 .244 .246 .247 .247 RULE AMENDMENT OR INCLUSION FORM. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .258 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEMBER BENEFITS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .261 SEND YOUR FEEDBACK ON THIS MANUAL TO riders@ma.org.au 10 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT TABLE OF CONTENTS 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 11 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA PERSONNEL Chief Executive Officer David White Manager – Sport and Marketing Daniel Hutchinson Manager – Finance and Administration Jamie Nind Riders’ Division Manager Dan Rotman Commissions & Committees Manager Ross Martin Communications Manager Andrew Weiss Accounts & Administration Jodi Russell Events and Sport Development Sarah Milroy Administration Officer Sian Smith (part-time) Address 147 Montague Street South Melbourne, VIC 3205 Postal PO Box 134 South Melbourne, VIC 3205 Phone +61 (03) 9684 0500 Fax +61 (03) 9684 0555 Email mail@ma.org.au Web www.ma.org.au OFFICE BEARERS President Ron Kivovitch Vice President Steve Foody Patron The Hon. Tony Street Auditor Terrence Jasper & Associates National Director of Coaching Stephen Gall Chief Medical Officer Dr Carl Le COUNCILLORS New South Wales Christine Tickner Queensland Allan Halley South Australia Ivan Golding Tasmania Peter Kitto Victoria Darryl Hiddle Western Australia Ramon Horton Northern Territory Ian Jordan Ron Kivovitch 12 enjoy the ride David White BOARD OF DIRECTORS Ron Kivovitch President Stephen Foody Vice- President Lyal Allen Les Thomas Beach Thomas Jim Scaysbrook Stephen Foody Les Thomas Lyal Allen Beach Thomas Jim Scaysbrook 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA COMMISSIONS (Chairman - bolded) Road Racing Motocross/ Supercross Speedway Enduro Junior Sport & Development JudicialLegal Members Environment (2009) (2007) (2008) (2007) (2009) (2007) Historic Road Racing Peter Shires Keith Roberts David Andersen John Simms Dave Morgan (2009) (2007) (2007) (2008) (2007) Robert Mestrom Kevin Mortimer John Tisdale Kelly Stanford Paul Foster (2009) (2007) (2008) (2008) (2007) Classic Motocross & Classic Dirt Track David Tanner Ray Atkins Michael Dowling Mark Austin (2009) (2007) (2007) (2008) Richard Ryan Michael Poole Peter Baker Ivan Golding Jane Collier (2009) (2009) (2007) (2008) (2007) Dirt Track Track, Supermoto & Quad Kevin McDonald Derek Rumble Mark Herfoss Paul Caridi (2009) (2007) (2008) (2007) Collin Jennings Ramon Horton Tim Shearer Denise Hore (2009) (2007) (2008) (2007) Moto-Trials Michelle Owen Ben Zander Trevor Bennett (2009) (2007) (2008) Braxton Laine Garry Dolan Cameron Scheuber (2009) (2007) (2008) COMMITTEES (Chairman- bolded) Officials Lyndon Heffernan Rod Jenner Ian Willis Stephen Gall Richard Lawson John Urquhart JudicialMotorcycle Members Andrew Graham Lorraine Bunt Peter Bell Ray Le Nevez Darral Holman Ross Earl Dale Wyatt Ralph Freeman Darryl Hiddle Dan Seketa Peter Sparshott Andrew Graham STRUCTURE AND BOARD Coaching David Noice Leo Cash Phil Tainton John Redding David Bancell John Inkster Motorcycling Australia Council 2006 L to R Christine Tickner [NSW], Ramon Horton [WA], Allan Halley [Qld], Darryl Hiddle [Vic], Ivan Golding [SA], Ian Jordan [NT] Peter Kitto absent [Tas] 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 13 AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES MOTORCYCLING NEW SOUTH WALES CEO Robert Madden President Christine Tickner Address 67 High Street, Harris Park, NSW 2150 Postal PO Box 9172, Harris Park, NSW 2150 Phone +61 (02) 9635 9177 Fax +61 (02) 9635 5277 Email mnsw@motorcycling.com.au Web www.motorcycling.com.au MOTORCYCLING QUEENSLAND General Manager Lindsay Granger President Allan Halley Address Tivoli Raceway, Coal Road North Ipswich, Qld 4305 Postal PO Box 2072 North Ipswich, Qld 4305 Phone +61 (07) 3281 2255 Fax +61 (07) 3812 2742 E-mail info@mqld.org.au Web www.mqld.org.au MOTORCYCLING WESTERN AUSTRALIA Executive Director Rick Gill President Ramon Horton Postal Address 25/168, Guildford Road Maylands, WA 6051 Address 46 Seventh Ave, Maylands WA. Phone +61 (08) 9371 5333 Fax +61 (08) 9371 5311 Email mail@motorcyclingwa.org.au Web www.motorcyclingwa.org.au MOTORCYCLING VICTORIA General Manager Peter Wright President Darryl Hiddle Address 10 Hilton Street Clifton Hill, Vic 3068 Postal PO Box 414 Clifton Hill, Vic 3068 Phone +61 (03) 9482 5422 Fax +61 (03) 9482 5488 Email info@motorcyclingvic.com.au Web www.motorcyclingvic.com.au MOTORCYCLING TASMANIA Administrator Fred Bessell President Peter Kitto Postal PO Box 270 Latrobe, Tas 7307 Phone +61 (03) 6426 1988 Fax +61 (03) 6426 1988 E-mail mtas@southcom.com.au Web www.mtas.org.au MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY Manager Ian Jordan President Ian Jordan Address 35 Menaja Road Howard Springs, NT 0835 Postal PO Box 154, Howard Springs NT 0835 Phone +61 (08) 8983 2200 Fax +61 (08) 8983 2200 E-mail mant@bigpond.com.au Web www.mant.org.au MOTORCYCLING SOUTH AUSTRALIA General Manager Dee McLean President Ivan Golding Address 251 The Parade Beulah Park, SA 5067 Phone +61 (08) 8332 9000 Fax +61 (08) 8332 9100 Email administration@motorcyclingsa.org.au Web www.motorcyclingsa.org.au 14 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA Subsequently, in late 1992, the name Motorcycling Australia replaced ACCA to reflect a more modern and progressive image, and to ensure easy identification with motorcycling sport. A new logo was introduced at the same time, to match the improved image. In 1928, the Auto Cycle Council of Australia (ACCA) was formed to represent the interests of motorcycle clubs and State associations at a National level. The ACCA would eventually become Motorcycling Australia, the representative body for motorcycle racing in Australia. ACCA held biennial National conferences until 1972, when they became annual affairs. Delegates from each State Controlling Body (SCB) participated at the conferences. These high-level gatherings had the primary purpose of updating the General Competition Rules (GCRs) and determining future directions of the sport. In 1975, ACCA moved to International recognition by affiliating with the Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM). By the 1980s, motorcycle sport was no longer an amateur business and it was becoming unfeasible to operate in the traditional way. In 1989, the ACCA established a permanent office in Melbourne, staffed by a full-time administrator and assistant. By 1991, a new full-time National Executive Director was appointed, replacing the administrator. It was clear that the organisation had to change with the times and provide the professionalism demanded by modern sport. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT The following year, at the Annual conference, the Council approved a restructuring of the organisation. National Commissions were established and Commissioners appointed for each branch of the sport. Each Commission was responsible for rule changes and the national development of its discipline. Special Sub-committees, responsible for the business aspect of the sport, were also established. In 1998, the Northern Territory was formally admitted as a member. At the 2000 Annual conference in Hobart, a new constitution was adopted which empowered an independent Board of Directors. Councillors were reduced to one from each State. In the same year a Motorsport Manager was appointed to administer Australian championships. That role would eventually become that of Sport and Development Manager, merging the duties of National Development Officer and Motorsport Manager into one role. In 2001, Motorcycling Australia appointed a Media Manager and in late 2002, a new role of General Manager was created, replacing that of Operations Manager. Motorcycling Australia established its own Public Liability insurance arm- Motorcycling Australia Insurance Limited (MAIL) in 2003 to free the sport from the volatility of the public insurance market. Today, the organisation has in excess of 21,000 competitors, more than 350 affiliated clubs, and over 3000 registered officials. Motorcycling Australia will continue to serve its members and the motorcycle sport community, to ensure the healthy future of motorcycle sport. enjoy the ride HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA But organised motorcycle sport was established many years before the ACCA. Speedway racing was the first form of motorcycle competition to be organised as a professional sport. John Hoskins has been credited with presenting Speedway to the world, when he conducted the first meetings at the West Maitland Showgrounds (NSW) in 1923. His efforts laid the foundation for future Australian successes in World Championships. A full-time National Development Officer was appointed in early 1993, reflecting the growth of the sport and the organisation’s commitment to support and encourage that growth. At the 1993 annual conference, there was an overwhelming vote in favour of change for the long-term benefit of the sport, including plans for restructuring the organisation. 15 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS 1936 1938 1951-1952 1957 1961 1969 1979/1981 1983 1987 1992 1994-1998 1995 1996/2005 1997 1997 2000 2000/2002 2001 2001 2001 2001 2003 2003 2003 2004 2004 2004 2006 2006 Lionel Van Praag Bluey Wilkinson Jack Young Keith Campbell Tom Phillis Kel Carruthers Barry Smith Steve Baker Wayne Gardner Leigh Adams Michael Doohan Jason Crump Troy Corser Shane Watts Peter Goddard Stefan Merriman Warwick Nowland Troy Bayliss Andrew Pitt Heinz Platacis Stefan Merriman Stefan Merriman Chad Reed Chris Vermeulen Karl Muggeridge Stefan Merriman Jason Crump Jason Crump Troy Bayliss AUSTRALIAN WORLD CHAMPIONS Speedway Speedway Speedway Road Racing (350cc) Road Racing (125cc) Road Racing (250cc) Road Racing (Formula TT) Speedway (under 21) Road Racing (500cc) Speedway (under 21) Road Racing (500cc) Speedway (under 21) Road racing (Superbikes) Enduro (125cc) Road Racing (Endurance) Enduro (250cc) Road Racing (Endurance) Road Racing (Superbikes) Road Racing (Supersport) Road Racing (Endurance) Enduro (400cc) Enduro (250cc) Supercross (250cc) Road Racing (Supersport) Road Racing (Supersport) Enduro E1 (125cc 2T v 250 4T) Speedway Speedway Road Racing (Superbikes) Chad Reed Stefan Merriman Warwick Nowland Troy Bayliss Heinz Platacis Chris Vermuelen Karl Muggeridge 16 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS Bluey Wilkinson Jack Young Keith Campbell Tom Phillis Kel Carruthers Barry Smith Steve Baker Wayne Gardner Michael Doohan Leigh Adams Jason Crump Troy Corser Shane Watts Peter Goddard 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME Lionel Van Praag 17 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME 1961 1964 1968 1970 1978-1979 1983 1986/1988 1989 1991-1992 1995 1995 1996 2001 2001-2003/2005 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2005 2006 SECOND PLACE WORLD RANKINGS Tom Phillis Road Racing (250cc) Jack Ahearn Road Racing (500cc) Jack Findlay Road Racing (500cc) Kel Carruthers Road Racing (250cc and 350cc) Gregg Hansford Road Racing (250cc) Billy Sanders Speedway Wayne Gardner Road Racing (500cc) Jeff Leisk Motocross (500cc) Michael Doohan Road Racing (500cc) Daryl Beattie Road Racing (500cc) Troy Corser Road Racing (Superbikes) Ryan Sullivan Speedway (under 21) Chad Reed Motocross (250cc) Jason Crump Speedway Troy Bayliss Road Racing (Superbikes) Warwick Nowland Road Racing (Endurance) Broc Parkes Road Racing (Supersport) Casey Stoner Road Racing (250cc) Stefan Merriman Enduro E2 (250cc 2T v 450cc 4T) Jake Stapleton Enduro (Junior) Kevin Curtain Road Racing (Supersport) Chris Vermeulen Road Racing (Superbike) Andrew McFarlane Motocross MX2 (125cc 2T v 250cc 4T) Kevin Curtain Road Racing (Supersport) 1936 1950 1951 1954 1958 1959 1966 1968 1968-1969 1973 1976 1978-1979 1980 1990 1990 1991 1991-1992 1993 1994 1994 1995 1996 1998 2002 2005 2006 2006 Bluey Wilkinson Graham Warren Jack Biggs Ken Kavanagh Aub Lawson Bob Brown Jack Findlay Kel Carruthers Barry Smith John Dodds Phil Crump Gregg Hansford Billy Sanders Michael Doohan Todd Wiltshire Jason Lyons Rob Phillis Daryl Beattie Jason Crump Craig Boyce Ryan Sullivan Shane Watts Troy Corser Ryan Sullivan Leigh Adams Stefan Merriman Stefan Merriman 18 enjoy the ride THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS Speedway Speedway Speedway Road Racing (500cc) Speedway Road Racing (350cc and 500cc) Road Racing (500cc) Road Racing (350cc) Road Racing (50cc) Road Racing (250cc) Speedway Road Racing (350cc) Speedway Road Racing (500cc) Speedway Speedway (under 21) Road Racing (Superbikes) Road Racing (500cc) Speedway (under 21) Speedway Speedway (under 21) Enduro (250cc) Road Racing (Superbikes) Speedway Speedway Enduro E2 ISDE (Enduro E2) Jack Findlay Casey Stoner Aub Lawson Gregg Hansford Ryan Sullivan 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME 1974 1976 1990 1994 1995 1998 1999 1999 2001 2002 2003 2006 2006 AUSTRALIAN TEAMS Pairs Speedway Team Speedway (Phil Crump, Billy Sanders, Phil Hearne, John Boulger) Pairs Speedway ISDE Junior Trophy ISDE Junior Trophy (Ian Cunningham, Shane Watts, Shawn Reed Jamie Cunningham) ISDE World Trophy ISDE Junior Trophy Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan Jason Lyons, Todd Wiltshire) ISDE World Trophy Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Craig Boyce, Jason Lyons) Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Jason Lyons) Team Speedway Oceania Motocross (Nathan Brochtrup, Lee Ellis, Josh Strang, Kirk Gibbs, Chris Hollis, Cody Mackie, Ryan Marmont, Joel Passlow, Harley Quinlan, Tye Simmonds, Todd Waters) ISDE Junior Team (Christopher Hollis, Joshua Strang, Blake Hore, Darren Lloyd) 2nd 1st 2nd 2nd 1st 3rd 3rd 1st 3rd 1st 1st 2nd 1st 3rd MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME 2002 Speedway World Cup Australian Team Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Craig Boyce, Jason Lyons 2006 MX of Nations Australian Team- (L-R) Brett Metcalfe, Cheyne Boyd, Daniel Reardon 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 19 2006 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd SUPERBIKE Jamie Stauffer Russell Holland Robert Budgen 125 GP Peter Galvin Tom Hatton Brett Simmonds NAKEDBIKE Byron Mills Paul Cane Pete Smith 2006 AUSTRALIAN SUPERBIKE CHAMPIONSHIP SUPERSPORT 1st Jamie Stauffer 2nd Mark Aitchison 3rd Jason O’Halloran FX PRO-TWINS 1st Craig McMartin 2nd Paul Roe 3rd James van Rooyen F1 SIDECAR 1st Adam Teasure - Lionel Cornwall 2nd Stacey Stellar - Kerry McLeod 3rd Shane Soutar - Jeff Rowe Keeping a recent tradition alive, Yamaha Racing Team rider Jamie Stauffer [left] took out the double of both the Australian Superbike and Supersport titles. Peter Galvin claimed his second successive national 125GP crown and the fifth of his career, while Craig McMartin won his third straight Pro-Twins Championship. Only five points separated the top-three challengers heading into the final round of the F1 Sidecar Championship, before Adam Treasure and Lionel Cornwall took the top honours. 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 2006 AUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP Unlimited Period 2 (1920-1945) 250cc Period 3 (1946-1962) Lindsay Urquhart 1st Peter Forkes Robert Hermans 2nd John Imrie Joe Zappa 3rd Nigel Lemon 350cc Period 3 (1946-1962) Unlimited Period 3 (1946-1962) Keith Campbell 1st Robert Hermans Adrian Wright 2nd David Weatherhead Richard Metcalfe 3rd Brian March 500cc Period 3 (1946-1962) Sidecar Period 3 (1946-1962) Dave Cole 1st Bryce Davies - Graham Marston Robert Hermans 2nd Lindsay Urquhart - Adrian Lovelace Keith Campbell 3rd Warren Johnson - Matthew Johnson 250cc & 350cc Period 4 (1963-1972) 500cc Period 4&5 (1963-1980) Terry Morris 1st Craig Ditchburn Graeme Mason 2nd Tony White Darrell Bailey 3rd Damien Kavney Unlimited Period 4 (1963-1972) Sidecar Period 4 (1963-1972) Jeff Britton 1st Maxwell Hooper - Matty Johnson Simon Cook 2nd Tim Campbell - Troy Cain Murray Johnson 3rd David Jones - Stephen Jones 125cc Period 5 (1973-1980) 250cc & 350cc Period 5 (1973-1980) Trevor Lusby 1st Grant Boxhall Bernie Summers 2nd Malcolm Haines Les Rowe 3rd Brett Metcalfe Unlimited Period 5 (1973-1980) Sidecar Period 5 (1973-1980) Robbie Phillis 1st Chris Trounson - Matt Johnson David Johnson 2nd Warwick Levy - Bronson Breen Peter Guest 3rd Ross West - Craig Lawson 20 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2006 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd Pro Open Craig Anderson Daniel Reardon Cody Cooper Women Emma Davis Adelia Barton Kristy Gillespie 2006 AUSTRALIAN MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP Pro Lite 1st Ryan Marmont 2nd Cameron Taylor 3rd Troy Dorron The 2006 Australian MX Championship was a hard fought affair with local favourites Craig Anderson (right) and Ryan Marmont winning the Pro-Lite and Pro-Open titles, while New Zealander Emma Davis (left) won the Womens title [Pics courtesy Click28] 1st 2nd 3rd Pro Open Daniel Reardon Cheyne Boyd Craig Anderson 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME 1st 2nd 3rd 2006 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP 50cc Auto Div 2 6 - Under 9 65cc 7 - Under 9 Wilson Todd 1st Dylan Heaton Mitchell Evans 2nd Jake Pruiti Jackson Williams 3rd Matthew Hopkins-Talty 65cc 9 - Under 11 65cc 11 - Under 13 Scott Mann 1st Jackson Richardson Joel Dinsdale 2nd Luke Clout Nicklas Scott 3rd Errol Willis 85cc 9 - Under 12 85cc 12 - Under 14 Jacob Blomfield 1st Luke Arbon Joben Baldwin 2nd Jason Reed Corey James 3rd Jake Wright 85cc 14 - Under 16 125cc 13 - Under 15 Tye Simmonds 1st Tye Simmonds Jarryd McNeil 2nd Luke Arbon Josh Cachia 3rd Jarryd McNeil 125cc 15yrs 250cc 4ST 13 - Under 16 Todd Waters 1st Tye Simmonds Dean Ferris 2nd Todd Waters Ross Beaton 3rd Ross Beaton 2006 AUSTRALIAN SUPERCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP Pro Lite 1st Ryan Marmont 2nd Cameron Taylor 3rd Robbie Marshall 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 21 2006 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS Challenge Trophy 1st NSW 2nd Qld 3rd Vic Junior Trophy 1st NSW 2nd Vic 3rd ACT 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 2006 AUSTRALIAN FOUR-DAY ENDURO CHAMPIONSHIP Shannon Lewry, Stuart Bennett, Adam Lees, Ben Grabham, Brad Williscroft, Darren Lloyd Jehi Willis, Brett Barrett, Daniel Thomas, Mathew Fish, Dave Robbins, Rohan Crouch Kirk Hutton, Michael Oliver, Ryan Smart, Anthony Roberts, Grant Siebenhausen, Brad Peterson Chris Hollis, Ben Kearney, Josh Strang, Jarrod Bewley Paul Robbins, Blake Hore, Todd Stephenson, Dwayne Lloyd Mark Goggin, Geoff Braico, Brendan Alcock, Andrew Lloyd Up to 200cc two-stroke Shane Watts Damian Smith Mark Goggin Over 220cc two-stroke Josh Strang Andrew Lloyd Mathew Fish Up to 250cc four-stroke Chris Hollis Ben Kearney Michael Oliver 270-450cc four-stroke Anthony Roberts Brad Williscroft Blake Hore 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 500cc and over four-stroke Stuart Bennett Adam Lees Matthew Robinson Veteran (35-44 years) All-powers Mike Shearer Anthony Smidt Sean Clarke Masters (45 years plus) All-powers Geoff Ballard Adrian Fitzgerald Phil Wade 2006 AUSTRALIAN SPEEDWAY CHAMPIONSHIPS Senior Under 21 Leigh Adams 1st Chris Holder Todd Wiltshire 2nd Troy Batchelor Rory Schlein 3rd Jason Doyle Sidecar Under 16 Darrin Treloar-Justin Plaisted 1st Ryan Sedgmen Stuart Firth-Duane Dennis 2nd Taylor Poole Scott Christopher-Trent Koppe 3rd Robert Medson Under 16 Teams Ryan Sedgman-Justin Sedgman (Vic) Sam Masters-Taylor Poole (NSW) Toby Proctor-Dakota North (Vic) Chris Holder (above left) took the Aussie under 21 Speedway Title. Above right shows Speedway sidecar champs Darrin Treloar and Justin Plaisted fighting it out with third place-getters Scott Christopher and Trent Koppe (Courtesy Speedway Racing News) 22 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2006 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 2006 AUSTRALIAN MOTO TRIALS CHAMPIONSHIP Veterans 1st Steve Holzhauser 2nd Paul Moore 3rd Robert White Masters (35 years and over) 1st Graham Peace 2nd Martin O’Connor 3rd Richard Kent Sidecar 1st Justin Gough - Maurice Blanchard 2nd Todd Kuerschner – Stephen Sparkes 3rd Ben Zander - Matt Neldner 2006 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP 125cc 250cc 2-stroke Callum Hennesey 1st Michael Kirkness Tom Armstrong 2nd Darren Herrick Cody Sampson 3rd Marty McNamara 250cc 4 -stroke 450cc 4-stroke Rohan Tungate 1st Luke Gough Damien Koppe 2nd Paul Caslick Rowan Teggart 3rd Ian Hamilton Over 450cc 4-stroke 500cc 2-stroke Luke Gough 1st Darren Herrick Paul Caslick 2nd Gary Kasch Stuart Bennett 3rd Glen Smith 1100cc Sidecar Brett Pearce - Matt Cox Daryl Woodhead - Mick Hope Laurie Askew - Jason Fritsch 2006 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP 65cc 7-Under 9 years 65cc 9-Under 13 Lochie Latimer 1st Brody Nowlan Zaine Kennedy 2nd Brady Kurtz Jayden Bishop 3rd Matthew Davies 85cc 9-Under 11 85cc 11-Under 13 Brady Kurtz 1st Jack Miller Matthew Davies 2nd Joe Goodwin Josh Pickering 3rd Brody Nowlan 85cc 13-Under 16 80cc four-stroke 8-Under 11 Alex Davies 1st Brady Kurtz Darcy Ward 2nd Matthew Davies Torey Bellamy 3rd Ben Goodwin 80cc four-stroke 11-Under 14 80/100cc Big Wheel 11-Under 16 Jake Allen 1st James Barr Joe Goodwin 2nd Darcy Ward Jack Miller 3rd Corey Schaffer 125cc 13-Under 16 250cc four-stroke 13-Under 16 Darcy Ward 1st Zach Thackeray Zach Thackeray 2nd Dylan Trengrouse Tyson Nelson 3rd Daniel Wicks 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME 1st 2nd 3rd Open Colin Zarczynski Kevin Zarczynski Neil Price Junior Scott Owen Jason Byrne Lewis Nolan Post-classic Malcolm Chapman David Langstone Tony Griffiths Youth Craig Austin Cameron Smart Chayse Scott 23 2006 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 2006 AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP Pro Pro-Womens Christopher Brenton 1st Jeanette Lindsay Anthony Yewers 2nd Patrisha Bartley Luke Beechey 3rd Cathy Bush 35+ Veterans 40+ Veterans Anthony Yewers 1st Grant Gaisford Brett Yewers 2nd Len Pipicello Wayne Dickinson 3rd Scott Higson 90 2-Stroke-110cc 4-Stroke 9 under 13 200cc 2-Stroke - 300cc 4-Stroke 12 under 16 Lachlan Stone 1st Luke Gaisford Jake Emanuelli 2nd Mitchell van Vliet Daniel McKay 3rd Jake Emanuelli At the 2006 Australian Long Track Championships,Junior Todd Kurtz won the 13 to under 16 Big Wheel class, while Luke Gough stamped his name on the up to 450cc FTX title. 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 2005 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR LONG TRACK 65cc 7 - Under 9 Samuel Hollands 1st Ben Cook 2nd Jack Passfield 3rd 85cc 9 - Under 11 Matthew Davies 1st Zack Levy 2nd Brady Kurtz 3rd 85cc 11 - Under 13 Corey Schaffer 1st Mitchell Grant 2nd Jack Miller 3rd 250cc four-stroke 13 - Under 16 Brodie Waters 1st Daniel Wicks 2nd Jacob Richardson 3rd 125cc 13 - Under 16 Todd Kurtz 1st Zach Thackeray 2nd Jace Castles 3rd 80cc four-stroke 11 - Under 16 Mason Campton 1st Jack Miller 2nd Joe Goodwin 3rd 24 enjoy the ride CHAMPIONSHIP 65cc 9 - Under 13 Matthew Davies Brody Nowlan Zack Levy 85cc 13 - Under 16 Corey Schaffer Mitchell Grant Jack Miller 80cc four-stroke 8 - Under 11 Matthew Davies Tyson Snow Corey Taggart 85cc 13 - Under 16 Alex Davies Grant Charnock Darcy Ward 80/100cc Big Wheel 11 - Under 13 Joe Goodwin Mitchell Grant Corey Schaffer 80/100cc Big Wheel 13 - Under 16 Todd Kurtz Alex Davies Darcy Ward 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2006 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS 2006 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd S1 Adam Cini Graham Cheney Angus Reekie S3 Ben Grabham Blake Jacobs Simon Galloway 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 250cc 2-stroke Michael Kirkness Paul Caslick Kozza Smith 500cc 2-stroke FTX Darren Herrick Marty McNamara Anthony Farrell Over 450cc 4-stroke FTX1 Joshua Waters Luke Gough Damien Koppe 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar Mark Warner - Harold McCahon Barry Raffin - Ernie Raffin Brett Pearce - Matt Cox 2006 AUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO CHAMPIONSHIP S2 1st Troy Herfoss 2nd Stuart Bennett 3rd Rodney Taplin Australian Supermoto Champs (Left to right)- S1- Adam Cini S2 Troy Herfoss, S3 Ben Grabham MA MEMBERS GET FREE POSTAGE ON ‘ANDY STRAPZ PRODUCTS How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME 1st 2nd 3rd 125cc Carew Dickinson Tom Armstrong Vincent Burt 250cc 4-stroke Rohan Tungate Joshua Waters Josh Grajczonck Up to 450cc 4-stroke FTX Luke Gough Darren Herrick Paul Caslick 500cc Slider Christopher Holder Cory Gathercole Jay Herne 1100cc Long Track Sidecar Darrin Treloar - Justin Plaisted Mark Plaisted - Sam Harrison Chris Pym - Andrew Brown 25 2007 AUSTRALIAN MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites january february 3 Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 1 Newcastle NSW 9-11 BMWCNSW 30th Karuah Rally Dungog NSW 5 Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 2 Sydney NSW 10-11 Honda ASC Series Rd1 Eastern Ck NSW 7 Speedway Championship Dinner Parramatta NSW 11 Nowra National Open MX Yerriyong NSW 10 Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 3 Mildura Vic 16-17 Australian Under 21 Speedway C’ship Gilman SA 12 Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 4 Gilman SA 16-18 Australian Superbike C’ship Rd 1 Eastern Ck, NSW 13 Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 5 Mt Gambier SA 24 Stadium Motocross Rd2 Queanbeyan NSW 25 Supermoto Mayhem Cup Rd1 Oran Pk NSW 25-5 Australian Motorcycle Tours World Superbike Tour 18-20 Australian u16 Solo Speedway C’ship Gold Coast Qld 21 Blue Ribbon Ride Melbourne Vic 27 Stadium Motocross Rd1 Orange NSW 26-28 14th Annual Island Classic Phillip Island, Vic march april 2-4 World Superbikes Australian Rd,Phillip Island Vic 6-8 Australian Speedway Sidecar C’ship Ayr Qld 9 Barry Sheene Memorial Eastern Ck NSW 7-8 2 day Navigational Enduro Rally Condoblin NSW 10-11 Australian Off Road C’ship Rds 1&2 Pt Macquarie NSW 15 Supermoto Mayhem Cup Rd 3 Oran Pk NSW 17 Supermoto Mayhem Cup Rd 2 Maryborough Qld 15 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd1 Broadford Vic 18 Australian Womens MX C’ship Rd1 Newry Vic 20-22 Australian Superbike C’ship Rd 4 Mallala, SA 18 Rising Star Rookies Motocross Rd 1 Newry Vic 21 NSW Senior Long Track C’ship Allen Pk NSW 22-25 Australian Superbike Championship Rd2&3 Winton Vic 21-22 Australian Superbike C’ship Rd 4 Mallala, SA 25 Junior Trials Minikhana Interclub Gwandalan NSW 22 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd2 Penguin, Tas 31-1 MRRDA N’tl Series Rd1 Oran Pk NSW 25 ANZAC Day Poker Run, Guildford NSW 31-1 Australian Off Road Championship Rd 3&4 Mogo NSW 27-28 Classic Dirt 4 Broadford Vic may june 6 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd3 Conondale Qld 3 Australian Womens MX C’ship Rd2 Lakes, NSW 6 36th Kamfari Enduro Gunn Point NT 3 Rising Star Rookies Motocross Rd 2 Lakes, NSW 7 Bikers Aust Brass Monkey Rally Lithgow NSW 6-8 62nd FIM Rally Cesenatico Italy 12-13 MRRDA N’tl Series Rd2 Winton Vic 9-10 NSW Junior Enduro C’ship Mernai NSW 18-20 Australian Superbike C’ship Rd5 Symmons Pl Tas 9-11 Finke Desert Race NT 19-20 Australian Off Road C’ship Rd 7&8 Conondale, Qld 10 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd5 Murray Bridge SA 20 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd4 Raymond Tce, NSW 21-24 Australian Superbike C’ship Rd 6&7 Qld Rwy, Qld 25-27 Ulysses Club AGM Coffs Harbour NSW 24 Australian Womens MX C’ship Rd3 Toowoomba Qld 26-27 NSW Senior Enduro C’hip Rd5&6 Rosewood NSW 24 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd6 Toowoomba Qld 26-27 Australian Classic MX C’ship Coffs Harbour NSW 29-1 Australian Junior Long Track C’ship Northgate Qld Want your event on this page? email details to riders@ma.org.au 26 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2007 AUSTRALIAN MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites july august 1 Australian Motocross Championship Rd7 Mackay Qld 4-5 Honda ASC Series Rd3 Wakefield Park NSW 5-8 Australian Four Day Enduro Coffs Harbour NSW 5 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd9 Lakes NSW 6-7 MRRDA N’tl Series Rd3 Queensland R’wy Qld 12 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd10 Coolum Qld 15 Australian Womens MX C’ship Rd4 Horsham Vic 17-19 Australian Superbike C’ship Rd 8 Eastern Ck NSW 15 Rising Star Rookies Motocross Rd3 Horsham Vic 18-19 Australian Off Road C’ship Rd 9&10 Wonthaggi Vic 21-22 East Coast RR Series Easten Ck NSW 24-1 Australian Safari West Australia 22 Australian Motocross C’ship Rd8 Wonthaggi Vic 25 Australian Supermoto C’ship Rd 1 Oran Pk NSW 28 Hughie Hoare Memorial Fund Night Melbourne Vic 25 Stadium Cross Appin NSW 30 Reece Bancell MA Scholarship entries close today 25-26 MRRDA N’tl Series Rd4 Wakeflield Park NSW 30 Kirk McCarthy MA Scholarship entries close today 27-4 MCCNSW Motorcycle Awareness Week NSW october 1-2 NSW Snr Sprint Enduro C’ship Barleigh Ranch NSW 5-7 Australian Jnr Dirt Track Championship Labrador Qld 8-9 Australian Off Road C’ship Rd 11&12 Gwandalan NSW 6-16 Australian Motorcycle Tours Official MotoGP Tour 15 Stadium MX Series Rd3 Bathurst Showgnd NSW 6 MRAA Cranbourne MotoGP Run Vic 15-16 Australian Senior Dirt Track Championship Koorlong Vic 12-14 Australian MotoGP Phillip Island Vic 22 National Open Motocross Moree NSW 13-14 Australian Moto-Trials C’ship Barossa Valley SA 23 Interclub Regional Minikhana Gwandalan NSW 20 Australian Classic Dirt Track C’ship Wagga Wagga NSW 22-23 Australian Supermoto C’ship Rds 2&3 Newcastle NSW 20-21 Australian Supermoto C’ship Rd 4&5 Ipswich Qld 25-30 Australian Junior Motocross Championship, Coolum Qld 26-28 Australian Historic Road Racing C’ship Eastern Ck NSW 29-30 National Open RR Series 6 Hour Eastern Ck NSW 27-28 MRRDA N’tl Series Rd4 Phillip Island Vic 29-30 NSW Historic RR Championship Oran Park NSW 28 WIMA WA Pink Ribbon Ride Perth WA november december 2-4 Motorcycle Expo Brisbane Conv & Exhib Centre Qld 1-2 Christmas Challenge Motocross Oakdale NSW 3-4 Australian Sidecar Cross Championship Morgan SA 1-2 Australian Supermoto C’ship Rd 6 TBA NSW 3-4 Australian Senior Long Track C’ship Blayney NSW 1-2 Hughie Hoare Memorial Meeting Broadford Vic 10 Snowy Ride NSW 2 Eureka Ride Melbourne Vic 10 Reece Bancell Memorial Dinner & Auction Sydney NSW 10 1hr Bucket Race Day Wakefield Pk NSW 8 MRA Toy Run Townsville Qld FIM 1000cc Sidecar Gold Trophy Wayville SA 9 MRAA Toy Run Melbourne Vic 24 Honda ASC Series Rd4 Eastern Ck NSW 9 SAMRA Toy Run Glenelg SA 30-2 Two Wheels Forum Christmas Party Merimbula NSW 16 East Coast RR Series Wakefiled Pk NSW MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR september 12-17 ISDE La Serena Chile 24 For all the latest events, check www.ma.org.au every week 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 27 MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEDIA GUIDE You take off your sweaty helmet, run your hands through your drenched hair, put on your sponsor’s cap, and confront the lens of the television camera that is now pointed at you. THE DO’S AND DON’TS OF INTERVIEWS You don’t often get a chance to be on television, right? When that chance comes, you don’t want to blow it. Here are a few helpful hints and suggestions which will be useful the next time a microphone and television camera are thrust in your face after finishing a race. • The interviewer opens the dialogue with an open-ended question such as: “Congratulations, [your name]. That was a good ride. You must be pretty happy” Think before you speak. What’s the most important thing you want to say? [This might not be the answer to the question you’ve just been asked.] Keep it short and pithy. Don’t avoid being controversial [but don’t slag off other riders]. Think about how you can maximise publicity. Practice makes perfect and the more you get used to the idea of being interviewed, the easier it will be when the moment actually arrives. • • • • This may be your one chance to establish yourself in the eyes of the television audience [and sponsors] as something more than yet another race-track clone. Don’t blow it. Don’t answer with something like: “Yeah, no…yeah. The guys in the crew were fantastic today. I’m like…wow. My Pyong Ying tyres were great. I coulda done better but the suspension wasn’t quite dialled in. We’re still muckin’ round with the settings.” Do say: “People wonder why I use Pyong Ying tyres, but with what we know about setting up the bike, they’re worth 1.5 seconds over the Rollingstones around here.” Practice speaking into the mirror or ask a friend or team mate to help you by conducting mock interviews. Here is an example of what might happen the next time you race. The next question may be, “You seemed to get faster as the race went on.” You’ve just finished first, second or third in a televised round of an Australian Championship, or any other major motorcycling event. Don’t say: “Yeah, no…yeah. You sorta get into a rhythm sort of thing, you know? Yeah, no...it was good.” Tips to remember Some sub-editors are, if not lazy, unwilling to work any harder than necessary. Confronted with the usual drivel that emerges from sporting telecasts, the result is usually invisible. If you want to attract publicity, give the media workable material. • Do take elocution lessons. • Don’t say ‘yeah’ or ‘nah’. The word is ‘yes’ or ‘no’. • Don’t say ‘yeah, no’ – it really doesn’t mean anything. • Get your teeth fixed if necessary! • Say something meaningful. • Avoid clichés. • Don’t mumble – speak clearly. • Don’t fiddle with your cap. Look into the eyes of the interviewer, make him (or her) believe that you have a story to tell. Create a personality for yourself. Give facts, not waffle. Be positive and focussed. Try not to feel nervous. Good television is entertaining and the most important people you have to entertain in the first instance are those deciding what ends up on the cutting room floor - editors. Not necessarily the audience – because editors decide whether the audience will even get a chance to see you. It’s up to you to tell – and sell – your story! 28 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Say something like: “Physical fitness is really important. I run 16 kilometres a day, and eat a diet prepared by a witch doctor from Lapland. Breathing is important when you’re pacing yourself. That’s why I do aerobic classes 6 nights a week.” The final question may be, “Are you looking forward to the rest of the series?” Don’t say: “Yeah, no…yeah. We’ll just have to see what happens.” The media is not about to wait and see what happens. That’s not news. Be direct: “I [not we] certainly am. I aim to go one place better every round. I have a crew and a bunch of sponsors who are as committed as I am.” …End of segment… Should the media wish to pick up your few seconds of fame, a sub-editor will extract a few phrases from your brief moment and you might appear in the news as something like: Young gun Travis Argonaut’s Supersport challenge 16 year old sensation Travis Argonaut finished a fighting third at Round One of the Australian Microsport Championship. Riding his Yamazaki FQ250, Argonaut cited his commitment to physical fitness as a factor in his success. “…I run 16 kilometres a day, and eat a diet prepared by a witch doctor from Lapland. Breathing is important when you’re pacing yourself. That’s why I do aerobic classes six nights a week,” said the young rider from Stud Gully in the Atherton Chairlands. Obviously one who prefers to blaze his own trail, Jason has pioneered the use of minor brand tyres in the search for a competitive edge. “…with what we know about setting up the bike, they’re (the Pyong Ying tyres*) worth 1.5 seconds over the (more popular) Rollingstones* around here.” “I aim to go one place better every round. I have a crew and bunch of sponsors just as committed as I am.” Jason’s next chance to prove his merit is at Round Two of the Australian Microsport Championship at Western Stream, May 2/3. MEDIA GUIDE With 8 points from his first start in the Championship chase, young Jason is well aware of the challenges that lie ahead in the rest of the season. *(When brand names can be used in a relevant and factual sense, it ceases to be blatant advertising). [Please bear in mind this is an example only, and the relevant event could be motocross or speedway or any other discipline, and the rider may be female rather than male.] WRITING A PRESS RELEASE Ask any journalist or editor about their job, and they’ll all say they don’t have enough time or resources. You can exploit this by creating press releases which makes it as easy for them as you can. If you want publicity for your team, or yourself, you’ll need to make sure your releases fit in with what the media needs and their timing. Lucky for you, electronic communications have made distributing your releases easier than ever, but you still need to get the fundamentals right. Most importantly, you need to make sure your release goes to the right person- no point in sending it to the News Editor if there’s a motorcycle sport reporter. What gets Press Releases published: • • • • • • • 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Genuine news value. Timely (very soon after something happened). Controversy. Tie-in with other news. Writing which can be used without editing. Drama, Human Interest, Localness, Important Consequences, Oddity, Topical). Good, relevant photographs/images. enjoy the ride 29 How Press Releases can be used: • • As-is (limited to routine, non-controversial news). As background information for a bigger story (they’ll use the facts, quotes & other information). • As the basis for an interview. Common Problems: • • Misdirected releases. Lead (first 1 or 2 paragraphs) have wrong focus, or are too wordy. • Missing information- What would a reader want to know? • Too commercial (self-promoting, too many, or too strong adjectives). Make your key points: • • • • • Near the top of the story (1st or 2nd paragraph). Include brief description of your organisation. Avoid overstatement- beware of first, only, best, etc Use quotes to express opinion, explain subjective ideas, identify motives. Get rid of any cliches. • In case of bad news, stress how things are being fixed. Write like a professional: • Use clear, concise, commonly used language. • Sentences should be no longer than 15 words, paragraphs no longer than 30 words or 4 lines. • Write it like it was news, not an advert. • Check for proper grammar, spelling, punctuation. • Distribute on a timely basis, remember deadlines. • Write for your intended audience. • Proof read it yourself, then get someone else to proof read it, read it again yourself, then send it. Press release format: 1-2 A4 pages maximum (400 - 500 words). Strong lead (Remember the 5Ws&H: Who, What, When, Where, Why, How). • Use a commonly used electronic format (.doc,.rtf, .txt). • Use <<more>> at bottom of pages; identifier (page 1 of 2) on subsequent pages,<< ends>> at end. • Include a word count. Important items to include: • A contact name, email and phone number (Make yourself available for follow-up inquiries). Release time (Immediate release or Embargo • [delayed] with a specific time). Headline (Keep it short, sharp and relevant). • • Dateline (optional, include location if it’s important). • • Adapted from - Kirk Hallahan Colorado State University COMPETITION MOTORCYCLE MEDIA CONTACTS Australian Motorcycle Trader Editor: Greg Leech Tel: 03 95674200 Fax: 03 95634077 greg.leech@tradergroup.com.au Old Bike Australia Editor: Jim Scaysbrook Tel: 02 9418 9225 Fax: 02 9418 9641 scaysbrook34@bigpond.com Australasian Dirt Bike Editor: Andy Wigan Tel: 02 9581 9400 Fax: 02 9581 9570 andy.wigan@emap.com.au Two Wheels Editor: Jeremy Bowdler Tel: 02 9353 666 Fax: 02 9252 0997 info@twowheels.com.au Australian Motorcycle News (AMCN) Editor: Mick Matheson Tel: 02 8268 4699 Fax: 02 8268 4688 amcn@acpmagazines.com.au VMX Vintage Motocross & Dirt Bike Editor: Ken Smith Tel: 02 9801 2499 Fax: 02 9452 1444 ken@vmxmag.com.au Cycle Torque Editor: Nigel Paterson Tel: 02 4946 6826 Fax: 02 94946 7549 info@cycletorque.com.au Stroke Editor: Yarrive Konsky Tel: 03 9326 6366 Fax: 03 93297101 info@strokemx.com Dirt Action Editor: Shannon Warner Tel: 02 9805 0399 Fax: 02 9805 0714 swarner@universalmagazines.com.au MXTV Presenter: Glenn McDonald 30 enjoy the ride Tel: (03) 9347-8611 info@mxtv.com.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES THE PHILOSOPHY AND STRUCTURE OF THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES No set of Rules can anticipate every issue which may arise in the conduct of a sport, especially one with as wide a variety of disciplines and competing interests as exist in motorcycling. The philosophy of these Rules is that good sense, cooperation and a fair and reasonable interpretation of reasonable Rules should be more important than “Rule Book Racing”. In Rule Book Racing, if a situation arises, the answer is to be found by looking up the book, not by the exercise of independent judgment. If there’s no answer in the book, a new rule has to be devised to “plug the hole”. Rule Book Racing assumes that Controlling Bodies have little or no interest in working effectively with competitors, with each other, or with Promoters to benefit the sport and those who participate in it. It also assumes that officials have no common sense or understanding of the sport. None of these ideas is true or fair. inclusion of chapters governing National Championships into their relevant discipline chapters. We have attempted to make this edition of the book more user friendly, reinstating an index and reframing every chapter into a as close to a consistent format as possible. We have also striven to eliminate any ambiguities and contradictions. Chapter 1 - Jurisdiction. This chapter states the purposes and principles underlying the Rules. The Rules are to be applied fairly and according to the principles of natural justice. These Rules are binding not only on competitors but also on all Controlling Bodies. There is a list of definitions which may be useful while using the rest of the Book. These rules confer on the Controlling Bodies and their representatives and officials discretion in the application and interpretation of the Rules. It is intended that discretion will be exercised, as stated in the very first rule in this book to ensure that competition is safe, free and fair. Chapter 2 - Administration. Officials are expected to exercise judgment wisely and fairly, on the understanding that if they do not, their decisions, other than those made in the heat of competition, will be subject to review through protest and appeal. They will be trained and encouraged to take responsibility for their actions, and to work in a way which supports the underlying philosophy of the Rules. MA is a member of the FIM, a federation of the controlling bodies of motorcycle sport throughout the world, and MA is a federation of which the SCBs are members. The significance of this that the FIM would not exist without the cooperation and involvement of its members, and the same principle applies to MA. We actively seek constructive criticism of these Rules and encourage participants to work through their representatives to ensure their relevance. STRUCTURE OF THE MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT This book is divided into 29 chapters. The first 14 chapters apply to all disciplines of the sport and the rest to the specific disciplines. There will be a degree of crossover from the first section to the specific disciplines and some of the Rules contained in those first chapters need to be added to or varied according to the needs of a particular discipline. Probably the biggest structural change in 2007 is the 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT SCBs agree to be bound by the decisions of MA as part of the agreement they entered into with each other when MA was formed. The SCBs are, in effect, the owners of MA, and their control over MA is exercised through the Board. The Board has the power under the Articles of Association of MA to make competition Rules. Rule 2.1.2 is a very important rule which typifies the philosophy which underpins these Rules. In providing for the making of agreements, the Rules clear the way for resolving differences among Controlling Bodies and with Promoters, by consultation, discussion and agreement rather than by disputation and resort to a strict and legalistic approach. The rest of the chapter identifies the roles, responsibilities and limits of authority of various key officials. Chapter 3 - Licencing PHILIOSOPHY AND STRUCTURE OF THE RULES Our rules should reflect the way that the sport is conducted. MA and the State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) have been careful to ensure that there is a process in place to ensure that every participant has the opportunity to have their say in the way these rules are written. This very important chapter sets out the authority of the Controlling Bodies. It identifies and empowers the people and the instrumentalities through which the Controlling Bodies exercise their authority. The primary pupose of having a licencing regime is to ensure the safety of competitors. This may be applied through separating less experienced enjoy the ride 31 competitiors from ‘old hands’ and, in the case of junior competition, to ensure that all riders obtain the benefits of a structured coaching process. Licence holders may not compete at a level higher than their licence. The chapter also sets out the processes by which competitors can obtain a licence, and the means by which applicants can appeal against the refusal of a licence or the imposition of a condition on their licence. Chapter 4 - Competitions The intent of this long chapter is to codify present practices throughout the sport. Much of the chapter is taken up with establishing the mechanisms for running competitions, and imposing the conditions under which those competions can take place. The chapter also deals with breaches of these Rules, and the processes to take place in the event that the Rules are breached. Chapter 5 - Protests and Appeals The application of fair and natural justice is an inherent condition of these rules. Where participants wish to protest against the actions of an official or another participant, these rules of natural justice require a mechanism for the fair hearing of their protests, which is established in this chapter. The chapter also sets out the jurisdiction and limits of power of the appelate bodies. Chapter 6 - Judicial Committee Guidelines This chapter sets out the composition of Judicial Committees and also provides a commentary on the process that the Committee undertakes to adjudicate on the matters brought before them. Chapter 7 - Sporting Commissions One of the functions of the Sporting Commissions is to reconcile the competing interests in any discipline. Technology and other changes mean that Commissions need to find a balance between ensuring that motorcycle sport is affordable to as many participants as possible while not setting up a rule book circumscribed by anachronisms. Chapters 8 & 9- Accreditation Schemes All sporting bodies need to ensure that those involved in the development and control of the sport have the tools they need to do their jobs. The National Accreditation schemes established by these chapters are an effort to ensure the future of the sport through the development and training of its officials and coaches. 32 enjoy the ride Chapter 10 - Personal Accident Insurance The chapter on insurance is a simple summary of the coverage of MA’s insurance scheme, setting out the benefits available to participants in the sport. The full details of the Personal Accident Insurance Scheme are available in the insurance policy documents. Chapter 11 - MA Anti-Doping Policy While the use of performance enhancing drugs is not as big an issue in motorcycle sport as in some other fields, MA recognises the need for a comprehensive and prescriptive program to ensure that our sport is free from the use of illicit drugs. Guided by the principals of fair and natural justice and ensuring that our sport is safe and fair, this chapter sets out the mechanisms for screening participants, the testing of samples and the consequences of being outside of the internationally recognised WADA code. Chapter 12 - All Disciplines One of the most important aspects of interpretation of these Rules is that they are permissive rather than prohibitive. In other words, in almost all cases, the Rules describe the things that may be done rather than the things that may not. This chapter contains the Rules which apply to all disciplines. Any rule in one of the discipline specific chapters will, unless otherwise stated, be in addition to the provisions of Chapter 12. So Chapter 12 and the relevant discipline chapters operate side by side. For the purposes of these Rules, the age of Junior competitors is now taken as on January 1 each year. Full details are found at GCR 12.15.01 Competitors over the age of 16 years may not compete in a junior competition, subject to GCR 12.15.0.1, and a person who is under 16 may not compete in a senior competition. Chapter 13 - Australian Championships These Rules prescribe the allocation, categories and listing of Australian Championships. Chapters 14 to 28 - Discipline Specific Chapters As far as possible, the discipline specific chapters follow a common format as follows: • Protective clothing, • Frames and parts, • Engines, • Fuel, • Classes, and • Competition Rules. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT JURISDICTION DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 “ASC” means Australian Sports Commission. “ASC Doping Policy” means the document bearing that name, or any amendment or equivalent thereof. “ASADA” means the Australian Sports Anti-Doping Authority. ”Board” means the Board of Directors of MA. “Club” means an incorporated or unincorporated body formed for the primary purpose of promoting the sport and being affiliated to an SCB. “Competition” includes any competition, event, race or race meeting and all associated practices, tests and qualifying sessions. “Code” means the Sporting Code of FIM “Constitution” means the Constitution of MA. “Consume” in relation to any prohibited substances includes inject, swallow or inhale and “Consumption” has a corresponding meaning. “Council” means the Council of MA. “Disqualify” means to forbid the disqualified person, body or machine from taking part in any competition under these Rules and “Disqualification” has a corresponding meaning. “Event” means any competition involving the use of one or more motorcycles. “Exclude” means to forbid the excluded person, body or machine from taking further part in, or being recognised as having taken part in, the competition from which such person body or machine has been excluded and “Exclusion” has a corresponding meaning. “FIM” means Fèdèration Internationale de Motocyclisme. “FMN” means a Federation Member Nation under the FIM Statutes. “International meeting” means any competition inscribed as such in the FIM calendar. “Junior competition” means a competition 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 1.1.5 1.1.6 1.1.7 1.1.8 1.1.9 1.1.10 1.1.11 1.1.12 1.1.13 1.1.14 1.1.15 1.1.16 1.1.17 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 1.1.18 1.1.19 1.1.20 1.1.21 1.1.22 1.1.23 1.1.24 1.1.25 1.1.26 1.1.27 1.1.28 1.1.29 which only competitors who are under the age of 16 years may compete and “Junior competitor” has a corresponding meaning. “MA” means Motorcycling Australia. “MA series” means a series of competitions conducted in more than 1 State or Territory. “Meeting” means a meeting at which 1 or more motorcycling events are conducted. “Motorcycle” means and includes: a) Solo - a 1-track vehicle with wheels with the drive through the rear wheel. b) Sidecar - a 2-track vehicle with three road wheels, with the drive through the rear wheel of the vehicle. c) Cycle car - a 3-track vehicle with three wheels that is driven by either one or two wheels. d) Trike - a 3-track vehicle with three wheels that is driven by its rear wheels. e) Quad - a 2-track vehicle with four wheels driven by the rear or all wheels and on which a rider may be accommodated astride the vehicle having control of the steering by way of handlebars operating the front wheels. “OEM” means Original Equipment Manufacturer. “Prohibited substance” means any substance prohibited under these Rules. “Promoter” means the holder of a competition permit. “Race” means any event where speed is the determining factor in the result. “RCB” means the relevant Controlling Body having control of any competition or recreational activity under Rule 2.1. “Recreational Activity” means authorised motorcycle activity, which has no competitive element. “Record” means an event where speed, distance and time, or any combination of those factors, determine the result. “Repealed GCRs” means the Competition JURISDICTION 1.1 1 1 enjoy the ride 33 1.1.30 1.1.31 1.1.32 1.1.33 1.1.34 1.1.35 1.1.36 1.1.37 Rules of MA in force until the date of commencement of these Rules. “SCB” means State Controlling Body being any Member under the Articles. “Senior competition” means a competition which only competitors who have attained the age of 16 years may compete and “Senior competitor” has a corresponding meaning. “Sports Development Account” means the sports development account established under the repealed GCRs and continued by these Rules. “Sports Development Levy” means the levy established by these Rules. “SR” means Supplementary Regulations. “Steward” includes a Referee. “Suspend” means to forbid the suspended person, body or machine from taking part in any competition under these Rules during the period of suspension and “Suspension” has a corresponding meaning. “Venue” means a permanent or temporary place or facility, which has been approved by the RCB for the conduct of motorcycle competition or recreational activity. 1.2 PURPOSE OF RULES 1.2.0.1 The purpose of these Rules is to regulate and control motorcycle competition. a) The Rules are to be interpreted with the intent that competition will be safe, free and fair and conducted applying the principles of natural justice, b) The Rules are Competition Rules made under clause 71 of the Constitution, c) The Rules, and any determination made under them and in accordance with them, bind all Controlling Bodies and all participants in the sport. 1.2.1 1.2.1.1 Recognition of Authority of FIM By these Rules, MA acknowledges and recognises: a) FIM is the World Controlling Body of motorcycle competition, b) It is desirable that there be consistent standards and Rules of competition at all levels. 34 enjoy the ride 1.3 REPEAL OF CURRENT GCRs 1.3.0.1 The General Competition Rules of MA in operation at the date of commencement of these Rules are hereby repealed but such repeal will not affect the operation of the repealed GCRs in relation to any competition conducted thereunder. 1.4 BY - LAWS 1.4.0.1 MA may make by-laws, which must be consistent with these Rules, and which may: a) Proclaim model Supplementary Regulations, b) Prescribe forms and fees as required under these Rules, c) Prescribe fines for any breach of these Rules, d) Prescribe the requirements for, and conditions of, insurance under these Rules, e) Establish National and State championships, titled events, series, competitions and meetings and for such purposes: i) Define criteria for the eligibility of licensees, ii) Define criteria for the eligibility of machines, iii) Publish calendars, iv) Create prizes, trophies and medallions, v) Prescribe competition formats, vi) Prescribe traveling and other expenses, vii) Attach any relevant FIM rule or regulation. f) Prescribe manuals and procedures for the performance by any person or body of any power, duty or function under these Rules, g) Provide for the establishment and operation of training and educational courses under these Rules, h) Prescribe the design, function and operation of apparatus, instruments and equipment used for timing, measuring, weighing, counting or calculating, for the purposes of these Rules, i) Prescribe levels of noise, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 1.4.0.4 JURISDICTION 1.4.0.3 i) Publish calendars, ii) Create prizes, trophies and medallions, iii) Prescribe competition formats, iv) Prescribe traveling and other expenses. c) Provide for the establishment and operation of training and educational courses under these Rules, d) Prescribe noise, atmospheric and other emissions from motorcycles, e) Prescribe track and venue conditions, designs and standards, f) Provide for or prescribe such acts, matters or things as shall be necessary for the full and effective operation of by-laws. An SCB must, not less than one month after any by-law has been made by that SCB, forward a copy thereof to the Board. The Board may amend or revoke any bylaw made under these Rules. 1 1.4.0.2 atmospheric and other emissions from motorcycles, j) Prescribe fuel contents and standards, k) Prescribe laboratories for fuel testing, l) Prescribe track and venue conditions, designs and standards, m) Prescribe the weights, measurements and other dimensions of motorcycles, and n) Provide for or prescribe such acts, matters or things as shall be necessary for the full and effective operation of these Rules. Subject to this Rule, an SCB may make by-laws, which must be consistent with these Rules, and which may: a) Proclaim model Supplementary Regulations, b) Establish State and Territory championships, titled events, series, competitions and meetings and for such purposes: WINNING PARTNERSHIP Photo: Andy McGechin The Australian Sports Commission proudly supports Motorcycling Australia The Australian Sports Commission is the Australian Government agency that develops, manages and invests in sport at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling Australia has worked closely with the Australian Sports Commission to develop motorcycling from community participation to high-level performance. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Motorcycling Australia is one of many national sporting organisations that has formed a winning partnership with the Australian Sports Commission to develop its sport in Australia. www.ausport.gov.au enjoy the ride 35 2 ADMINISTRATION 2.1 THE CONTROLLING BODIES 2.1.1 2.1.1.1 Administration of Rules Subject to the provisions of the Code, the bodies with authority and responsibility for the administration of Rules regulating the conduct of competitions and recreational activity in all disciplines are as follows: a) FIM - World Championships and FIM Prize Events as they are defined in the Code, b) MA: i) International meetings, other than World Championship and FIM Prize Events, ii) Australian championships, iii) MA series, iv) Australian Record attempts, v) Events which have a course traversing more than one State, vi) Support events at World Championships. c) SCBs - All other competitions and recreational activity within the territorial borders of their state unless permission has been granted by the SCB within the territory of the proposed event for another SCB to permit the activity. 2.1.2 2.1.2.1 2.1.2.2 2.1.3 2.1.3.1 Agreements for Conduct of the Sport Subject to these Rules, any Controlling Body may enter into agreements or arrangements with any one or more of the other, and with any Promoter, for the conduct of competitions. If any such agreement or arrangement: a) Includes FIM, and b) Is for the conduct of a meeting which includes both International and National events, these Rules will apply to the National events conducted at the meeting, but in all other respects the FIM Rules will apply and be binding on all participants. in relation to any matter to which both apply, the Code will prevail over these Rules. 2.2 COMMISSIONS 2.2.1 2.2.1.1 Establishment of Commissions The following are the Commissions of the sport: a) Road Racing, b) Motocross and Supercross, c) Speedway, d) Enduro, e) Moto-Trials, f) Historic Road Racing, g) Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt Track, h) Junior Sport and Development, i) Dirt Track, Track, Supermoto and Quad. 2.2.2 2.2.2.1 Functions & Membership of Commissions The functions of the Commissions are to: a) Assist, advise, and be responsible to the Board and to act in the best interests of MA and the sport, b) Prepare and propose any amendments to these Rules, or any by-laws, so as to ensure the orderly conduct of competitions, and c) Assist and advise each other and any Committee of the Board. The members of the Commissions will be appointed by the Board. The terms and conditions of appointment of members of Commissions will be determined by the Board. In appointing members of Commissions, the Board must have regard to: a) The advancement and welfare of the Sport and of the relevant discipline, b) The need to appoint skilled and experienced persons to the Commissions. 2.2.2.2 2.2.2.3 Conflict between Code and Rules If these Rules and the Code are in conflict 36 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2.3 SPORTS DEVELOPMENT LEVY 2.3.1 2.3.1.1 Collection and Distribution In all disciplines, there may be a Sports Development Levy at the discretion of the RCB. In each year, an RCB may prescribe the amount of the Sports Development Levy for that year. The Promoter of a meeting must, no more than 14 days after the end of the meeting, pay to the RCB the prescribed Sports Development Levy imposed on takings from: a) Charges for admission by the public to the meeting venue, and b) Sales of programs for the meeting. 2.3.1.2 2.3.1.3 SPORTS DEVELOPMENT ACCOUNT 2.4.0.1 MA must pay any proceeds it receives from the Sports Development Levy into the Sports Development Account no more than 28 days after receipt thereof. In each year, the Board may determine the purpose for and the amount of any distribution from the Sports Development Account. The Board may impose any conditions on the recipients of grants from the Sports Development Account. 2.4.0.2 2.4.0.3 OFFICIALS 2.5.1 2.5.1.1 Powers and Authorities of Officials In the administration of these Rules, the powers and authorities of the Controlling Bodies are exercisable by and through officials. For these purposes, the Controlling Bodies may license any one or more of the following officials: a) Key officials: i) Stewards or Referees, ii) Race Directors, iii) Clerks of Course, iv) Race Secretaries, b) Operational officials: i) Marshals, ii) Time keepers and Scorers, iii) Measurers, iv) Scrutineers, 2.5.1.2 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2.5.2.2 2.5.2.3 2.5.2.4 2.5.2.5 2.5.2.6 2.5.2.7 2.5.3 2.5.3.1 The Licensing of Officials MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue, renew, recategorise or revoke an official’s licence. The form of an official’s licence will be as prescribed in by-laws. No person will be issued with an official’s licence unless that person has achieved the minimum required standards at a training course established and conducted under these Rules. A licence for a key official must not be issued to person under 18 years of age. An official’s licence remains in force for no more than 3 years from the day of its issue. An application for an official’s licence and for the renewal or recategorisation thereof must be: a) To the Controlling Body having authority in the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides, b) In the prescribed form, and c) Accompanied by the prescribed fee. An SCB which issues an official’s licence must, within 1 month of issue, notify MA which must enter the information on a register of licensed officials to be maintained for that purpose and kept at the registered office of MA. An RCB, which orders an investigation into the conduct of a meeting, may stand down any official involved in the subject meeting, until the investigation is concluded. ADMINISTRATION 2.5 2.5.2 2.5.2.1 2 2.4 v) Eligibility Scrutineers, vi) Judges, vii) Observers, viii) Handicappers, ix) Starters, x) Final Control Officials, c) Other licensed officials: i) Coaches, ii) Announcers. Categories of Officials’ Licences Officials’ licences: a) Are accredited at the following levels and must be appropriately endorsed: i) Level 1 – Club level, ii) Level 2 – Inter club/zone level, enjoy the ride 37 2.5.3.2 2.5.3.3 iii) Level 3 - Open event / State championship level, iv) Level 4 – MA series and national championship level, v) International. b) Are accredited in the following disciplines: i) Dirt Track, ii) Enduro, iii) Minikhana, iv) Motocross, v) Moto-Trials, vi) Road Racing, vii) Speedway, viii) Supercross, ix) Track, x) Supermoto. c) May be endorsed with more than one category. A licensed official: a) Must not carry out any duty or function to which that official’s licence category does not apply, but may have an assistant whose licence is endorsed with a different category, b) May apply for a different category of licence. An application for variation must be dealt with in the same way as an application for a licence, c) May not, without the authority of the Clerk of Course, compete in any competition at which the official is officiating, d) Must comply with these Rules and with the proper directions of any official having authority under these Rules to impose such directions, e) Must carry out all duties honestly, diligently and fairly, f) Must be in attendance no later than one hour prior to the official start time of the meeting (including practice) and remain until the completion of their duties at the conclusion of the meeting. MA may, either independently or in conjunction with other Controlling Bodies conduct official’s training courses. The content of the courses must: a) Have regard to the various disciplines of the sport, 38 enjoy the ride 2.5.3.4 2.5.4 2.5.4.1 2.5.4.2 2.5.4.3 b) Provide practical and theoretical training, c) Be as prescribed from time to time in by-laws. No person may compete at any meeting to which they have been appointed a key official. Stewards A RCB must appoint 1 or more Stewards for any competition and, if more than 1 Steward is appointed, those Stewards may collectively or individually exercise the powers set out in these Rules. Where more than 1 Steward is appointed under this Rule the RCB must nominate a senior Steward, whose determination on any matter in relation to the meeting will be binding. In the absence of a jury, and subject to Rule 2.5.5, Stewards of a competition have supreme control and authority over the conduct of that competition and may: a) Amend any supplementary regulation applicable to the meeting if, in the opinion of the Steward, exceptional circumstances arise requiring amendments, b) Amend the program for the meeting, c) Give any instruction or direction to the clerk of course of the meeting, d) Determine the time for the commencement and conclusion of the meeting, e) Stop the meeting or any part of it, f) Order any event to be restarted or rerun, g) Hear and determine any protest, h) Institute, hear and determine any prosecution for any offence committed during the meeting and impose any penalty or penalties under these Rules, i) Abandon any meeting provided that all entry fees must be refunded unless otherwise provided for in the SR for the meeting, j) Order any competitor to submit to a medical examination to determine if the competitor is fit to participate in the meeting, k) Order the administration of any fuel, drug, or other test, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT l) 2.5.4.4 2.5.5.3 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2.5.6 2.5.6.1 Clerk of Course Subject to the control and direction of the Steward or Race Director of a meeting, the Clerk of Course is responsible for its conduct and for that purpose may: a) Inform and instruct operational officials, b) Inspect the venue and do whatever is necessary to ensure the venue is in good and safe condition, c) Ensure that all operational officials are carrying out their duties fully and effectively, d) Receive any protest and convey it to the Steward, e) Impose on a competitor or entrant any penalty of exclusion or relegation or any time or points penalty or fine as provided for under these Rules, f) Stop any event, g) Exclude any competitor from any competition for any reason provided for in these Rules, h) Exclude from any event any machine which the Clerk of Course considers to be dangerous, i) Order any event to be restarted or rerun, j) Collate all necessary information from any operational official and present it to the Steward at the Steward’s request and direction, k) Do any act, publish any document and make any declaration necessary for the conduct of the meeting, enjoy the ride ADMINISTRATION 2.5.5.2 Race Director MA may appoint a Race Director for any MA series. The Race Director’s responsibilities are: a) To ensure proper observance of the Rules and regulations, b) To ensure the efficient running of practices and races, c) To ensure effective communication between Promoters and Stewards. The Race Director shall have overriding authority in relation to: a) The control of practices and races, 2.5.5.4 including modifying the program, b) The stopping of any race or session, c) Starting procedure. A Race Director may: a) Amend any series SR if, in the opinion of the Race Director, exceptional circumstances arise requiring amendments, b) Amend the series program, c) Institute, any prosecution for any offence committed during a meeting, d) Do any act, publish any document and make any declaration, not inconsistent with these Rules, which is necessary for the fair and proper conduct of the series. 2 2.5.5 2.5.5.1 Impose on a competitor or entrant any penalty of relegation time or points penalty, exclusion, fine or suspension as provided for in these Rules, m) Order any machine, which the Steward considers does not comply with these Rules or the relevant SR, to be impounded at the end of the meeting and detained under the control or direction of the Steward for such period as may reasonably be necessary for it to be examined, n) Do any act, publish any document and make any declaration, not inconsistent with these Rules, which is necessary for the fair and proper conduct of the meeting, o) Refer any matter to the RCB. As soon as possible, and no more than 5 days after the conclusion of a meeting, a Steward of the meeting must complete and deliver to the RCB a Steward’s report in the prescribed form which must include: a) A copy of the program, b) The results of the meeting, c) Total number of competitors, d) A plan of the venue showing the location and number of falls where the competitor received medical treatment at the venue and/or the competitor is transported to hospital, e) The number of competitors transported to hospital including details of suspected injuries, f) The number of spectators attending the event, and g) The number of officials on duty at the event. 39 l) 2.5.7 2.5.7.1 2.5.8 2.5.8.1 2.5.8.2 2.5.8.3 2.5.9 2.5.9.1 Authorise any operational official to compete in any event in the meeting. Race Secretary The Race Secretary is responsible for the organisation and management of a meeting and for those purposes: a) Must comply with the instructions of the Steward and the Clerk of Course, b) May publish notices and documents as directed, c) May ensure that operational officials are informed of their functions and duties and properly equipped, d) Must provide the Steward with a copy of the program and the results of events conducted at the meeting. Operational officials In carrying out their duties, operational officials must: a) At the beginning of the meeting report to the Clerk of the Course for instructions, b) Only use apparatus authorised under these Rules, c) Provide the Clerk of Course with reports as required, d) Comply with the directions and instructions of the Steward/Referee and the Clerk of Course. Operational officials must carry out their functions to the best of their abilities and in accordance with these Rules. Officials must be paid such fees, expenses and allowances as are prescribed from time to time. Eligibility Scrutineer An eligibility Scrutineer is a person appointed by the RCB or the Promoter at a meeting comprising of events for historic or classic machines. The eligibility Scrutineer has the authority to determine whether entered machines comply with the relevant eligibility regulations. 2.5.10 Specialist Sub-committees 2.5.10.1 A Controlling Body may appoint specialist Sub-committees for the following purposes: a) To examine any machine to determine if the machine, or the class or group of machines of which the machine is an example, is 40 enjoy the ride 2.5.10.2 2.5.10.3 2.5.10.4 2.5.10.5 eligible to compete, b) To issue, in respect of any machine, any log book or other record of eligibility, c) To direct the issue of a replacement log book for any machine, and d) To grant any exemption, in respect of any machine, class or period group of machines, for the use of any part or parts as provided for under these Rules. The relevant Commission will, unless otherwise determined in by-laws, be the specialist Sub-committee for each SCB. Specialist Sub-committees will be appointed for such term and upon such conditions as the Controlling Body determines. A specialist Sub-committee may have expertise in more than one discipline of the sport. A determination of a specialist Subcommittee applies to, and binds: a) The owner or entrant of any machine, b) Any subsequent owner or entrant. 2.5.11 Juries 2.5.11.1 Subject to the following two Rules, an RCB may appoint, in addition to, or in lieu of, a Steward, a jury which must comprise a President and at least 2 members. 2.5.11.2 If a meeting is in Speedway: a) A jury may not be appointed in lieu of the Referee, b) The functions of a jury are to hear and determine any protest against any decision or determination of the Referee. 2.5.11.3 No person may be a member of a jury unless that person is: a) Appointed in writing by the RCB under this Rule, and b) A Steward. 2.5.11.4 The RCB may appoint to a jury, such persons as it thinks have sufficient expertise to be members of a jury. 2.5.11.5 The RCB must appoint the President of the jury. 2.5.11.6 The Steward of a meeting may not be a member of the jury for that meeting. 2.5.11.7 If, during a meeting, there is a vacancy 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT in the membership of a jury, the jury President may appoint a substitute in accordance with these Rules. 2.5.11.8 No member of a jury may participate in any deliberations of the jury if that person has an interest in the outcome of the deliberations and must, immediately on becoming aware of any such conflict of interest, notify the other members of the jury and withdraw from the jury. 2.5.11.9 The President of a jury: a) Must convene the jury at the commencement of the meeting, b) Must ensure that the proceedings of the jury are conducted in accordance with these Rules, c) Must ensure that the acts and instructions of the jury are carried out, and d) May admit any person as an observer of the jury’s deliberation and must exclude any person who, in the opinion of the jury, has no interest in the proceedings or is not entitled to be present. 2.5.11.10 Where a jury is appointed in addition to a Steward, the authority of the jury will prevail over that of the Steward. 2.5.11.11 In these Rules any reference to a Steward in any discipline other than Speedway will, in respect of a meeting for which a jury has been appointed, be interpreted, as if it were a reference to a jury. 2 ADMINISTRATION 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 41 41 3 LICENSING 3.1 LICENSING REQUIREMENTS 3.1.1 3.1.1.1 Licensing Conditions A person may only participate in a competition event if they are the holder of a competition licence as detailed in this chapter. A person may only participate in a noncompetition activity or event if they are the holder of a competition or non-competition licence detailed in this chapter. MA may, either independently or in conjunction with other Controlling Bodies, establish and conduct training courses for competition licensees. The content of the courses must have regard to: a) The interests of the sport, b) The need for safety in all aspects of the sport, c) The desirability of fair and even competition between competitors having the highest possible skills at each level of competition, d) The graduated development of the skills of competitors. In the event of courses being established under the above Rule, no person who has not successfully completed an appropriate course may apply for, or be issued with, a competition licence. An applicant for a competition licence who is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB under the previous Rule may appeal to the appellate body of that SCB. MA, or each SCB on behalf of MA, must, in each year, deliver to every person issued with a 12 month competition licence a copy of these Rules. An SCB which issues a competition licence must, within 1 month of issue, notify MA which must enter the information on a register of licensed competitors maintained for that purpose by MA and kept at the registered office of MA. A competition licence, other than a one meeting licence, continues in force for 12 months from the date of issue except where: a) A renewal application is lodged less than 3 months after the expiry date in 3.1.1.2 3.1.1.3 3.1.1.4 3.1.1.5 3.1.1.6 3.1.1.7 3.1.1.8 42 enjoy the ride 3.1.1.9 3.1.1.10 3.1.1.11 3.1.1.12 3.1.1.13 3.1.1.14 which case the licence will continue in force for 12 months from the date the application was received by the SCB, or b) A renewal application is lodged more than 3 months after the expiry date in which case it will be treated as a first time application. A competition licensee must: a) Produce the licence on demand to any key official during any meeting, or b) If unable to produce the licence, complete a licence declaration certifying compliance with the licence requirements of these Rules and forthwith pay the prescribed nonproduction fee. No person who is serving a suspension from the FIM or any FMN may be issued with a licence during that period of suspension. Any period of licence suspension ordered by the FIM or any FMN will concurrently apply to the competitor’s MA licence. Subject to the next Rule, an SCB may not issue a competition licence to, or renew the competition licence of, any person who has not been a resident of that SCB’s State or Territory for at least 3 months. An SCB may issue a competition licence to any person who is not a resident of that SCB’s State or Territory: a) If that person has not been the holder of a licence in any other State or Territory; or b) If that person, being the holder of a licence in another State or Territory, is authorised in writing by the Controlling Body of that other State or Territory to apply for a licence outside that other State or Territory, or c) If that person has recently arrived in Australia from another Federation and has a clearance from that Federation to apply for an MA licence. Any competition licensee whose licence is lost or destroyed may apply to an SCB for the issue of a replacement.The SCB may charge the prescribed replacement fee to replace the licence. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT LICENCE TYPES AND ACTIVITY ELIGIBILITY Age Practice Coaching Recreation Status a) b) c) Junior Club † Junior National† Junior Restricted National†* 7-Under 16 Competition 7-Under 16 Competition (“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials) 7-Under 16 Competition d) e) Senior Club Senior National 16 & Over Competition 16 & Over Competition Senior Restricted National* Activity Type Club Inter- Club National X 16 & Over Competition g) h) One Meeting 7 & Over Competition Senior One Meeting National^ 16 & Over Competition (Classic/Historic & Masters/Veteran) X X X X i) Nipper ♠ j) k) Single Recreational Activity Recreational X X X X X X f) (“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials) Non- 4-Under 9 Competition 4 & Over Non- Competition 4 & Over Non -Competition LICENSING Licence Type 3 3.1.2 X NOTE: In table 3.1.2: means Eligible, X means ineligible. The rules below explain the other symbols in the table 3.1.2.1 3.1.2.2 3.1.2.3 3.1.2.4 † Junior Competition (Club, National and Restricted National) licences can only be held by riders aged 7 to under 16. *Restricted National Licence will be subject to the following conditions. a) The licence will be available for both junior and senior competitors. b) The licence will apply to the following categories: i) “Fast 50’s” ii) Mini Moto iii) Moto Trials c) Licencing requirements are as Rules 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4. ♠ Club, Inter-Club and National meetings can hold non-competitive activities specifically for Nipper licence holders using 50cc Division 1 machines. ^ Senior One Meeting National Licence is subject to the following conditions: a) Licence will be available to all applicants 16 years and older, b) Current club membership is required, c) No competency test is required if the applicant can prove that they have held an annual competition licence within the previous 10 years, d) Applicants who have never held a competition licence, or who have not 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 3.1.2.5 3.1.2.6 3.1.2.7 held a licence within the previous 10 years must undertake a competency test, and apply for the licence via the event Race Secretary at least 21 days prior to the race meeting in which they wish to compete. The competency assessment may be undertaken at the meeting in which the participant intends to compete. e) This licence category will only be available to: i) Participants in national classic/ historic events, ii) Competitors using modern machines at a national event specifically for Veteran and/or Masters riders. The minimum age to classify a Veteran or Masters competitor for this category is 35 years. No competition licensee may compete in any competition above the level endorsed on that person’s licence. To be eligible for a competition licence a rider must be an Australian Citizen or be a permanent resident eligible for Medicare, or hold a licence from their FMN with insurance to FIM standard and produce a start permission. A competition licensee from any country in which there is an FMN recognised by enjoy the ride 43 the FIM: a) May compete in Australia as if that person were a competition licencee under these Rules, but b) Must compete at the level, or its nearest equivalent, endorsed on that person’s licence, and c) May not compete unless and until that person satisfies the Steward of a meeting in which that person seeks to participate that that person is appropriately insured and is authorised by that FMN. 3.1.2.8 No person other than a licencee competing under the previous Rule may be issued with a competition licence unless that person is a member of a Club. This rule does not apply to applicants for a Recreational and Single Use Recreational Licence. 3.1.2.9 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue a competition licence to any person. The form of a competition licence will be as prescribed in by-laws. 3.1.2.10 MA may issue international licences on behalf of FIM to holders of a current national licence with insurance to FIM standard. 3.2 LICENSING - GENERAL 3.2.0.1 MA, or each SCB on behalf of MA, must, in each year, deliver to each licensee a copy of these Rules. An SCB which issues any licence must, within 1 month of issue, notify MA which must enter the information on a register maintained for that purpose by MA and kept at the registered office of MA. 3.2.0.2 3.3 LICENSING - SENIORS 3.3.0.1 An application for a competition licence, other than a one meeting licence or international licence, must: a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides; b) Be in the prescribed form. c) Be accompanied by: i) 2 passport photographs of the applicant, ii) Proof of the age of the applicant, iii) Proof that the applicant has passed an appropriate licence test, 44 enjoy the ride 3.3.0.2 iv) Proof the applicant has current ambulance subscription, and v) The prescribed fee. d) If the applicant is a minor, be accompanied by the written authorisation of at least one of the applicant’s parents or the legal guardian of the applicant. e) If the applicant has never been the holder of a competition licence, be accompanied by any one of the following: i) The applicant’s current road motorcycle licence, ii) Proof that the applicant has attended a motorcycle training course conducted by, or with the approval of, a State Government authority, iii) Proof that the applicant has attended any SCB accredited training school, iv) Proof that the applicant has attended a training school conducted by an accredited coach, or v) Endorsement on the application by a club official authorised by the SCB that, in the opinion of that official, the applicant is capable of controlling a motorcycle. A first time licence applicant must undertake a test of knowledge of these Rules 3.4 LICENSING - JUNIORS 3.4.0.1 An application for a Junior competition licence, other than a 1 meeting licence must: a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides, b) Be in the prescribed form, c) Be accompanied by: i) 2 passport photographs of the applicant, ii) Proof of the age of the applicant, iii) Proof the applicant has current ambulance subscription, and iv) The prescribed fee. v) Proof that the applicant has meet the requirements of the Junior Coaching Policy (JCP) GCR 3.8 vi) Written authorisation of at least 1 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 3.5 LICENSING - ENTRANTS 3.5.0.1 A person or body corporate may not enter any rider to participate in any competition unless that person or body corporate is licensed as an Entrant. MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue an Entrant’s licence to any person or body corporate. The form of an Entrant’s licence will be as prescribed in by-laws. An application for an Entrant’s licence and for renewal thereof, must: a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides, b) Be in the prescribed form, and c) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee. On receipt of an application for the issue or renewal of an Entrant’s licence, the SCB may: a) Issue or renew the licence unconditionally, b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or c) Issue or renew the licence on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit. An applicant for an Entrant’s licence who is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB under the previous Rule may appeal to the appellate body of the SCB. An entrant’s licence continues in force for 12 months from the date of issue. 3.5.0.2 3.5.0.3 3.5.0.4 3.5.0.5 3.5.0.6 3.6 LICENSING - SPEEDWAY MECHANICS 3.6.0.1 A person may not work as a Mechanic for 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 3.6.0.3 3.6.0.4 3.6.0.5 3.6.0.6 3.6.0.7 3.6.0.8 3.7 LICENCE ISSUING & RENEWALS 3.7.0.1 Senior- An application for renewal of a Senior competition licence must: a) Be to the SCB of the State or LICENSING 3.4.0.3 3.6.0.2 any rider in any Speedway competition unless that person: a) Is licensed as a mechanic, b) Is not less than 16 years of age, MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue a mechanic’s licence to any person. The form of a mechanic’s licence will be as prescribed in by-laws. An application for a mechanic’s licence and for renewal thereof, must: a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides, b) Be in the prescribed form, c) Be accompanied by: i) 2 passport photographs of the applicant, ii) Proof of the age of the applicant, iii) Proof the applicant has current ambulance subscription, and iv) The prescribed fee. On receipt of an application for the issue or renewal of a Mechanic’s licence the SCB may: a) Issue or renew the licence unconditionally, b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or c) Issue or renew the licence on such terms and conditions, as it thinks fit. An applicant for a Mechanic’s licence who is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB under the previous Rule may appeal to the appellate body of that SCB. A Mechanic’s licence continues in force for 12 months from the date of issue. A Mechanic’s licensee must: a) Carry the licence at all times during any meeting, b) Produce the licence on demand to any key official during any meeting, If unable to produce the licence, complete a declaration certifying compliance with the licence requirements of these Rules and forthwith pay the prescribed nonproduction fee 3 3.4.0.2 of the applicant’s parents or the legal guardian of the applicant. v) Proof of current club membership. No applicant will be issued with their first competition licence if they are under the age of 7 years. All Junior competitors: a) Must produce their JCP logbook upon demand to any key official during any meeting b) If unable to produce their JCP logbook, complete a declaration certifying their complance with the logbook requrement of these Rules accompanied by the prescribed fee. enjoy the ride 45 3.7.0.2 3.7.0.3 Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides, b) Be in the prescribed form. c) Be accompanied by: i) 2 passport photographs of the applicant, ii) The licence to be renewed, iii) Proof the applicant has a current ambulance subscription, and iv) The prescribed fee v) Proof of current club membership. Junior - An application for renewal of a Junior competition licence must: a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in which the applicant ordinarily resides, b) Be in the prescribed form, c) Be accompanied by: i) 2 passport photographs of the applicant, ii) The licence to be renewed, iii) Proof in the JCP logbook of the required coaching hours having been completed, iv) Proof the applicant has a current ambulance subscription, and v) The prescribed fee, vi) Proof of current club membership. On receipt of an application for the issue or renewal of a competition licence the SCB may: a) Delay the issue or renewal for no more than 14 days, b) Issue or renew the licence unconditionally, c) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or d) Issue or renew the licence on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit. 3.8 JUNIOR COACHING PROGRAM 3.8.1.1 To obtain a competition licence, Junior riders (7 to under 16) must a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours of coaching by an accredited coach in the required modules (Kick Start), and b) Complete the written assessment. To renew a licence, Junior riders must: a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours coaching each year until they reach the age of 16, and 3.8.1.2 46 enjoy the ride e) Maintain a log book recording their coaching hours – refer GCR 3.8.2, 3.8.4 3.8.2 3.8.2.1 3.8.2.2 3.8.2.3 3.8.2.4 3.8.3 3.8.3.1 3.8.3.2 3.8.4 3.8.4.1 3.8.4.2 125cc and 250cc Endorsement A rider wishing to compete on a 125cc 2stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke machine must undertake a minimum of 5 hours coaching on those respective machines. A rider who is endorsed for 125cc 2-stroke must receive a separate endorsement for a 250cc 4-stroke and vice versa before being able to compete on those machines. The coaching required for a 125cc 2stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke endorsement can be undertaken 3 months prior to the rider’s birthday that allows them to compete on either machine. The minimum of 5 hours coaching required for a 125cc 2-stroke and 250cc 4stroke endorsement will count toward the coaching required under GCR 3.8.1.1. Coaching Delivery Riders in a coaching session must a) Have a licence as defined in GCR 3.1.2, or b) Be participating in a session exclusively for the purposes of obtaining a licence for the first time. Licence holders may not participate in a JCP coaching session with non-licence holders. Junior Coaching Program Log Book All Junior competitors will be issued with a log book which includes: a) Name, address and date of birth, b) Provision to record training/coaching hours and modules to obtain a competition licence, c) Provision to record Licence assessment results, d) Licence number, e) Special medical conditions, f) Ambulance subscription, g) Provision of injury details (where transported to hospital), and h) Provision to record penalties (to be countersigned by the Steward and Clerk of Course) A rider wishing to take out a 1 event competition licence must produce a log book to demonstrate they have completed the JCP requirements. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4.1.1 4.1.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.2.1 4.1.3 4.1.3.1 4.1.3.2 4.1.3.3 4.1.3.4 4.1.4 4.1.4.1 VENUES Register of Venues Each SCB must, for its area of responsibility, establish and maintain a register of: a) Permanent venues, and b) Temporary venues for special events which may be altered by the addition, removal or modification of, any one or more venues. Venue Inspectors An RCB may appoint venue inspectors whose responsibilities are: a) To inspect venues, b) To ensure that venues comply with any standards established under these Rules, and c) To make recommendations for the issue of licences for venues. The Licensing of Venues No venue may be operated without a venue licence. An application for the issue of a venue licence must be in the prescribed form to the RCB. The RCB may, in respect of a venue: a) Issue a licence subject to such terms and conditions as it thinks fit or may refuse to issue a licence, and b) Revoke or suspend a venue licence if the venue licensee fails to comply with the licence or any condition. During each competition or other permitted event the venue licence must be prominently displayed in the administration area of the event together with a plan of the venue and the GPS coordinates for the location of the venue. NOTICES TO THE PUBLIC At all meetings to which the public have access, other than events on a public road, the standard notice warning [shown page following] the public that a motorcycle competition is in progress shall be prominently displayed. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4.1.4.2 4.1.4.3 4.1.4.4 4.1.4.5 4.1.4.6 Wherever at such meetings, it is considered desirable by the Promoters of the meetings, or is a condition of the grant of a Venue Licence that the public shall be excluded from a certain area, the standard form of notice prohibiting the public from access to that area [shown page following] shall be prominently displayed. No other form of notice for warning the public generally or for prohibiting access to certain areas shall be displayed. The standard form of notice [shown page following] measures 550mm x 450mm. A sign must be prominently displayed in pit areas [shown page following] warning that the carrying or consumption of alcoholic beverages by all personnel in the area is prohibited. The sign shall measure 550mm x 450mm. At the entrances to any venue a Promoter must prominently display the sign [shown page following] Pit areas must be clearly defined. A Promoter must prominently display the sign [shown page following] at the entrance to the pit area 4.2 THE PROMOTION AND CONDUCT OF COMPETITIONS 4.2.1 4.2.1.1 Authority to Promote Subject to these Rules, competitions may be promoted or conducted by: a) A Controlling Body, or b) A Promoter. Promoters must be affiliated to the RCB: a) Where an SCB is the RCB, Promoters must affiliate with an SCB, b) Where MA is the RCB, Promoters must affiliate with MA if they have not already affiliated with an SCB. SCBs must notify MA of the details of affiliated Promoters within 1 month of them affiliating. 4.2.1.2 4.2.1.3 4.2.2 4.2.2.1 COMPETITIONS 4.1 COMPETITIONS 4 4 Competition Permits No competition may be promoted or conducted without a competition permit. enjoy the ride 47 WARNING TO THE PUBLIC Motor racing is DANGEROUS, and spectators attending this track do so entirely at their own risk. It is a condition of admission that all persons having a connection with the promotion, and/or organisation, and/or conduct of the meeting, including the owners of the land and the riders and owners of vehicles and passengers in the vehicles, are absolved from all liability arising out of the accidents causing damage or personal injury to spectators or ticket holders, except where due care and skill has not been exercised. Notice 4.1.4.1 PROHIBITED AREA The Public is not permitted in this area. Notice 4.1.4.2 WARNING The carrying or consumption of alcoholic beverages in the pit area is prohibited. By Order, Motorcycling Australia Ltd Notice 4.1.4.4 NOTICE No Animals Allowed. Guide Dogs Excepted By Order, Motorcycling Australia Ltd The riding of motorcycles in the pit area is only allowed in marked access lanes. By Order, Motorcycling Australia Ltd 4.2.2.2 An application for a competition permit must be in the prescribed form to the RCB and must: a) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee, b) For any meeting forming part of an Australian Championship, be submitted at least 3 months before the date set for the meeting, c) For International meetings (i.e. involving licensees from federations other than MA and MNZ), MA series or National meetings, be submitted at least 8 weeks before the date set for the meeting, d) For any other meeting, be submitted at least 14 days before the date set for the meeting, e) Be accompanied by proposed SR, and 48 enjoy the ride 4.2.2.3 4.2.2.4 Notice 4.1.4.5 Notice 4.1.4.6 f) Identify the proposed venue. An RCB may issue a competition permit subject to terms and conditions or may refuse to issue a permit. a) At the time of issue of a competition permit to a Promoter, the RCB may require the Promoter to deposit with the RCB a bond which: i) Is equivalent to the prize money, ii) Is an estimate by the RCB of the gate levy payable. b) Where a bond is not required, the RCB will assume responsibility for the prize money. c) A permit must not be issued unless the Promoter making application is insured to the satisfaction of the RCB. Where any of the conditions of a competition permit are not satisfied the RCB may revoke the permit. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4.2.3 4.2.3.1 Refund of Permit Fees If a meeting does not take place, any fee paid for the permit must be repaid unless in the opinion of the RCB, the meeting did not take place because of the conduct of the permit holder. In that event, the RCB may withhold the refund wholly, or in part at its discretion. 4.2.4 4.2.4.1 4.2.5 4.2.5.1 4.2.5.2 4.2.5.3 Forfeiture of Permit A Promoter will be liable to forfeit a permit if the Promoter breaches any of these Rules, and in all things done in relation to a meeting, must comply with, and is bound by: a) These Rules, b) All conditions of the permit, c) Any SR, and d) All venue safety and other standards proclaimed under these Rules. The Appointment of Officials A meeting must not take place unless there are at least the following officials present: a) A Steward, a Jury, or a Referee, b) A Clerk of Course, c) A Race Secretary, d) A Scrutineer. Officials for Australian Championships forming a series must: a) In respect of Stewards, Juries and Race Directors, be appointed by MA, b) In respect of all other key officials, Chief Marshals, eligibility Scrutineers and chief technical Scrutineers, be nominated by the host SCB for MA approval. c) In respect of all other officials, be appointed by the Promoter. Officials for Australian Championships which do not form part of a series must: a) In respect of Stewards, Jury Presidents and eligibility Scrutineers be appointed by MA, b) In respect of all other key officials, Chief Marshals and chief technical Scrutineers be appointed by the host SCB, c) In respect of all other officials, be appointed by the Promoter. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4.2.5.4 4.2.5.5 4.2.6 4.2.6.1 Officials for meetings controlled by MA which are not Australian Championships must: a) In respect of Stewards, be appointed by MA, b) In respect of all other officials, be appointed by the Promoter. Officials for meetings controlled by SCBs will be appointed in accordance with the by laws of the host SCB. Competitions between Categories of Machine In respect of any competition: a) Unless otherwise provided for by these Rules or any relevant SR, no two machines of a different category may compete in any event, b) No competition may be conducted under these Rules between a motorcycle and any other vehicle. 4.2.7 4.2.7.1 Invitations for Entries A Promoter may invite and receive entries to any competition authorised by the permit. Every invitation to enter and every entry form sent out to a potential participant must: a) Specify the closing date for applications to enter, b) Specify the amount of the entry fee, c) Be accompanied by a copy of the SR for the competition. 4.2.8 4.2.8.1 Applications for Entries A competition licensee wishing to participate in a meeting may apply to enter the meeting. The application must: a) Be in the prescribed form and contain the prescribed information, b) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee, c) If required by the RCB, be accompanied by a medical certificate that the applicant is fit to participate in the meeting, d) Contain no false or misleading information, e) Comply with the SR for the meeting. The Promoter to whom such an application is submitted may accept or reject it and, if the application is rejected, must inform the applicant of the rejection. 4.2.8.2 COMPETITIONS The permit for an event must be prominently displayed in the administration area of the event. 4 4.2.2.5 enjoy the ride 49 4.2.9 4.2.9.1 Responsibilities of Promoters A Promoter, on or before the day of the meeting must: a) Publish a program which must contain: i) The names of all competitors and the identity of each competitor’s entrant, club and State, ii) The identification number of each competitor and motorcycle, iii) Any applicable starting position and handicap, iv) The status and identity of all key officials, v) All relevant information about the events to be conducted. b) Provide copies of the program to all key officials, entrants and competitors. c) Appoint officials and in so doing may appoint assistant pit and flag marshals who need not be the holders of officials’ licences. No assistant pit or flag marshal may carry out any duty unless directly supervised by a licensed official. d) Provide fire extinguishers to the satisfaction of the RCB, e) Where MA is the RCB, at any event where speed is the determining factor, provide an ambulance which is, i) Permitted to transport injured persons on public roads, and ii) Staffed by paramedics. f) At all other events where speed is the determining factor provide, to the satisfaction of the SCB: i) An ambulance, or ii) First aid vehicle, or iii) A medical room, which may be mobile. g) Ensure medical facilities are operated by qualified first aid personnel. h) Ensure that: i) At Speedway / Track events spectators are not permitted inside the circuit, ii) At all other events spectators are not permitted in areas, which may 50 enjoy the ride 4.2.9.2 4.2.9.3 4.2.9.4 4.2.9.5 endanger themselves or riders. iii) The nearest police station and the nearest hospital to the event is notified that the vent is to take place. This notification must be given at least 21 days prior to the event. A Promoter must, no more than 21 days after a meeting pay all fees, traveling and accommodation expenses due to Controlling Bodies, riders and officials in respect of that meeting. A Promoter is responsible for the payment of all officials’ fees and expenses other than the Steward’s fee and any costs associated with the Race Director. Unless otherwise instructed by the RCB, a Promoter must, no more 7 days after the results have been declared official, pay all prize monies and prizes due to the riders. At events where drug or fuel testing has taken place an RCB may instruct the Promoter to delay payments of prize monies until the results of those tests are published. 4.2.10 Betting at Meetings 4.2.10.1 No person involved in the conduct of any meeting may conduct any bet or wager at a competition in respect of that meeting. 4.2.11 Results 4.2.11.1 As soon as practicable and no more than 5 days after the completion of a meeting, the Steward must send the results to the RCB. 4.2.11.2 Unless and until all protests and appeals arising from a meeting are finally determined, the results will be provisional. 4.2.11.3 In respect of any provisional results, any public announcement or advertisement concerning those results must state that they are provisional; and are subject to official confirmation. 4.2.11.4 As soon as practicable and no more than 5 days after the final determination of all protests and appeals in relation to any meeting, the RCB must announce that the results are final. 4.2.11.5 A meeting will commence and conclude at the times fixed by the Steward. 4.2.12 Results in Australian Championships and MA Series 4.2.12.1 Results in any Australian titled event or 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Supplementary Regulations for Australian Championships and MA Series 4.2.14.1 A draft of proposed SR for an Australian Championship and MA series must be sent to MA In electronic form (disc or email) at least 3 months prior to the date of the event. 4.3 OFFENCES 4.3.1 4.3.1.1 List of Offences Any Promoter, licensee or in the case of a minor licensee, parent or guardian, who: a) Breaches any of these Rules, or any SR, b) Acts in a manner which is prejudicial to the sport or breaches the Code of Conduct, c) Behaves in an offensive or abusive manner toward any competitor or any official exercising authority under these Rules, d) Bribes or attempts to bribe, directly or indirectly, any competitor, Controlling Body, appellate body or official exercising authority under these Rules, e) Offers, receives or offers to receive, directly or indirectly, any bribe in respect of the exercise of any authority under these Rules, f) Enters, or attempts to enter, any ineligible person, body or machine in any competition, g) Acts in a reckless or dangerous manner while competing. h) Disobeys the lawful direction, order or requirement of any Controlling Body, appellate body, inspector or official under these Rules. i) Obstructs or misleads any official in the exercise of any of the powers and duties conferred on that official by these Rules, j) Assaults any competitor or any official exercising authority under these Rules, k) Without reasonable cause, fails to participate in a competition for which entrant fees have been paid by or on behalf of that person or body or in the case of Speedway a competitor who has nominated for COMPETITIONS 4.2.13 Supplementary Regulations [SR] 4.2.13.1 An RCB may make SR, which must be consistent with these Rules, for the purposes of the promotion and conduct of any competition. 4.2.13.2 SR: a) Have the force and effect of these Rules, b) Must comply, as closely as possible, with the model SR in Appendix 1; c) Must be printed and in the prescribed form, d) Must be delivered to those persons or bodies whom the RCB considers necessary to enable the competition to be conducted fairly and efficiently, e) Must be published and displayed in a place to which officials and competitors have reasonable access, f) Must not be amended after delivery and publication in accordance with this Rule unless, in the opinion of the Steward, exceptional circumstances arise requiring amendments. 4.2.13.3 SR for competitions may prescribe: a) Venue descriptions, b) Dates, times and places of competitions, c) Entry times, methods and forms, d) Competitor and other numbers and number plates, e) Methods of machine examination, f) Methods of practicing and qualifying, g) Methods of starting and finishing, h) Flags and signals, i) Competition officials, j) Entry and other fees, k) Prizes and trophies, l) Competition formats, m) Methods of scoring, n) Timetables, o) Such other facts, matters or things as are necessary to ensure the fair and safe conduct of competitions. 4.2.14 4 MA series event: a) Must be faxed or e-mailed to MA by the Steward by 9am on the Monday next following the event, and b) Must include the names of all finishers in the event. enjoy the ride 51 that competition, Does any act, the direct or indirect purpose of which is to breach or cause to be breached any agreement between any Promoter, entrant, or rider in respect of any competition, m) Participates in any competition for which that person or body has failed to complete an entry form or pay entrant fees, n) Being a Promoter advertises, and/or programs riders who have not entered the meeting, o) Being a Promoter, club, entrant, or rider knowingly publishes false information concerning the results of any competition, p) Promotes, participates in, or officiates at any competition which is capable of being sanctioned by MA but which is not authorized under these Rules, q) Uses other than the prescribed fuel in any competition, r) Fails to comply with the direction of an authorised official to submit to a fuel test under these Rules, s) Being an entrant causes or permits the rider entered by the entrant, or any mechanic or assistant of that rider, not to comply with any of these Rules, t) Being a competitor where any of their mechanics, assistants, team members or in the case of a competitor under the age of 18 years, their parents, fails to comply with any of these Rules, u) Commits a doping offence under MA’s Anti-Doping Polic, v) Being an official knowingly: i) Signs a record of measurement as a personal record when it was not, ii) Assists in the promotion or conduct of any competition which is not authorised under these Rules, or iii) Fails to comply with these Rules, is liable to be penalised under these Rules. l) 52 enjoy the ride 4.3.1.2 4.3.1.3 4.3.1.4 4.3.2 4.3.2.1 Should a member of a rider’s team or family breach any Rule, the rider may be held responsible. Subject to Rule 4.3.1.4, a prosecution for any alleged offence under Rule 4.3.1.1 committed during the course of a meeting must: a) If instituted by the Clerk of Course, be i) Heard and determined by the Clerk of Course, or ii) Referred to the Steward, or b) If instituted by the Steward, be i) Heard and determined by the Steward, or ii) Referred to the RCB, or c) If instituted by a duly appointed Inspector, be heard and determined by the RCB. A prosecution for any alleged offence under Rule 4.3.1.1 committed during the course of a meeting being part of an MA series must: a) If instituted by the Clerk of the Course, be i) Heard and determined by the Clerk of Course, or ii) Referred to the Steward, or b) If instituted by the Race Director; be referred to the Steward, or c) If instituted by the Steward, be i) Heard and determined by the Steward, or ii) Referred to the RCB, or d) If instituted by a duly appointed Inspector, be heard and determined by the RCB. Imposition of Penalties during Events In any event during the course of a meeting, a Steward or Clerk of Course may fine, exclude, impose penalty or time points on, or relegate, any competitor, if: a) The whole or any part of that competitor’s machine has left the track and thereby gained an advantage, unless such action was: i) For the safety of other competitors, or ii) Due to the action of other competitors. b) The competitor has gained an 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4.3.2.4 4.3.3 4.3.3.1 Hearing and Determination of Charges during Meetings In any proceeding relating to the imposition of penalties for offences committed during the course of a meeting: a) The Steward or Clerk of Course: i) May act on their own initiative, ii) May act on such information and in such manner as they think fit having regard to the conduct for which a penalty is to be imposed, iii) Must, in respect of all prosecutions other than those under Rule 4.3.2, conduct a hearing, iv) Must, as soon as practicable after determining the penalty, inform the competitor and the competitor’s team of the penalty 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4.3.4 4.3.4.1 4.3.4.2 4.3.4.3 4.3.5 4.3.5.1 4.3.5.2 Inspectors A Controlling Body may, by written authority, appoint Inspectors. The powers and duties of Inspectors are: a) To institute prosecutions for offences under these Rules other than offences alleged to have been committed by competitors during the course of a event, and b) To collect and collate evidence reasonably required for the preparation of any prosecutions under these Rules, and to present such evidence to the RCB, c) To investigate the conduct of meetings and make recommendations to the RCB. In performing duties under these Rules an Inspector: a) May ask questions and give directions as reasonably required, b) Must comply with all directions of any appellate body, and c) Must maintain proper and accurate records of all investigations undertaken and any proceedings arising therefrom. COMPETITIONS 4.3.2.3 imposed, and v) May not impose any fine greater than the maximum prescribed in by-laws. b) No person may be represented by a legal practitioner. 4 4.3.2.2 advantage as a result of an unfair start. c) The competitor has been guilty of unfair or unsafe conduct. d) The competitor receives outside assistance other than: i) By a relevant official at the start of an event, or ii) In the interests of safety. e) The competitor’s machine is dangerous. f) The competitor’s machine does not comply with the requirements of these Rules or any SR. g) The competitor has unreasonably refused to submit to a medical test required by the Steward under these Rules h) The competitor, or the competitor’s team, has breached the refueling Rule. For the purposes of this rule, outside assistance includes radio communication, provided that SR may permit outside assistance. No person may protest against, or appeal from, a decision to impose a penalty during an event. For the purpose of this Rule a decision does not operate as such unless and until it is notified to the competitor affected by it or to that competitor’s team, providing such notification is practicable within the context of the event. Charges Charges for offences under these Rules, other than by Stewards, Race Director or Clerks of Course may only be instituted by Inspectors. In relation to any charge instituted by an Inspector: a) The offence will not be taken to have been committed unless proved to the satisfaction of the RCB, b) The person charged may be represented by a legal practitioner or other advocate or may be unrepresented, c) The person charged may: i) Give evidence, ii) Call any witness, iii) Produce any exhibit, or enjoy the ride 53 iv) remain silent, and no adverse inference may be drawn from the exercise of the right of silence. d) The RCB must i) Have regard to the principles set out in the next Rule, ii) Deliver written reasons for the finding to the person charged, whether of guilty or innocent, and any penalty imposed; e) The RCB may refer charges to its appellate body. 4.3.6 4.3.6.1 4.3.6.2 4.3.6.3 Penalties In imposing any penalty, the Steward, Clerk of Course, RCB or the appellate body must have regard to the following principles: a) No penalty should be imposed unless and until the offender has been given the opportunity to make representations as to the nature and extent of the penalty, b) In ordinary circumstances a single penalty should be imposed for a single offence, c) The punishment for an offence should be commensurate with the gravity and effects of the offence, d) The interests of the sport are paramount, e) The severity of penalties imposed on an individual should increase if that individual continues to commit offences against these Rules, f) Mitigating factors put by, or on behalf of an offender, must be taken into account, as must the effects on others of the actions of the offender. The Clerk of Course may impose the following penalties for any offence committed under these Rules: a) A reprimand, b) A fine no greater than $1,000, c) Relegation, d) Exclusion. The Steward may impose the following penalties for any offence committed under these Rules: a) A reprimand, b) A fine no greater than $2,000, c) Relegation, 54 enjoy the ride 4.3.6.4 4.3.6.5 4.3.6.6 4.3.6.7 d) Exclusion, e) Suspension of no more than 6 months. The RCB may impose the following penalties for any offence committed under these Rules: a) A reprimand, b) A fine no greater than $5,000, c) Relegation, d) Exclusion, e) Suspension of no more than 24 months. The RCB may determine a period during which a licence will not be issued to persons falsely completing a licence declaration under rule 3.1.1.9. b). An appellate body may impose the following penalties for any offence committed under these Rules: a) A reprimand, b) A fine no greater than $10,000, c) Relegation, d) Exclusion, e) Suspension, f) Disqualification. In imposing a penalty under these Rules an appellate body may: a) Fix a time for payment of any fine, b) Suspend the operation of any penalty unconditionally or subject to terms and conditions, c) Fix a time for the commencement of any penalty, but in the absence of such fixing, the penalty will commence from the moment of its pronouncement, d) Impose such conditions as are in the circumstances just and expedient, e) Require the offender to deliver any document, record, material, object, piece of equipment, machine or thing as is reasonably necessary to ensure: i) That the penalty is carried into full force and effect, ii) That all persons or bodies affected are made aware of the penalty, and iii) That any consequential orders or directions are complied with. f) Make such consequential orders 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Penalties – Juniors The Steward may fine or exclude any junior competitor for the actions of the agents or parents of the competitor. 4.3.8 4.3.8.1 Default Penalties Any person or body having power to impose any fine under these Rules must fix a time within which the fine is to be paid. An RCB may impose, as a penalty in default of payment of the fine within that time, a penalty of suspension or disqualification, which may be double the period the payment of the fine, was in default. 4.3.8.2 4.3.9 4.3.9.1 4.3.9.2 Tests for Prohibited Substances A person who commits a doping offence contrary to the MA Anti-Doping Policy [Chapter 11] will be sanctioned by MA in accordance with that policy which is published in this manual. For the purposes of this Rule: a) An SCB may, by instrument in writing, delegate to MA its authority to administer tests under this Rule, and in that case, MA will be deemed to be the RCB in relation to the administration of tests, b) The RCB is responsible for the receipt of the results of tests. 4.3.10 Prohibited substances: 4.3.10.1 Refer to the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) Prohibited List under Chapter 11 for prohibited substances. 4.3.11 Fines 4.3.11.1 Fines are payable to the RCB. 4.3.12 Suspension and Disqualification 4.3.12.1 An order for suspension of any person or body will operate throughout the 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT COMPETITIONS 4.3.7 4.3.7.1 period thereof so as to prevent that person or body from participating in any competition. 4.3.12.2 An order for suspension or disqualification from competition may operate so as to prevent from participation in competition a machine or machines of a particular manufacturer provided that no such order may be made unless the appellate body is satisfied that the offence or offences leading to the making of the order were committed with the knowledge, or at the instigation, of the manufacturer or the manufacturer’s agent. 4.3.12.3 Any person or body who is the subject of: a) An order of exclusion, or b) An order for suspension or disqualification for any offence committed at, connected with, or arising from, any competition; is liable to forfeit the right to receive or retain any award, trophy or prize in respect of that competition. 4.3.12.4 If any penalty imposed alters the result of any competition, the RCB must, as soon as practicable after being notified of the penalty, alter the record of that competition so as to reflect the alteration. 4 4.3.6.8 or directions as the appellate body considers necessary and reasonable for the full and effectual operation of the penalty. Unless otherwise ordered: a) Every decision of an appellate body will take effect from the moment of pronouncement of the penalty, b) The operation of a decision of an appellate body will be suspended upon the lodging of a notice of appeal against the decision. Thinking about Rule changes? If you believe a rule should be changed or a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your Club to propose amendments and/or additions. Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book. The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or added. There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 247 It’s YOUR SPORT- we welcome your input enjoy the ride 55 5 PROTESTS AND APPEALS 5.1 PROTESTS 5.1.1 5.1.1.1 Right of Protest With the exception of penalties imposed during an event any entrant or competitor may protest: a) Against a decision to reject an application by a competition licence holder to compete in any competition, b) Against a decision, action or determination of any official, c) Against the action or conduct of any other competitor, entrant, mechanic or team member during the course of any event. Any protest must: a) Be in writing, b) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee which must be remitted to the RCB irrespective of the outcome of the protest, c) Be made to a Steward of the relevant meeting, d) Comply with the following time limits: i) For a protest under sub Rules a) and b) of the previous Rule, as soon as practicable after being informed of the decision, ii) For a protest under sub Rule c) of the previous Rule, no more than thirty minutes after the action or conduct, iii) For a protest under sub-Rule c) in a Speedway or Supercross meeting, no more than five minutes after the action or conduct. 5.1.1.2 5.1.2 5.1.2.1 5.1.2.2 Protest Hearings A Steward must hear and determine any protest and must notify the outcome to the protester, and any person materially affected, within a reasonable time. A Steward may refer any question raised in any protest, or the protest itself, to the relevant appellate body and must: a) Notify such referral to the protester, and to any person materially affected 56 enjoy the ride 5.1.2.3 5.1.2.4 by the protest, b) Provide to the appellate body all evidence and exhibits submitted to the Steward in relation to that protest, c) Comply with all directions and instructions of the appellate body. In hearing and determining any protest, a Steward may: a) Direct any reasonable alteration or modification to any course, b) Alter or amend any program, c) Overrule, vary or amend any decision or direction of an official, d) Substitute for any decision of an official, the decision of the Steward with or without conditions, e) Give such directions, instructions or orders as the Steward thinks fit for the efficient and fair conduct of any competition, f) Alter, vary or amend the result of, or prize for, any competition, g) Do whatever is necessary for the proper consideration of the protest. In hearing and determining any protest, a Steward must apply the following principles: a) The protester and any person materially affected or likely to be so affected by the outcome of the protest must be notified of the protest and the time and place fixed for the hearing, b) The determination of the protest must be in writing and published to the protester and any person affected by the determination, c) The principles of natural justice must apply, d) The protester and any person materially affected or likely to be so affected by the determination may not be represented by a legal practitioner, e) The Steward is not bound by the rules of evidence and may be informed of facts in such manner as 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT the Steward thinks fit, The Steward must determine the protest according to equity, good conscience and the substantial merits of the case, g) Unless otherwise ordered, every decision made by a Steward will take effect from the moment of pronouncement of the decision. Prior to determining a penalty for a Junior, the Steward must reveiw the Log Book for the rider’s previous history of offences. f) 5.1.2.5 5.1.3 5.1.3.1 APPELLATE BODIES 5.2.1 5.2.1.1 The Appointment of Appellate Bodies Each Controlling Body must appoint a suitably qualified person or persons as an appellate body. A person is suitably qualified if: a) In the case of an appellate body consisting of one member, that person is an admitted practitioner of the Supreme Court of any State or Territory of Australia, or b) In the case of an appellate body of three members, the chair is held by an admitted practitioner of the Supreme Court of any State or Territory of Australia and the other members have knowledge of, and experience in, any aspect of the sport. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 5.2.2 5.2.2.1 Hearings by Appellate Bodies An appellate body must hear and determine each appeal and in so doing: a) Is not bound by the rules of evidence, b) May inform itself in such manner as it thinks fit, c) Must act according to equity, good conscience and the substantial merits of the case, d) May affirm, quash or vary the decision appealed against in such manner and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit, e) May not impose any fine greater than that prescribed in by-laws, f) Must publish reasons for its decision, g) May, at its discretion, award such costs to any party as it thinks fit. An appellate body may not direct that an event be re-run. 5.2.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.3.1 Decisions by Appellate Bodies Unless otherwise ordered: a) Every decision made by an appellate body will take effect from the moment of pronouncement of the decision, b) The operation of a decision of an appellate body will be suspended upon the lodging of a notice of appeal against the decision, 5.3 APPEALS 5.3.1 5.3.1.1 Right to Appeal A person or body having a material interest in a decision of: a) A Steward or jury arising from a protest, or b) A specialist sub-committee may appeal to the appellate body of the RCB. A person or body, including a Steward of a meeting, having a material interest in a decision of an SCB or the appellate body of an SCB, may appeal to the appellate body of MA. 5.3.1.2 enjoy the ride PROTESTS AND APPEALS 5.2 No person may sit as a member of an appellate body, hearing any appeal, if that person has an interest in the outcome of the appeal. 5 Protests - Juniors In addition to the Rules regulating the making of protests in all competitions, Juniors must comply with the following: a) A protest may only be made by a competitor, b) The competitor must indicate the protest to an official prior to returning to the pits, c) The Clerk of Course must designate an area, to be announced at the riders’ briefing and to be marked by a purple flag, where an official must be present to note any indications of protest, d) No discussion on the content of the protest may take place at the marked position, e) A competitor who indicates a protest must return to the pits and present the protest to the Clerk of Course. 5.2.1.2 57 5.3.2 5.3.2.1 Commencement of Appeals Appeals must be commenced by notice of appeal which must be: a) In writing and signed by the appellant, b) Lodged with the relevant appellate body, and c) Accompanied by the prescribed filing fee. 58 enjoy the ride 5.3.3 5.3.3.1 5.3.3.2 5.3.3.3 Time Limits for Appeals The time for lodging a notice of appeal is 21 days after the decision has been notified to the appellant. An appellate body may extend the time for lodging a notice of appeal if it considers that it is just and equitable so to do. Unless otherwise directed by the appellate body, appeals must be heard and determined no more than 4 months after lodgment of the notice of appeal. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES MA HEARING GUIDELINES 6.1.1 6.1.1.1 Composition of the Committee The Judicial Committee is the National appellate tribunal of MA. Appointed members of the Committee must be either: a) A qualified lawyer; or b) A person with appropriately extensive knowledge of, and experience in the sport. The Committee’s President must be a qualified lawyer. The Committee sits either as a: a) Panel of up to 3 members chaired by a lawyer; or b) Committee of 1 who must be a lawyer. Matters generally come before the Committee either as: a) Appeals from State appellate tribunals. b) Appeals from protest hearings, conducted by Stewards or juries, where the event is National or is part of a National series; or c) As disputed questions on the interpretation of the GCRs. 6.1.1.2 6.1.1.3 6.1.1.4 6.1.1.5 6.1.2 6.1.2.1 Notice of Appeal When considering lodging an appeal to the Committee. it is important to note : a) The Notice of Appeal must be lodged at the MA Ltd. office in Melbourne. b) The time limit for the lodging of the Notice is 21 days from the date of the written notification of the decision being appealed. c) The Notice must be accompanied by the prescribed lodging fee. d) There is no particular setting out or style required, however, the Notice should specify: i) The person or body whose decision is being challenged; ii) The date and place of the decision; iii) What the decision was; 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 6.1.2.2 6.1.3 6.1.3.1 iv) A short outline (preferably in point form) of why the decision is said to be wrong. A copy of the Notice of Appeal should be posted to the person or body whose decision is being challenged. Conduct of Hearings Hearings are usually, but not always, held in Melbourne. Interstate telephone hookups are used on occasions. 6.1.3.2 Hearings are normally conducted on a mid-week evening from 7.00 pm. They are scheduled, as far as is possible, as the parties’ request. 6.1.3.3 Hearings generally last 2-3 hours. 6.1.3.4 Parties to an appeal can present their own case, may choose to be represented by a lawyer, or they may choose to be represented by a person who, though not a lawyer, is familiar with their case and who can explain it to the Committee. 6.1.3.5 About one third of appellants have legal representation, another third had nonlegal representation – and the other third presented their case themselves. 6.1.3.6 Typically, the parties are notified in writing of the Committee’s decision within 10 to 14 days of the hearing. 6.1.3.7 Written reasons for the Committee’s decision accompany the decision itself. Where the Committee sits as a panel it arrives at one decision, i.e. it does not produce a majority decision and a dissenting minority decision. 6.1.3.8 When a hearing has concluded there can be no further communication between the parties and the Committee. 6.1.3.9 If a party loses an appeal, any request it may make of the Committee to reconsider its decision will be ignored. 6.1.3.10 Enquiries and requests about the scheduling of hearings should be directed to the MA Ltd office. JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES 6.1 6 6 enjoy the ride 59 7. SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES 7.1 CREATION OF COMMISSIONS 7.1.1.1 MA has a Commission structure comprising the following Commissions: a) Road Racing , b) Motocross & Supercross, c) Speedway, d) Enduro, e) Moto-Trials, f) Junior Development, g) Historic Road Racing, h) Classic MX & Dirt Track, i) Dirt Track & Track . MA has the following Standing Committees: a) Judicial, b) Safety. MA has the following Special Subcommittees: a) Coaching, b) Officials Training, c) Rules. 7.1.1.2 7.1.1.3 7.2 STRUCTURE OF THE COMMISSIONS 7.2.1.1 Membership of Commissions will be a maximum of 3 persons, unless otherwise approved by the MA Board. Vacancies must be advertised in the Motorcycle Press and through SCBs. Applications to close on the last working day in February of each year. Appointments will be made by the Board. Appointments will be for 3 years with one person due for election each year. Casual Vacancies to be appointed by the Board for the unexpired term of the retiree’s appointment. Appointments to be based on the ability to contribute. The Board will appoint the Chairman of each Commission. The Board has the right to dismiss all or any members of a Commission if performance is unsatisfactory. Positions on Commissions are honorary. Approved travel, accommodation and out 7.2.1.2 7.2.1.3 7.2.1.4 7.2.1.5 7.2.1.6 7.2.1.7 7.2.1.8 7.2.1.9 60 enjoy the ride of pocket expenses will be met by MA. 7.3 STRUCTURE OF THE STANDING COMMITTEES AND SPECIAL SUBCOMMITTEES 7.3.1.1 Members of the standing Committees and special Sub-Committees shall be appointed by the Board and the membership shall be reviewed annually at the MA Annual General Meeting. The structure should generally consist of 3 persons. Applications for Committee positions will be directed to the Board. Members will generally be selected because of their expertise and may be members of the Board. Positions on the standing committees and special Sub-committees are honorary. Approved travel, accommodation and out of pocket expenses will be met by MA. Casual Vacancies to be appointed by the Board for the unexpired term of the retiree’s appointment. The Board will appoint Committee chairman. The Board has the right to dismiss all or any members of a Committee if performance is unsatisfactory. 7.3.1.2 7.3.1.3 7.3.1.4 7.3.1.5 7.3.1.6 7.3.1.7 7.3.1.8 7.4 OBJECTIVES OF THE COMMISSIONS 7.4.1.1 To assist in the achievement of the objectives of MA. To encourage growth, development, participation and safety in motorcycle sport throughout Australia. To provide an environment for the orderly and structured consideration and decision making on the specialised aspects of motorcycle sport. To enhance the promotion of motorcycling as a sport. To enhance the status of National Championship competitions. To assist riders selected in teams competing in International competition to 7.4.1.2 7.4.1.3 7.4.1.4 7.4.1.5 7.4.1.6 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT achieve International rankings. To assist individual competitors, clubs, Promoters, SCBs, and other interested parties wherever possible in their specialty of the sport. 7.7.3 7.7.3.1 7.5 COMMISSION TERMS OF REFERENCE 7.7.3.2 7.5.1.1 Commissions may consider: a) Sport specific items only, that is, those that do not affect other disciplines, b) Budget, c) Technical, d) National Team Selection, e) International Programs, f) Other Development. 7.4.1.7 7.6.1 7.6.1.1 7.7.2.2 Meetings of the Commissions All meetings and communication between Commission members shall be held on an “as needed” basis and as decided by the Board, but generally one meeting per year in person and at other times by phone link-up, email or facsimile. Communication with the Commissions will be through the Commissions and 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 7.7.4.2 7.7.4.3 7.7.4.4 Powers of the Sporting Commissions To recommend GCR rule changes only after full consultation with the SCBs and relevant state sporting Sub-committees. Communication must be through MA to the SCBs and then to the relevant state sporting Sub-committees. To deal with matters within their discipline, (subject to the overriding control of the Board), in accordance with the Constitution. The Board may refer matters back to the Commissions for reconsideration. To select teams for international competitions. The process required to effect a change of these Rules is shown on the page following Thinking about Rule changes? If you believe a rule should be changed or a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your Club to propose amendments and/or additions. Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book. The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or added. There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 247 It’s YOUR SPORT- SPORTING COMMISSIONS & COMMITTEES 7.7.2 7.7.2.1 7.7.4 7.7.4.1 7 Responsibilities of the Commissions To be responsible to the Board and to act in the best interests of MA and the Sport. 7.6.1.2 To keep minutes of all Commission meetings. 7.6.1.3 To prepare and propose Rules and/or rule amendments. 7.6.1.4 To assist and advise other Commissions and Committees. 7.6.1.5 To initiate appropriate strategies to ensure the development of the particular discipline of the sport. 7.6.1.6 Where these strategies involve policy change, the matter must be referred to the Board 7.6.1.7 To foster the conduct of National Championships and International competition. 7.6.1.8 To provide a report in writing to the Board annually. 7.6.1.9 To report as required to the Board. 7.6.1.10 To prepare and maintain a discipline specific strategic plan. 7.6.1.11 To advise the Board on matters of policy relevant to commission discipline. Committees Manager, at the MA Office. Casual Vacancies Upon being advised of the impending absence of a Commissioner from a meeting (including teleconferences) the Board may appoint a casual replacement. The term of the replacement is not to exceed the absence of the incumbent Commissioner. we welcome your input enjoy the ride 61 Figure 7 Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission Proposal from Club, SCB, individual MA Commissions Manager refers to Commission Proposed action to MA Commissions Manager Referred to relevant MA Committee, for example, Safety, Medical etc Commission recommendation referred to SCBs and other stakeholders Comments received at MA office Feedback referred to Commission Commission decision Rules Committee Commission Chairman sign-off MA Board for ratification MA Office for promulgation of decision Advice to Stakeholders 62 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT COACHING BACKGROUND The Motorcycle Sport National Coaching Accreditation Scheme [NCAS] aims to: a) Increase confidence and competence in coaching ability, b) Increase understanding of coaching principles and sport science, enabling a more in-depth approach to coaching, c) Encourage the development of innovative coaching techniques, d) Improve communication skills of coaches, e) Provide a credible education and training process to attract members, f) Increase the number of trained coaches, g) Provide recognition to coaches. 8.1.2 8.1.2.1 Recognition as a Motorcycle Sport Coach There are 3 aspects to being recognised as a Motorcycle Sport coach under the NCAS: a) Gaining a Motorcycle Sport Coaching Accreditation, b) Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport Coaching Licence, c) Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching Accreditation [re-accreditation – on a 4 yearly basis]. 8.1.3 8.1.3.1 Levels of Accreditation There are 2 levels of accreditation developed by MA and approved by the Australian Sports Commission: a) Level 1, b) Level 2. A Level 3 coaching accreditation is being developed to enable coaches to train elite international competitors and lead Elite training camps. 8.1.3.2 8.1.4 8.1.4.1 Level 1 Coaching Accreditation The Level 1 Motorcycle Sport Coaching Course is an introductory course deigned to equip the coach with useable coaching knowledge and skills. The course is 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 8.1.4.2 8.1.4.3 8.1.4.4 8.1.5 8.1.5.1 particularly aimed at: a) Beginner coaches, working in introductory programs at club level, b) Parents and those persons coaching juniors. A Level 1 Motorcycle Sport Coach can: a) Conduct basic licence testing (i.e. Junior Coaching Program), b) Hold coaching sessions as per MA approved coaching sessions , c) Assist Level 2 coaches and supervise structured practice days Coach, d) Coach a maximum of 6 riders in a coaching session. To obtain a Level 1 Coach Accreditation, an applicant must a) Be 18 years or older, b) Have at least 2 years practical experience in motorcycle competition as a competitor or official and have a sound knowledge of motorcycle riding technique, c) Attend and complete a Level 1 Motorcycling Coaching Course, d) Undertake 20 hours of motorcycle coaching after attending a Level 1 Motorcycle Sport Coaching Course, e) Complete the required post course assessment tasks, f) Complete and return the required application form. Maintaining a Level 1 Coaching Licence a) Motorcycle Sport Coaching accreditation lasts 4 years, b) For a Motorcycle Sport coach to be recognised by MA they must keep their coaching licence up to date. COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME 8.1 8 8 NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME Level 1 Coaching Re -accreditation The following needs to be undertaken over a 4 year period from the date of accreditation. a) Complete 20 hours of sport specific tasks [refer to GCR 8.2], b) Complete 10 hours of general sports tasks (refer to 8.2) enjoy the ride 63 8.1.6 8.1.6.1 8.1.6.2 8.1.6.3 Level 2 Coaching Accreditation The Level 2 Motorcycle Sport Coaching Course is an intermediate course designed to extend the Level 1 coach’s ability to confidently and safely coach, conduct advanced licence testing, create coaching sessions, formulate personalised yearly training programs and assist in coaching national squads. A Level 2 Motorcycle Sport Coach can: a) Conduct advanced licence testing, b) Create their own coaching sessions, c) Utilise Level 1 accredited coaches as assistants, d) Coach a maximum of 15 riders and an additional 10 riders for every Level 1 assistant coach. To obtain a Level 2 Motorcycle Sport coaching accreditation, the applicant must: a) Be 18 years or older, b) Have a Level 1 Motorcycle Sport Coaching Accreditation, c) Have a Level 2 General Principles of Coaching Accreditation, d) Attend and complete a Level 2 Motorcycle Sport Coaching Course , e) Undertake 30 hours of motorcycle coaching after attending a course , f) Undertake 10 hours of motorcycle coaching under the supervision of a master coach, g) Complete the required post course assessable tasks, h) Complete and return the required application form. 8.1.6.4 Maintaining a Level 2 Coaching Licence a) Coaching accreditation last 4 years, but a coaching licence is for 1 year, b) For a Motorcycle Sport coach to be recognised by MA they must renew their coaching licence on an annual basis. 8.1.7 Level 2 Coaching Re-accreditation The following needs to be undertaken over a 4 year period from the date of accreditation: a) Complete 40 hours of sport specific tasks [refer to GCR 8.2] b) Complete 20 hours of general sports tasks [refer to GCR 8.2] 8.2 SUITABLE ACTIVITIES FOR COACHING RE-ACCREDITATION SPORT SPECIFIC TASKS Obtain Level 2 Motorcycling Coaching Accreditation Attend Motorcycling Courses Conduct Practical Club Coaching [max 5 hrs] Present/lecture at courses Attend Coaching Workshops Attend Training Camps Work with a “Master” coach GENERAL SPORT TASKS Attend State Department of Sport & Recreation courses Attend other NCAS courses Obtain Sport Trainer accreditation Obtain First Aid Certificate [eg: Red Cross / St John] CPR accreditation Obtain an officials accreditation MA MEMBERS GET 20-30% OFF AT BEST WESTERN How? see www.ma.org.au 64 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 9 NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME 9.1 OFFICIALS BACKGROUND One of the recognised keys to the future of motorcycle sport is the development and training of officials. 9.1.1 9.1.1.1 Establishment The National Officials Accreditation Scheme aims to: a) Increase confidence and competence in officiating ability. b) Improve communication skills. c) Promote progressive improvement in officiating knowledge and expertise. d) Provide a credible education and training process to attract new officials and retain existing ones. e) Ensure a uniform approach to officiating throughout the country. 9.2.1 9.2.1.1 Level O - Basic Orientation Level In the case where a person does not have any accreditation, they are recognised as Level O, and are therefore only qualified to act as an assistant whilst in training or assisting at a meeting. 9.2.2 9.2.2.1 9.2.2.2 9.2.2.3 9.2.2.4 Level 1 - Club Level In order to act as an official at club level, prospective officials are to complete a written assessment. The written assessment is available for Club Secretaries to distribute or may be obtained from SCBs. The completed written assessment must be endorsed by the official’s Club Secretary, stating the person has competently performed duties at club level. The completed written assessment and licence application are to be returned to the relevant SCB for processing Applicants complete this written assessment in their own time and may refer to their GCRs. The questionnaire comprises 20 multiple choice questions. This written assessment needs to be successfully completed by persons 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 9.2.3.2 9.2.3.3 9.2.3.4 9.2.4 9.2.4.1 9.2.4.2 9.2.5 9.2.5.1 9.2.5.2 9.2.5.3 9.2.6 9.2.6.1 9.2.6.2 Level 2 - Inter Club/Zone Level To attain this level officials are required to attend a seminar and successfully complete the assessment requirements. The seminars are designed to be practical by nature. Level 2 is the lowest level for accreditation of a Steward. Applications for Level 1 and 2 accreditation are generally, reviewed by the SCB Manager. If there is any doubt as to the experience of the applicant, the application may be referred to the State Officials’ Review Panel for final approval. Level 3 - National Event/State Championship Level As with Level 2, officials are required to attend a seminar and successfully complete the written assessment. All Level 3 applications are reviewed by the State Officials’ Review Panel before being granted accreditation at this level. Level 4 - National Championship Level To achieve Level 4 accreditation as a Steward, Referee and Clerk of Course, applicants must attend a Key Officials Seminar conducted by MA every four years and successfully complete the assessment requirements. Level 4 accreditation for all positions other than those listed in the previous rule is awarded by the National Officials Subcommittee. Level 4 officials are required to attend seminars to retain their accreditation. International (FIM) Accreditation This includes senior officials at international level. To be accredited at the International level, an applicant must hold Level 4 Accreditation and have successfully enjoy the ride OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME LEVELS OF ACCREDITATION 9.2.3 9.2.3.1 wishing to become, an accredited official. Generally, all current officials are automatically graded at Level 1 unless application is made for higher accreditation. 9 9.2 9.2.2.5 65 completed an FIM Seminar. FIM seminars are conducted in Australia as required to provide officials for World Championships. 9.3 OFFICIALS LICENSING 9.3.0.1 Licences will be issued by SCBs on behalf of MA with the exception of Level 4 Stewards, Referees and Clerks of Course licences which will be issued by MA. The back of the Official’s Licence has a matrix indicating the disciplines of the sport and types of accreditation. Numbers indicating the level/s of accreditation will be placed in the matrix. It is recommended that all officials be registered [i.e. hold an official’s licence]. Any official who has not been specifically accredited, by their SCB [or does not wish to be], should be issued an Official’s Licence with no accreditation levels, indicated in the accreditation matrix on the back of the licence, indicating a “General” Official’s licence not specifically accredited for any discipline or category of the sport, and that the holder must always act in an assistant capacity. 9.3.0.2 9.3.0.3 9.3.0.4 9.4 NATIONAL OFFICIALS SUBCOMMITTEE GUIDELINES 9.4.0.1 To oversee the setting up in each state of a State Official’s Panel. To oversee the accreditation procedures at state level for Levels 1, 2, and 3 and to confer accreditation at Level 4. To set down guidelines for the conduct of the seminars at the various levels. To provide input into the setting of the assessment papers and questionnaires. To provide input for the production of 9.4.0.2 9.4.0.3 9.4.0.4 9.4.0.5 9.4.0.6 9.4.0.7 9.4.0.8 9.4.0.9 9.5 resource materials. To re-appraise accreditation levels of poorly performing Level 4 officials. To liaise with MA, SCBs and Promoters in the appointment of senior officials at Australian Championships. To review progress of the Scheme and make any recommendations for updating to MA. To arbitrate on any disputes arising over the Scheme. STATE OFFICIALS REVIEW PANEL GUIDELINES 9.5.0.1 To liaise with MA and the National Officials’ Sub-committee. 9.5.0.2 To assess the suitability of Level 2 officials when asked to do so by the SCB. 9.5.0.3 To review and accredit Level 3 officials. 9.5.0.4 To nominate officials for Level 4 to the National Officials’ Sub-committee. 9.5.0.5 To organise and conduct seminars, venues and presenters within the state and/or zones. 9.5.0.6 To notify applicants of the success or otherwise of their application. 9.5.0.7 To establish a timetable of when and how often the Panel should meet. 9.5.0.8 To review the performance and accreditation level of officials who do not maintain the required standard. 9.5.0.9 To re-appraise accreditation levels of poorly performed officials. 9.5.0.10 Accreditation of Level 1 and 2 officials is an office function and is at the discretion of the SCB, provided all necessary criteria have been met by the applicant. This eliminates the time-consuming process for the State Officials’ Review Panel to review every Level 1 and 2 application. Thinking about Rule changes? If you believe a rule should be changed or a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your Club to propose amendments and/or additions. Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book. The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or added. There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 258 It’s YOUR SPORT- we welcome your input 66 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 10 10 NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE The following is a summary of the policy coverage. Reference should be made to policy documents for specific details of coverage, terms and conditions. The terms and conditions of the policies will prevail. 10.0.2 Situation - Anywhere in Australia 10.0.3 Capital Benefits 10.0.3.1 Injury as defined resulting solely and directly and independently of any other cause in: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 CLAIM AWARD Quadriplegia or paraplegia $150,000 Death - Under 18 years of age $10,000 - If under 18 years of age with full time employment $75,000 - All other Insured Persons $75,000 Third degree burns and/or resultant disfigurement which covers more than 40% of the entire external body $50,000 Permanent Total Disablement $50,000 Permanent and Incurable Insanity $50,000 Permanent Total Loss of Sight of Both Eyes $50,000 Permanent and Incurable Paralysis of all Limbs $50,000 Permanent Total Loss of Sight of One Eye $50,000 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of one limb $50,000 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of two limbs $50,000 Permanent Total Loss of Hearing in: a) Both Ears $37,500 b) One Ear $7,500 Permanent Total Loss of the Lens of One Eye $25,000 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of four fingers and thumb of either hand $35,000 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of four fingers of either hand $20,000 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of four fingers of either hand: a) Both Joints $15,000 b) One Joint $7,500 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of fingers of either hand: a) Three Joints $5,000 b) Two Joints $3,750 c) One Joint $2,500 Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of toes and disablement of foot: a) All-one Foot $7,500 b) Great-both Joints $2,500 c) Great-one Joint $1,500 d) Other than great toe, each toe $500 Fractured leg or patella with established non-union $5,000 Shortening of leg by at least 5cm $3,700 Permanent Disability not otherwise provided for under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive. Such percentage of the Sum Insured as the insurer shall in its absolute discretion determine and being in its opinion not inconsistent with the benefits provided under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive. Funeral expenses $2,000 Non-Medicare medical expenses $5,000 Emergency transport costs for Officials, Marshalls and Volunteers $10,000 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE 10.0.1.1 Covering all: Competitors, Organisers, Officials, Marshals, Licence holders, Members, Volunteers, Employees, Directors and Committee members of or associated with Motorcycling Australia and its State bodies whilst competing, engaged in, and/or attending racing events, practice sessions, functions and other activities officially organised by/or on the business of Motorcycling Australia and its State bodies. Cover includes travel directly to and from such events from their place of work or domicile. 10.0.1.2 A claim for the benefits provided must be made within 12 months from the date the injury was suffered. enjoy the ride 67 10.0.4 WEEKLY BENEFITS 22. Weekly Accident Benefits for Marshals and officials who are Income Earners 23. Home Help Weekly Benefit 24. Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit 10.0.5 PARENTS’ INCONVENIENCE ALLOWANCE 25 Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance – per day Up to a maximum of 10.0.6 Weekly Benefits Excess - 30 days. 10.0.7 Weekly Benefit Period - One Hundred and Four (104) weeks maximum. 10.1 DEFINITIONS 10.1.1 10.1.2 Home Help Weekly Benefit The insurer will pay for the cost of hiring help and/or child minding services reasonably and necessarily incurred by an Insured Person as a result of injury from an insured event causing temporary total disablement. Provided that: a) Such child minding services and nursing help are carried out by persons other than members of the Insured Person’s family or other relatives or persons permanently living with the Insured Person. b) Such child minding services and help are certified by a legally qualified medical practitioner as being necessary for the recovery of the Insured Person. c) Payments will commence from the 14th day of treatment by a legally qualified medical practitioner. Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit In respect of unmarried dependant children, the insurer will pay the cost of hiring home tutoring services reasonably and $500 $250 $250 $50 $1,500 necessarily incurred by an Insured Person as a result of injury from an insured event causing temporary total disablement. Provided that: a) The Insured Person is registered as a full-time student. b) Such home tutoring services are carried out by persons other than members of the Insured Person’s family or other relatives or persons who are full-time students. c) Payments will commence from the 14th day of treatment by a legally qualified medical practitioner. 10.1.3 Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance The insurer will pay up to $15 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for reimbursement of expenses incurred for travelling, child minding or other out-of-pocket expenses incurred whilst an insured child is hospitalised arising from an insured event. 10.1.4 Total Disablement Total disablement means disablement which entirely prevents an Insured Person from attending to business or occupation of any and every kind other than motorcycling, or if the Insured Person has no business or occupation other than motorcycling, from engaging in an occupation for which the Insured Person is reasonably qualified by education, training or experience. MA MEMBERS GET 10 OFF % 68 enjoy the ride SUSPENSION AT TRUTRACK How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 ANTI-DOPING POLICY This has been updated effective 1st January 2007 and should be reviewed before applying any of the policy. 11.1 ANTI-DOPING POLICY RESPONSIBILITIES 11.1.0.1 MA and ASADA acknowledge and agree that under the ASADA Act, ASADA has the function of supporting and encouraging the development and implementation of comprehensive programs and education initiatives about sports drug and safety matters. MA will assist ASADA with such matters and will provide education and information regarding anti-doping rules and matters to persons within the sport of Motorcycling within the framework established by ASADA. 11.1.0.2 ASADA will perform and conduct the antidoping functions in accordance with this referral and the ASADA Act. ASADA will use its best endeavours to ensure the FIM anti-doping policy is recognised. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 69 ANTI - DOPING POLICY Under a referral dated 9th August 2006, MA referred the following anti-doping functions, powers and responsibilities (“anti-doping functions”) to the Australian Sports AntiDoping Authority (ASADA): • Investigating possible anti-doping rule violations within the sport of Motorcycling; • Issuing infraction notices or other matters under the determined results management process; • Convening hearings before the Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS). There is no other hearing body for anti-doping matters in Motorcycling; • Presenting allegations of anti-doping rule violations and all relevant, incidental matters in hearings before CAS; and • Notifying the results of investigations and hearings and all relevant, incidental matters to relevant bodies including MA and the FIM. Any notification will be subject to the Australian Sports Anti-Doping Authority Act 2006 (ASADA Act) and privacy legislation. 11.1.0.3 MA refers the above anti-doping functions to ASADA on the basis that: a) ASADA will, subject to the ASADA Act and privacy legislation, provide to MA (and if necessary FIM) copies of relevant documents including but not only test results, infraction notices and hearing documents; b) MA retains the right to appear in antidoping hearings before CAS as an interested party. MA will determine whether it wishes to exercise this right upon notification of a hearing by ASADA. If MA wishes to appear at any anti-doping hearing before CAS it will pay its own costs of such appearance; c) All costs of any investigation and hearing (including but not only CAS application costs and any legal costs associated with any investigation and/or hearing) undertaken by ASADA will be paid by ASADA; 11.1.0.4 MA will immediately advise ASADA of any alleged anti-doping rule violation and will provide assistance to ASADA in any investigation that ASADA might reasonably request; and 11.1.0.5 ASADA will, subject to the ASADA Act and privacy legislation, provide such reports to MA on ASADA’s conduct of the above anti-doping functions as may be agreed between ASADA and MA. 11.1.0.6 MA will recognise and enforce any sanction determined by CAS in respect of an anti-doping rule violation in the sport of Motorcycling and in any other sport. 11.1.0.7. MA will use its best endeavours to ensure its members, athletes and support persons are aware of this referral of the anti-doping functions to ASADA and assist and co-operate with ASADA in the conduct of the anti-doping functions. MA otherwise recognises ASADA’s powers and functions under the ASADA Act. 11.10.8 MA has amended its anti-doping policy (ADP) to reflect the roles and responsibilities under the referral. The ADP adopts and reflects the World Anti- 11 ANTI- DOPING BACKGROUND Doping Code (Code) which is annexed to and forms part of this ADP. 11.2 ANTI-DOPING DEFINITIONS 11.2.0.1 Athlete means: (a) For purposes of Doping Control, any Person who participates in sport at the international level (as defined by each International Federation) or national level (as defined by each National Anti-Doping Organisation) and any additional Person who participates in sport at a lower level if designated by the Person’s National Anti-Doping Organisation. For purposes of antidoping information and education, any Person who participates in sport under the authority of any Signatory, government, or other sports organisation accepting the Code; or (b) Any Person who: (i) Is registered with MA or one of its Members; or (ii) Participates, or has in the previous 8 years participated, in any sporting activity conducted, authorised, recognised or controlled, either directly or indirectly, by MA or a body affiliated with MA; or (iii) Is defined as an Athlete under the NAD Scheme; or (iv) Has otherwise agreed to be bound by this ADP. 11.2.0.2 Code means the World Anti-Doping Code. 11.2.0.3 IF means an international federation recognised by the International Olympic Committee or the General Assembly of International Sports Federations as the entity responsible for governing that sport internationally. 11.2.0.4 Member means a Person who, or a body which, is a member of MA; a Person who, or a body which, is affiliated with MA; or a Person who is a member of a body which is a member of or affiliated with MA. 11.2.0.5 National Anti-Doping (NAD) Scheme means the National Anti-Doping Scheme as defined under the ASADA Act. 11.2.0.6 NSO means a national or regional entity which is a member of or is recognised by 70 enjoy the ride an IF as the entity governing that IF’s sport in that nation or region or is recognised by the ASC as a National Sporting Organisation. This includes National Sporting Organisations for Athletes with a Disability. 11.2.0.7 Prohibited List means the List identifying the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods which is published and revised by WADA as described in Article 4.1 of the Code. 11.3 MA’S POSITION ON DOPING 11.3.0.1 MA condemns the Use of Prohibited Substances and Methods in sport. The Use of Prohibited Substances and Methods is contrary to the ethics of sport and potentially harmful to the health of athletes. Doping is fundamentally contrary to the spirit of sport. 11.4 ANTI-DOPING POLICY APPLICATION 11.4.0.1 This ADP applies to Athletes, Athlete Support Personnel and Participants as defined under the Code. It also applies to Members, employees and contractors of MA and any other Person who has agreed to be bound by it. 11.5 ANTI-DOPING POLICY OBLIGATIONS 11.5.0.1 The persons identified in GCR 11.4.0.1 are bound by this ADP as a condition of their membership, participation and/or involvement in Motorcycling. Athletes, Athlete Support Personnel and/or Participants must comply with this ADP and the anti-doping rules as prescribed under the ASADA Act and Regulations. In particular: 11.5.0.2 Athletes must: a) Know and comply with all anti-doping policies and rules applicable to them. These include, but may not be limited to this ADP, the FIM Antidoping Policy and the National AntiDoping (NAD) Scheme; b) Read and understand the Prohibited List as it relates to them; c) Be available for Sample collection and provide accurate and up-to-date whereabouts information for this 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11.6 Rule Violation; and Act in a discreet and confidential manner in discharging their obligations under this ADP. DEFINITION OF DOPING 11.6.0.1 Doping is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the Anti-Doping Rule Violations set out in Article 2 of the Code (see- www.wada-ama.org). 11.7 PROOF OF DOPING 11.7.0.1 Article 3 of the Code applies (www.wadaama.org). 11.8 ANTI-DOPING PROHIBITED LIST 11.8.0.1 This ADP incorporates the WADA Prohibited List and otherwise applies Article 4 of the Code (www.wada-ama. org). 11.8.0.2 Athletes with a documented medical condition requiring the Use of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method must first obtain a Therapeutic Use Exemption (TUE) from the Australian Sports Drug Medical Advisory Committee established by the Australian Sports Drug Agency Act 1990 (Cth) and continued by the ASADA Act or other recognised Therapeutic Use Exemption Committee in accordance with the WADA International TUE Standard. 11.8.0.2 TUEs granted by a Therapeutic Use Exemption Committee must be reported to other relevant Anti-Doping Organisations including ASADA. 11.9 ANTI-DOPING TESTING 11.9.0.1 All Athletes subject to Doping Control agree to submit to In-Competition Testing and Out-of-Competition Testing (at any time or place, with or without advance notice) by an Anti-Doping Organisation. ASADA may test any athlete, any time, anywhere. 11.9.0.2 All Testing shall be conducted in conformity with the WADA International Standard for Testing in force at the time of Testing. 11.9.0.3 Athletes must comply with their obligations under the ASADA Act (including but not only the NAD Scheme), the FIM antidoping policy, this ADP and under the enjoy the ride ANTI - DOPING POLICY 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT f) 11 purpose when identified for inclusion in a Registered Testing Pool; d) Take full responsibility, in the context of anti-doping, for what they ingest and Use; e) Inform medical personnel of their obligations not to Use Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods and to take responsibility to make sure that any medical treatment received does not violate anti-doping policies and rules applicable to them; f) Immediately refer information about possible Anti-Doping Rule Violations to ASADA; g) Assist, cooperate and liaise with ASADA and other Anti-Doping Organisations in relation to the conduct of any investigation or hearing into an alleged Anti-Doping Rule Violation; h) Act in a discreet and confidential manner in discharging their obligations under this ADP; and i) Who are not regular Members of MA, be available for Sample collection and provide accurate and up-todate whereabouts information on a regular basis if required by the conditions of eligibility established by any applicable Anti-Doping Organisation. 11.5.0.3 Athlete Support Personnel must: a) Know and comply with all antidoping policies and rules applicable to them or the Athletes whom they support. These include, but may not be limited to this ADP; the FIM AntiDoping Policy and the NAD Scheme; b) Support and assist Anti-Doping Organisations, including ASADA to conduct Doping Control; c) Use their influence on Athletes’ values and behaviour to foster antidoping attitudes; d) Immediately refer information about possible Anti-Doping Rule Violations to ASADA; e) Assist, cooperate and liaise with ASADA and other Anti-Doping Organisations in relation to the conduct of any investigation or hearing into an alleged Anti-Doping 71 Code in respect to providing accurate whereabouts information to ASADA and/ or FIM. Whereabouts information may be released in accordance with the NAD Scheme. 11.10 ANTI-DOPING - RETIREMENT AND RETURN TO COMPETITION 11.10.0.1 An Athlete or MA member who wants to retire from Competition or who wants to return to Competition after retirement or any new Member who wishes to compete in Competition must comply with such requirements as are set by FIM and/or ASADA from time to time. The requirements set out below are current as at the date of the adoption of this policy. 11.10.0.2 An Athlete who wants to retire from Competition can only do so by notifying the ASADA Chair by fully completing and forwarding to him or her the ASADA “RETIREMENT NOTIFICATION FORM” (retirement notification). Retirement notifications that are not fully completed will not be accepted and will be returned to the Athlete. An Athlete’s retirement date will be the date the ASADA Chair receives the fully completed retirement notification. 11.10.0.3 Upon receipt of a notification under GCR 11.10.0.2, the ASADA Chair will, as soon as reasonably practicable, provide the Athlete, MA and, in the case of Athletes who are also included in the FIM Registered Testing Pool, FIM with written confirmation of the Athlete’s retirement. 11.10.0.4 Retirement does not: a) Excuse the Athlete from giving a Sample requested on or before their retirement date; b) Prevent the analysis of a Sample given by the Athlete on or before their retirement date; c) Affect the results of Testing under (a) or (b) above; or d) Exempt the Athlete from this ADP in relation to an Anti-Doing Rule Violation committed on or before their retirement date. 11.10.0.5 An Athlete who has retired in accordance with GCR 11.10.0.2, and who wishes to return to Competition, can only do so by notifying the ASADA Chair by 72 enjoy the ride fully completing and forwarding to him or her, the ASADA “REQUEST FOR REINSTATEMENT FORM” (reinstatement request) . Reinstatement requests that are not fully completed will not be accepted and will be returned to the Athlete. The Athlete’s reinstatement request date will be the date the ASADA Chair receives the fully completed reinstatement request. Reinstatement will be at the discretion of MA in consultation with ASADA. 11.10.0.6 Upon receipt of notification under GCR 11.10.0.2, the ASADA Chair will, as soon as reasonably practicable: a) Provide the Athlete with written confirmation of the outcome of the Athlete’s reinstatement request; and b) If the reinstatement request is approved, provide MA and, in the case of Athletes who were listed in the FIM Registered Testing Pool immediately prior to retirement, FIM with written confirmation of the Athlete’s reinstatement. 11.10.0.7 If reinstatement is granted then this ADP will apply to the Athlete from the date of their reinstatement request. An Athlete who is reinstated under GCR11.10.0.2 may not compete in Competitions and Events conducted by or under the auspices of MA or FIM until the following periods expire: a) For international Competitions and Events: • 24 months from the date of the reinstatement request. b) For national Competitions and Events: • 24 months from the date of the reinstatement request. 11.10.0.8 An Athlete must be available for unannounced Out-of-Competition Testing in accordance with this ADP from the date of their reinstatement request. Being available for Out-of-Competition Testing means that any Athlete who is eligible to be listed on the national Registered Testing Pool has been listed on the national Registered Testing Pool for the reinstatement period; has provided current and accurate and up-to-date whereabouts information as required under the reinstatement request and Article 8.3 and has complied with any 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT request by an Anti-Doping Organisation to provide a Sample. 11.10.0.9 A decision of MA to reinstate an Athlete may be appealed to CAS by the Athlete or ASADA. 11.11 ANTI-DOPING SAMPLE ANALYSIS 11.11.0.1 Doping Control Samples collected under this ADP must be analysed by WADAaccredited laboratories or as otherwise approved by WADA. Laboratories shall analyse Doping Control Samples and report results in accordance with the relevant WADA International Standards. 11.12 ANTI-DOPING INVESTIGATIONS ANTI-DOPING RESULT MANAGEMENT 11.13.0.1 Results shall be managed in accordance with Article 7 of the Code (www.wadaama.org), the ASADA Act 2006 and the NAD Scheme. 11.13.0.2 ASADA will conduct any follow up investigation in accordance with the Code, the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme. 11.13.0.3 ASADA shall be responsible for notification of an alleged Anti-Doping Rule Violation and all matters incidental thereto in accordance with the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme. 11.13.0.4 ASADA will issue an infraction notice. ASADA will advise MA and any other relevant parties that ASADA is issuing an infraction notice prior to issuing the 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride ANTI - DOPING POLICY 11.13 11 11.12.0.1 ASADA may conduct an investigation to determine whether an anti-doping rule violation may have occurred under this ADP. ASADA will conduct investigations in accordance with the Code, the ASADA Act and the NAD scheme as published from time to time. MA may, with the prior agreement of ASADA, conduct its own investigation to determine whether an antidoping rule violation may have occurred under this ADP, provided that MA does so in coordination with any investigation being undertaken by ASADA. 11.12.0.3 All persons bound by this ADP and MA must assist, co-operate and liaise with ASADA in relation to any investigation into an alleged anti-doping rule violation. infraction notice. 11.13.0.5 The infraction notice shall: a) Notify the Person of the anti-doping rule/s which appear/s to have been violated and the basis for the violation; b) Enclose a copy of this ADP and the Code or the web site addresses where these documents may be found; c) State that ASADA will refer the matter to a hearing within 14 days (unless the Person gives a written waiver under GCR 11.13.0.7); and d) State that if the Person does not respond within 14 days a hearing can be held in absentia or sanction can be applied in accordance with GCR 11.15. 11.13.0.6 Any relevant party will only disclose or use information about a Person who is alleged to have, or has committed an AntiDoping Rule Violation as permitted under the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme. 11.13.0.7 ASADA will refer the matter to hearing in accordance with GCR 11.14. ASADA may decide not to refer the matter to hearing if the Person in writing: a) Acknowledges they have admitted the Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and b) Waives the right to a hearing in relation to: (i) Whether they have committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and (ii) What sanction will apply. 11.13.0.8 If the Person does not respond within 14 days a hearing can be held in absentia or sanction can be applied in accordance with GCR 11.14. 11.13.0.9 MA may, after consultation with ASADA, impose a Provisional Suspension on any Person whose Sample is the subject of an Adverse Analytical Finding or who is issued with an infraction notice or who is subject to an investigation. 11.13.0.10 MA may, after consultation with ASADA, impose the following Provisional Suspension, suspend: a) Financial or other assistance to the Person; (b) The Person from Competition in Events and Competitions conducted 73 by or under the auspices of MA; and c) The Person’s licence or participation permit (if relevant). 11.13.0.11 MA may, after consultation with ASADA, apply the Provisional Suspension: a) From the date of the infraction notice; b) Following the 14 day submission period; or c) As deemed appropriate by the MA or FIM; until the determination of the hearing or a determination by ASADA not to refer the matter to hearing. 11.13.0.12 If a Provisional Suspension is imposed, the hearing under GCR 11.14 shall be advanced to a date that avoids substantial prejudice to the Athlete. 11.13.0.13 ASADA will convene any Provisional Hearing and will present the case at any Provisional Hearing unless otherwise agreed. 11.13.0.14 As a general rule, the Provisional Suspension of a Person will not be publicly disclosed. A Provisional Suspension may however be publicly disclosed so long as such disclosure will not be unfairly prejudicial to the interests of the Person. ASADA must be consulted prior to any such disclosure. 11.14 ANTI-DOPING HEARINGS 11.14.0.1 ASADA will wait 14 days (or a shorter period agreed between ASADA and the Person) after sending an Infraction Notice above and then will convene CAS to conduct the hearing. ASADA will prosecute the alleged Anti-Doping Rule Violation. 11.14.0.2 CAS will determine: a) If the Person has committed a violation of this ADP; b) If so, what sanction will apply; c) How long the sanction will apply; and d) Any other issues properly brought before it for determination. 11.14.0.3 CAS will give to the athlete, ASADA and MA a written statement of: a) The findings of the hearing; b) What sanction (if any) will apply; c) For how long the sanction (if any) will apply; and 74 enjoy the ride d) any other issues determined by it. 11.14.0.4 Sanctions will be applied under GCR 11.15. 11.14.0.5 ASADA will report the outcome of all AntiDoping Rule Violations in accordance with the Code, the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme. 11.14.0.6 Hearings under this Article shall be completed expeditiously as reasonably practicable. 11.14.0.7 Australian Sports Commission (ASC), MA, FIM and WADA and any other relevant body (for example, Australian Oympic Committee (AOC), Australian Paralympic Committee (APC) or Australian Commonwealth Games Association (ACGA)) shall have the right to attend hearings as an observer or affected party. 11.14.0.8 Decisions by CAS under this Article may be appealed as provided in GCR 11.17. 11.14.0.9 Decisions by CAS under this Article shall not be subject to further administrative review at the national level except as required by applicable national law. 11.14.0.10 If, during a hearing, a party to the hearing process implicates a third party to an AntiDoping Rule Violation, ASADA may use any information that arises as a result of the CAS process without having to first seek the permission of the parties. This clause expressly ousts Rule 43 of the CAS Code of Sports-related Arbitration. 11.15 ANTI-DOPING SANCTIONS 11.15.0.1 Articles 9 and 10 of the Code apply. 11.15.0.2 CAS or another relevant body may require the Athlete or other Person to repay all funding and grants received by the Athlete from that body subsequent to the occurrence of the Anti-Doping Rule Violation. 11.15.0.3 CAS may also determine, in addition to applying the sanctions under the Code, that a Person who has committed an AntiDoping Rule Violation, is required to go to counselling for a specified period. 11.15.0.4 Where CAS determines that an employee or contractor of MA has committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation, MA will take disciplinary action against the employee or contractor. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11.15.0.5 Once the period of a Person’s Ineligibility has expired and the Person has fulfilled the conditions for reinstatement, then provided that the Person has paid all forfeiture penalties in full and has satisfied in full any award of costs made against the Person by CAS and any other requirements determined by CAS, the Person will become automatically re-eligible and no application for reinstatement will be necessary. If, however, further forfeited amounts become due after the Person’s period of Ineligibility has expired then any failure by the Person to pay all outstanding amounts on or before their respective due dates shall entitle MA to deny the Person’s access to further Competitions and Events or any other MA activity until the amounts due are paid in full unless otherwise agreed by both parties. 11.16 DOPING -CONSEQUENCES TO TEAMS ANTI-DOPING APPEALS 11.17.0.1 Decisions made under GCR 11.14 of this ADP may be appealed to the CAS Appeals Division in accordance with this ADP and the CAS Code of Sports Related Arbitration. Such decisions shall remain in effect while under appeal unless the appellate body orders otherwise. The following persons shall have the right to appeal: a) The athlete or other Person who is the subject of the decision being appealed; b) The other party to the case in which the decision was rendered; c) ASADA; d) Any other affected parties including MA; 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ANTI-DOPING VIOLATIONS OUTSIDE OF ADP 11.18.0 Management of alleged anti-doping rule violations not covered by an antidoping policy 11.18.0.1 In the case of a Person who has committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation or has committed conduct which would have amounted to an Anti-Doping Rule Violation if the Person was bound by a Code compliant anti-doping policy and the Person has not been sanctioned by the CAS or any other hearing body because the Person was not bound by a Code compliant anti-doping policy, MA will: a) Prevent that Person from competing in MA Competitions, Events and activities if the Person is an Athlete; b) Prevent that Person (so far as reasonably possible) from having any involvement in MA Competitions, Events and activities; ANTI-DOPING POLICY 11.17 11.18 11 11.16.0.1 Where more than 1 team member in a Team Sport has been notified of a possible Anti-Doping Rule Violation under GCR 11.13 in connection with an Event, the Team may be subject to Target Testing for the Event. If more than 1 team member in a Team Sport is found to have committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation during the Event, the team may be subject to Disqualification or other disciplinary action. e) FIM and any other Anti-Doping Organisation under whose rules a sanction could have been imposed; f) The International Olympic Committee or International Paralympic Committee, as applicable, where the decision may have an effect in relation to the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games, including decisions affecting eligibility for the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games; and g) WADA. 11.17.0.2 The outcome of all appeals must be reported to all parties, ASC, MA, FIM and WADA within 14 days of the conclusion of the appeal. ASADA may inform other Persons or organisations as it considers appropriate. 11.17.0.3 Decisions by WADA reversing the grant or denial of a TUE may be appealed exclusively to CAS by the athlete, FIM or MA or other body which granted or denied the TUE. Decisions to deny TUEs, and which are not reversed by WADA, may be appealed exclusively to CAS. 11.17.0.4 The time to file an appeal to CAS shall be within 21 days of the release of the written decision of the initial hearing. enjoy the ride 75 c) Not employ, engage or register that Person; unless and until that Person agrees to be retrospectively bound by this Anti-Doping Policy from the occurrence of the AntiDoping Rule Violation. 11.19 ANTI-DOPING CONFIDENTIALITY AND REPORTING 11.19.0.1 Except as provided for in GCR 11.13.0.14, unless and until a Person publicly discloses that he or she has been notified of an Anti-Doping Rule Violation or a possible Anti-Doping Rule Violation or is subject to investigation and/or has authorised ASADA or affected/interested parties to make public comments, ASADA and MA and any other notified parties must not publicly disclose the identity of a Person who is suspected of an AntiDoping Rule Violation until it has been determined in a hearing in accordance with GCR 11.14 that an Anti-Doping Rule Violation has occurred, or such hearing has been waived, or th e assertion of an Anti-Doping Rule Violation has not been timely challenged. 11.19.0.2 No later than 21 days after an anti-doping matter has been finally determined at a hearing, ASADA must Publicly Report the result including any sanction imposed and any other information in accordance with the CAS rules following consultation with NA and other relevant parties. MA and other relevant parties may also elect to make a public statement in relation to the matter, following consultation with ASADA. 11.19.0.3 All hearing and appeal awards regarding alleged Anti-Doping Rule Violations shall be made public unless both parties agree that it should remain confidential. 11.19.0.4 Any decision of an Anti-Doping Organisation regarding a violation of this ADP shall be recognised by all Sporting Administration Bodies, which shall take all necessary action to render such results effective. 11.19.0.5 Subject to the right to appeal provided in GCR 11.17, the Testing, TUE and hearing results or other final adjudications of any organisation recognised by ASADA or any Sporting Administration Body which 76 enjoy the ride are consistent with the Code and are within the organisation’s authority, shall be recognised and respected by MA. MA may recognise the same actions of other bodies which have not accepted the Code if the rules of those bodies are otherwise consistent with the Code, the NAD Scheme and/or ASADA’s position. 11.20 ANTI-DOPING MISCELLANEOUS 11.20.0.1 Statute of Limitations – Article 17 of the Code (www.wada-ama.org) applies. 11.20.0.2 Doping Control for animals competing in Sport – Article 16 of the Code (www. wada-ama.org) applies (if relevant). 11.20.0.3 Words not defined in this ADP have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code unless a contrary meaning appears from the context. 11.20.0.4 This ADP may be amended by MA subject to prior consultation with ASADA and ongoing compliance with the Code and ASADA Act. 11.20.0.5 Where this ADP adopts and applies an article of the Code that article and the terms in it shall be considered and applied in the context of this ADP 11.21 ALCOHOL BREATH TESTING 11.21.0.1 This procedure applies to competitors and officials. 11.21.0..2 Testing of competitors and officials to determine the presence of alcohol in their body, by analysis of their expired air, is appropriate and necessary for the safety of competitors, officials and the public. 11.21.0.3 In order to test fairly, an initial test will be undertaken. Should this test return a positive reading, a second test will be undertaken a short time later under controlled conditions to confirm that positive result. 11.21.0..4 Any competitors or officials detected with a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre will be excluded from further participation in the day’s competition (under GCR 4.3.9.1) and subject to sanctions under Chapter 11 and other provisions of the Anti-Doping Policy. 11.21.2 Notification to Competitors or Officials 11.21.2.1 Competitors or officials must be informed 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT by written notice or in SR at least 24 hours prior to any testing being conducted during the event. They do not need to be informed of the actual times when the tests will be conducted. Evidence of such notice being given must be lodged with the Stewards prior to any tests being performed. 11.21.5 Procedure for Testing 11.21.5.1 Testing should normally be carried out in the morning, prior to any competition, but may be undertaken at any time during the event. 11.21.5.2 Testing will be carried out by an official authorised by MA for the purpose (refer 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11.21.5.5 11.21.5.6 11.21.5.7 11.21.5.8 11.21.5.9 enjoy the ride ANTI-DOPING POLICY 11.21.4 Requirements for Testing 11.214.1 All tests must be conducted using an appropriate instrument which has been certified as being calibrated in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer or their agent, within the previous 6 months. 11.21.4.2 The result of all tests performed must be recorded, together with the names of the competitor or official and the witness, the time and date of the test and the result of the test eg, OK if 0, or actual reading if >0. 11.21.5.4 11 11.21.3 Requirements of Competitors or Officials 11.21.3.1 Competitors and officials being tested will be asked not to consume any substances by mouth for a period of 5 minutes prior to any breath analysis test being carried out. 11.21.3.2 Should an initial test indicate the presence of alcohol, a participant will be isolated for approximately 20 minutes, in the company of a witness. Another test will be undertaken no less than 15 minutes after the initial test. No substances may be consumed by the competitor or official by mouth during this period. 11.21.3.3 Should a competitor or official refuse to submit to an alcohol breath test, or fails to follow the proper and reasonable instructions of the testing official, the competitor or official will be considered to have returned a positive result. In these circumstances, no further testing is required and the competitor or official will be excluded from further participation in the day’s competition. 11.21.5.3 to GCR 4.3.9.2) and that official must have been trained and accredited by the manufacturer of the testing equipment or their agent. Such officials may include doctors and police. Any competitor or official, whose blood alcohol level is above 0.1g/litre, as identified by the instrument, will be given the opportunity to undertake a further test, which will be undertaken no sooner that 15 minutes and no later than 20 minutes after the initial (positive) test. In all cases, the participant shall be accompanied by a witness appointed by the Testing Official for the entire period between the two tests. Should the subsequent test indicate a positive blood alcohol reading (ie above 0.1g/litre, as identified by the instrument) the competitor or official will be excluded from further participation in the day’s event and sanctioned under the other provisions of the MA Anti-Doping Policy. A positive alcohol result is a breach of the MA Anti-Doping Policy. Should the subsequent (second) test be negative, then no further action will be taken against the competitor or official. The RCB reserves the right however to ask the same participant to undertake a further test during the meeting. In any case, the result of the tests may be reported to the RCB and/or MA by the official undertaking the tests in the general event report. Any positive result on the initial test followed by a negative test shall not be recorded in the competitor or official’s history file. The following extract must be read to competitors or officials prior to undertaking testing: “You are about to have your expired air tested to ensure compliance with the MA’s Anti-Doping Policy in relation to the presence of alcohol in your body. Should the test be positive, a further test will be undertaken shortly to confirm the test. Please follow the instructions of the testing official.” In the event of a positive result in the initial test (single positive), the following must be read to the competitor or official: “Your expired air has indicated the presence of alcohol in your body, this is 77 a breach of the MA Anti-Doping Policy. Another test will be performed shortly to confirm the initial test. You will be requested to be accompanied by a witness at all times for the next 20 minutes. You will not be permitted to consume any substance by mouth until after the test.” 11.21.6 Procedure for Processing a “Double Positive” Result 11.21.6.1 The competitors and officials must be advised by the testing official of the result of both tests, that is, the reading noted on the instrument. 11.21.6.2 The competitors and officials must be advised that under the MA Anti Doping Policy, no further participation in the meeting will be permitted. 11.21.7 Procedure following a report of a “Double Positive” Result 11.21.7.1 The applicable action having been taken, the procedures for notification of a positive result will be followed (see GCR 11.2). 11.21.8 Report by Testing Official 11.218.1 In the case where no positive reading was achieved on the confirming test, the results shall be included with the Stewards’ report of the meeting. 11.21.8.2 In the case where one or more positive readings were achieved on the confirming test, the original of the report must be hand delivered or sent to the RCB by registered post the following day, together with all appropriate Stewards Reports. 11.22 ALCOHOL BLOOD TESTING 11.22.1.1 Any competitor or official detected with a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre as a result of a blood test performed by qualified medical practitioners or police will be subject to sanctions under GCR 11.14. 11.23 ADP APPENDIX 2007 WORLD ANTI-DOPING CODE PROHIBITED LIST The use of any drug should be limited to medically justified indications 11.23.1 Substances and methods prohibited at 78 enjoy the ride all times (in- and out-of-competition) 11.23.2 S1 Anabolic Agents 11.23.0.1 Anabolic agents are prohibited. a) Anabolic Androgenic Steroids (AAS) a. Exogenous* AAS, including: 1androstendiol (5α-androst-1-ene3β,17β-diol ); 1-androstendione (5αandrost-1-ene-3,17-dione); bolandiol (19-norandrostenediol); bolasterone; boldenone; boldione (androsta1,4-diene-3,17-dione); calusterone; clostebol; danazol (17α-ethynyl17β-hydroxyandrost-4-eno[2,3d]isoxazole); dehydrochlormethylte stosterone (4-chloro-17β-hydroxy17α-methylandrosta-1,4-dien-3one); desoxymethyltestosterone (17α-methyl-5α-androst-2-en-17βol); drostanolone; ethylestrenol (19-nor-17α-pregn-4-en-17-ol); fluoxymesterone; formebolone; furazabol (17β-hydroxy-17α-methyl5α-androstano[2,3-c]-furazan); gestrinone; 4-hydroxytestosterone (4,17β-dihydroxyandrost-4-en-3one); mestanolone; mesterolone; metenolone; methandienone (17β-hydroxy-17α-methylandrosta1,4-dien-3-one); methandriol; methasterone (2α, 17α-dimethyl5α-androstane-3-one-17β-ol); methyldienolone (17β-hydroxy17α-methylestra-4,9-dien-3-one); methyl-1-testosterone (17β-hydroxy17α-methyl-5α-androst-1-en-3one); methylnortestosterone (17βhydroxy-17α-methylestr-4-en-3-one); methyltrienolone (17β-hydroxy-17αmethylestra-4,9,11-trien-3-one); methyltestosterone; mibolerone; nandrolone; 19-norandrostenedione (estr-4-ene-3,17-dione); norboletone; norclostebol; norethandrolone; oxabolone; oxandrolone; oxymesterone; oxymetholone; prostanozol ([3,2c]pyrazole-5α-etioallocholane17β-tetrahydropyranol); quinbolone; stanozolol; stenbolone; 1-testosterone (17βhydroxy-5α-androst-1-en-3-one); tetrahydrogestrinone (18a-homopregna-4,9,11-trien-17β-ol-3-one); trenbolone and other substances 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride ANTI-DOPING POLICY 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11.23.0.4 If a value in the range of levels normally found in humans is reported and the reliable analytical method (e.g. IRMS) has not determined the exogenous origin of the substance, but if there are indications, such as a comparison to endogenous reference steroid profiles, of a possible Use of a Prohibited Substance, further investigation shall be conducted by the relevant Anti-Doping Organization by reviewing the results of any previous test(s) or by conducting subsequent test(s), in order to determine whether the result is due to a physiological or pathological condition, or has occurred as a consequence of the exogenous origin of a Prohibited Substance. 11.23.0.5 When a laboratory has reported a T/E ratio greater than four (4) to one (1) and any reliable analytical method (e.g. IRMS) applied has not determined the exogenous origin of the substance, further investigation may be conducted by a review of previous tests or by conducting subsequent test(s), in order to determine whether the result is due to a physiological or pathological condition, or has occurred as a consequence of the exogenous origin of a Prohibited Substance. If a laboratory reports, using an additional reliable analytical method (e.g. IRMS), that the Prohibited Substance is of exogenous origin, no further investigation is necessary and the Sample will be deemed to contain such Prohibited Substance. When an additional reliable analytical method (e.g. IRMS) has not been applied and a minimum of three previous test results are not available, a longitudinal profile of the Athlete shall be established by performing a minimum of three no advance notice tests in a period of three months by the relevant AntiDoping Organization. If the longitudinal profile of the Athlete established by the subsequent tests is not physiologically normal, the result shall be reported as an Adverse Analytical Finding. 11.23.0.6 In extremely rare individual cases, boldenone of endogenous origin can be consistently found at very low nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL) levels in urine. When such a very low concentration of boldenone is reported by a laboratory and the application of any reliable analytical 11 with a similar chemical structure or similar biological effect(s). b. Endogenous** AAS: androstenediol (androst-5-ene-3β,17β-diol); androstenedione (androst-4-ene3,17-dione); dihydrotestosterone (17β-hydroxy-5α-androstan-3-one) ; prasterone (dehydroepiandrosterone, DHEA); testosterone and the following metabolites and isomers: 5α-androstane-3α,17α-diol; 5αandrostane-3α,17β-diol; 5α-androstane-3β,17α-diol; 5αandrostane-3β,17β-diol; androst4-ene-3α,17α-diol; androst-4-ene3α,17β-diol; androst-4-ene-3β,17αdiol; androst-5-ene-3α,17α-diol; androst-5-ene-3α,17β-diol; androst5-ene-3β,17α-diol; 4-androstenediol (androst-4-ene-3β,17β-diol); 5-androstenedione (androst-5-ene3,17-dione); epi-dihydrotestosterone; 3α-hydroxy-5α-androstan-17one; 3β-hydroxy-5α-androstan17-one; 19-norandrosterone; 19noretiocholanolone. 11.23.0.2 Where an anabolic androgenic steroid is capable of being produced endogenously, a Sample will be deemed to contain such Prohibited Substance where the concentration of such Prohibited Substance or its metabolites or markers and/or any other relevant ratio(s) in the Athlete’s Sample so deviates from the range of values normally found in humans that it is unlikely to be consistent with normal endogenous production. A Sample shall not be deemed to contain a Prohibited Substance in any such case where an Athlete proves that the concentration of the Prohibited Substance or its metabolites or markers and/or the relevant ratio(s) in the Athlete’s Sample is attributable to a physiological or pathological condition. 11.23.0.3 In all cases, and at any concentration, the Athlete’s sample will be deemed to contain a Prohibited Substance and the laboratory will report an Adverse Analytical Finding if, based on any reliable analytical method (e.g. IRMS), the laboratory can show that the Prohibited Substance is of exogenous origin. In such case, no further investigation is necessary. 79 method (e.g. IRMS) has not determined the exogenous origin of the substance, further investigation may be conducted by subsequent tests. When an additional reliable analytical method (e.g. IRMS) has not been applied, a longitudinal profile of the athlete shall be established by performing a minimum of three no advance notice tests in a period of three months by the relevant Anti-Doping Organization. If the longitudinal profile of the Athlete established by the subsequent tests is not physiologically normal, the result shall be reported as an Adverse Analytical Finding. 11.23.0.7 For 19-norandrosterone, an Adverse Analytical Finding reported by a laboratory is considered to be scientific and valid proof of exogenous origin of the Prohibited Substance. In such case, no further investigation is necessary. 11.23.0.8 Should an Athlete fail to cooperate in the investigations, the Athlete’s Sample shall be deemed to contain a Prohibited Substance. 11.23.1 Other Anabolic Agents, including but not limited to: 11.23.1.1 Clenbuterol, tibolone, zeranol, zilpaterol. 11.23.1.2 For purposes of this section: * “exogenous” refers to a substance which is not ordinarily capable of being produced by the body naturally. ** “endogenous” refers to a substance which is capable of being produced by the body naturally. 11.23.2 S2. Hormones and related substances 11.23.2.1 The following substances, including other substances with a similar chemical structure or similar biological effect(s), and their releasing factors, are prohibited: a) Erythropoietin (EPO); b) Growth Hormone (hGH), Insulinlike Growth Factors (e.g. IGF-1), Mechano Growth Factors (MGFs); c) Gonadotrophins (LH, hCG), prohibited in males only; d) Insulin; e) Corticotrophins. 11.23.2.2 Unless the Athlete can demonstrate that the concentration was due to a physiological or pathological condition, 80 enjoy the ride a Sample will be deemed to contain a Prohibited Substance (as listed above) where the concentration of the Prohibited Substance or its metabolites and/or relevant ratios or markers in the Athlete’s Sample so exceeds the range of values normally found in humans that it is unlikely to be consistent with normal endogenous production. 11.23.2.3 If a laboratory reports, using a reliable analytical method, that the Prohibited Substance is of exogenous origin, the Sample will be deemed to contain a Prohibited Substance and shall be reported as an Adverse Analytical Finding. 11.23.2.4 The presence of other substances with a similar chemical structure or similar biological effect(s), diagnostic marker(s) or releasing factors of a hormone listed above or of any other finding which indicate(s) that the substance detected is of exogenous origin, will be deemed to reflect the use of a Prohibited Substance and shall be reported as an Adverse Analytical Finding. 11.23.3 S3. Beta-2 agonists 11.23.3.1 All beta-2 agonists including their D- and L-isomers are prohibited. 11.23.3.1 As an exception, formoterol, salbutamol, salmeterol and terbutaline when administered by inhalation, require an abbreviated Therapeutic Use Exemption. 11.23.3.1 Despite the granting of any form of Therapeutic Use Exemption, a concentration of salbutamol (free plus glucuronide) greater than 1000 ng/mL will be considered an Adverse Analytical Finding unless the Athlete proves that the abnormal result was the consequence of the therapeutic use of inhaled salbutamol. 11.23.4 S4. Agents with anti-estrogenic activity 11.23.4.1 The following classes of anti-estrogenic substances are prohibited: a) Aromatase inhibitors including, but not limited to, anastrozole, letrozole, aminoglutethimide, exemestane, formestane, testolactone. b) Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators (SERMs) including, but not limited to, raloxifene, tamoxifen, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT toremifene. c) Other anti-estrogenic substances including, but not limited to, (i) clomiphene, cyclofenil, fulvestrant. PROHIBITED METHODS 11.24.1 M1. Enhancement of oxygen transfer 11.24.1.1 The following are prohibited: a) Blood doping, including the use of autologous, homologous or heterologous blood or red blood cell products of any origin. b) Artificially enhancing the uptake, transport or delivery of oxygen, including but not limited to perfluorochemicals, efaproxiral (RSR13) and modified haemoglobin products (e.g. haemoglobin-based blood substitutes, microencapsulated haemoglobin products). 11.24.2 M2. Chemical and physical 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11.25 SUBSTANCES AND METHODS PROHIBITED IN-COMPETITION 11.25.0.1 In addition to the categories S1 to S5 and M1 to M3 defined above, the following categories are prohibited in competition: 11.25.1 Prohibited substances S6. Stimulants 11.25.1.1 All stimulants (including both their (D- & L-) optical isomers where relevant) are prohibited, except imidazole derivatives for topical use and those stimulants included in the 2007 Monitoring Program*. 11.25.1.2 Stimulants include: a) Adrafinil, adrenaline**, amfepramone, amiphenazole, amphetamine, amphetaminil, benzphetamine, benzylpiperazine, bromantan, cathine***, clobenzorex, cocaine, cropropamide, crotetamide, cyclazodone, dimethylamphetamine, ephedrine****, etamivan, etilamphetamine, etilefrine, famprofazone, fenbutrazate, fencamfamin, fencamine, fenetylline, fenfluramine, fenproporex, furfenorex, heptaminol, isometheptene, levmethamfetamine, meclofenoxate, mefenorex, mephentermine, mesocarb, methamphetamine (D-), methylenedioxyamphetam ine, methylenedioxymethamph etamine, pmethylamphetamine, methylephedrine****, enjoy the ride ANTI-DOPING POLICY 11.24 11.24.3 M3. Gene doping 11.24.2.1 The non-therapeutic use of cells, genes, genetic elements, or of the modulation of gene expression, having the capacity to enhance athletic performance, is prohibited. 11 11.23.5 S5. Diuretics and other masking agents 11.23.5.1 Masking agents are prohibited. They include: a) Diuretics*, epitestosterone, probenecid, alpha-reductase inhibitors (e.g. finasteride, dutasteride), plasma expanders (e.g. albumin, dextran, hydroxyethyl starch) and other substances with similar biological effect(s). 11.23.5.2 Diuretics include: a) acetazolamide, amiloride, bumetanide, canrenone, chlorthalidone, etacrynic acid, furosemide, indapamide, metolazone, spironolactone, thiazides (e.g. bendroflumethiazide, chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide), triamterene, and other substances with a similar chemical structure or similar biological effect(s) (except for drosperinone, which is not prohibited). * 11.23.5.3 Therapeutic Use Exemption is not valid if an Athlete’s urine contains a diuretic in association with threshold or sub-threshold levels of a Prohibited Substance(s). manipulation 11.24.2.1 The following are prohibited: a) Tampering, or attempting to tamper, in order to alter the integrity and validity of Samples collected during Doping Controls is prohibited. These include but are not limited to catheterisation, urine substitution and/or alteration. b) Intravenous infusions are prohibited, except as a legitimate medical treatment. 81 methylphenidate, modafinil, nikethamide, norfenefrine, norfenfluramine, octopamine, ortetamine, oxilofrine, parahydroxyamphetamine, pemoline, pentetrazol, phendimetrazine, phenmetrazine, phenpromethamine, phentermine, 4phenylpiracetam (carphedon), prolintane, propylhexedrine, selegiline, sibutramine, strychnine, tuaminoheptane and other substances with a similar chemical structure or similar biological effect(s). 11.25.1.3 The following substances included in the 2007 Monitoring Program (bupropion, caffeine, phenylephrine, phenylpropanolamine, pipradol, pseudoephedrine, synephrine) are not considered as Prohibited Substances. **Adrenaline associated with local anaesthetic agents or by local administration (e.g. nasal, ophthalmologic) is not prohibited. ***Cathine is prohibited when its concentration in urine is greater than 5 micrograms per milliliter. **** Each of ephedrine and methylephedrine is prohibited when its concentration in urine is greater than 10 micrograms per milliliter. 11.25.1.3 A stimulant not expressly mentioned as an example under this section should be considered as a Specified Substance only if the Athlete can establish that the substance is particularly susceptible to unintentional anti-doping rule violations because of its general availability in medicinal products or is less likely to be successfully abused as a doping agent. 11.25.2 S7. Narcotics 11.25.3.1 The following narcotics are prohibited: a) buprenorphine, dextromoramide, diamorphine (heroin), fentanyl and its derivatives, hydromorphone, methadone, morphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, pethidine. 11.25.3 S8. Cannabinoids 11.25.3.1 Cannabinoids (e.g. hashish, marijuana) are prohibited. 82 enjoy the ride 11.25.4 S9. Glucocorticosteroids 11.24.4.1 All glucocorticosteroids are prohibited when administered orally, rectally, intravenously or intramuscularly. Their use requires a Therapeutic Use Exemption approval. 11.24.4.2 Other routes of administration (intraarticular /periarticular/ peritendinous/epidural/ intradermal injections and inhalation) require an Abbreviated Therapeutic Use Exemption except as noted below. a) Topical preparations when used for dermatological (including iontophoresis/phonophoresis), auricular, nasal, ophthalmic, buccal, gingival and perianal disorders are not prohibited and do not require any form of Therapeutic Use Exemption. 11.26 SUBSTANCES PROHIBITED IN PARTICULAR SPORTS 11.26.1 P1. Alcohol 11.26.0.1 Alcohol (ethanol) is prohibited incompetition only, in the following sports. Detection will be conducted by analysis of breath and/or blood. The doping violation threshold (haematological values) for each Federation is reported in parenthesis. a) Aeronautic (FAI) (0.20 g/L) • Karate (WKF) (0.10 g/L) b) Archery (FITA, IPC) (0.10 g/L) • Modern Pentathlon (UIPM) (0.10 g/L) c) Automobile (FIA) (0.10 g/L) for disciplines involving shooting d) Boules (CMSB, (0.10 g/L) • Motorcycling (FIM) (0.10 g/L) e) IPC bowls) f) Powerboating (UIM) (0.30 g/L) 11.26.2 P2. Beta-blockers 11.26.0.1 Unless otherwise specified, beta-blockers are prohibited in-competition only, in the following sports. a) Aeronautic (FAI) b) Modern Pentathlon (UIPM) for c) Archery (FITA, IPC) (also prohibited disciplines involving shooting out-ofcompetition) d) Nine-pin bowling (FIQ) e) Automobile (FIA) f) Sailing (ISAF) for match race 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT g) h) i) j) Billiards (WCBS) helms only Bobsleigh (FIBT) Shooting (ISSF, IPC) (also Boules (CMSB, IPC bowls) prohibited out-of-competition) k) Bridge (FMB) l) Skiing/Snowboarding (FIS) in ski jumping, freestyle aerials/halfpipe and snowboard halfpipe/big air m) Curling (WCF) n) Gymnastics (FIG) o) Motorcycling (FIM) p) Wrestling (FILA) 11.26.0.2 Beta-blockers include, but are not limited to, the following: a) acebutolol, alprenolol, atenolol, betaxolol, bisoprolol, bunolol, carteolol, carvedilol, celiprolol, esmolol, labetalol, levobunolol, metipranolol, metoprolol, nadolol, oxprenolol, pindolol, propranolol, sotalol, timolol. 11.27 susceptible to unintentional anti-doping rule violations because of their general availability in medicinal products or which are less likely to be successfully abused as doping agents.” A doping violation involving such substances may result in a reduced sanction provided that the “… Athlete can establish that the Use of such a specified substance was not intended to enhance sport performance…” SPECIFIED SUBSTANCES* www.noRRus.com.au high performance parts � � � � access to 15.000 parts fast delivery 7-9 biz days!!! special custom orders focus is high quality ANTI-DOPING POLICY 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 11 11.27.0.1 “Specified Substances”* are listed below: a) All inhaled Beta-2 Agonists, except salbutamol (free plus glucuronide) greater than 1000 ng/mL and clenbuterol; b) Probenecid; c) Cathine, cropropamide, crotetamide, ephedrine, etamivan, famprofazone, heptaminol, isometheptene, levmethamfetamine, meclofenoxate, p-methylamphetamine, methylephedrine, nikethamide, norfenefrine, octopamine, ortetamine, oxilofrine, phenpromethamine, propylhexedrine, selegiline, sibutramine, tuaminoheptane, and any other stimulant not expressly listed under section S6 for which the Athlete establishes that it fulfils the conditions described in section S6; d) Cannabinoids; e) All Glucocorticosteroids; f) Alcohol; g) All Beta Blockers. 11.27.0.2 “The Prohibited List may identify specified substances which are particularly ONE CLICK to get there� info @noRRus.com.au enjoy the ride 83 12 12.1 ALL DISCIPLINES 12.1.1 Generality of Chapter 12.1.1.1 The Rules set out in this chapter are for all disciplines. 12.1.1.2 Unless otherwise stated, the requirements of any discipline-specific chapter override the requirements of this chapter. 12.1.1.3 Everything that is not authorised and prescribed in this chapter, or in the discipline specific chapters, is strictly prohibited. 12.2 the design requirements for any machine or class of machines, reference may be made to relevant diagrams appearing in these Rules. APPLICATION OF CHAPTER ELIGIBILITY - ALL DISCIPLINES 12.2.1 General Eligibility 12.2.1.1 No person may participate in any competition, other than an Australian Championship, unless and until that person’s clothing and machine have been examined and approved by the Scrutineer for that competition. 12.2.1.2 No person may participate in an Australian Championship unless and until: a) That person’s clothing and machine have been examined and approved by the Scrutineer for that meeting, or b) If stipulated in SR, the person provides the Scrutineer with a signed checklist that the clothing and machine have been selfscrutineered. 12.2.1.3 At scrutineering, competitors must produce documents or other evidence as required to verify engine and frame identity. 12.2.1.4 The onus of proving that a competitor, and the competitor’s machine and clothing, are eligible to compete, is on the person seeking to prove it. 12.2.1.5 Where any Rule prohibits the modification of any machine or class of machines, that machine or that class will be deemed to have been modified if any part or parts thereof have been altered from the machine or class as manufactured by the machine manufacturer. 12.2.1.6 In the interpretation of any Rule relating to 84 enjoy the ride 12.2.2 Juniors only to compete in Junior Competitions 12.2.2.1 Subject to Rules 12.15.0.1, 23.2.2 and 25.5, no person who is under the age of 16 years may compete in other than a Junior competition unless that competition is: a) Moto-Trials; b) 125cc GP Road Race, c) Enduro. 12.2.3 Homologation 12.2.3.1 For any competition, MA may require that any machine, or any part of a machine, including tyres, be homologated. For homologation details contact MA. 12.3 FEES- ALL DISCIPLINES ACTIVITY Replacement licence Protest Lodgement Appeal to SCB Appeal to MA Fuel Homologation fee – First year Fuel Homologation fee – Subsequent years All other fees 12.4 FEE $ (INC GST) 20.00 70.00 264.00 750.00 1,500.00 1,000.00 Apply at MA office ENGINES – FORMULAE FOR CALCULATION OF CAPACITIES AND CLASSES 12.4.1 Reciprocating Engines: Cubic capacity = (D2 x 3.1416 x C x N) 4 Where: • D = Bore in centimetres, • C = Stroke in centimetres, • N = Number of cylinders. 12.4.2 Rotary Engines: Cubic capacity = (Z x V) N 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Wankel System Engines With A Triangular Piston: Cubic capacity = 2 x V x D Where: • V = capacity of a single chamber, • D = the number of rotors. 12.4.3.1 Wankel system engines are classified as 4-strokes. 12.4.4 Superchargers and Turbochargers 12.4.4.1 Superchargers and turbochargers may only be used as follows: a) In drag racing or record attempts, b) In Production Class or Improved Touring racing when fitted as factory equipment, c) The nominal cubic capacity of an engine as calculated under 12.3.1.1, 12.3.1.2 or 12.3.1.3 that is fitted with a supercharger or a turbocharger shall be multiplied by 2 for the purposes of engine classification, d) For Historic Road Race Period 2 machines,when fitted with a supercharger as factory equipment. 12.4.5 Engine Capacity Tolerances 12.4.5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the following table, the actual engine capacity of a machine competing in a capacity class may not exceed the prescribed capacity for that class by more than 2%: CLASS Sidecar Cycle car machines except Road Race Period 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Historic Road Race, Classic Dirt Track and Classic Motocross 80cc 2-stroke machines manufactured prior to 1/1/95 PERMITTED EXCESS 5% 5% 5% 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12.5 Nil Nil Nil Nil MEASUREMENT - ALL DISCIPLINES 12.5.1 Measurements at Meetings 12.5.1.1 A Steward of a meeting may direct the measurement of the capacity of the engine of any machine, to be carried out at the conclusion of the meeting. Until the measurement is completed the machine must remain under the control of the RCB. 12.5.1.2 If an engine is measured at the request of a rider or entrant, the rider or entrant is liable for the cost of the measurement. 12.5.1.3 If an engine is measured for the purposes of a protest, the party against whom the decision is made is liable for the cost of the measurement, and the machine may, if the engine is found to be oversize, be retained until such cost is paid. ALL DISCIPLINES 12.4.3 Record attempts and senior Speedway / Track. 65cc & 85cc machines 4-stroke Mini Bikes (Fast 50’s) Road Race sidecars 12 Where: • V = Capacity of each chamber comprising the engine in cubic centimetres, • N = Number of turns of the motor necessary to complete one cycle in a chamber, and • Z = Combustion cycles per revolution. 12.5.2 Measurements - Australian and State Championship Events 12.5.2.1 For all Australian and State championship events: a) All machines must have provision for the placement of sealing wire, b) An entrant may request that the entrant’s machine be measured and sealed before the event. As soon as practicable after receiving the request the measurer for the event must measure and seal the machine. Any machine examined under this sub-rule may, on application by the entrant, at the discretion of the measurer, be exempted from further examination at the event, c) The first, second, third and fourth placed machines must be impounded for a period of thirty minutes immediately following the event, pending any protest, and the event result will be provisional, d) At the conclusion of that period, if no protest is received, the result will be final, e) If the machines are to be ridden in another event within that period, they must be sealed before being enjoy the ride 85 12.6.1.3 Front number plates must have figures which are clearly visible at a distance of 20 metres and a solid 10mm wide border. 12.6.1.4 Side number plates must: a) Be fitted above a horizontal line drawn through the rear axle, b) Be fitted so that the front edge of the plate is behind a vertical line drawn at 200mm to the rear of the rider’s footrest, c) For machines with streamlining, be attached to or form part of a suitable surface which is flat or with a curvature not exceeding 50mm from the true plane. 12.6.1.5 Number backgrounds on side numberplates may be an integral part of the rear seat section or fairing. 12.6.1.6 Advertising must be at least 25mm clear of the background of a number plate unless the advertising is an integral part of the back plate cover. returned to the competitor for that event, f) If no protest is received within that period, the seals may be removed, g) Any machine sealed as the result of a protest may only be measured by a measurer. All measurer’s reports, together with the seals, must be delivered to the RCB within 21 days after the event, h) No prize monies may be paid until measurer’s reports and seals are received or the expiration of 21 days whichever occurs first. 12.6 NUMBER PLATES- ALL DISCIPLINES 12.6.1 Number Plates - General 12.6.1.1 For all competitions except Moto-trials, 3 number plates must be fitted - 1 at the front and 1 on each side. 12.6.1.2 Number plates must: a) Be produced to a matt finish, b) Where they are not an integral part of the machine or streamlining and are under 1.6mm in thickness, have rolled or wired edges, c) In the case of rectangular plates, have the corners formed to a 38mm radius, d) In the case of bolt on number plates, be made from a rigid material with minimum dimensions of 235mm height and 285mm width; and e) In the case of sidecars, be positioned so that they are visible from the front and each side of the sidecar. Fig 12.6 Sample and Dimensions of Number Plate Figures 12.6.2 28 80mm 80mm Number Plates–Juniors (other than Enduro and Moto-Trials) 12.6.2.1 Number plates for Juniors must be as follows: a) A minimum plate size of 225mm width and 200mm height, b) Figures with minimum sizes of 100mm height and 20mm width of stroke in Arial Rounded MT Bold font. 12.6.2.2 For 50cc automatic: a) A minimum plate size of 200mm wide and 150mm high, b) The figures on the plates must be 100mm high and 20mm wide, c) The front plate must be fitted so that it does not extend above the height of the handlebars or grips. 145mm 25 mm Arial Rounded MT Bold font 1234567890 86 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT BACKGROUND COLOUR* Black Black White Dark Green Mid Blue Canary Yellow White Mail Box Red White Mid Blue White White Canary Yellow White Mail Box Red FIGURE COLOUR White White Black White White Black Black White Black White Black Black Black Black White BACKGROUND COLOUR* Mid Blue Canary Yellow Mail Box Red Black FIGURE COLOUR White Black White Yellow ALL DISCIPLINES CAPACITY or CLASS Up to 125cc Up to 125cc 2-stroke, up to 250cc 4-stroke, MX/SX only 126cc to 250cc 2-stroke, 251cc to 450cc 4-stroke MX / SX only 126cc to 250cc 251cc to 350cc 351cc to 500cc 501cc to 750cc 751cc and over Long Track 500cc Dirt Track 251 to 450cc 4-stroke Dirt Track over 450cc 4-stroke Australian Superbike Up to 500cc Sidecar Over 500cc Sidecar Formula Two Sidecar 12 12.6.3 Number Plate Colours - Except for Enduro & Moto-Trials 12.6.3.1 Colours must be as follows: 12.6.3.2 Colours for Junior age group racing: AGE GROUP Under 9 years 9 to under 12 years 12 to under 14 years 14 to under 16 years 12.6.3.3 Additional colour combinations may be used, at the discretion of the RCB. 12.6.3.4 Australian Superbikes may use any contrasting colour on side number plates providing they are legible at 20 metres. 12.6.4 Number Plate Figures 12.6.4.1 Figures must be Arial Rounded MT Bold font. 12.6.4.2 Figures must be clearly legible, the minimum dimensions being: DIMENSION Height Width of each figure Space between figures Space between figures and edge of plate 12.6.4.3 MEASUREMENT (mm) 140 - 148 75 - 85 25 12 For National Motocross and Supercross Events, where MA is the RCB and transponders are used, numbers on side plates may be a minimum of: DIMENSION MEASUREMENT (mm) Height 100 70 Width of each figure Width of stroke 25 15 Space between 2 figures NOTE: Advertising is allowed as per 12.4.4.4 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12.6.4.4 Advertising is permitted on all machines, but must be at least 25mm clear of the number plate background and the rider’s name by either a gap or a contrasting colour strip. 12.6.5 Back Numbers – Juniors 12.6.5.1 No junior may compete, except in Enduro or Moto-Trials unless wearing the machine identification number on their back in contrasting colours and with a minimum size of 125mm height and 20mm width of stroke 12.7 RADIO COMMUNICATION 12.7.1.1 Radio communications with riders is not allowed, and will be classed as outside assistance. 12.8 FRAMES AND PARTS - ALL DISCIPLINES 12.8.1 Streamlining 12.8.1.1 All streamlining fitted to motorcycles or sidecars must be free of any sharp edges on exposed extremities. 12.8.1.2 For fibreglass construction, edges must be rounded to their own thickness but need not be wired. 12.8.1.3 All forward streamlining attached to enjoy the ride 87 solo and sidecar machines must have a minimum of 3 attachment points: a) At least 1 supporting the forward section of the shell, and b) 1 on each side supporting the rear portion of the shell. 12.8.1.4 Identification plates must have corners and edges smoothed. 12.8.2 Fuel Tanks 12.8.2.1 Fuel tanks may be constructed from any material that has been approved by the Australian Standards Association as a petrol or fuel container material. 12.8.3 Exhaust Systems 12.8.3.1 Exhaust systems must: a) Be fitted with silencers, b) Terminate at a point not more than 25mm beyond the extremity of the rear tyre tread, c) Be attached as closely as practicable to the machine and in a manner that does not, in the opinion of the Scrutineer, create a hazard to other competitors, d) Where separate silencers are fitted, have a minimum of 2 mountings or locking screws on all machines which have a capacity in excess of 85cc, e) Where silencers are re-packable, have safety wired securing bolts. 12.8.4 Centre and Side Stands 12.8.4.1 Centre and side stands must be removed for all types of competition other than: a) Moto-Trials, b) Enduro, c) Natural Terrain Motocross at Club and Interclub competitions, d) The 50cc class of all disciplines. 12.8.4.2 Centre and Side Stands which remain on machines under the previous rule must be secured in the closed position. 12.8.5 Footrests 12.8.5.1 Footrests must: a) Be well rounded and designed so as to ensure that no dangerous edges are created due to wear. b) Not touch the ground at lean unless they are hinged or pivoted and controlled by a return spring. 88 enjoy the ride 12.8.6 Handlebars 12.8.6.1 The ends of the handlebars or twist grip sleeves must be securely plugged so as to present a flush or rounded end. 12.8.6.2 Handlebar levers must: a) Have ball ends with a minimum diameter of: i) 15mm, for levers longer than 76mm, ii) 10mm, for levers shorter than 76mm. b) Measure no more than 200mm from the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball. 12.8.6.3 Throttle controls must be self closing. 12.8.6.4 A lanyard operated ignition cut-out switch, operating on the primary circuit, must be fitted to the following: DISCIPLINE Speedway – Junior & Senior Motocross – Junior & Senior Dirt track Track Road race MACHINE Solo & Sidecars Sidecars Sidecars Sidecars Sidecars 12.8.6.5 For Road Race, Motocross and Dirt Track, the lanyard must have a maximum length of 1 metre. 12.8.7 Kick Start Levers 12.8.7.1 Kick start levers, other than transverse, must be folding. 12.8.8 Drive Chain Protection 12.8.8.1 Primary drives must be guarded so as to prevent direct access to the chain or sprockets with the fingers. 12.8.8.2 The guard must be constructed of: a) Metal having a minimum thickness of 1.6mm, which may be mesh or expanded metal provided the openings do not exceed 10mm, or b) Fibreglass having a minimum thickness of 3mm. 12.8.8.3 If a plastic, fibreglass or part open chain guard is used, a steel bolt of not less than 10mm diameter, placed outside the bottom rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if damaged, must be replaced.; 12.8.8.4 Projecting sprockets, which are not behind a clutch assembly or directly behind a frame member, must be guarded where the sprocket teeth are further than 30mm 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 12.8.10 Mudguards 12.8.10.1 Either a rear mudguard or a seat must be fitted which extends at least 20 degrees to the rear of a vertical line drawn through the rear wheel axle. 12.8.10.2 Mudguards must be made of a material, which is not liable to cause personal injury if deformed. 12.8.11 Sidecars - All Classes – except Moto Trials 12.8.11.1 Left hand and right hand sidecars may not compete against each other. 12.8.11.2 Sidecars, in addition to complying with the requirements for solos, must be as follows: a) The sidecar body width must be 890mm measured from the closest mounting point to the extremity of the sidecar body including any step, b) The track must be a minimum of 580mm and a maximum of 1,005mm, c) Ground clearance must be a minimum of 88mm and a maximum of 325mm, d) The sidecar must have at least four mounting points, e) The inside of the sidecar wheel must be enclosed to floor level, f) Rear sprockets and chains must be 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT h) i) j) k) l) m) 12.9 ALL DISCIPLINES 12.8.9 Tyres 12.8.9.1 Tyres must comply with the following: a) Metal studs, spikes, chain, rope or other non-skid attachments may not be used unless permitted by the relevant SR. b) Treads on tyres must be at least 1mm deep on any part of the tyre that comes in contact with the ground. c) The tread depth indicating holes on slick tyres must be clearly visible and at least 0.5mm deep. d) Paddle or scoop treaded tyres may not be fitted. 12.8.9.2 Valve caps must be used for all competitions. g) enclosed around the passenger’s working area, Any step must have a maximum width of 200mm from the sidecar, A minimum of two hand grips must be fitted, Front mounted exhaust systems must not protrude beyond the outermost edges of the sidecar, All outer edge sidecar chassis corners must have a minimum 25mm radius, The machine and sidecar must have front and rear wheel brakes, The machine must be fitted with a lanyard type cut-out switch, Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited. 12 from a frame member or swinging arm. 12.8.8.5 A counter shaft sprocket which is more than 30mm from the outside of the swing arm pivot, must be covered. FUEL-ALL DISCIPLINES 12.9.1 Fuel Warning 12.9.1.1 Fuels and lubricants are highly specialised substances and participants must be aware they may contain substances that are extremely dangerous to human health if misused, inhaled or allowed to contact skin. 12.9.1.2 Some of the components of fuel and lubricants are suspected of having the potential to cause cancer in rare circumstances. 12.9.1.3 The use of petrol as a general cleaning and washing agent is a common misuse of a potentially dangerous substance. 12.9.1.4 Fuels should be used and stored with extreme care and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 12.9.2 Fuel Requirements 12.9.2.1 The fuel requirements of each discipline is detailed in their respective chapters. 12.9.3 Fuel Testing 12.9.3.1 For any event, meeting or series, the RCB may direct that no fuels other than fuels of prescribed specifications and from a prescribed source may be used. a) Tests to ensure that only prescribed fuels are used in an event, meeting or series may be administered at any time and place during the course of the same, b) The Clerk of Course, Race Director or Chief Scrutineer may direct the administration of fuel tests. enjoy the ride 89 12.9.3.2 Fuel tests must comply with the following procedures: a) All containers for holding samples must be clean and constructed of robust non-reactive impermeable material, must be sealable, and must have provision for identification, b) Equipment used for the extraction of fuel from machines must be clean and constructed of fuel non-reactive material, c) All samples must be divided into two lots (Sample A and Sample B) of not less than 5ml each, which must be placed in separate containers, d) Once samples are placed in containers, the containers must immediately be sealed and identified by reference to the machine from which the sample was taken. This information must be entered on a fuel sample certificate which must certify the date, place and time of taking the sample, the identity of the machine from which the sample was taken and the identity of the rider, e) Both samples must remain in the control of the official who administered the test. f) The rider or the representative must sign the fuel sample certificate acknowledging samples have been taken and are sealed, g) All samples held by the official must be delivered as soon as practicable after the competition to the RCB which must deliver the Sample A as soon as practicable to a laboratory approved by MA where they must be tested for content and quality in accordance with standard scientific procedures, h) The RCB must as soon as practicable after receipt of the results notify the rider or rider’s team representative and MA, i) If the rider is dissatisfied with the test result of sample A, they may request sample B be tested at an MA approved laboratory in their presence. 12.9.4 Refueling 12.9.4.1 During refueling, each machine must be stationary with the engine stopped. 12.9.4.2 Refueling will be deemed to have commenced when the fuel tank has been opened and completed when the tank is closed. 12.9.4.3 Smoking is strictly prohibited in areas where refueling is permitted . 12.9.4.4 Riders are liable for exclusion from an event for failing to adhere to GCR 12.9.4.3, and are responsible for the actions of their mechanics and support team members. 12.9.5 Homologation of Fuel 12.9.5.1 Unleaded fuel produced by an oil company for sale in the Australian general transport fuel market through retail petrol pumps in at least 3 states does not have to be homologated. 12.9.5.2 Organisations seeking homologation of Fig 12.10 Noise Testing Arrangement - Plan view Centreline of exhaust muffler 45° FRONT OF MACHINE 50 0m m +/- 10° Test Device 200 mm from ground, minimum 90 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT NOISE EMISSIONS -ALL DISCIPLINES 12.10.1 Specifications 12.10.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided for in SR or in a discipline specific chapter of these Rules. 12.10.1.2 Rule 12.8.1.1 does not apply to Record Attempts. 12.10.1.3 The noise emission level for Speedway is 98dB(A). NOTE: From 1st January 2008, the noise emission limit in GCR 12.10.1.1 shall be 96db(A) . 12.10.2 Measurement 12.10.2.1 Noise emissions must be measured with a microphone placed 500mm from the exhaust pipe at an angle of approx 45 degrees measured from the centre line of the exhaust end, and at the height of the exhaust pipe, but at least 200mm above the ground. Where the height of the exhaust outlet makes this impossible, the microphone should be placed at a 45 degree angle above the outlet. see Figs. 12.10.2.2 The reading shall be taken with engine warmed up, running steadily at the specified revs and with the motorcycle out of gear. Machines not equipped with a gearbox neutral shall be placed on a stand. 12.10.2.3 The test revs depends on the mean piston speed corresponding to the stroke of the engine according to the table below. The revs are calculated using the following formula: 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Fig 12.10.2.6 No more than 3 people should undertake the noise test ALL DISCIPLINES 12.10 12 fuel must provide MA with: a) Two 1-litre sealed containers of the fuel for analysis, b) Details of the fuels characteristics, c) The distribution network, d) The price structure, e) A homologation fee of $1,500 in the first year and $1,000 per year thereafter. 12.9.5.3 Fuels approved under this rule will be published at www.ma.org.au. N= 300,000 x cm I Where N = prescribed revs cm = fixed mean piston speed in metres per second, and I = stroke in mm. Stroke RPM in mm Except Motocross 30 11,000 31 10,645 32 10,313 33 10,000 34 9,706 35 9,429 36 9,167 37 8,919 38 8,684 39 8,462 40 8,250 41 8,049 42 7,857 43 7,674 44 7,500 45 7,333 46 7,174 47 7,021 48 6,875 49 6,735 50 6,600 51 6,471 52 6,346 53 6,226 54 6,111 55 6,000 56 5,893 57 5,789 58 5,690 59 5,593 60 5,500 61 5,410 62 5,323 63 5,238 64 5,156 65 5,077 Stroke RPM in mm Except Motocross 66 5,000 67 4,925 68 4,853 69 4,783 70 4,714 71 4,648 72 4,583 73 4,521 74 4,459 75 4,400 76 4,342 77 4,286 78 4,231 79 4,177 80 4,125 81 4,074 82 4,024 83 3,976 84 3,929 85 3,882 86 3,837 87 3,793 88 3,750 89 3,708 90 3,667 91 3,626 92 3,587 93 3,548 94 3,511 95 3,474 96 3,438 97 3,402 98 3,367 99 3,333 100 3,300 enjoy the ride 91 12.10.2.4 The revs shall be measured using a calibrated electronic tachometer or a vibrating reed tachometer held against any solid part of the machine. 12.10.2.5 The ambient sound within a 5m radius of the test site should not exceed 80db(A). 12.10.2.6 Other than the rider, the sound testing operator and a person to hold the front of the machine there should be no person within 3 metres of the testing site. 12.10.2.7 The sound testing apparatus must be set to “slow reponse” setting. 12.10.2.8 If a machine fails, it can be represented for re-testing. 12.10.2.8 Where government regulations or planning orders exist in relation to noise testing, those regulations or orders will prevail over Rule 12.8.1. 12.10.2.10 No person may compete in any event on a machine whose noise emissions exceed the prescribed levels. 12.11 STARTS & FINISHES - ALL DISCIPLINES 12.11.1 Starts 12.11.1.1 All competitors must, in relation to the start of any event, comply with directions issued by, and under the authority of, the Starter. For such purposes the Starter, on the instructions of a key official, may: a) Delay a start, b) Direct a restart, c) Direct a competitor to start from: i) The back of the starting grid, ii) The pit lane, iii) The rear of the field, or iv) Such other position as shall be required for the safe, fair and orderly start of the event. d) Exclude a competitor who is late for the start. 12.11.1.2 The method of starting will be as prescribed by SR. 12.11.1.3 The start of an event occurs: a) When the order to start is given, or b) For flying starts, when the starting line is crossed. 12.11.2 Finishes 12.11.2.1 For events 92 enjoy the ride where speed is the determinant: a) A chequered flag must be displayed to each competitor as each crosses the line, with the flag being displayed: i) To the first to complete the event, who will, subject to the results of any protests, be the winner, and ii) Thereafter to each competitor who: • Has completed not less than 75% of the event distance, • Is still competing in the event on the lap in which the chequered flag is displayed to the winner, with the sequence of completion of the event being the determinant of placings. b) The finish of the event occurs when the flag is displayed to the last competitor under GCR 12.10.2.1 a), c) The finish occurs for each machine when the foremost part of the machine crosses the line, d) Where there are 2 competitors required to be on 1 machine together, both must finish the event on the machine. On a solo machine the competitor must finish the event on the machine, e) In case of a dead heat between competitors for a place: i) The places and the awards for those places will be combined, ii) The participants in the dead heat will share the places and awards equally, iii) The remaining places will be relegated by the number of participants in the dead heat. 12.11.3 Juniors - Starts and Finishes 12.12.3.1 In addition to the general start requirements for all competitors, juniors must comply as follows: a) Competitors may use up to 2 starting blocks (1 per side) up to a maximum of 100mm high and must be able to start in the event unaided while sitting on the machine, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT STOPPING EVENTS- ALL DISCIPLINES 12.12.0.1 Where an incident causes an event to be stopped, the Steward or Clerk of Course may declare the event complete if at least 75% of the event distance or time, whichever is the less, has been run. 12.12.0.2 The results so declared will be based on the placings at the finish line of the last full lap completed before the incident but will exclude those competitors who: a) Caused the incident, or b) Having been involved in the incident, could not continue in the event. 12.12.1 Stopping and Re-Running Events 12.12.1.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has excluded a competitor for unfair conduct and considers that such conduct has: a) Given an advantage to the team of which the offender is a member, or b) In the case of a non-team event, jeopardised the fair chances of one 12.13 ALL DISCIPLINES 12.12 or more of the other competitors in the event, may declare the event void and order a rerun. 12.12.1.2 If the event continues, any competitor unable to cross the finish line as a result of such conduct on the part of the excluded competitor may be deemed to have finished the race in the place: a) Held immediately before such conduct, or b) Having regard to any advancement in placing following the exclusion, in some other place. 12.12.1.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an event and order it to be re-run if it would be dangerous for it to continue. 12.12.1.4 In any re-run: a) Any competitor who: i) Fell in the stopped event as a result of having been fouled, ii) Intentionally laid down his or her machine in the interests of safety, or iii) Left the course in the interests of safety, may participate. b) Any competitor who: i) Caused or contributed to the event being stopped, ii) Failed to start in, iii) Retired from, iv) Was excluded from, v) Had been lapped during the course of the stopped event, may not participate. 12 b) When assembled for the start of an event, and during the event, no competitor may receive outside assistance other than at the direction of the Steward, the Clerk of Course or the Starter, c) Pit board signals will not be used in junior competition. Riders/Pit crew who fail to obey this instruction are liable to exclusion for the duration of the competition. Refer rule 4.3.7 d) When the number of competitors exceeds one full grid: i) Elimination heats and semi finals must be held, ii) The RCB may direct that events be decided by a final or finals, consisting of a number of rounds. FLAGS AND SIGNALS- ALL DISCIPLINES 12.13.0.1 The dimensions of all flags must be a minimum of 500mm x 500mm. MA MEMBERS GET 10% OFF HIT-AIR AIRBAG JACKETS How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL MANUAL OF OF MOTORCYCLE MOTORCYCLE SPORT SPORT 2007 enjoy the the ride ride 93 enjoy 12.13.0.2 Track flags and signals have the following meanings: FLAG SIGNAL National flag dropped or raised. Red flag displayed. MEANING, AND REQUIREMENT OF COMPETITOR Start. Race or practice stopped prematurely. Competitors must slow down, must not overtake and must slowly proceed to the parc fermè, pits, or other area indicated to them by officials. The red flag will also be used to signal the end of a demonstration. Black flag held stationary and black board Competitor with number indicated on black board must stop at the pits on the next lap. with rider’s number. Yellow flag held stationary Danger, ride slowly, overtaking is forbidden. Yellow flag waved. Immediate danger, slow down, prepare to stop, overtaking forbidden. Yellow with Black diagonal cross Last lap flag for Speedway only. No Jump Light Danger, Overtaking forbidden, Jumping forbidden Yellow flag with red stripes held stationary. Deterioration of adhesion of the track. Slow moving intervention vehicle on track. White flag waved. Overtaking signal warning that competitor is soon to be overtaken. Blue flag held stationary. Overtaking signal warning that rider is about to be overtaken. Blue flag waved. Green flag held stationary. Course Clear. Last lap board The last lap of the race is about to commence Purple Flag. Protest flag for all junior competitors. Finish of Race, Practice session or Qualifying. Black and white chequered flag waved. 12.13.0.3 Flag signals may be supplemented by light signals as follows: SIGNAL 1 or 2 flashing yellow lights Green light Red light 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SUPPLEMENT TO/ EQUIVALENT TO Yellow flag. Green flag Red flag 12.13.0.4 The National flag signifying the start of an event may be replaced by: a) b) c) d) 12.14 A light signal, A starting tape, A rubber band, or A dropping gate SCORING- ALL DISCIPLINES 12.14.0.1 For events, other than: a) The Australian Supercross Championship which have fewer than 15 start gates, and b) Australian Superbike Championship where a point scoring system is used, points will be allocated from 1st to 20th placing as shown in the following table: PLACE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 94 enjoy the ride POINTS 25 22 20 18 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12.14.0.2 An alternative points scoring system may be approved for an MA series event. 12.14.0.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in an event which is conducted over more than one leg, the tying competitor who has the higher finishing position in the final leg of the event will be awarded the position. 12.14.0.4 If a tie on points occurs for any position in a series, the tying competitor who has the greatest number of higher placings in the series will be awarded the position. 12.15 CHANGE OF MACHINE DURING A COMPETITION - ALL DISCIPLINES 12.15.0.1 During any competition, other than an attempt at a record, no machine may be exchanged for another unless permitted under these Rules or any SR. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT JUNIOR COMPETITION RULES ALL DISCIPLINES AGE RANGE 4 to under 9 7 to under 9 7 to under 13 8 to under 16 JUNIOR DIRT TRACK & LONG TRACK 50cc Auto Div. 1 50cc Auto Div 2 Up to 80cc solo 4-stroke. 65cc Solo Up to 100cc Solo 4-stroke 9 to under 12 9 to under 16 11 to under 16 85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke 80/100cc Sidecar (Rider & Passenger) 100cc Solo Big wheel* 80cc to 160cc Solo 4-stroke 12 to under 16 13 to under 16 125cc Solo 250cc Solo 4-stroke * This class will be deleted from 1st January 2008 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ALL DISCIPLINES 12.16.0.1 In Junior competition, a) A rider’s age on 1st January will determine their age for competition purposes for that year, b) A rider may move to the next higher age class when they become eligible by reason of celebrating a birthday, but once the rider moves to that higher age class, they may not move back to the lower age class, c) Any points earned by the rider in the lower age class cannot be transferred when the rider moves to the higher age class, d) This rule applies to all riders up to and including the age of 16 years. 12.16.0.2 No person who is unable to lift his or her machine unaided from the horizontal to the vertical may compete in any Junior competition. 12.16.0.3 Subject to GCR12.16.0.1a) a Junior who is under the age of 9 years may compete on a 50cc automatic machine notwithstanding that the Junior is unable to lift the machine unaided from the horizontal to the vertical. a) No Junior who has attained the age of 9 years may participate on a 50cc automatic machine, b) Junior competitors in the following age groups may compete in the corresponding classes: c) From 1 January 2007 no applicant will be issued with their first competition licence if they are under the age of 7 years, d) Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the RCB, for any event there must be no greater age variation between competitors than 4 years, e) No participant in the 50cc automatic class may compete in any other class other than at Club level competitions, f) In the 4 years to Under 7 years 50cc Division 1 automatic non competitive class, all riders are entitled to receive a prize or award of the same size/value, g) Subject to the following two Rules, an RCB may permit age group racing, graded racing, or a combination of both, h) Age group racing: i) Subject to sub-Rule ii), only competitors in the same age groups may compete against each other, ii) Competitors from different age groups in the following classes may compete with each other if there are insufficient entries for each class: 85cc 2-stroke big wheels and 150cc 4stroke single cylinder, 100cc single cylinder and 125cc single cylinder, 125cc single cylinder and 250cc 4-stroke, Sidecars, 12 12.16 JUNIOR MOTOCROSS & ENDURO 50cc Auto Div. 1 50cc Auto Div 2 65cc Solo 85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard wheel only) 80cc to 160cc Solo Four stroke 80/100cc Sidecar (Rider & Passenger) 85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard or big wheels) 250cc Solo 4-stroke 100cc – 125cc enjoy the ride 95 j) An RCB may grade junior competitors according to their respective skills, k) Division 1 is a non competitive class, 12.16.0.4 4-stroke non-motocross type machines 80cc to 160cc are approved for competition under the following conditions: a) Use limited to natural terrain Motocross (no man-made jumps) , Enduro and Dirt track competitions only. b) Exhaust systems may be modified or changed. c) External gearing and carburetor jetting may also be altered. d) No other modifications are allowed. 12.16.0.5 4-stroke 150cc motocross-type machines may compete against 85cc 2-stroke machines in Junior competition. 12.16.1 Junior Trail Bikes 12.16.1.1 The following machines are eligible for club and interclub competitions: a) 7 to under 13 years 65cc class MANUFACTURER Honda Kawasaki Suzuki Yamaha MODEL(s) CRF70, XR70 KLX110 JR80 PW80, TT-R90 and similar machines approved by Board. b) 9 to under 16 years 85cc class: MANUFACTURER Honda Kawasaki Yamaha MODEL(s) XR100, CRF100 KE100. TT-R125 and similar machines approved by Board. 12.17 JUNIOR CAPACITY CLASSES - ALL DISCIPLINES 12.17.1 50cc Automatic Class - Div 1 Machines 12.17.1.1 Eligible Machines are: MANUFACTURER Honda HM Husqvarna Kawasaki Kazuma 96 enjoy the ride MODEL(s) CRF50, QR50 Baja Junior Husky Boy Junior KDX50 Tiger Cat 50 KTM LEM Suzuki TM Yamaha Mini Adventure, 50ADV Senior LX1, CX2, LXR50, RX2-AIR JR50 50C1 PW50, TT-R50E and similarly specified machines as approved by the Board may be used. 12.17.1.2 Machine Requirements: a) The engine capacity must not exceed 50cc, b) The gearbox for 2-stroke machines must have 1 gear, c) The gearbox for 4-stroke machines may have up to 3 gears, d) Standard gear ratios must be retained, e) The clutch must be of centrifugal type, and of OEM type, f) 10” [254mm] wheels must be fitted, g) The appearance of a machine must remain as manufactured provided that the following may be altered: i) Colour, ii) Seat, iii) Mudguards, iv) Handlebars, v) Grips, vi) Levers, vii) Cables, viii) Chains, ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern, x) Carburettor Jets, xi) Spark Plug. h) The frame of a machine may be gusseted and strengthened but not so as to alter the geometry of the frame. A certificate issued by a qualified engineer in respect of any such gusseting and strengthening must be available at machine examination, i) The restricting washer in the exhaust header pipe abutting the cylinder barrel may be removed, j) Any throttle limiting device may be removed, k) A separate kill switch may be installed in place of the standard, l) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace standard rubber pegs, m) Handlebars must be securely 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MANUFACTURER Gas Gas HM Husqvarna Italjet KTM LEM Malagutti Polini TM MODEL(s) EC 50 CRX 10/10 Senior, Baja 10/10, X3R Husky Boy SF03 Action Outlaw SXR PRO SNR, 50SX, SXR PRO JNR RX2, RX3, LX2F-USA, CR2, CR2S RCX10 XR3 50 C1 and similarly specified machines as approved by the Board may be used. 12.17.2.2 Machine Requirements: a) The engine capacity must not exceed 50cc, b) The gearbox must have one gear, c) External gearing may be altered, d) The clutch must be of centrifugal type, and of OEM type, e) 10” rear wheels must be fitted.10” [254mm] or 12” [304mm] front wheels may be fitted, f) The appearance of a machine must remain as manufactured provided that the following may be altered: i) Colour, ii) Seat, iii) Mudguards, iv) Handlebars, v) Grips, vi) Levers, vii) Cables, viii) Chains, ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern. g) The frame of a machine may be gusseted and strengthened but not so as to alter the geometry of the 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ALL DISCIPLINES 12.17.2 50cc Automatic Class - Div 2 Machines 12.18.2.1 Eligible Machines are 12 frame. A certificate issued by a qualified engineer in respect of any such gusseting and strengthening must be available at machine examination, h) Any throttle limiting device may be removed, i) A separate kill switch may be installed in place of the standard, j) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace standard rubber pegs, k) Handlebars must be securely plugged and be no wider than 630mm, l) After market exhaust systems and silencers are permitted. plugged and be no wider than 630mm, n) Engine, Carburettor, Fuel system, Exhaust System, Electrics & Air Box must remain as per manufacturers specifications, o) All engines must be air cooled, p) Carburettor size must not exceed 14mm. 12.17.3 Junior Solo – Wheel Sizes CLASS 50cc Auto Div 1 50cc Auto Div 2 65cc 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke Big Wheel 100cc 125cc & over 250cc 4-stroke FRONT [Approx. Metric Equiv. in mm] 10” [254] 10” or 12” [254 or 305] 14” to 15” [356 to 381] 15” to 17” [381 to 432] 19” to 21” [482 to 534] 18” to 21” [457 to 534] 17” to 21” [432 to 534] 17” to 23” [432 to 586] REAR [Approx. Metric Equiv. in mm] 10” [254] 10” [254] 12” [305] 14” [356] 16” to 19” [407 to 482] 16” to 19” [407 to 482] 16” to 19” [407 to 482] 16” to 19” [407 to 482] 12.17.4 Junior Solo- Handlebars 12.17.4.1 Solo handlebars must be plugged and have no greater than the following widths: CAPACITY 50cc Automatic Standard 65cc 85cc Over 85cc HANDLEBAR WIDTH 630mm 750mm 800mm 850mm 12.17.5 Junior Sidecar- Wheel Sizes 12.17.5.1 The maximum wheel rim sizes for all relevant classes are: WHEEL SIZE [Approx. Metric Equivalent] Front 19” [482mm] Rear 16” [407mm] Sidecar 14” [356mm] enjoy the ride 97 13 13.1 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS MA EVENTS 13.1.1 Events for which MA is the RCB 13.1.1.1 The events for which MA is the RCB are detailed in rule 2.1.1.1 (b) 13.2 PROTOCOLS 13.2.1 Protocols for MA Series Events and International Meetings 13.2.1.1 Promoters are to deal directly with MA including: a) The submission of date applications, b) The submission of draft SR, c) Payment of fees, bonds and levies. 13.2.1.2 MA will advise SCBs of series dates by 1 October in order that SCBs may avoid clashes, 13.2.1.3 Permits may not be issued for supercross meetings at venues within 100kms of a round of the Australian Supercross Championship 8 weeks prior to and 4 weeks after the Championship round. 13.2.2 13.2.2.1 13.2.2.2 13.2.2.3 13.2.2.4 Protocols for Australian Championships Not Forming a Series Promoters may make application to MA to host championships, with a copy of the application sent to the relevant SCB. The application will include the proposed dates, venue, Promoter and address the criteria in GCR 13.2.6.4. MA will award a championship to Promoter which becomes responsible for ensuring the meeting is conducted to a standard be-fitting an Australian Championship. MA may require a Promoter to lodge a performance bond which may be totally or partially forfeited if key performance criteria are not met. The Promoter is responsible for: a) Providing MA with email draft SR for approval, b) Paying MA the performance bond, permit fee and rider insurance levy, c) The adequate circulation of SR, d) Providing MA with comprehensive and accurate results by email the 98 enjoy the ride day after the meeting, e) Ensuring there is appropriate promotion and publicity, which is to also incorporate the MA logo, f) Ensuring all Rules governing the administration of Australian Championships are adhered to, g) Ensuring the prescribed level of medical service is provided. 13.2.2.5 The following issues are key performance criteria Promoters will be assessed on: a) Adequate number of officials and other personnel to properly conduct the meeting. b) The performance of officials. c) The appropriate promotion of Championships. d) Providing prescribed medical services. e) Ensuring there are no date clashes with the Championship. f) Correct signage. g) An effective radio communication system. h) An adequate control tower (where appropriate). i) A safe venue. j) Adequate public facilities. k) Ensuring the MA logo and flag are displayed as required. 13.2.3 SR and Entry Forms 13.2.3.1 MA will publish SR and entry forms on www.ma.org.au for entrants to download. 13.2.3.2 SR and entry forms for: a) Series Championships may only be accessed from the MA website or the Promoter. b) Stand-alone Championships may be accessed from the MA website, the host SCB or the Promoter. 13.2.4 Protest Fees, Licence Declaration Fees and Fines 13.2.4.1 Protest fees, licence declaration fees and fines are to be collected by the Steward and paid to MA. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 13.2.5 Venues 13.2.5.1 Venues will be licensed by: a) MNSW in the case of all NSW venues; b) MA – Road Racing venues; c) Stewards / Race Director – temporary Supercross venues. d) SCBs – all other venues; and e) FIM – World Championships. 13.2.6 The Allocation of Australian Championships Forming a Series 13.2.7.1 Promoters in each State may apply to MA to host a round of the relevant championship. AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 13.2.7 13 The Allocation of Australian Championships which do not form a Series 13.2.6.1 Promoters may make application to MA to host championships, with a copy of the application sent to the relevant SCB. 13.2.6.2 The protocols for Australian Championships are detailed in this Chapter. 13.2.6.3 In considering applications, MA may have regard to any one or more of the following considerations: a) The likely level of media exposure of, and public support for, the event. b) The level of support for the discipline by the relevant SCB. c) The regularity and frequency with which State championships in the discipline in the area of the relevant SCB. d) The financial resources of the Promoter and of any proposed Promoter of the event. e) The quality of any proposed venue. f) The provision of access to any proposed venue, and accommodation, for spectators. g) The availability of quality officials. h) The previous record of the Promoter in conducting Australian championships. i) In case of the Australian Speedway Championships, recommendation of the Australian Speedway Promoters’ Association. j) Such other considerations, as MA considers relevant. 13.2.6.4 MA may refuse the application or may grant the same and may impose such conditions as it considers are necessary and reasonable for the fair, safe and effective conduct of the event. Within 1 month of receipt of written notification of the issue of the grant, the SCB must pay the prescribed permit fee to MA. 13.2.6.5 In the event of a Promoter to which an Australian championship has been granted failing to pay the permit fee or to conduct the event in accordance with the grant: a) The performance bond will be forfeited and may be applied by MA in reduction of the permit fee payable by any other Promoter to whom the conduct of the event is granted. b) MA may offer the event to another Promoter. enjoy the ride 99 13.2.8 Categories for Senior Australian Championships Solo Under 21 Sidecar SPEEDWAY DIRT TRACK 125cc 250cc 4-stroke. 250cc 2-stroke. 500cc Slider 500cc 2stroke* Over 450cc 4-stroke* 450cc 4-stroke Sidecar – 600cc 1100cc Sidecar MOTO-TRIALS Solo Sidecar Classic Post Classic Youth Veteran Masters Women S1 TRACK 125cc Solo 250cc 2-stroke Solo 250cc 4-stroke Solo 500cc 2-stroke FTX Solo* Up to 450cc 4-stroke FTX Solo Over 450cc 4-stroke FTX Solo* 500cc Long Track Solo 1100cc Long Track Sidecar 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar HISTORIC ROAD RACING Solo-up to 125cc Solo-132cc-250cc Solo-263cc-350cc Solo-368cc-500cc Solo-526cc-1300cc Sidecar-up to 1300cc CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK Pre 1960 Solo All Powers Pre 1965 Solo 250cc Pre 1965 Solo 263cc – over Pre 1968 unit 4-stroke (2 year trial 2006/2007) Pre 1968 pre unit 4-stroke (2 year trial 2006/2007) Pre 1970 Solo 250cc Pre 1970 Solo 263cc – over Pre 1975 Solo 125cc Pre 1975 Solo 132cc – 250cc Pre 1975 Solo 263cc – over Pre 1975 4-stroke – All Powers Pre 1978 125cc Pre 1978 132cc to 250cc Pre 1978 263cc - over Slider Class up to 250cc [DT only] Slider Class 263cc -over [DT only] Evolution Pre 1968 Sidecar up to 1300cc Pre 1975 Sidecar up to 1300cc Pre 1985 Sidecar up to 1300cc MOTOCROSS Under 19 Lites ROAD RACING 125cc GP 250cc GP NakedBike Supersport Pro-Twins Sidecars F1 Production Superbikes ENDURO Up to 200cc 2-stroke Over 220cc 2-stroke Up to 250cc 4-stroke 270cc to 450cc 4-stroke Over 500cc 4-stroke State Trophy Team Junior Trophy Team Veterans Masters SUPERMOTO Over 250cc 2-stroke & over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke S2 Up to 250cc 2-stroke & up to 450cc 4-stroke S3 125cc to 200cc 2-stroke & up to 250cc 4-stroke Pro-Lites Up to 125cc 2-stroke Up to 250cc 4-stroke Pro-Open 126cc-250cc 2-stroke 251cc-450cc 4-stroke Sidecar SUPERCROSS SX-Lites Up to 125cc 2-stroke Up to 250cc 4-stroke SX-Open 126cc-250cc 2-stroke 251cc-450cc 4-stroke *Within their respective disciplines, these classes will be combined from 1st January 2008 100 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 13.2.9 Categories for Junior Australian Championships 65cc Solo 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke 80cc 4-stroke 100cc Solo Big wheel* 125cc Solo Up to 250cc 4-stroke 80/100cc Sidecar TRACK, DIRT TRACK 7 to under 9yrs, 9 to under 13yrs, 9 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 13yrs, 13 to under 16yrs, 8 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 14yrs 11 to under 16yrs 13 to under 16yrs 13 to under 16yrs 9 to under 13yrs, 13 to under 16yrs (Rider & Passenger) * This class will be deleted from 1st January 2008 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS AND DIRT TRACK Up to 125cc 2-stroke and up to 250cc 4-stroke 13 to under 16 yrs MOTOCROSS 50cc Division 2 7 to under 9yrs 65cc Solo 7 to under 9yrs, 9 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 13yrs 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (Standard wheel) 9 to under 12yrs 12 to under 14yrs, 14 to under 16yrs 85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (Standard / Big Wheel) Up to 250cc 4stroke 13 to under 16yrs 100cc-125cc Solo 13 to under 15yrs, 15yrs Sidecar 80cc-100cc 9 to under 13 yrs Sidecar 80cc - 100cc 13 to under 16 yrs SPEEDWAY Under 16 years - Individual Under 16 years - Teams 14 to under 16 yrs- Individual 125 Solo 125 Solo 350cc Solo CHAMPIONSHIP MEDALLIONS AND TROPHIES 13.3.1 Individual Competitions MA medallions will be presented to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd riders in each championship solo class and the first, second and third rider and passenger in the championship sidecar class at all Australian championship meetings. 13.3.2 All Competitions At least the first 3 place getters in any Australian Championship event must be awarded a sash or similar permanent memento of the achievement by the Promoter, irrespective of MA awards. 13.3.3 Australian Enduro Teams Championships MA medallions will be presented to the members of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd placed teams in the state trophy and junior trophy 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT competition at the Australian Enduro teams Championships. 13.3.4 Australian Road Race Championships 13.3.4.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in the Australian Road Race Championships where there are: a) 15 or more starters for solo classes which actually participate in practice, qualifying or races, b) 10 or more starters for sidecar classes which actually participate in practice, qualifying or races. 13.3.5 Other Australian Championships 13.3.5.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in all other Australian Championships except Moto-Trials where there are: a) 10 or more starters for solo classes which actually participate in practice, qualifying or races, b) 6 or more starters for sidecar classes which actually participate in practice, enjoy the ride AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS 13.3 MOTO-TRIALS 13 to under 16 yrs 13 to under 16 yrs 13 Open Junior Junior Women 101 qualifying or races, c) For Historic Road Racing see GCR 16.11 13.3.5.2 For the purposes of determining eligibility to compete for medallions, the capacity categories set out in the above table for pre-1975 Classic Motocross are divided into the following age group classes: a) Under 40, b) 40 years to under 50, c) 50 years to under 60, d) 60 years and over. 13.3.5.3 For Moto-Trials, the minimum number of starters shall be 5. 13.3.6 Duke of Edinburgh Trophies 13.3.6.1 The Duke of Edinburgh Trophies will be inscribed each year with the names of the winners of the highest capacity solo and sidecar Australian championship for the following: a) Australian Superbike Championship Series – Superbike and Sidecar, b) Open class of the Australian Motocross Championships, c) Australian Dirt Track Championships – 500cc Solo and Sidecar, d) Australian Speedway Championships — Solo and Sidecar, 13.3.6.2 The winners of the Duke of Edinburgh Trophy will be entitled to have a photograph taken of them with the trophy. 13.3.6.3 The cost of the photograph will be subject to price approval by the SCB and recoverable from MA. 13.3.6.4 The trophies will be held by MA. 13.3.7 Promotion of Australian Championships 13.3.7.1 Programs for Australian Championships must: a) Indicate on the front cover the nature of the event, b) Give visual prominence to title events over support events. 13.3.7.2 At all Australian Championships: a) An MA flag and banner must be on display at the start or finish line at the event, b) Competitors must place an MA supplied logo on the front number plate of their machines. 13.3.7.3 The MA logo must be displayed following the logo use style-guide issued by MA: a) On all publications relating to the event, b) On the front cover of the event program. 13.3.8 Listing of Australian Championships in State Calendars 13.3.8.1 The event calendar of an SCB hosting one or more Australian Championships in any year: a) Must list each Australian championship being hosted by that SCB in that year, b) Must be sent to MA and all other SCBs by no later than 31st October of the preceding year. MA MEMBERS GET 20-30% OFF AT BEST WESTERN How? see www.ma.org.au enjoy ride thethe ride 102enjoy 102 2007MANUAL MANUAL MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2007 OFOF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2006 IN PICTURES 14 14. Troy Bayliss clinched his second World Superbike title at Imola, becoming just the fourth Australian to win more than one world motorcycle road racing championship At the last race of the MotoGP season at the Spanish MotoGP at Valencia, Bayliss staked a claim in the series by winning aboard an injured Sete Gibernau’s Ducati. 2006 IN PICTURES Bayliss Boost The result will secure Bayliss as the only Australian to win a MotoGP on a 990cc machine and caps a brilliant year for the New South Welshman. He has signed a two-year Superbike contract with the Italian factory, ending speculation of an imminent return to Grand Prix racing. Jubilant Jason Jason Crump won the 2006 Individual Speedway World Championship and, in doing so became just the second Australian to claim it for a second time, putting him alongside Jack Young who completed the feat back in 1951 and 1952. Crump dominated the Championship, securing the title at the Czech round in Prague with two rounds to spare. The Victorian has confirmed his intention to compete in the 2007 Australian Speedway Championship which commences in January in Newcastle. Got pictures? MA is always looking for great images of motorcycle racingYou’ll get a photo - credit, and the best will appear in next year’s Manual of Motorcycle Sport. Email yours to riders@ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 103 Australian Yamaha rider Kevin Curtain [left] took a hard fought second place in the World Supersport Championship, abopard his YZF-R6 despite an 18 point lead going into the last round at Magny Cours, France. Frenchman Sebastien Charpentier [Honda CBR600RR] took the title when Curtain DNFd following a lap 8 crash. Aussie Chad Reed [Yamaha YZF450F] was tied with Ricky Carmichael in the American Motorcyclist Supercross title going into the last round at Las Vegas USA. Reed was determined to repeat his 2004 title win, but was just edged out by Carmichael [Suzuki RMZ450] Team Australia triumphs at the Oceania Motocross held at Lake Taupo, New Zealand in November 2006. [Nathan Brochtrup, Lee Ellis, Kirk Gibbs, Chris Hollis, Cody Mackie, Ryan Marmont, Joel Passlow, Harley Quinlan, Tye Simmonds, Josh Strang, Todd Water] 104 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15. 15.1 ROAD RACING PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – ROAD RACING 15.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any road racing competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT back 15.1.3 Footwear 15.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which must: a) Be constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. but not constructed of rubber, b) At least overlap the suit or trousers when the rider is in the normal riding position, c) Not have soft leather soles. 15.1.3.2 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear ankle length boots. 15.1.4 Gloves 15.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 15.1.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers on sidecars. 15.1.5 Goggles and Visors 15.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. ROAD RACING 15.1.2 Clothing 15.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety strap must be fitted and secured at the neck, b) In the case of a jacket and trousers, provision must be made to attach the rear of the jacket securely to the trousers, c) The following areas must be padded with at least a double layer of leather or enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick: i) Shoulders, ii) Elbows, iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and iv) Knees. manufactured 15 15.1.1 Helmet 15.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 15.1.2.2 A commercially protector. 15.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 15.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be enjoy the ride 105 confined in the helmet or jacket. 15.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 15.2 FRAMES AND PARTS - ROAD RACING 15.2.1 Streamlining 15.2.1.1 Streamlining must leave the front wheel and mudguard exposed. 15.2.2 Brakes 15.2.2.1 At least 2 efficient brakes must operate independently of each other on the front and rear wheels. 15.2.3 General 15.2.3.1 Radiator protection guards may be fitted providing there is no modification to the radiators or bodywork. 15.2.3.2 Frame protection devices may be added providing they do not protrude more than 80mm from the bodywork and are no more than 80mm in diameter. 15.2.3.3 A chain guard made of a suitable material must be fitted in such a way to prevent trapping between the lower drive chain run and the final drive sprocket at the rear wheel. 15.2.4 Production 15.32.4.1 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, solo Production machines must: a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates for the particular machine, b) Be eligible for registration in all States and Territories in which they compete, c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in Australia, d) Be as constructed by, or modified with the approval of, the manufacturer so as to conform with Australian Design Rules for normal road use. 15.2.4.2 Tyres must be homologated by MA and must: a) Be commercially available in Australia, b) Be manufactured for road use in all weather conditions, c) Be not less than the machine manufacturer’s recommended speed and load rating, d) Be worn no more than to the 106 enjoy the ride minimum tread depth indicators, e) Not be manufactured for only competition use, f) Not have an augmented or modified tread pattern, g) Comply with the service description (load and speed rating) permanently moulded on the OEM tyre side wall, h) Comply with the relevant requirements of the nominated standard. e.g. ETRTO, JATMA & TRA 15.2.4.3 The following must be removed: a) Headlamp, b) Tail lamp, c) Reflectors, d) Horn, e) Traffic indicators, f) Mirrors, g) Centre and side stands, h) Registration plate / bracket and label holder. 15.2.4.4 Any sharp edges left by the removal of the above components must be protected by a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm diameter. 15.2.4.5 The following may be replaced or modified: a) Fairing, b) Screen, c) Rear bodywork, d) Seat, e) Mudguards, f) Tank covers and g) Side covers, but replacements must be the same in shape and appearance as, and no lighter in weight than, the original. h) Mounting bracket(s) for fairing, screen and instruments, but replacements must be mounted in the original position on the frame, i) Handlebars, but replacements must be mounted in the original position on the fork assembly, j) Instruments and handlebar switches, provided disconnections are made at the standard connectors and the main wiring loom is not cut, k) Passenger footrests, l) A steering damper may be fitted, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT m) Fuel metering jets, but not carburettor slides or needles. Replacements must be within a numerical tolerance of plus or minus 10% of the original, n) Spark plug type, leads and caps, o) External gearing, but not chain pitch, p) Brake friction materials. 15.3 ENGINES - ROAD RACING FUEL - ROAD RACING 15.4.0.1 Fuel for Production Racing, Superbike, Production Superbike, Supersport, Superstock, Pro Twins, NakedBike, Minimoto and Sidecars must: a) Be Unleaded, b) Be no more than 100 RON, c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines, d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia, or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”. 15.4.0.2 Fuel for classes other than those listed in the previous rule may be leaded, provided: a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers approved by Environment Australia. b) The fuel purchased is logged in a Leaded Fuel Passbook issued by Environment Australia through MA. 15.5 SUPERSPORT 15.5.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, Supersport machines must: a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates for the particular machine, b) Be eligible for registration in all States and Territories in which they compete, c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in Australia; d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer, e) Have an engine capacity of: i) No more than 600cc for 4 cylinder engines, ii) No more than 675cc for 3 cylinder engines, and iii) No more than 750cc for 2 cylinder engines. 15.5.0.2 At least 20 production machines of that make and model must have been imported enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.4 15 15.3.1 General 15.3.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit the discharge of any lubricating, cooling or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked or otherwise secured in the tightened position in a manner approved by the Scrutineer. 15.3.1.2 Where flexible oil lines other than those supplied as standard equipment by the original machine manufacturer are used, they must incorporate high pressure hose secured by high pressure connections. For other than historic machines, worm drive hose clamps may not be used. 15.3.1.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and guarded to prevent contact with: a) The ground, b) Tyres or other moving parts over the full movement of the suspension. 15.3.1.4 4-stroke motorcycles must be equipped with an oil catch tank or sealed airbox: a) With a minimum volume of 300cc, b) Which is to be emptied after each event. 15.3.1.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water. 15.3.1.6 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic fluid levels must be maintained within manufacturers’ specifications. 15.3.1.7 A self-closing throttle must be fitted. 15.3.1.8 With the exception of Period 1-5 Historic machines, and production-based machines without a lower fairing which have ADR compliance, all machines, including sidecars, must be fitted with an integral lower fairing dam or separate catch tray, which must be constructed to trap and hold engine oil and / or coolant: a) For 4-strokes machines, a capacity of at least 3 litres, b) For 2-stroke machines, a capacity of at least 2.5 litres, c) With no less than 2 holes, each of 25mm, which may only be opened in wet race conditions. 107 into Australia, by the manufacturer or the Australian distributor representing the manufacturer. 15.5.0.3 Tyres must be homologated by MA and must: a) Be commercially available in Australia, b) Be manufactured for road use in all weather conditions, c) Be not less than the machine manufacturer’s recommended speed and load rating, d) Be worn no more than to the minimum tread depth indicators, e) Not be manufactured for only competition use, f) Not have an augmented or modified tread pattern, g) Comply with the service description (load and speed rating) permanently moulded on the OEM tyre side wall, h) Comply with the relevant requirements of the nominated standard. e.g: ETRTO, JATMA & TRA. 15.5.0.4 Only when a race or practice has been declared “wet”, the use of a special tyre, commonly known as a wet tyre, is allowed. Homologation is not required for wet tyres. 15.58.0.5 To be permitted to compete, a machine, without rider, empty of fuel, but with all other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh no less than 162kg for 600cc and 170kg for 750cc. A 1% tolerance at post race control will be allowed. 15.5.0.6 The following must be removed: a) Headlamp, b) Tail lamp, c) Reflectors, d) Horns, e) Traffic indicators, f) Mirrors, g) Centre and side stands, h) Registration plate / bracket and label holder. 15.5.0.7 Any sharp edges left by the removal of these components must be protected by a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm diameter. 15.5.0.8 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and 108 enjoy the ride tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent must exhaust into the airbox to the rear of the carburettor intakes. The lower airbox breather tube must be blocked. 15.5.0.9 The following may be removed: a) Passenger handholds and footrest assemblies, b) Instruments and associated cables, c) Chain guard and registration plate brackets, d) Air injection pollution control system, e) Carburettor anti-icing device, f) Rear fender, g) Registration plate/bracket and label holder, h) Steering damper. 15.5.0.10 The following may be added: a) Steering damper, b) Ride height adjuster, c) MA approved and official series timing devices. 15.5.0.11 The following may be replaced with parts not manufactured by the manufacturer of the machine. a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses, b) Fairing, Screen, Rear seat so as to provide for the mounting of a rear number plate, Rear bodywork, Rider’s seat, Mudguards, Tank covers, airbox intake tubes, air intake lids in bodywork and Side covers, but replacements must be the same in shape and appearance as the original. c) Mounting brackets for fairings and screens but the replacements must be mounted on the frame at the original mounting points, d) Handlebars, handlebar mounted levers, master cylinders and controls, e) Footrests and foot controls, but the replacements must be mounted on the frame at the original mounting points, f) External gearing, g) Exhaust system, h) Wiring Loom and Fuel Injection Control Unit, i) Spark plugs and high tension leads, j) Rear suspension damping units and springs, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT k) l) m) n) SUPERBIKES 15.6.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, Superbike machines must: a) Be fitted with the ADR compliance plates for the particular machine, b) Be eligible for registration in all States and Territories in which they compete, c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in Australia, d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.6.0.3 15.6.0.4 15.6.0.5 15.6.0.6 15.6.0.7 enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 15.6 15.6.0.2 e) Be fitted with a 4-stroke engine with a capacity not less than 800cc nor greater than 1000cc, f) Be homologated in accordance with Chapter 12, provided that, before any machine of a particular make and model may compete in any event, i) The range of vehicle identification numbers for each model must be provided to MA, ii) At least 20 production machines of that make and model must have been imported into Australia by the manufacturer or the Australian distributor representing that manufacturer, The choice of tyre is optional but any restriction on the number of tyres which may be used must be included in SR. To be permitted to compete, a machine, without rider, empty of fuel, but with all other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh no less than 165kg. A 1% tolerance at post race control will be allowed. The following must be removed: a) Headlamp, b) Tail lamp, c) Reflectors, d) Horns, e) Traffic indicators, f) Mirrors, g) Centre and side stands, h) Registration plate / bracket and label holder. Any sharp edges left by the removal of the above components must be protected by a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm diameter. Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle vent, must exhaust into the airbox to the rear of the carburettor intakes. The lower airbox breather tube must be blocked. The following may be removed: a) Passenger handholds and footrest assemblies, b) Instruments and associated cables, c) Chain guard and registration plate brackets, d) Air injection pollution control system, 15 Clutch plates and springs, Engine end casings, Radiator expansion tank, Battery, but the replacement must be capable of starting the machine prior to, and post race, o) Fasteners for fitting external components where the motorcycle manufacturer has no specified torque setting or it is less than 10Nm, p) Engine cam wheels, provided they are manufactured in the same material as the original, q) Head Gasket, r) Camshaft may be replaced, but the lift must remain standard, s) Valve springs, collets and retainers, t) Front suspension, springs and damping parts and fork caps may be modified or replaced, but the external appearance of the forks must not be changed, u) Air filters, v) Fuel tank filler cap assembly providing there is no modification required to fuel tank. 15.5.0.12 The following must be OEM but may be modified: a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted to alter valve timing, b) Gearbox drive dogs may be undercut, c) Cylinder head valve seats may be recut, d) Cylinder head and cylinder block mating surfaces may be machined, e) Carburettor slides. 109 e) f) g) h) i) Carburettor anti-icing device, Rear fender, Rear number plate bracket, Air filter element, Starter Motor and starter motor drive system, j) Alternator, k) Steering damper. 15.6.0.8 The following may be added: a) Steering damper, b) Ride height adjuster. The link arm rod may be changed or modified but the suspension linkage must remain standard, c) Data acquisition, computers, recording equipment (Note: Telemetry devices are prohibited), d) When items under the preceding rule are added, a Scrutineering downloading access plug connector is mandatory, e) Fuel injection control devices. 15.6.0.9 The following may be replaced with parts not manufactured by the manufacturer of the machine: a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses, b) Fairings, screens, rear bodywork and rear seat so as to provide for the mounting of a rear number plate, rider’s seat, mudguards, air intake lids in bodywork, airbox intake tubes, tank covers and side covers, but replacements must be the same in shape and appearance as the original, c) Mounting brackets for fairings and screens but the replacements must be mounted on the frame at the original mounting points, d) Fuel tank filler cap assembly providing there is no modification required to fuel tank. e) Handlebars, handlebar mounted levers, master cylinders and controls, f) Footrests and foot controls, but the replacements must be mounted on the frame at the original mounting points, g) Fasteners for fitting external components where the motorcycle manufacturer has no specified torque setting or it is less than 10Nm, 110 enjoy the ride h) Air filter element, i) Fuel metering jets, needles, air jets, air funnels (velocity stacks) and carburettor vacuum/slide springs, but not other castings, j) Carburettor jets, valves, needles and gaskets, k) Instruments, l) Wiring loom and fuel injection control units, m) Spark plugs and high tension leads, n) Battery and alternator, o) Exhaust system, p) Clutch plates and springs, q) External gearing, r) Engine end cases, s) Radiator expansion tank, t) Valve retainers and valve springs, u) Camshafts and cam wheels. v) Head gaskets, w) Front suspension springs and damping parts and fork caps may be modified or replaced, but the external appearance of the forks must not be changed, x) Rear suspension damping units and springs. y) A supplementary radiator, provided there are no changes to the bodywork, main radiator or frame. 15.6.0.10 The following may be replaced by other parts made by the manufacturer and fitted as OEM equipment on another Australian Design Rules approved model sold in Australia: a) Wheels, providing diameter is the same as original fitment. 15.6.0.11 The following must be OEM but may be modified: a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted or replaced to alter valve timing, b) Water pump impeller, c) Gearbox drive dogs may be undercut, d) Cylinder head valve seats may be recut, e) Cylinder head ports by removal of material only, f) Cylinder head and cylinder block mating surfaces may be machined, g) Alternator cover, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT h) ECU, wiring loom and fuel injection control units, i) OEM piston valve pocket machining. 15.7 SUPERSTOCK enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15 15.7.0.1 The category is for C & D Grade competitors only. 15.7.0.2 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, Superstock machines must: a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates for the particular machine, b) Be eligible for registration in all States and Territories in which they compete, c) Be of a make and model lawfully sold in Australia, d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer, e) For 2 cylinder engines, have an engine capacity of no more than 750cc, f) For 3 cylinder engines, have an engine capacity of no more than 675cc, g) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine capacity of no more than 600cc, h) At least 20 production machines of that make and model must have been imported into Australia by the manufacturer or the Australian distributor representing the manufacturer. 15.7.0.3 Tyres must be homologated by MA and must: a) Be commercially available in Australia, b) Be manufactured for road use in all weather conditions, c) Be not less than the machine manufacturer’s recommended speed and load rating, d) Be worn no more than to the minimum tread depth indicators, e) Not be manufactured for only competition use, f) Not have an augmented or modified tread pattern, g) Comply with the service description (load and speed rating) as permanently moulded on the OEM tyre side wall, h) Comply with the relevant requirements of the nominated standard. e.g. ETRTO, JATMA & TRA. 15.7.0.4 To be permitted to compete, a machine, without rider, empty of fuel, but with all other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh no less than: a) 162kg for 4 cylinder, b) 162kg for 3 cylinder, c) 170kg for 2 cylinder. 15.7.0.5 A 1% tolerance at post race control will be allowed. 15.7.0.6 The following must be removed: a) Head lamp, b) Tail lamp, c) Reflectors, d) Horn, e) Traffic indicators, f) Mirrors, g) Centre and side stands. h) Registration plate / bracket and label holder. 15.7.0.7 The following may be replaced or modified: a) Fairing, b) Screen, c) Rear body work, d) Seat, e) Mudguards, f) Tank covers, and g) Frame side covers, but replacements must be the same in shape and appearance as the original. h) Mounting bracket for fairing, screen and instruments, but replacements must be mounted in the original position on the frame, i) Passenger footrests, j) Spark plug type, leads and cap, k) External gearing and chain, but not chain pitch, l) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses, m) The muffler and tail connecter pipe at the bolt-on or slip-on flange joints only, the original header pipes must remain as supplied by the manufacturer, n) Front and rear suspension springs and internal components, but external appearance must remain 111 unchanged. o) Handlebars, but replacements must be mounted in the original position on the fork assembly and have the same profile and shape as the original assembly, p) Footrests and foot controls, but the replacements must be mounted at the original mounting points, and q) Air filter element, r) Engine and gearbox breather tubes and the radiator bottle overflow must exhaust into the airbox to the rear of the carburettor intakes. The lower airbox breather tubes must be blocked. 15.7.0.8 The following may be added: a) Steering damper, b) Ride height adjuster, providing there is no modification or alteration to frame or rear suspension unit. 15.8 PRO-TWINS 15.8.0.1 This category allows in many instances the mixing of parts from different models and years of machines, but caution is advised. 15.8.0.2 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, Pro Twins machines must: a) Appear on the homologation lists available from the Formula Xtreme Pty. Ltd. The Pro-Twins homologation list may be added to at any time at the discretion of the Formula Xtreme Pty. Ltd. b) Be fitted with original ADR compliance plates for the particular machine, c) Be a 4-stroke machine with 2 or 3 cylinders, d) Have an engine capacity between 690cc and 1300cc, 15.8.0.3 To be permitted to compete, a machine, without rider, without fuel tank fitted, but with all other fluids as raced, must weigh no less than 170kgs. 15.8.0.4 If a particular modification or change of part is not covered in these rules, then the modification or change of part is not permitted. 112 enjoy the ride 15.8.1 Definitions- Pro Twins 15.8.1.1 For the purposes of these Rules: a) OEM means Original Equipment Manufacture- but not year or model specific, b) OEM, per Model means- Original Equipment Manufacture- but not year specific, c) OEM, per Model and Year means Original Equipment Manufacture- for the machine’s specific year and model. 15.8.2 Pro-Twins - Frames and Parts 15.8.2.1 The following must be removed: a) Headlamp, b) Tail lamp, c) Reflectors, d) Pillion pegs, e) Horns, f) Traffic indicators, g) Mirrors, h) Centre and side stands, i) Registration plate and label holder. 15.8.2.2 The following may be removed: a) Rear mudguards, b) Inner guards, c) Thermo fans, d) Starter motor, e) Alternator, f) Anti-pollution gear and/or anti-icing equipment, g) Any other thing that will not affect the safety, structural integrity or visual silhouette integrity of the motorcycle, unless in contravention of these Rules. 15.8.2.3 Any sharp edges left by the removal of the above components must be protected by a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm diameter. 15.8.2.4 The following must be as OEM, per model and year: a) Frame, b) Swingarm, c) Rear suspension link, d) Fork tubes and sliders, but internals my be modified. External adjusters may be fitted e) Brake discs and calipers f) Fuel tank- no modifications permitted. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT b) Carbon fibre or Kevlar body work is permissible, c) Seat unit, ducting and intakes may be modified, d) Non-genuine fairing brackets, but replacements must be mounted in the original position on the frame, e) Fuel Tank- standard for the model and year. No metal may be added or removed, f) Petrol tank cap - Standard and operational for the model and year. enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 15.8.3 Pro-Twins- Engines 15.8.3.1 The following must be as OEM, per model and year: a) Stroke, b) Valves, but polishing is permitted, c) Connecting Rods, but shot peening & balancing is permitted, d) Crankshaft, but balancing is permitted. Lightening is not permitted, e) Crankcases, f) Cylinder Heads, but ports can be modified, machining permitted, but no added material, g) Gearbox, but undercutting and shimming permitted. No race kit, close-ratio or aftermarket parts permitted, h) Carburettor(s), but jetting may be modified, screw in jets may be fitted, no material may be removed, i) Fuel Injectors, j) Closed breather system must be retained and operational, k) Clutch basket. 15.8.3.2 The following must be as OEM per model: a) Radiator(s), b) Oil Cooler(s). 15.8.3.3 The following must be as OEM: a) Oil Pickup and Sump pan – capacity may be modified, but no race kit parts, 15.8.3.4 The following may be modified as follows: a) Air box may be modified or changed, ducting to airbox permitted, Carbon fibre is permitted b) Engine covers, aftermarket heavy 15 15.8.2.5 The following must be as OEM, per model: a) Fuel filler cap (must be operational). 15.11.2.6 The following may be modified, added or replaced: a) Brake master cylinders, b) Brake pads, c) Brake lines, d) Throttle housing and cables, e) Foot pegs, f) Gear levers, g) Foot peg brackets, h) Instruments, i) Handlebars, j) Triple Clamps. k) Steering dampers, l) Speedshifters. 15.8.2.7 The following may be modified as follows: a) Rear Suspension- Ride height adjuster permitted Shock absorber manufacturer and length free, b) Frame, where a subframe is replaced or repaired c) Subframe where repaired or replaced, but original profile must be maintained. 15.8.2.8 The following is free: a) Rear suspension link arm rods 15.8.2.9 Wheels must comply with the following: a) Diameter may be changed to 17”, but 16.5” diameter wheels not permitted, b) Front Wheel 3.5” maximum width, c) Rear Wheel 6.0” maximum width, d) Colour optional, e) Optional race kit or aftermarket wheels are permitted, f) Carbon fibre composite wheels are allowed unless OEM per model and year. 15.8.2.10 Tyres: a) May be slicks or treaded, b) Must be DOT approved, c) Must have a speed rating equal to or above the OEM tyre, d) Must be commercially available, 15.8.2.11 Bodywork must comply with the following: a) Silhouette as per OEM model and year, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 113 duty metal covers permitted c) Valve Springs – Manufacturer optional, d) Cam wheels may be slotted to alter timing, e) Piston- aftermarket or other OEM pistons may be fitted, machining permitted, f) Valve Spring retainers- manufacturer and material optional, titanium permitted g) Fuel Injection - remapping of fuel and ignition curves permitted. Manufacture of ECU optional, h) Wiring Harness may be modified, i) Ignition coils and spark plug leads and caps may be changed, 15.8.3.5 The following is free: a) Bore, b) Camshaft, c) Rev Limiter, d) Igniter box, e) Ignition trigger (mechanical only) f) Exhaust system (but must not exceed 95dB(A) measured as per GCR 12.8) g) Camshaft h) Compression ratio, 15.8.3.6 It is recommended that an engine cut-out operated by a lanyard connected to the rider by a cord or cable is fitted. 15.8.3.7 If in any doubt as to the eligibility of any parts, competitors are advised to contact Formula Extreme Pty. Ltd on 02 49842488 or t_oneill@aus-superbikes.com.au to avoid costly breaches of these Rules The Pro-Twins © rules remain the intellectual property of Formula Xtreme Pty Ltd and can not be used, copied or altered with out the prior written permission of Formula Xtreme Pty Ltd™. 15.9 NAKEDBIKE™ NK1 15.9.0.1 This category may allow the mixing of parts from different models and years of machines, but caution is advised. 15.9.0.2 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, NakedBike machines must: a) Appear on the homologation lists available from the Formula 114 enjoy the ride Xtreme Pty. Ltd. The NakedBike homologation list may be added to at any time at the discretion of the Formula Xtreme Pty. Ltd. b) Be fitted with original ADR compliance plates for the particular machine, c) Have a 4-stoke engine of 2, 3 or 4 cylinders, d) Have an engine capacity of 590cc or over. 15.9.0.3 If a particular modification or change of part is not covered in these rules, then the modification or change of part is not permitted. 15.9.1 Definitions- NakedBikes 15.9.1.1 For the purposes of these Rules: a) OEM means Original Equipment Manufacture- but not year or model specific, b) OEM, per Model means- Original Equipment Manufacture- but not year specific, c) OEM, per Model and Year means Original Equipment Manufacture- for the machine’s specific year and model. 15.9.2 Naked Bike - Frames and Parts 15.9.2.1 The following must be removed: a) Headlamp, b) Tail lamp and reflectors, c) Pillion pegs, d) Horn(s), e) Traffic indicators, f) Mirrors, g) Centre and side stand(s), h) Registration plate and label holder. 15.9.2.2 The following may be removed: a) Rear mudguards, b) Inner guards, c) Thermo fans, d) Anti-pollution equipment and/or de icing gear, e) Starter motor, f) Alternator, g) Any other thing that will not affect the safety or structural integrity of the motorcycle, unless in contravention of these Rules. 15.9.2.3 Airboxes, a) Can be removed, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.9.2.4 15.9.2.5 15.9.2.6 15.9.2.7 15.9.2.8 15.9.2.9 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.9.3 Naked Bike - Engines: 15.9.3.1 The following must be as OEM per model and year: a) Stroke, b) Crankshaft, but balancing and lightening permitted, c) Cylinder Head, but ports and machineable surfaces are free, d) Gearbox, but undercutting and shimming permitted. No race kit or aftermarket parts permitted, e) Radiator(s) f) Clutch basket 15.9.3.2 The following must be as OEM per model: a) Valves but polishing is permitted, b) Crankcases, c) Engine Barrel(s), but alterations are free. 15.9.3.3 The following must be as OEM: a) Oil pump(s), b) Sump pan/Pickup, optional capacity, alterations permitted, enjoy the ride 115 ROAD RACING 15.9.2.11 h) Steering dampers 15.9.2.12 Wheels must comply with the following: a) As per OEM, b) Diameter may be changed to 17”, c) 16.5” wheels prohibited, d) Front Wheel 3.5” maximum width, e) Rear Wheel 6.0” maximum width, f) Colour optional, g) Race kit or aftermarket wheels are prohibited. 15.9.2.13 Tyres must: a) Be slicks or treaded tyres, b) Be DOT approved, c) Have at least a speed rating equal to or above OEM tyres, d) Be commercially available, 15.9.2.14 Bodywork must comply with the following: a) Shape as per OEM, b) Seat may be modified to be a solo seat with number-plates incorporated, c) If fitted from standard a bikini fairing may be removed, d) Fuel Tank- OEM per model and year. No modifications are permitted. 15 15.9.2.10 b) If fitted, must have a closed breather system fitted and operational, c) May not be ducted other than OEM per model, d) May not be pressurised unless OEM per model and year. Any sharp edges left by the removal of the above components must be protected by a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm diameter. Frame as OEM for model and year, but repairs and bracing are allowed, Sub-Frame(s) - Original profile must be maintained if repaired or replaced. The following must be as OEM, per model and year: a) Swingarm, but alterations permitted, b) Brake discs, c) Brake calipers, Any modifications to the frame, sub-frame or swingarm must not compromise or undermine the structural integrity of the machine. The following must be as OEM, per model: a) Fork tubes and sliders, but internals can be altered and external adjusters can be fitted. The following may be modified as follows: a) Rear suspension: i) Ride height adjuster can be fitted, ii) Shock absorber manufacturer and length free, iii) Link arm rods free, iv) Rear suspension link free. b) Brake master cylinders are free, c) Brake friction materials and lines are free. The following may be modified, added or replaced: a) Throttle housing and cables, b) Foot Pegs, c) Gear levers, d) Foot peg brackets, e) Instruments, f) Handlebars, g) Triple clamps, 15.9.3.4 15.9.3.5 15.9.3.6 15.9.3.7 15.10 c) Clutch plates and springs may be changed. The following items may be modified as follows: a) Cam wheels may be slotted to alter timing, b) Gearbox - OEM for model and year. Undercutting and shimming permitted, c) Exhaust- manufacturer and material may be changed, d) Oil Cooler(s)-aftermarket and/or OEM can be fitted- Limit 1 oil cooler, The following items can be changed or fitted: a) Connecting Rods (but titanium prohibited), b) Bore, c) Pistons, d) Camshaft(s), e) Engine covers, aftermarket heavy duty metal covers permitted, f) Compression Ratio, g) ECUs, h) Igniter box, i) Ignition trigger (mechanical only), j) Spark plug leads, caps and coils, k) Speed shifters, l) Titanium valve spring retainers. m) Valve Springs n) Carburettors o) Fuel injection It is recommended that an engine cut-out operated by a lanyard connected to the rider by a cord or cable is fitted. If in any doubt as to the eligibility of any parts, competitors are advised to contact Formula Extreme Pty. Ltd on 02 49842488 or t_oneill@aus-superbikes.com.au to avoid costly breaches of these Rules. The NakedBike © rules remain the intellectual property of Formula Xtreme Pty Ltd ™ and can not be used, copied or altered without the prior written permission of Formula Xtreme Pty Ltd™ ROAD BIKE FREESTYLE 15.10.0.1 Any size machine is acceptable for Road Bike Freestyle. 15.10.1 Road Bike Freestyle- 116 enjoy the ride Licence Conditions 15.10.1.1 No person may participate in Road Bike Freestyle unless they: a) Are at least 18 years of age, b) Have a current MA Senior National Competition licence endorsed for Road Bike Freestyle by the relevant RCB, c) Wear the required protective clothing as per GCR 15.1 15.10.1.2 To gain a Road Bike Freestyle endorsement, a rider must: a) Have a MA Senior National Competition licence, b) Successfully complete the MA competency assessment for Road Bike Freestyle conducted by an assessor approved by MA. 15.10.1.3 A person with this endorsement can only perform at MA approved events. 15.10.1.4 The endorsing Assessor/Coach must: a) Reach the requirements set by MA to endorse Road Bike Freestyle, b) Have a minimum Level 1 Coaching Accreditation and Licence. 15.11 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – MINIMOTO 15.11.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Minimoto competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 15.11.1 Helmet 15.11.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-faced helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label; or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 15.11.2 Clothing -Classes other than Supers 15.11.2.1 Protective Clothing must consist of: a) Full leathers (1 or 2 piece), b) Minimoto race suits, or c) Motocross pants/jeans (Including body armour and knee sliders), d) A leather jacket must be worn in any class and while riding at any time. 15.11.2.2 A commercially manufactured back protector. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.11.3 Clothing - Supers Class 15.11.3.1 Protective Clothing must consist of: 15.11.3.2 A 1 piece suit or jacket and trousers constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 15.11.3.3 Where jackets or 1 piece suits are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety strap must be fitted and secured at the neck. 15.11.3.4 A commercially manufactured back protector. 15.11.4 Footwear 15.11.4.1 Boots with ankle protection which must: a) Be constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. but not constructed of rubber, b) At least overlap the suit or trousers when the rider is in the normal riding position, c) Not have soft leather soles. 15.11.5 Gloves 15.11.5.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 15.11.8 Footwear in pits 15.2.8.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit area. 15.12 FRAMES AND PARTS - MINIMOTO 15.12.0.1 Minimotos must be fixed or rigid frames2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.12.2 Rims 15.12.2.1 Classes other than minimotard - Rims must be 6.5” diameter. 15.12.2.2 Minimotard classes - Rims other than 6.5” diameter may be used. 15.12.3 Brakes 15.12.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the brake pad fixture. The safety wire used on the brake caliper bolts must be visible. 15.12.3.2 Classes other than minimotard- Brakes must be cable operated. 15.12.3.3 Handlebar levers must have ball ends with a minimum diameter of 10mm. 15.12.4 Rider identification 15.12.4.1 Additional to numbers on the machine, competitors must wear a high visibility vest with the number on the front and the rear. Numbers must comply with GCR 11.5. 15.13 ENGINES - MINIMOTO 15.13.1 As per GCR 15.5 plus: 15.13.1.1 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler caps and drain plugs must be visible. 15.13.1.2 Classes other than Minimotard: a) Single cylinder, b) Pull-start, c) 2-stroke engines, d) Less than 51cc. 15.13.1.3 A non-return valve must be fitted to the tank breather pipe which must discharge into a catch tank with a minimum capacity of 100cc. 15.13.1.4 Production based and Junior Classes do not allow : a) Any interior engine work that will benefit performance, including porting and flowing, b) Abrasives to be used to clean interior engine parts, enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 15.11.7 Hair and Jewellery 15.11.7.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 15.11.7.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 15.12.1 Tyres 15.12.1.1 Knobby tyres are only permitted in minimotard classes. 15.12.1.2 Treaded road tyres may be used at any time. 15 15.11.6 Goggles and Visors 15.11.6.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or “tear-offs” must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. no suspension. 15.12.0.2 Minimotos must have a working handlebar mounted engine kill-switch. 15.12.0.3 Foot pegs must be covered in plastic, rubber or nylon. 117 c) Machining of any description, d) Replacement of standard engine parts for performance parts. 15.13.1.5 Other than Minimotards: Final drive must be single speed via a dry centrifugal clutch (adjustable allowable). 15.13.1.6 Minimotards may have manual or automatic gearboxes. 15.13.1.7 Minimotards must be fitted with a hose running from the crankcase breather into a catch tank with a minimum capacity of 200cc. 15.13.1.8 Fuel must not leak when machine is laid on each side. Use of an O-Ring under cap permitted. 15.14.1 Supers 15.14.1.1 Engine can have any modifications within capacity restrictions. 15.14.2 Production Heavies 15.14.2.1 Minimum rider weight 80kg. 15.14.2.2 Standard air/water cooled engines. 15.14.2.3 No modifications may be made, other than: a) Main jet, b) Spark plug, c) Rubber inlet manifold, d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage), e) Airbox open, f) Exhaust i) Any type made by same manufacturer as the machine, ii) With a proven part number on parts list of country of origin, iii) No one off exhaust systems allowed, iv) No systems not sold or made by the manufacturer in the country of origin, g) Open gearing. 15.14.3 Production Lights 15.14.3.1 Maximum rider weight 80kg. 15.14.3.2 Standard air/water cooled engines. 15.14.3.3 No modifications may be made, other than: a) Main jet, b) Spark plug, c) Rubber inlet manifold, d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage), e) Airbox open, f) Exhaust 118 enjoy the ride i) Any type made by same manufacturer as the machine, ii) With a proven part number on parts list of country of origin, iii) No one off exhaust systems allowed, iv) No systems not sold or made by the manufacturer in the country of origin, g) Maximum gearing 66 teeth at rear. 15.14.4 4.2hp Seniors 15.14.4.1 Minimum rider weight 50kg. 15.14.4.2 4.2hp maximum air cooled mini or midi. 15.14.4.3 No modifications may be made, other than: a) Main jet, b) Spark plug, c) Airbox open, d) Gearing for riders up to 75kg, 66 teeth rear, e) Gearing for riders over 75kg, open. 15.14.4.4 Standard exhaust. 15.14.5 Minimotard Seniors 15.14.5.1 4-stroke up to 125cc (auto or manual) 15.14.6 Juniors 15.14.6.1 Ages 9 to under 13 years. 15.14.6.2 Junior riders (under 16 years) cannot compete with Senior riders. 15.14.6.3 4.2 hp air-cooled mini only. 15.14.6.4 No modifications may be made, other than: a) Main jet, b) Spark plug, c) Airbox open, d) Open gearing. 15.14.6.5 Standard exhaust only. 15.14.7 Minimotard Juniors 15.14.7.1 Ages 9 to under 13 years, 4-stroke 50cc (auto or manual). 15.14.7.2 Ages 13 to under 16 years, 4-stroke up to 125cc (auto or manual) 15.15 FORMULA ONE SIDECARS 15.15.1 Formula One - Frames & Parts 15.15.1.1 The distance between the tracks left by the centre lines of the rear motorcycle wheel and the sidecar wheel must be at least 800mm, but not more than 1150mm. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 400mm max 65mm min 3,300mm max 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ROAD RACING 2,300mm max beyond the centre line of the rear wheel of the motorcycle, b) In front of the rear wheel. 15.15.1.11 The drive must be transmitted to the ground only through the rear wheel. 15.15.1.12 The underside of the platform must be flat. 15.15.1.13 The lean of the motorcycle must not exceed 10 degrees from the vertical. 15.15.1.14 Banking sidecars are prohibited. 15.15.1.15 Machines must have a solid and effective protective barrier between the engine and the rider’s torso. 15.15.1.16 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are not permitted 15.15.1.17 A suitable passenger hand-hold must be provided on the outer side of the rear wheel. 15.15.1.18 Hand-holds must: a) Be moulded or positioned so as to prevent direct access by the rider or passenger to any moving parts of the machine. b) Not project beyond the outer edge of the sidecar mudguard or bodywork. 15.15.1.19 Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp: a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and a maximum of 100cm2, b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5 watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt conventional bulb, c) Installed at the rear of the main body and mounted above the driving wheel, at least 400mm above the ground, d) Visible at all times, and e) Switched on when the track is declared wet. 15 15.15.1.2 The overall width of the motorcycle and sidecar, including exhausts must not exceed 1700mm. 15.15.1.3 The overall height of the motorcycle and sidecar must not exceed 800mm, but the airbox and the immediate bodywork over the airbox only may be a maximum of 950mm. 15.15.1.4 The overall length of the motorcycle and sidecar must not exceed 3300mm. 15.15.1.5 The wheelbase must not exceed 2300mm. 15.15.1.6 The minimum weight of the sidecar including passenger and rider at the completion of practice, qualifying or racing is 375 kg. 15.15.1.7 The ground clearance, measured at the lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar, race-ready with rider and passenger on board and with the handlebars in the straight ahead position, must be not less than 65mm. After a race, a tolerance of -5mm is allowed. After a wet race this check is not performed. 15.15.1.8 Devices which reduce the ground clearance during the course of a race are not permitted. 15.15.1.9 Attachment points between motorcycle and sidecar: a) Must be not less than 4 if the sidecar is not integrated with the motorcycle, b) Must not allow movement at the joints, c) If the angle of inclination is changeable, must be secured by locking and not merely clamped. 15.15.1.10 The engine must be positioned: a) In such a way that the centre line of the engine must not exceed 160 mm 15.15.2 Formula One Sidecar Measurements. 15.15.2.1 The passenger must be carried in a suitably constructed sidecar with minimum platform dimensions of 800mm x 300mm, measured at a height of 150mm above the platform. 15.15.2.2 The body must be forward enjoy the ride 119 of the centre line of the baseboard, a forward portion of which must have an area of 230mm high, 300mm wide and 300mm long with at least 25mm radius to all corners. 15.15.2.3 The maximum space between motorcycle and sidecar baseboard must be 50mm with the rider in a normal racing position. 15.15.2.4 The body must be covered in at the front end. 15.15.2.5 Where a fairing is fitted: a) The forward extremity of the streamlining must not be more than 400mm in front of the foremost part of the front tyre, b) The extreme rear edge of the streamlining must not be more than 400mm beyond the rear edge of the rear wheel, c) The rear wheel and sidecar wheel must be enclosed down to the level of the sidecar platform on the inside and to the top of the rim flange on the outside, d) Spoilers and other aerodynamic devices must not extend beyond the overall dimensions of the bodywork, and must be an integral part of the fairing and body. 15.15.3 Formula One - Oil Containment and Underside Protection 15.15.3.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil containment tray must be constructed directly below the engine to: a) Hold at least half of the total oil and engine coolant capacity of the engine (minimum 5 litres), and b) Protect the rear wheel from any possible oil spray. 15.15.3.2 The edges of the oil containment tray must be at least 50mm above the bottom of the tray. 15.15.3.3 The front of the oil containment tray must extend upward to the base of the barrel or assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel is integral. 15.15.3.4 The underside of fuel tanks, engine casings and drain plugs must be protected from direct contact with the road surface by: a) Their location, or b) The fitting of an underpan, which must cover the area of the underside 120 enjoy the ride of the tank, case or plug. 15.15.3.5 Where a guard or underpan is used it must be constructed of: a) Steel, which must have wired or rolled edges, and a minimum thickness of 1.6mm, or b) Aluminium which must have wired or rolled edges, and with a minimum thickness of 3mm, or c) Fibreglass which must have edges rounded and smoothed and with a minimum thickness of 3mm. 15.15.3.6 Oil cooler(s) and oil tanks must be mounted below the main body, in a crash secure position. 15.15.3.7 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted with a non-return valve and must discharge into a catch tank with a minimum capacity of 500cc. 15.15.3.8 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge into a catch tank: a) With a minimum capacity of 2 litres, b) Which is located in an easily accessible position, c) Which must be empty before the start of each meeting. 15.15.3.9 All fuel and oil lines must be of an approved type with high-pressure fittings. 15.15.4 Formula One - Braking 15.15.4.1 Brakes must: a) Have at least 2 circuits operating independently, 1 of which must operate the sidecar and rear wheel, the other must operate the front wheel, b) Be designed so that if 1 circuit fails, the other works efficiently. 15.15.4.2 Carbon brakes are not permitted. 15.15.5 Formula One - Rider’s Seat 15.15.5.1 In the normal riding position, the rider’s feet must be positioned behind the knees. 15.15.5.2 The rider’s seat must be a minimum of 150mm above ground level, and a minimum of 200mm width. 15.15.5.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding 2 sub-Rules, “feet forward” sidecars constructed before the 1st January 1998: a) May compete below State championship level, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT b) Must be registered with MA. 15.15.6 Formula One - Steering 15.15.6.1 Steering must be to the front wheel only, and may be by direct or indirect linkage. 15.15.6.2 The motorcycle must be steered by handlebars. 15.15.6.3 The handle bar extremities must not be: a) Lower than the front wheel axle, nor b) More than 500mm behind the front wheel axle. 15.15.6.4 Whatever the position of the handlebars, there must be a space of at least 20mm between the streamlining and the ends of the handlebars or other steering systems including any attachments thereto. 15.15.6.5 The steering axis must not be offset more than 75mm from the motorcycle front wheel centre line. FORMULA TWO SIDECARS 15.16.1 Formula Two - Frame & Parts 15.16.1.1 The minimum weight (without fuel) is 136.5kg. 15.16.1.2 The maximum overall width is 1,700mm. 15.16.1.3 The maximum overall height is 800mm. 15.16.1.4 The maximum wheelbase is 1,651mm. 15.16.1.5 Track, as measured from the centre of the rear wheel to the centre of the sidecar wheel shall be: a) Maximum of 800mm, b) Minimum of 1,100mm. 15.16.1.6 The ground clearance, measured at the lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar, with the handlebars in the straight ahead position must be not less than 65mm. 15.16.1.7 The forward extremity of the streamlining must not be more than 400mm in front of the foremost part of the front tyre. 15.16.1.8 The extreme rear edge of the streamlining must not be more than 400mm to the rear extreme edge of the rear tyre. 15.16.1.9 At all positions of the handlebars, there must be a minimum space of 20mm between the ends of the handlebars and al other parts of the machine. 15.16.1.10 The passenger platform must be at least 800mm long and 300mm wide, measured 150mm above the platform. enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.16 15 15.15.7 Formula One - Engine and Gearbox 15.15.7.1 Engines in Formula One must comply with the following: a) 4-strokes (maximum 4 cylinders) up to 1200cc maximum, b) Engines must be commercially manufactured and readily available to the public, c) Bore and stroke must be as specified by engine manufacturer, d) Increasing the bore size to reach class limits is not allowed, e) From 1 January 2008, Formula One engines will be 4-stroke up to 4 cylinder with a maximum capacity of 1000cc. 15.15.7.2 The following may be altered or replaced: a) The original cylinder head, but the number of ports must remain as originally produced by the manufacturer, b) Camshaft, but method of cam drive must remain as originally produced by the manufacturer, c) Pistons, rings and pins, d) Conrods, however titanium or carbon rods are not permitted, e) The ignition system, but maximum revs are restricted to 13,000rpm, f) Carburettors, g) Crankshaft by lightening and balancing, h) Clutch basket, clutch plates, springs and hub, Sump, oilpan and oil pump. Oil lines containing positive pressure, but must be of metal reinforced construction with swaged or threaded connectors. 15.15.7.3 The gearbox must have no more than 6 gear ratios. 15.15.7.4 The following are permitted if originally fitted by the manufacturer: a) Dry clutch, b) Fuel injection. Throttle bodies must be as originally produced by engine manufacturer, c) Vacuum slides may be removed or fixed in the open position, d) Secondary throttle valves and shafts may be removed or fixed in the open position and the electronics may be disconnected or removed. i) j) 121 15.16.1.11 Hinged sidecars and steerable sidecar wheels are not permitted. 15.16.1.12 The Rider and Passenger must not be attached to the machine or in any way restrained from separating from the machine. 15.16.1.13 Glass Rear view mirrors are not permitted. 15.16.1.14 Reinforcement of the steering head is allowed to a maximum of 225mm from the centre line of the steering head. 15.16.1.15 Monocoque construction is not permitted. 15.16.1.16 The frame tubing must be of good quality steel tube, with a maximum diameter of 100mm at the broadest point. 15.16.1.17 Composite construction may only be used in the sidecar platform. 15.16.1.18 Titanium may not be used in the construction of the frame, front forks, handlebars, swinging arm and wheel axles. 15.16.1.19 Light alloys may not be used for wheel axles. 15.16.1.20 The streamlining must be easily detachable for Scrutineering. 15.16.1.21 Aerofoils or spoilers on streamlining are not permitted. 15.16.1.22 A solid and effective protection must be fitted between the driver and the engine, so as to prevent: a) Direct contact between the rider’s body or clothing, b) Escaping flames or leaking fuel or oil. 15.16.1.23 The rider’s seat must be at least 200mm long and 150mm wide and be fitted at least 150mm above the sidecar platform. 15.16.1.24 Cooling air intakes must have no forward projection or protrusion. 15.16.1.25 The battery must be covered such that neither the driver nor the passenger can come into contact with the battery or its contents. 15.16.1.26 Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp: a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and a maximum of 100cm2, b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5 watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt conventional bulb, c) Installed at the rear of the main body and mounted above the driving wheel, at least 400mm above the 122 enjoy the ride ground, d) Visible at all times, and e) Switched on when the track is declared wet. 15.16.2 Formula Two - Oil Containment and Underside Protection 15.16.2.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil containment tray must be constructed directly below the engine to: a) Hold at least half of the total oil and engine coolant capacity of the engine (minimum 5 litres), and b) Protect the rear wheel from any possible oil spray. 15.16.2.2 The edges of the oil containment tray must be at least 50mm above the bottom of the tray. 15.16.2.3 The front of the oil containment tray must extend upward to the base of the barrel or assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel is integral. 15.16.2.4 The fuel tank must be independently protected from the ground. 15.16.2.5 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted with a non-return valve and must discharge into a catch tank with a minimum capacity of 500cc. 15.16.2.6 The fuel filler cap must be in such a position that it does not protrude from the fairing and cannot be torn off in a crash. 15.16.2.7 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge into a catch tank: a) With a minimum capacity of 500ml, b) Which is located in an easily accessible position, c) Which must be empty before the start of each meeting. 15.16.3 Formula Two - Wheels, Suspension and Brakes 15.16.3.1 Hub centre steering, remote steering linkages and the use of articulated joints in the steering mechanism are not permitted. 15.16.3.2 The minimum diameter of an inflated tyre must be 400mm. 15.16.3.3 All wheels must be of metal construction and unmodified from original manufacture. 15.16.3.4 The front suspension must be either a leading or trailing fork, or links with the wheel equally supported on each side. 15.16.3.5 The rear suspension must be of the 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT swinging arm type and may be single sided. 15.16.3.6 Minimum suspension travel must be 20mm. 15.16.3.7 A sidecar must have a brake system which must consist of: a) 1 main system with at least 2 circuits operating separately, 1 of which must operate on at least 2 of the 3 wheels, b) An emergency system operated by a handlebar lever with a simple circuit operating on either the front or rear wheel of the motorcycle. 15.16.3.8 The rear mudguard must cover at least 240° of the rear wheel on the side nearest to the sidecar wheel. 15.16.3.9 The rear driving wheel must be covered down to the level of the sidecar platform and around the periphery. 15.16.3.10 The sidecar wheel must be enclosed from the sidecar platform and level with the sidecar platform on the outside and around the periphery. 15.16.6 Formula Two- Engine and Gearbox 15.16.6.1 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, Formula Two Sidecars must be fitted with a 4-stroke engine: a) For 2 cylinder engines, with an engine capacity of no more than 1,000cc, b) For 4 cylinder engines, with an engine capacity of no more than 600cc. 15.16.6.2 The engine must be positioned such that the lateral centre line of the engine must not be more than 160mm beyond the centre line of the rear wheel of the motorcycle. 15.16.6.3 The engine must be positioned behind the steering head and in front of the driver. 15.16.6.4 Throttle controls must be self-closing. 15.16.6.5 The drive must be transmitted through the rear wheel. 15.16.6.6 Exhaust fumes must be discharged towards the rear but not so as to raise dust, foul the tyres or brakes or inconvenience a passenger or any other rider. 15.16.6.7 The furthest extremity of the exhaust pipe must not exceed a vertical line drawn at a tangent to the rear edge of the sidecar enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.16.5 Formula Two - Rider and Passenger 15.16.5.1 The rider seated in the normal driving position must be completely visible, with the exception of the rider’s forearms, from the side opposite the sidecar and from above. 15.16.5.2 The rider’s legs must not be enclosed. 15.16.5.3 The rider’s position, regardless of whether a driving seat is fitted, must be such that the rider’s feet are positioned behind the knees. 15.16.5.4 The passenger must be able to lean out to either side of the sidecar and for this purpose the vehicle must be fitted with suitable closed loop type hand holds. 15 15.16.4 Formula Two - Steering and Control Levers. 15.16.4.1 Handlebar levers must: a) Have ball ends attached with a minimum diameter of 19mm, b) Measure no more than 200mm from the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball. 15.16.4.2 Handlebar grips must be: a) Attached to the end of the handlebars, b) No longer than 150mm. 15.16.4.3 Handlebars must; a) Be above the mid-point of the riders seat, b) Be 450mm wide, c) Be located on the sprung portion of the front suspension d) Not touch any part of the streamlining, regardless of the position of the bars. 15.16.4.4 All controls must be independently mounted. 15.16.4.5 Steering of the front wheel must be by non-adjustable handlebars fixed directly to the steering head of the motorcycle. 15.16.4.6 The front wheel axle must support the machine equally on each side of the wheel. 15.16.4.7 Steering lock angle each side of straight ahead position and measured horizontally at ground level must be a minimum of 20°. 15.16.4.8 Handlebar clamps must be radiused and engineered so as to avoid fracture points in the bar. 15.16.4.9 The steering head centre may be offset no more than 75mm from the centre line of the rear wheel. 123 platform. 15.16.6.8 On the side opposite the sidecar, the exhaust pipes must not extend beyond the streamlining. 15.16.6.9 On the other side, the exhaust pipe must not extend beyond the width of the sidecar. 15.16.6.10 Exhaust pipes must be fitted and positioned so as to prevent entanglement with other machines. 15.16.6.11 The gearbox must have no more than 6 gear ratios. 15.17 JUNIOR COMPETITION ELIGIBILITY 15.17.0.1 In addition to the General Rules regulating all competition, the following apply to Junior Competition: a) 7 to under 10 up to 50cc automatic, b) 9 to under 13 up to 50cc manual, c) 9 to under 13 up to 70cc manual, d) 13 to under 16 up to 80cc 2-stroke or 160cc 4-stroke manual, e) 15 and above 125cc Grand Prix, f) No more than 20 competitors may compete in any Junior event. 15.18 JUNIOR SOLO ROAD RACING 80cc 15.18.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted alterations set out below, Junior Solo Road Race 80cc 2-stroke machines must: a) Be of no greater capacity than 80cc, b) Carry all relevant chassis and engine numbers, c) Be 1 of at least 10 machines sold in Australia, d) Be as constructed by the manufacturer in accordance with specifications supplied by MA. 15.18.0.2 Tyres must: a) Be commercially available in Australia, and homologated, b) Be worn to no more than the minimum tread depth indicators, c) Not have an augmented or modified tread pattern. 15.18.0.3 Tyre warmers and tyre treatment may not be used. 15.18.0.4 The following may be altered or modified. a) The fuel system, with a 1 way vented 124 enjoy the ride system breathing into a separate steel or aluminium catch bottle with a minimum capacity of 250cc. b) Fuel metering jets, c) The cylinder and cylinder head, for the purposes of repair but original material and all original dimensions must be retained, d) Spark plug type and range, e) Front fork oil and spring pre-load settings, f) Brake friction materials, g) Sprockets and chains, h) The cooling system, but only water may be used as a coolant, i) No other alterations or modifications are permitted. 15.18.0.5 OEM carburetors must be used. The throat diameter must not exceed 28mm. 15.18.0.6 Paper or foam type filters must be fitted. 15.18.0.7 Still air boxes or air filter assemblies may not be fitted. 15.19 JUNIOR SOLO ROAD RACING 160cc 15.19.1.1 Machines must be 4-stroke and OEM. 15.19.1.1 The following may be modified: a) External gearing, b) Carburettor jetting c) Handlebars and footrests, provided original mounting points are used 15.19.1.3 Only treaded tyres may be used. 15.19.1.4 The use of tyre warmers is not permitted. 15.20 125cc GP CLASS 15.20.0.1 15 year old competitors may participate in the 125cc GP class only provided they: a) Satisfy their SCB of their competence, b) Obtain a licence endorsement for Road Racing only, c) Compete in the 125cc GP class or in combined classes with similar performing machines. eg. 250cc Production, 400cc 4-Stroke. 15.20.0.2 Machines must be up to 125cc single cylinder with a maximum of 6 speeds in the gearbox. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.21 positions. 15.21.1.4 Subject to the SR, the Clerk of Course may permit any competitor who does not qualify to start. COMPETITION RULES - ROAD RACING 15.21.1 Road Racing - Qualifying 15.21.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR, qualifying for starting grid positions must be held. 15.21.1.2 For events consisting of more than 1 race, starting grid positions will be determined by the following methods: a) For the first, by qualifying time, b) Subject to the SR, for a subsequent race in the same event, by qualifying order or by the order of finishing in the immediately preceding race. 15.21.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk of Course must allocate starting grid 1m Pole 1m 2m 2nd 9m 3m 3rd 5th 9th 15.21.2 Starting Grid Format - Solo 15.21.2.1 The starting grid format for solo machines will be as follows: a) The fastest qualifying machine will occupy pole position which will be in the front row on the opposite side of the track from the direction of the first corner, b) The remaining machines will be arranged on the grid in descending order of qualifying times according to the following pattern: 4th 6th 10th 7th 2m 16th first corner, b) The remaining machines will be arranged on the grid in descending order of qualifying times according to the following pattern: ROAD RACING 15th Use 1st row dimensions (shown) as a model for each subsequent row 15 14th 10m Starting Grid (solo) 12th 15.21.3 Starting Grid Format - Sidecars 15.21.3.1 The starting grid format for sidecars will be as follows: a) The fastest qualifying machine will occupy pole position which will be in the front row on the opposite side of the track from the direction of the Pole Direction of racing FIG 15.21.2 11th 13th 8th 2m 2nd 3rd Direction of racing 8m 4th 5th 6th 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT FIG 15.21.3 Starting Grid (sidecar) Use 1st row dimensions (shown) as a model for each subsequent row enjoy the ride 125 15.21.4 Grid Positions - Minimoto 15.21.4.1 There must be a maximum of 5 riders per row with a minimum of 1 metre between the riders; and 15.21.4.2 There must be a minimum of 2 metres between rows. 15.21.4.3 No more than 30 riders may participate in each race. 15.21.5 Starting - Minimoto 15.21.5.1 Unless otherwise provided for in SR, massed starts must be used. 15.21.5.2 Unless otherwise provided for in SR, qualifying for starting positions must be held. 15.21.5.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk of Course must allocate starting grid positions. 15.21.6 Road Racing- False Starts 15.21.6.1 Each machine must remain stationary in its grid position until the start signal is given. 15.21.6.2 A false start occurs when: a) The front axle of a solo machine, or b) The leading edge of a sidecar machine crosses the line indicating the front of that machine’s grid position before the starting signal is given. 15.21.7 Minimoto – False Starts 15.21.7.1 Upon recommendation of the Clerk of Course, a board showing “Stop & Go” as well as the riding number will be shown at the finish area to the rider who made the false start. 15.21.7.2 The rider making the false start must: a) Go to the designated “Stop & Go” penalty zone, b) Bring their machine to a stop (the engine must not be turned off), c) Remain stationary for a full 5 seconds. 15.21.7.3 The rider may then re-join the race. 15.21.7.4 This procedure is under the strict control of the designated Marshals. a) If a rider fails to stop after being shown the Stop & Go board 3 times, the rider will be black flagged, b) If more than 1 rider is to be penalised, the riders will be signaled on subsequent laps. 126 enjoy the ride c) Where the Marshals have been unable to carry out the “Stop & Go” procedure before the end of the race, the rider will incur a time penalty of 15 seconds. 15.21.8 Road Racing - Stopping and Re-running 15.21.8.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has excluded a competitor for unfair conduct and considers that such conduct has: a) Given an advantage to the team of which the offender is a member, or b) In the case of a non-team event, jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or more of the other competitors in the event, may declare the event void and order a re-run. 15.21.8.2 If the event continues, any competitor unable to cross the finish line as a result of such conduct on the part of the excluded competitor may be deemed to have finished the race in the place: a) Held immediately before such conduct, or b) Having regard to any advancement in placing following the exclusion, in some other place. 15.21.8.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an event and order it to be re-run if it would be dangerous for it to continue. 15.21.8.4 In any re-run: a) Any competitor who: i) Fell in the stopped event as a result of having been fouled, ii) Intentionally laid down his or her machine in the interests of safety, or iii) Left the course in the interests of safety, may participate. b) Any competitor who: i) Caused or contributed to the event being stopped, ii) Failed to start in, iii) Retired from, iv) Was excluded from, or v) Had been lapped during the course of the stopped event, may not participate. 15.21.8.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course has stopped a race due to danger, the following will apply: 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 15.21.9 Road Racing - Refueling 15.21.9.1 During refueling, each machine must be stationary with the engine stopped. 15.21.9.2 Refueling will be deemed to have commenced when the fuel tank has been opened and completed when the tank is closed. 15.21.9.3 While refueling is being undertaken in pit lane, 1 pit crew member must: a) Be designated to attend to any fire which may occur, b) Stand near the machine and overhead tower (if used), c) Have a minimum 9kg fire extinguisher suitable for extinguishing inflammable liquid fires ready to operate. 15.21.10 Road Racing - Refueling Devices 15.21.10.1 When the SR allow for refueling in pit lane during an event, the Scrutineer of the meeting, or their nominee, prior to that event must specifically approve the refueling equipment. The inspection procedure will be detailed in SR. 15.21.10.2 Refueling may only be carried out by the use of either: a) An overhead tower, or b) A refueling churn. 15.21.10.3 Overhead tower refueling systems must comply with the following: a) Fuel to be stored in a single container no more than 2 metres above pit lane, b) The container must not exceed 40 litres in capacity and must have a closed top, c) A filler cap must be fitted, d) A breather pipe not exceeding 70mm inside diameter must be fitted, e) The container may have a conical bottom, with the overall height of the container and cone not exceeding 800mm, enjoy the ride ROAD RACING 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT each to complete those laps, x) If at least 75% of the scheduled race distance is completed, full points will be awarded, xi) If less than 75% of the scheduled race distance is completed, half points will be awarded. 15 a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped race were completed: i) The stopped race will be declared null and void, ii) The race may be re-run, iii) The re-run race will be for the full race distance, iv) The original grid positions will be used, v) The place of any machine unable to take part in the re-run race will be left vacant, vi) Machines may be repaired or replaced provided they have been approved by the Scrutineer. b) If more than 2 laps, but less than 75% of the race distance, have been completed: i) The race may be re-started, but only once, ii) The restart must occur no more than 30 minutes after the race has been stopped, iii) The re-started race distance will be equal to the balance of the stopped race distance, iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined by the order of competitors at the finish line of the last full lap of the stopped race, v) Only competitors who have completed at least 75% of the laps completed by the leading competitor at the time of stopping will be permitted to participate in the re-started race, vi) Machines may be repaired or replaced provided they have been approved by the Scrutineer, vii) The stopped race and any re-run will be deemed to be parts of the one race, viii) The winner will be the competitor having the highest number of laps at the finish, ix) Where 2 or more competitors complete the same number of laps, the winning order will be determined by the time taken by 127 f) A flexible hose not exceeding 40mm inside diameter and 2 metres in length must be fitted to the bottom of the container and equipped with a “dead man” shut-off valve, g) The container may be fitted with tubing of not more than 120mm in length and inside diameter of 25mm beyond the shut off valve, h) The container must be mounted on a self supporting tower and must not be held by or attached to any person, i) Cistern type fuel cocks are not permitted. 15.21.10.4 The overhead tower, including reservoir and delivery hose must: a) Remain behind the pit wall, or b) Be contained entirely within the pit garage. 15.21.10.5 Delivery hoses may be moved into the pit lane from pit garages a maximum of 3 minutes prior to any pit stop and must be held by the relevant attendant at all times while in pit lane. 15.21.10.6 Refueling churns must comply with the following: a) A maximum capacity of 40 litres, b) Be designed to prevent fuel spillage regardless of the angle at which the churn is oriented, c) May have a conical bottom, with the overall height of the churn and cone not exceeding 800mm, d) Be fitted with a single flexible delivery hose with minimum flexibility between the churn and the fuel cock. 15.21.10.7 All churns and associated equipment must; a) Remain behind the pit wall, or b) Be contained entirely within the pit garage. 15.21.10.8 Churns may be moved into the pit lane from pit garages a maximum of 3 minutes prior to any pit stop and must be held by the relevant attendant at all times while in pit lane. 15.21.10.9 Any refueling in pit lane or paddock area not utilising the above procedures must: a) Be under taken with the machine either totally within a pit garage, or b) In an area of the paddock specifically 128 enjoy the ride designated for the purpose of refueling. 15.21.11 Scoring 15.21.11.1 The results for each competitor in each event will be determined by the allocation to that competitor of points in accordance with the following table: PLACE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 POINTS 25 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15.21.11.2 If a tie on points occurs for any position in an event which is conducted over more than 1 race, the tying competitor who has the higher finishing position in the final race of the event will be awarded the position. 15.21.11.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in a series, the tying competitor who has the greatest number of higher placings in the series will be awarded the position. 15.22 AUSTRALIAN SUPERBIKE CHAMPIONSHIP 15.22.1 Australian Superbike Championship Allocation of Numbers 15.22.1.1 In each class, riding numbers from 1 to 10 will be allocated to riders in the order they finished the previous year’s series. 15.22.2 Australian Superbike Championship Starting 15.22.2.1 Each event: a) Must use a clutch start, b) Must be preceded by a sighting lap and a warm-up lap. 15.22.2.2 Any competitor who does not complete 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT the warm-up lap must start the event from Pit Lane. 15.22.2.3 Pole position will be on the side of the track opposite to the direction taken by the track in the first corner after the start. 15.22.3 Australian Superbike Championship Restriction on Tyres 15.22.3.1 In ASC Superbike events, where there is a restriction on the number of tyres used, hand cut slicks will be deemed to be slicks. 15.22.4 Australian Superbike Championship Points and Ties 15.22.4.1 The competitor who obtains pole position will receive 1 additional point in the Championship. 15.22.4.2 In the event of a tie, the competitor with the greatest number of highest placings will be awarded 1 additional point. 15.22.4.3 Where a tie still exists, the competitor with the highest placing in the round, which is that competitor’s lowest scoring event in the series, will be awarded 1 additional point. 15.22.5 Australian Superbike Championship Race Distances 15.22.5.1 The race distances will be according to the Series SR. 15.22.6 Australian Superbike Championship Scrutineering 15.22.6.1 Machines must be delivered to an area nominated by the series Scrutineer at the conclusion of each series race and qualifying session. 15.22.6.2 Machines may not be removed from that area without the permission of the series Scrutineer ZAP racingZAPracing 15 g u a s rh da r k g u a r d ZAP racing shark guards * No drilling required * Attaches to bobbin mount * Available for most sports bikes * Required for racing ZAP racing shark guards * No drilling required * Attaches to bobbin mount * Available for most sports bikes * Required for racing ZAP racing fender eliminators also available - in lightweight anodised aluminium to clean up your rear ZAP racing fender eliminators also available - in lightweight anodised aluminium to clean up your rear ROAD RACING s h a r k Z A P r a c i n g m o t o r c y c l e a c c eZ sAsPo r iaecsi n g m o t o r c y c l e a c c e s s o r i e s telephone 0417 977 828 telephone 0417 977 828 info@zapracing.com.au info@zapracing.com.au www.zapracing.com.au www.zapracing.com.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 129 16. HISTORIC ROAD RACING AN OVERVIEW The following Rules governing Historic Road Racing motorcycles are written to facilitate the organisation of uniform and fair competition. The express purpose of these Rules is to ensure the motorcycles are in a condition, which is visually compatible with the period of racing being portrayed. These Rules are to be interpreted so as to ensure that motorcycles are presented in the spirit of the period. 16.1 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – HISTORIC ROAD RACING 16.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Historic Road Racing competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: ii) Elbows, iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and iv) Knees. 16.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back protector. 16.1.3 Footwear 16.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which must: a) Be constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. but not constructed of rubber, b) At least overlap the suit or trousers when the rider is in the normal riding position, c) Not have soft leather soles. 16.1.3.2 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear ankle length boots. 16.1.1 Helmet 16.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 16.1.4 Gloves 16.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 16.1.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers on sidecars. 16.1.2 Clothing 16.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety strap must be fitted and secured at the neck, b) In the case of a jacket and trousers, provision must be made to attach the rear of the jacket securely to the trousers, c) The following areas must be padded with at least a double layer of leather or enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick: i) Shoulders, 16.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 16.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 130 enjoy the ride 16.1.5 Goggles and Visors 16.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16.2 CATEGORIES & CLASSESHISTORIC ROAD RACING 16.2.0.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility, machines are categorised as follows: PERIOD NAME Period 1 Veteran Period 2 Vintage Period 3 Classic Period 4 Post Classic Period 5 Forgotten Era DATE RANGES Up to 31st December 1919. 1st January 1920 to 31st December 1945. 1st January 1946 to 31st December 1962. 1st January 1963 to 31st December 1972. 1st January 1973 to 31st December 1980. 16.2.1 Classes 16.2.1.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility there will be the following classes: CLASS Ultra lightweight Lightweight Junior Senior Unlimited Sidecar Period 2 Junior Period 2 Unlimited Period 3 Formula 700 Period 4 Formula 750 Solo Solo Solo Solo Solo Sidecar Solo Solo Solo Solo CAPACITY Up to 125cc 132cc to 250cc 263cc to 350cc 368cc to 500cc 526cc to 1300cc Up to 1300cc Up to 350cc 368cc to 1300cc 526cc to 700cc 526cc to 750cc 16.2.2 Log Books 16.2.2.1 Log books are mandatory for Historic Road Racing competitions. 16.2.2.2 Log books must: a) Be produced by the entrant at Scrutineering, b) Be available for presentation at any other time during the race meeting, c) Contain provision for Scrutineers to record any alterations or changes to machine. 16.2.2.3 Bona-fide international competitors riding machines from countries other than Australia may compete without a log book 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16.3 HISTORIC ROAD RACING 16.1.7 Footwear in pits 16.1.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. providing prior approval is granted by MA, and the machine complies with a safety inspection. 16.2.2.4 With the exception of machines covered by GCR 16.2.2.3, machines that do not hold a log book cannot compete. 16.2.2.5 Log book application forms are available from MA, the MA website www.ma.org.au, or from SCBs. 16.2.2.6 To assist in the issuing of a logbook upon completion of the machine, before commencing the building of a machine that consists primarily of replicated parts, plans and specifications must be submitted to MA for interim approval. Application forms for this purpose are available from www.ma.org.au. 16 16.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. ELIGIBILITY - HISTORIC ROAD RACING 16.3.0.1 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest wholly upon the rider or entrant of the machine. Service and Parts Manual publication dates are not proof of eligibility. 16.3.0.2 Entrants must enter their motorcycles at historic meetings quoting the year of manufacture. 16.3.0.3 The eligibility and dating of Historic motorcycles shall be considered in terms of major and minor components and the period of the motorcycle shall be the period of the latest major component. 16.3.0.4 For all historic competition, the year of the manufacture of a motorcycle is defined as the year of manufacture of its latest major component. 16.3.0.5 The dating of replicated major components is defined as the year of manufacture of the original component being replicated. 16.3.0.6 Major components are: a) All engine and gearbox external castings, b) Frames, c) Swingarms, d) Brakes, e) Forks and fork yokes, f) Carburettors. 16.3.0.7 All other components shall be considered as minor components. 16.3.0.8 Major components that were manufactured outside a specific period, but which are enjoy the ride 131 visually indistinguishable from period components shall be eligible for that period. 16.3.0.9 Modifications to major components are allowed, providing such modifications are visually indistinguishable from modifications proven to have been used in the period. 16.3.0.10 Components, whether major or minor, prohibited from use in any period will be deemed to be prohibited from use in all earlier periods unless specifically permitted under these Rules. 16.3.0.11 Minor components may be modified or updated, provided that they remain visually compatible with the period being depicted. 16.3.0.12 Components manufactured outside the period are eligible, if permitted under these Rules. 16.3.0.13 Fairings, streamlinings and cosmetic components must be based on patterns known and used in the period. 16.3.0.14 Worm drive hose clamps on oil lines are permitted. 16.3.0.15 All machines, whether standard or modified, must comply with the specifications of the period. 16.3.0.16 Everything that is not authorised and prescribed for use under these Rules is strictly forbidden. 16.3.1 Modification 16.3.1.1 The following parts must be removed from any machine before it may be entered in a competition: a) Headlamp, b) Tail lamp, c) Traffic indicators, d) Reflectors, e) Horns, f) Rear vision mirrors, g) Centre, rear and side stands, and h) Registration plate and label holder. 16.3.1.2 Any sharp edges left by the removal of these components must be protected by a rolled edge or beading of a minimum diameter of 3mm. 16.3.2 Capacities 16.3.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 1300cc. 16.3.3 Noise Control 16.3.3.1 Provided noise emission levels are not 132 enjoy the ride exceeded, exhaust systems may operate without silencers. 16.3.4 Engine Cut Out Switch 16.3.4.1 All machines must be fitted with an engine cut out switch which must be either a lanyard type or handle bar mounted. 16.4 REQUIREMENTS- HISTORIC ROAD RACING - SOLO 16.4.1 Periods 1 and 2 16.4.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a primary drive guard if so driven; 16.4.1.2 Oval number plates. 16.4.1.3 Unless otherwise contained in the machine’s original specifications wheel rim widths must not exceed WM3. 16.4.2 Period 3 16.4.2.1 Unless otherwise contained in the machine’s original specifications, wheel rim dimensions of a minimum of 18” (457mm) diameter, and maximum WM3 width on all wheels. 16.4.2.2 Oval number plates. 16.4.2.3 Front and Rear Brakes: a) Manufactured in the period, or b) Which replicate those manufactured in the period. 16.4.3 Period 4 16.4.3.1 Unless otherwise contained in the machine’s original specifications, wheel rim dimensions of a minimum of 18” (457mm) diameter, and maximum WM4 width on all wheels. 16.4.3.2 Oval or rectangular number plates. 16.4.3.3 Reed valves and crank case induction on 2-stroke engines, but only if the engine of original manufacture was so fitted 16.4.4 Period 5 16.4.4.1 Unless otherwise contained in the machine’s original specifications, a) For 125cc to 500cc machines, the wheel rim must have: i) A minimum diameter of 18” (457mm), and ii) A maximum width of 2.5” (63.5mm) front and 4” (101.6mm) rear. b) For Unlimited class the wheel rim must have: 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16.5 PROHIBITED USES - HISTORIC ROAD RACING - SOLO 16.5.1 For all periods except period 5: 16.5.1.1 Slick or grooved slick tyres. 16.5.1.2 Shock absorbers with remote or external reservoirs. 16.5.2 16.5.2.1 16.5.2.2 16.5.2.3 Periods 1 and 2 Reed valves on 2-strokes. Gear boxes with more than 4 speeds. Hydraulic & telescopic steering dampers. 16.5.3 Period 3 16.5.3.1 Direct crankcase induction other than rotary disc valve on 2-strokes. 16.5.3.2 Reed valves on 2-strokes. 16.5.3.3 Non-motorcycle engines and transmissions. 16.5.3.4 Disc brakes. 16.5.4 16.5.4.1 16.5.4.2 16.5.4.3 16.5.4.4 16.5.4.5 Period 4 Accessory air assisted front forks. Electronic fuel injection. Power jet carburettors. Mono-shock rear ends. The following machines or their major components: a) Kawasaki 900Z1, b) Yamaha TZ, c) Yamaha RD, 16.5.4.6 Mag wheels (Cast metal wheels). 16.5.4.7 Rear disc brakes, unless originally factory fitted. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16.5.5 Period 5 16.5.5.1 Floating front and rear discs unless: a) Manufactured in the period, or b) Which replicate those manufactured in the period. 16.5.5.2 The following machines or their major and minor components: i) Suzuki Katana, ii) Suzuki RG500 MkVI, iii) Yamaha TZ250H. 16.5.5.3 Unless contained in the machine’s original specifications, all anti-dive devices and external fork damping. 16.5.5.4 Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti-dive must be visually indistinguishable from factory original. 16.5.5.5 Electronic fuel injection. 16.6 HISTORIC ROAD RACING Minimum diameters of 16” (407mm) front and minimum of 17” (432mm) rear, and ii) A maximum width of 3.5” (89 mm) front and 4.5” (114 mm) rear. 16.4.4.2 Period forks: a) Forks of a type manufactured in the period up to a maximum diameter of 41mm, b) Forks which replicate the type manufactured in the period up to a maximum diameter of 41mm. 16.4.4.3 Rectangular number plates. 16.4.4.4 Front and rear brakes: a) Manufactured in the period, or b) Which replicate those manufactured in the period. 16 i) PERMITTED USES - HISTORIC ROAD RACING - SOLO 16.6.1 Periods 1 and 2 16.6.1.1 Methanol Fuel. 16.6.1.2 Amal GP, Monobloc and MK1 concentric to 35mm (1 ⅜ inch). 16.6.1.3 All period carburettors. 16.6.2 Period 3 16.6.2.1 Methanol Fuel. 16.6.2.2 The following carburettors: a) All non-period Amal carburettors up to 38mm, or b) Dellorto SS1and Dellorto concentric non-pumper carburettors up to 38mm, c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series carburettors up to a nominal 30mm. 16.6.2.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives and electronic ignition, provided they are concealed from view. 16.6.2.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads. 16.6.2.5 Reinforced gearbox castings. 16.6.3 16.6.3.1 16.6.3.2 16.6.3.3 Period 4 Mechanical fuel injection. Methanol Fuel. Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors up to 33mm bore size. 16.6.3.4 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers. 16.6.4 Period 5 16.6.4.1 The following machines or their major enjoy the ride 133 components: a) Kawasaki 900Z1, b) Yamaha TZ, c) Yamaha RD and LC. 16.6.4.2 Spoked and mag-type (Cast metal) wheels. 16.6.4.3 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and racing wets. c) Sidecar wheel brake prohibited, d) Linking of brakes is prohibited, e) Front brakes are to be hand controlled and rear brakes are to be foot controlled. 16.7.1 Period 1&2 16.7.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a primary drive guard if so driven. 16.7.1.2 Sidecars must: a) Use a frame of a type which could be ridden solo, with an outrigger sidecar chassis of tubular steel construction, b) Be bolted at a minimum of 4 points. 16.7.1.3 Wheel rim dimensions of a minimum of 18” (457mm) diameter, and maximum WM4 width on all wheels. 16.7.1.4 Oval number plates. 16.7.3 Period 4 16.7.3.1 Wheel rim diameters of be at least 10” (254mm). 16.7.3.2 Wheel rim widths of no more than 6” (153mm). 16.7.3.3 Moulded tread type tyres. 16.7.3.4 Front and rear brakes: a) Manufactured in the period, b) Which replicate those manufactured in the period, c) Sidecar brake permitted, d) Only mechanical brake bias adjustment permitted, e) Linking of front and rear brakes prohibited, f) Linking of rear and sidecar brakes permitted. g) Disc brakes manufactured in the period or are an exact replica of those manufactured in the period, h) Front brakes must be hand controlled. Rear and linked sidecar brakes must be foot controlled. 16.7.3.5 Front exit sidecar chassis configuration. 16.7.3.6 Oval or rectangular number plates. 16.7.2 Period 3 16.7.2.1 The height to the top bearing of the steering head must be at least 710mm (28”) unladen. 16.7.2.2 Wheel rim diameters of at least: a) Front 16” (406mm), b) Rear 13” (330mm), c) Sidecar 10” (254mm). 16.7.2.3 Wheel rim widths of no more than: a) Front 3” (76mm), b) Rear 4.5” (115mm), c) Sidecar 4” (102mm). 16.7.2.4 Tyre outside diameters must be at least 22” (560mm) front and rear. 16.7.2.5 Oval or rectangular number plates. 16.7.2.6 Front and rear Brakes: a) Manufactured in the period, b) Which replicate those manufactured in the period, 16.7.4 Period 5 16.7.4.1 Wheel rim diameters to be no greater 13” (330mm). 16.7.4.2 Wheel rim widths to be no greater than: a) Front 7” (178mm), b) Rear 9” (229mm), c) Sidecar 8” (203mm). 16.7.4.3 Rectangular number plates. 16.7.4.4 Front, rear and sidecar brakes: a) Manufactured in the period, b) Which replicate those manufactured in the period, c) Hydraulic bias adjusters permitted, d) Linking of brakes permitted, e) Must be fitted with an emergency system operated by a handlebar lever with a simple circuit operating on either front or rear of the motorcycle. 16.7 REQUIREMENTS - HISTORIC ROAD RACING - SIDECARS & CYCLECARS 16.7.0.1 Ground clearance of no less than 65mm for the whole of the underside of the machine (excluding wheels), measured with the machine handlebars in the straight ahead position, race ready with rider and passenger on board, 134 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT PROHIBITED USES - HISTORIC ROAD RACING -SIDECARS & CYCLECARS 16.8.1 Period 3 16.8.1.1 Sidecar kneelers. 16.8.1.2 Non-motorcycle engines and transmissions, except where originally fitted. 16.8.1.3 Disc brakes. 16.8.2 Period 4 16.8.2.1 The following machines or their major components: a) Kawasaki 900Z1, b) Yamaha TZ, c) Yamaha RD. 16.8.2.2 Electronic fuel injection. 16.8.2.3 Power jet carburettors. 16.8.3 Period 5 16.8.3.1 Methanol fuels. 16.8.3.2 Liquid cooled 4-stroke motorcycle engines. 16.8.3.3 Rear engine sidecars. 16.8.3.4 Steerable sidecar wheels. 16.8.3.5 Monocoque construction. 16.8.3.6 Banking sidecars. 16.8.3.7 Electronic fuel injection. 16.8.3.8 Floating front discs unless: a) Manufactured during the period; or b) Which replicate those manufactured during the period. 16.8.3.9 The following machines or their major and minor components: a) Suzuki Katana, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 16.9 PERMITTED USES - HISTORIC ROAD RACING - SIDECARS & CYCLECARS 16.9.1 Period 3 16.9.1.1 Methanol fuels. 16.9.1.2 The following carburettors: a) All Amal carburettors up to 38mm, b) Dellorto SSI and Dellorto concentric non-pumper carburettors up to 38mm, c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series carburettors up to a nominal 30mm, d) All period carburettors. 16.9.1.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives and electronic ignition, provided they are concealed from view. 16.9.1.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads. 16.9.1.5 Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing they meet existing dimensional criteria. 16.9.1.6 Reinforced gearbox castings. HISTORIC ROAD RACING 16.8 b) Suzuki RG500 MKVI, c) Yamaha TZ250H. 16.8.3.10 Unless contained in the machines original specifications, all anti dive devices and external fork damping. 16.8.3.11 Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti dive must be visually indistinguishable from factory original. 16 16.7.4.5 Front and rear sidecar exit configuration. 16.7.4.6 Steering / front forks: a) Leading or trailing forks, with front wheel equally supported on both sides, b) A cycle car with 2 forward wheels that was manufactured in the period or is an exact replica of those manufactured in the period. 16.7.4.7 Sidecars must use a frame of circular or non-circular tubular steel construction with a maximum diameter of 102mm (4”) at the broadest point, which was manufactured in the period or is a replica of a frame manufactured in the period. 16.9.2 16.9.2.1 16.9.2.2 16.9.2.3 Period 4 Methanol fuels. Mechanical fuel injection. Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing they meet existing dimensional criteria. 16.9.2.4 Hydraulic brake master cylinders of cylindrical appearance. 16.9.2.5 Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors up to 33mm bore size. 16.9.2.6 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers. 16.9.3 Period 5 16.9.3.1 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and racing wets. 16.9.3.2 Motorcycle engines that were manufactured in the period. 16.10 FUEL- HISTORIC ROAD RACING 16.10.0.1 Fuel for historic Road Racing must be: a) Methanol (with the exception of enjoy the ride 135 Period 5).or, b) Unleaded that is no more than 98RON, c) Which contains no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for 2-stroke lubricating oil, d) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”. 16.10.0.2 Leaded fuel, providing that: a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers approved by Environment Australia, b) The fuel purchase is logged in a Leaded Fuel Passbook issued by Environment Australia through MA. 16.11 AUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD RACE CHAMPIONSHIPS 16.11.0.1 The minimum number of entries to constitute a class for an Australian Historic Road Race Championship is: a) 10 or more bona-fide entries for all solo classes. b) 6 or more bona-fide entries for sidecar classes. 16.11.0.2 A bona-fide entry is defined as a full entry received quoting: a) A current MA National or National 1 event licence for the rider, b) An MA Historic Logbook number for the machine entered, c) Current contact details for the entrant, d) An entry fee paid, and e) The entry not withdrawn prior to the commencement of the race meeting. 16.11.1 Format 16.11.1.1 The Australian Historic Road Race Championship will be conducted as a single meeting at a venue selected by the Historic Road Race Commission. 16.11.1.2 The Australian Championship shall consist of no more than 2 races per period per class. 16.11.1.3 Race distances will be determined by the Historic Road Race Commission, in consultation with the Promoter. 16.11.2 Log Books 16.11.2.1 Machines entered in the Australian Historic Road Race Championships must have a log book issued by MA, or be covered by GCR 16.2.2.3. 16.11.2.2 Log book application forms are available on www.ma.org.au or from SCBs. 16.11.2.3 Log book applications may not be processed if lodged within 6 weeks of the Championship. MA MEMBERS GET BUSINESS RATES AT EUROPCAR How? see www.ma.org.au enjoy ride 136 enjoy thethe ride 136 2007MANUAL MANUAL MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2007 OFOF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17. 17.1 MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Motocross or Supercross competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 17.1.1 Helmet 17.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label; or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 17.1.4 Gloves 17.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17.1.7 Footwear in pits 17.1.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. 17.1.8 Junior Clothing 17.1.8.1 In addition to the general requirements for clothing, Juniors must comply as follows: a) Protective clothing must not be loose or flapping, b) Synthetic or rubber boots may be worn as an alternative to leather for competitors with smaller than a size 1 foot, c) Commercially manufactured body armour must be worn. Soft roost protection is unacceptable. 17.2 FRAMES AND PARTS - MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.1.3 Footwear 17.1.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Of recognised Motocross type, b) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material, and c) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with the rider in a racing position on the machine. 17.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 17.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 17.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 17 17.1.2 Clothing 17.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of similar durability. 17.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be non-combustible and be fitted with a lining, 17.1.2.3 A jersey which must be: a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or synthetic fibre, and b) Must be a snug fit and provide protection against abrasion to the body and arms. 17.1.5 Goggles and Visors 17.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 17.2.1 Solo 17.2.1.1 Hand lever protectors: a) Must be single mounted for Motocross and Supercross, enjoy the ride 137 b) May be double mounted on machines in club and interclub natural terrain Motocross events. 17.2.1.2 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front and rear wheels. 17.2.1.3 When the brake cam arm or lever is of the open or hooked type, the brake actuating rod or cable must be secured so as to prevent accidental dislodgment. 17.2.1.4 No machine may be fitted with scoop or paddle tyres. 17.2.2 Sidecar 17.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken between the longitudinal centres of the rear and sidecar wheels must be between 810mm and 1,200mm. 17.2.2.2 The minimum ground clearance must be 175mm unladen. 17.2.2.3 The maximum lean of the motorcycle at saddle height must be 50mm. 17.2.2.4 There must be no less than 4 sidecar attachment points. 17.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in plan view, taken from a line drawn no further rearwards than the lowest point of the front down-tube to the forward most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no further rearwards than a line drawn at right angles to the machine from the rearmost point of the rear tyre, must be: a) A minimum of 760mm long adjacent to the sidecar wheel, b) A minimum of 300mm width, with at least 25mm radius to all corners. 17.2.2.6 There must be no more than 50mm between baseboard and motorcycle and between baseboard and sidecar wheel. The baseboard must be arranged 138 enjoy the ride to prevent the passenger’s feet being trapped. 17.2.2.7 All handholds must be finished with a loop of at least 100mm. 17.2.2.8 Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s feet are not permitted. 17.2.2.9 Handholds on the sidecar: a) Must not project beyond a line taken with the outer edge of the sidecar mudguard or bodywork, b) Adjacent to the nose section of the sidecar and less than 200mm from the track surface must be at an angle of at least 45° from the horizontal. 17.2.2.10 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard must terminate not more than 65° above a horizontal line drawn through the rear wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard level on the inside. 17.2.2.11 The sidecar mudguard must cover at least 135° of the periphery of the wheel and be valanced to baseboard level on the inside. 17.2.2.12 No machine may be fitted with scoop or paddle tyres. 17.3 NOISE EMISSIONS - MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.3.0.1 Motocross machines must comply with noise emission tests as per GCR 12.10, however the following table should be substituted for 12.10.2 CAPACITY RPM Up to 85cc 8,000 85cc to 125cc 7,000 126cc to 250cc 5,000 251cc to 500cc 4,500 Over 500cc 4,000 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17.4 FUEL- MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must: a) Be Unleaded, and b) Be no more than 100 RON, and c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines, and d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia, or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000” 17.5 SENIOR CLASSES- MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.5.1 Machines Other Than Junior 17.5.1.1 The capacity classes for machines a) Other than for Junior competitions, b) Other than Australian Championships are: CLASS CAPACITIES Lite 2-stroke up to 125cc 4-stroke up to 250cc 2-stroke from 127cc to 500cc 4-stroke from 255cc to 650cc 17.6 JUNIOR CLASSES- MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.6.1 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.16. 17.6.2 80cc 4-Stroke Class 17.6.2.1 Machines in the 80cc 4-stroke classes must remain standard with the manufacturer’s specifications with the exception of: a) Exhaust system, b) Gearing, c) Carburettor jetting, d) Plastics, and e) Handlebars. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17.7.1 Senior Grades - Motocross and Supercross 17.7.1.1 The grades of competitors in Senior classes are: a) Pro Class, b) Intermediate Class, c) Clubman. 17.7.2 Freestyle Motocross 17.8 COMPETITION RULES - ALL AGES AND CLASSES 17.7.2.1 There are 2 levels of Freestyle Motocross Endorsement: a) Freestyle Motocross, b) Professional Freestyle Motocross 17.8.1 Starting 17.8.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR, massed starts must be used. 17.8.1.2 The order and position of each competitor will be at the discretion of the Promoter and will be determined on the day of the event. 17.8.1.3 The starting grid for all events will: a) Have not less than 1 metre space for each solo motorcycle, b) Be in 1 straight line, c) Allow for no more than 40 competitors. 17.8.1.4 The maximum number of starters must be specified in SR. 17.8.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR, for solo events: a) Individually backward falling devices, with each gate a minimum of 500mm and a maximum of 600mm in height, must be used, b) A rear barrier must be placed to prevent riders from moving their motorcycles no more than 600mm back from the gate. 17.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the SR, for sidecar events, the width of the starting grid must permit a minimum of 15 machines in 1 row, with 2 metre space for each machine. 17.8.1.7 Unless otherwise determined in the SR: a) All competitors must be called to the enjoy the ride MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.5.1.2 Sidecars. 17.5.1.3 Modern. 17.5.1.4 Pre 1985 - Note Frame and motor must be manufactured prior to 31st December 1984. COMPETITOR GRADINGMOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17 Open 17.7 139 start line at least 2 minutes before each start, b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and when the starter is ready, the starter will hold up a 30 second sign for a full 30 seconds, c) At the end of 30 seconds, a 5 second sign will be displayed, d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10 seconds after the 5 second sign is shown. will be equal to the balance of the stopped race distance, iv Selection of grid positions for the re-started race will be determined by the order of competitors at the finish line of the last full lap of the stopped race, v Only competitors who have completed at least 75% of the laps completed by the leading competitor at the time of stopping will be permitted to participate in the re-started race, vi Machines may be repaired or replaced providing this has been approved by the Clerk of Course, vii The stopped race and any rerun will be deemed to be parts of one race, viii The winner will be the competitor having the highest number of laps at the finish, ix Where 2 or more competitors complete the same number of laps the winning order will be determined by the time taken by each to complete those laps, x If at least 75% of the scheduled race distance is completed full points will be awarded, xi If less than 75% of the scheduled race distance is completed half points will be awarded. 17.8.2 No Jump Signals 17.8.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Motocross events to indicate immediate danger, 17.8.2.2 When yellow flags are waved, competitors must not: a) Jump, b) Overtake other competitors. 17.8.2.3 During the first lap of practice, yellow flags will be displayed stationary indicating there will be no jumping. 17.8.3 Stopping and Rerunning of Events where electronic timing is used. 17.8.3.1 Where the Steward or the Clerk of Course has stopped a race due to danger the following will apply: (a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped race were completed. i The stopped race will be declared null and void, ii The race may be rerun, iii The rerun race will be for the full race distance, iv The original grid positions will be used, v The place of any machine unable to take part in the rerun race will be left vacant, vi Machines may be repaired or replaced providing this has been approved by the Clerk of Course. (b) If more than 2 laps, but less than 75% of the race distance has been completed: i The race may be restarted if possible, but only once, ii The restart must occur no more than 1 hour after the race has been stopped, iii The re-started race distance 140 enjoy the ride 17.8.3 Finishing 17.8.3.1 The finish line must be: a) Marked with a flexible post at each side of the track, and b) Clearly visible to the judge. 17.9 COMPETITION RULES SUPERCROSS 17.9.1 Supercross Licence Conditions 17.9.1.1 No person may compete in a Supercross race unless they: a) Are at least 12 years of age, b) Have a current national competition 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT licence which is endorsed under the following rules. 17.9.1.2 To be endorsed as a Supercross competitor, a person must: a) Use a solo machine with a capacity of at least 80cc; b) Attend a Supercross training school conducted by an MA accredited coach, c) At the conclusion of the Supercross training school, be able to competently display to the MA accredited coach the following: i) Jump a double jump, which is: 4 metres for 80cc riders, 6 metres for 125/250cc riders, ii) Jump a tabletop, which is: 8-10 metres for 80cc riders, 10-12 metres for 125/250cc riders, 17.10 COMPETITION RULES FREESTYLE MOTOCROSS 17.10.1 Freestyle Motocross Licence Conditions 17.10.1.1 No person may participate in Freestyle Motocross unless they: a) Are at least 16 years of age, and b) Have a current MA Senior National competition licence which is endorsed under the following Rules. 17.10.1.2 To be endorsed as a Freestyle Motocross competitor, a person must use a solo machine with a capacity of at least 125cc. 17.10.1.3 To gain a Freestyle Motocross endorsement a rider must: a) Have a MA Senior National Licence and be endorsed for Supercross, b) Attend a Freestyle Motocross Training School conducted by an accredited Freestyle Motocross Coach, c) Successfully complete the MA competency assessment, d) A rider with this level of endorsement can only perform under the following conditions: i) Jump with a minimum takeoff and landing zone of 25m (distance is from front wheel to base of ramp), enjoy the ride MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17.9.3 Warm Up Lap 17.9.3.1 During the first lap of any practice yellow flags are to displayed stationary to indicate there will be no jumping. 17 iii) Ride through stutters at a competitive speed in a straight line, iv) A sound knowledge of Supercross Rules and safety issues as examined by a multiple-choice questionnaire. 17.9.1.3 The coach conducting the assessment under the preceding rule may endorse the licence of a person as a Supercross competitor. A decision to: a) Endorse the licence, b) Refuse an endorsement, or c) Grant an endorsement conditionally, will have the same force and effect as if it was a decision by an SCB under GCR 3.1 17.9.1.4 A person who: a) Has entered a Supercross competition, b) Has paid the entry fee for the relevant meeting, c) Is required to submit to an assessment under these Rules, and d) Fails to be endorsed as a Supercross competitor at the meeting. is entitled to a refund of the fee. 17.9.1.5 Once endorsed for Supercross, a person retains that endorsement unless: a) They fail to participate in a Supercross event each year, b) During the course of a Supercross meeting, the Steward or Clerk of Course determines otherwise. 17.9.2 No Jump Signals 17.9.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Supercross events to indicate immediate danger. 17.9.2.2 When yellow flags are waved competitors must not: a) Jump, b) Overtake other competitors, at the set of jumps where the yellow flags are waved. 17.9.2.3 The penalties for breaching this rule are: a) First offence, relegation of 3 places and up to a $500 fine, b) Subsequent offences in the same year, exclusion and $500 fine. 141 ii) Jump a maximum distance of 18m (distance is from end of jump ramp to start of landing ramp). 17.10.1.4 To gain a Professional Freestyle Motocross endorsement a rider must: a) Have a MA Senior National Licence, b) Be endorsed for Freestyle Motocross, c) Perform at a minimum of 6 MA permitted events with a Freestyle Motocross Endorsement, d) Consistently demonstrate an ability to jump a minimum distance of 23m with a run-up and run-off of 20m or less, e) Successfully complete the MA competency assessment for Professional Freestyle Motocross conducted by approved coach. 17.10.1.5 The Endorsing coach must: a) Be identified and approved by the MA Motocross Commission to endorse Freestyle Motocross, b) Obtain a Coaching Permit from the SCB in which the assessment is taking place. 17.11 COMPETITION RULES - FAST 50s 17.11.1 Fast 50s - Protective Equipment 17.11.1.1 As per GCR 16.1 except 16.1.3 which is replaced by: 17.11.1.2 Footwear which must be: a) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material; and b) Of a length that must at least cover the ankle, with the rider in a racing position on the machine. 17.11.2 Fast 50s - Classes of Competition 17.11.2.1 Senior Classes- 16 years of age and over: a) Stock 50cc, b) Limited 50cc, c) Mod 88cc, d) Mod 110cc, e) 110 Big Wheel Mid Size, f) Super Mod, 142 enjoy the ride g) 125cc, h) Open Outlaw, i) Women, j) Vets over 30 years of age, k) Seniors. Pro Class, l) Seniors. Amateur Class. 17.11.2.2 Junior Classes-. 12 to under 16 years: a) Stock 50cc. b) Limited 50cc. c) Mod 88cc. d) Mod 110cc. 17.11.3 Fast 50s - Approved Modifications 17.11.3.1 The following may be modified: a) Cosmetic changes, including but not limited to: i) Colour, ii) Handle bars, iii) Graphics, iv) Foot pegs, v) Gear levers, vi) Heavy duty rims, b) Air filters may be replaced with aftermarket products, c) Heavy duty springs and front and rear shock absorbers, d) Gearing, limited to sprockets, e) Exhaust pipes, f) After market camshaft and timing chain. g) Stock 50cc machines in both senior and junior classes may strengthen the frame / chassis. h) All machines, except those in Stock 50cc class in either senior or junior class, may use: i) After-market frames / chassis, ii) After-market forks, iii) Rear shocks, iv) Heavy duty clutches, v) CDI units, vi) After market close ratio gearbox. 17.11.3.2 Modifications to limited specific classes of machines as per table below, unless otherwise specified in the SR: 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT CLASS Stock 50cc Snr Stock 50cc Jnr Limited 50cc to 90cc Snr Limited 50cc to 90cc Jnr Mod 88cc - Snr Mod 88cc - Jnr Mod 110cc Snr Mod 110cc Jnr 110cc Big Wheel Mid Size Super Mod 125cc Open Outlaw Women / Vets Seniors. Pro Class Seniors. Amateur Class FRONT WHEEL (inches) REAR WHEEL (inches) 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 12 12 14 14 Open Open 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Open Open HEAD INCL PORTING AND GRINDING N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 17.11.4 Fast 50s - Capacity Tolerances 17.11.4.1 The actual engine capacity of a machine competing in a capacity class may not exceed the prescribed capacity. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT AUTO/ MAN std 50cc std 50cc 90cc 90cc 88cc 88cc 110cc 110cc 110cc 124cc 125cc 150cc 150cc 125cc 125cc N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y A A A A A A A A A A Either Either Either Either Either CARBURETTOR 17.12 STD OEM CRANK CASE Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N AUSTRALIAN MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIPS 17.12.1 Senior Championship Classes CLASS CAPACITY 2-STROKE CAPACITY 4-STROKE Pro-Lites up to 125cc up to 250cc Pro-Open 125cc to 250cc 251cc to 450cc Under 19 up to 125cc up to 250cc 17.11.2 Format 17.12.2.1 The Championship format will be determined by the Motocross Commission and published in SR. 17.12.3 Practice and Qualifying 17.12.3.1 As directed in the SR, any heats and qualifiers are to be held on the day of the meeting. 17.12.3.2 Timed practice for any event may be held either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday morning. 17.12.3.3 All grid positions will be determined by qualifying times. 17.12.3.4 No competitor may enter the track for practicing on any of the 8 days immediately preceding the event other than the official press day.. 17.12.3.5 The 10 competitors leading the Championship prior to each subsequent round will qualify for the round. 17.12.3.6 The remaining 30 competitors shall lodge enjoy the ride MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.11.6 Fast 50s - Starting 17.11.6.1 GCR 17.7.1.3 c does not apply to this discipline as there can be no more than 20 competitors on the track at any time. This number may be lower than 20 depending on the track conditions. 17.10.6.2 Starting as per 17.7.1, excluding 17.7.1.3c. INNER ROTOR 17 17.11.5 Fast 50s - Competition Rules 17.11.5.1 All machines must be an open cradle frame unless specified in SR; and 17.11.5.2 All entrants and competitors declare that by entering an event, that their machine / machines are suitable for the class in which they are entered. 17.11.5.3 All entrants and competitors declare that they have satisfied themselves as to the suitability of their machine for the purpose of racing. 17.11.5.4 GCR 12.6.4 (side stands) does not apply to this discipline. 17.11.5.5 GCR 17.5.2 (80cc 4-Stroke Class) does not apply to this discipline. 17.11.5.6 Rule 12.15.1.3 does not apply to this discipline. BARREL AND 143 an Expression of Interest for the series as per the SR. 17.12.4 The Event 17.12.4.1 For each class, a round will consist of 2 races. 17.12.4.2 The duration of each race will be specified in SR. 17.12.4.3 The races must be conducted on the same day with a minimum of 15 and a maximum of 40 competitors in each race. 17.12.4.4 Each competitor may compete on a substitute machine, provided that the competitor must notify the Clerk of Course before commencement of the race in which the substitution is to be made. 17.12.5 Allocation of Numbers 17.12.5.1 The No 1 numberplate in each class will be allocated to the winner of the previous year’s championship. 17.12.5.2 Numberplates 2 to 20 in each class will be determined by competitors’ overall position in both the previous year’s Motocross and Supercross Championships which is determined by: a) Aggregating championship points awarded in both competitions, and b) Aggregating them as a percentage as calculated by the Motocross Commission. 17.12.5.3 If 2 or more competitors aggregate the same number of points, preference will be given to: a) Competitors who competed in the most championship events, then b) The competitor who achieved the highest number of points at the last championship round they both competed in. 17.12.5.4 Competitors entitled to a top 20 number can either contest the next season with that number, or apply for a different number outside the top 20 numbers. 17.12.5.5 No competitor may compete unless wearing the machine identification number on their back in contrasting colours and with a minimum size of 125mm height and 20mm width of stroke. 144 enjoy the ride 17.12.6 Scoring for Each Race PLACE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 17.13 POINTS 25 22 20 18 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIPS 17.13.1 Format 17.13.1.1 The format of the championships will be: CLASSES Under 80cc Sidecars 80cc and over FORMAT 7 minutes + 1 lap 7 minutes + 1 lap 10 minutes + 1 lap 17.13.1.2 At least 5 practice laps must be offered to riders prior to the commencement of racing. 17.13.1.3 There will be a minimum of 5 legs per class. 17.13.1.4 If heats and finals are required: a) Heats will be 3 legs per class, with heats to be mixed, and b) Finals will be 3 legs per class. 17.13.2 Allocation of Numbers 17.13.2.1 A competitor’s racing number will be determined as follows: a) The first digit will be the first digit of the postcode for the competitor’s state of residency, except the Northern Territory, which will be 1, b) The remainder of the number will be at the discretion of the RCB. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17.13.3 Venues 17.13.3.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Motocross Championships will be closed to competitors for a minimum of 21 days prior to the event. 17.14 AUSTRALIAN SUPERCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP 17.14.1 Championship Classes CLASS SX-Lites SX-Open CAPACITY 2-STROKE up to 125cc 125cc to 250cc CAPACITY 4-STROKE up to 250cc 251cc to 450cc 17.14.2 Format 17.14.2.1 The format for both classes of the championships will be as determined by the Motocross and Supercross Commission and published in SR. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 17.14.6 Practice 17.14.6.1 Practice for championship events must be: a) Outdoor events - minimum 8 minutes for first session and minimum 10 minutes for second session, b) Indoor events - minimum 5 minutes first session and minimum 8 minutes for second session. 17.14.6.2 If the track is altered during the course of the meeting, at least 1 inspection lap must be offered to all qualified competitors. 17.14.7 Support Events 17.14.7.1 Support events may be conducted at the discretion of the Motocross and Supercross Commission. 17.14.7.2 There must be no less than 2, 4-lap practices available. 17.14.8 Awards 17.14.8.1 Total prize money for each round of the Championship must be not less than $20,000. MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS 17.14.4 Qualifying 17.14.4.1 Conditions of qualifying must be stipulated in the SR. 17.14.4.2 For the First Round of the Championships: 17.14.5 Grid Positions 17.14.5.1 Grid positions for the first Final of the first Round will be determined by: a) The placings of the top 10 competitors in the previous year’s championships, and b) The placings of the top 10 competitors in the Qualifying Final. 17.14.5.2 Grid positions for first Final one of subsequent rounds will be determined by: a) The 10 competitors leading the Championship at that time, and b) The placings of competitors in the Qualifying Final. 17.14.5.3 Grid positions for 2nd and 3rd Finals of each round will be determined by placings in the previous Final. 17 17.14.3 Allocation of Numbers 17.14.3.1 The No 1 numberplate in each class will be allocated to the winner of the previous year’s championship. 17.14.3.2 Numberplates 2 to 20 in each class will be determined by competitors’ overall position in both the previous year’s Motocross and Supercross Championships which is determined by: a) Aggregating championship points awarded in both competitions, and b) Aggregating them as a percentage as calculated by the Motocross Commission. 17.14.3.3 If 2 or more competitors aggregate the same number of points, preference will be given to: a) Competitors who competed in the most championship events, then b) The competitor who achieved the highest number of points at the last championship round they both competed in. 17.14.3.4 Competitors entitled to a top 20 number can either contest the next season with that number, or apply for a different number outside the top 20 numbers. a) The top 10 competitors in the previous year’s championship will automatically qualify, and b) The remaining 10 competitors will be determined by qualifying races. 17.14.4.3 For remaining rounds, the 10 competitors leading the championship will qualify. 17.14.9 Points Allocation 17.14.9.1 For events which have a minimum of 10 start gates points will be allocated in enjoy the ride 145 accordance with the previous rule. 17.14.9.2 For events which have fewer than 10 start gates, points will be allocated to finishers in the Final and Last Chance Qualifier on a descending basis. PLACE POINTS PLACE POINTS 1 25 11 10 2 22 12 9 3 20 13 8 4 18 14 7 5 16 15 6 6 15 16 5 7 14 17 4 8 13 18 3 9 12 19 2 10 11 20 1 17.14.9.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in the championship, the tying competitor who has the greatest number of higher placings will be the awarded the position. 146 enjoy the ride Thinking about Rule changes? If you believe a rule should be changed or a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your Club to propose amendments and/or additions. Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book. The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or added. There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 247 It’s YOUR SPORT- we welcome your input 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18 18.1 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK the rider in a racing position on the machine. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING- CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete under this Chapter unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 18.1.1 Helmet 18.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1] 18.1.2 Clothing 18.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of similar durability. 18.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be non-combustible and be fitted with a lining, 18.1.2.3 A jersey which must be: a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or synthetic fibre, and b) Must be a snug fit and provide protection against abrasion to the body and arms. 18.1.2.4 Dirt track riders must wear a commercially manufactured back protector, which continuously covers the back area between the collar line and the base of the spine. 18.1.3 Footwear 18.1.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Of recognised Motocross type for Motocross and of Dirt Track type for Dirt Track, b) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material, and c) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18.1.4 Gloves 18.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 18.1.5 Goggles and Visors 18.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK 18. 18.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 18.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 18.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 18.1.7 Footwear in pits 18.1.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. 18.2 ELIGIBILITY- CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.2.1 Eligible Machines 18.2.1.1 Only machines conforming to the following requirements will be accepted. 18.2.1.2 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest wholly upon the rider or entrant of the machine. Service and Parts Manual publication dates are not proof of eligibility. 18.2.2 Classes 18.2.2.1 The following classes shall be recognised for Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt Track. enjoy the ride 147 a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) m) n) o) p) q) r) s) t) Pre-1960: Solo All Powers, Pre-1965: Solo 250, Pre-1965: Solo 263 & over, Pre-1968 unit construction All Powers 4-stroke (2 year trial 2006/2007), Pre-1968 pre-unit construction All Powers 4-stroke (2 year trial 2006/2007), Pre-1968: Sidecar up to 1300cc, Pre-1970: Solo 250, Pre-1970: Solo 263 & over, Pre-1975: Solo 125, Pre-1975: Solo 250, Pre-1975: Solo 263 & over, Pre-1975: Solo All Powers 4-stroke, Pre-1975: Sidecar up to 1300cc, Pre-1978: Solo 125, Pre-1978: Solo 250, Pre-1978: Solo 263 & over, Pre-1985: Sidecars up to 1300cc, Slider class up to 250cc (Dirt Track events only), Slider class over 263cc (Dirt Track events only), Juniors Pre-1975: Up to 125cc 2stroke or up to 250cc 4-stroke, 18.2.3 Age Groups 18.2.3.1 Age is determined as at the date of the meeting or 1st round for series events. 18.2.3.2 Age grouping applies to competition up to and including Pre-1975 class. 18.2.3.3 Age groups are: a) Under 30, b) 30 – 39, c) 40 – 49, d) 50 – 59, e) 60 plus, f) Juniors, aged 13 to under 16 years. 18.2.3.4 Junior riders can only compete in the Junior class, and not with Senior riders. 18.3 MACHINE REQUIREMENTSCLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.3.0.1 Methanol is permitted. 18.3.0.2 Maximum engine capacity shall be 1300cc. 18.3.0.3 Number of gears ratios shall remain as per original model specifications. 148 enjoy the ride 18.3.0.4 Exhaust may be modified but must generally follow original lines. 18.3.0.5 Self returning folding footrests must be fitted. 18.4 MACHINE AND CLASS IDENTIFICATION- CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.4.0.1 Number plates shall be either oval or rectangular and in the following colours: CAPACITY Up to 125cc 126cc to 250cc 251cc and over BACKGROUND COLOUR Black Dark Green Canary Yellow FIGURE COLOUR White White Black 18.4.1 Class Identification 18.4.1.1 A letter will be: a) Used to identify the class of the machine, b) Placed on the left side of all 3 race plates, c) 50mm high, and in upper case, d) The same colour as the race number. 18.4.1.2 Identification letters for each class are: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) Pre-1960 Pre-1965 Pre-1968 Pre-1970 Pre-1975 Pre-1978 Evolution “A”. “N”. “F”. “H”. “X”. “Z”. “E”. h) Pre-1985 “Y” 18.5 FRAMES & PARTS - SOLOCLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.5.0.1 Replica frames are acceptable provided: a) They conform with the original, and b) They meet the year cut-off dates for the class in which the machine is to compete. 18.5.0.2 It is not acceptable for frame tube runs to be different to the original, even if the frame geometry is apparently the same. The machine must look like the original. 18.5.0.3 For the Pre-1960 class, plastic or fibreglass is not permitted for tanks, mudguards, seats and side panels. 18.5.0.4 Brakes: a) As per relevant period for the class 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18.5.0.8 ENGINES - CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.6.0.1 Engines must remain externally unchanged. 18.6.0.2 All major components must have been manufactured within the period, or be replicas of components manufactured within the period, specified for the class in which the machine competes, other than those listed in the Components Tables. 18.6.0.3 Specials must comprise of components manufactured within the period, or be replicas of components manufactured within the period, specified for the class in which the machine competes and be a true reflection of the period depicted. 18.6.0.4 Carburettors: a) Any round-slide carburettor of a type available pre-1975 may be used except the Pre-1960 class where a Mk1 Amal Concentric or period carburettor may be used. b) Flat-slide carburettors are prohibited, c) No reed-valves permitted on machines up to and including Pre1970 class. 18.6.0.5 Ignition: a) Any ignition system can be used as long as the external appearance of the engine remains unchanged. 18.6.0.6 Yamaha XS1 and XS650 engines are eligible in both the Pre-1970 and Pre1975 classes. 18.7 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK 18.5.0.7 18.6 18 18.5.0.5 18.5.0.6 in which the machine is to compete, b) Disc brakes as originally fitted by manufacturers (Rokon, Dalesman and Tyron/Wassel). Rear tyre: Any modern Motocross tyre may be used provided: a) The width across the tread does not exceed: i) Pre-1960- 4.5” (114mm), ii) Pre-1965, Pre-1970, Pre-1975 - 5” (127mm). For the Pre-1960 class, Lightweight alloy rims must be of the Borrani pattern (mud catcher type). Suspension: a) Front wheel travel shall be no more than 178mm (7”), b) Front fork tubes up to a maximum of 35mm diameter only permitted except when larger was originally fitted to that machine (exception Maico 36mm) AJS, Bultaco Matador and Hatta leading axle forks allowed, c) Maximum travel by leading/trailing link front suspension is limited to 150mm (6”) vertical movement at the axle, d) Pre-1960 class: No Ceriani-type forks are permitted. This includes M.P., REH, Husqvarna, CZ, Betor, Bultaco, Montesa or late BSA/ Triumph, e) Rear wheel travel must be no more than 102mm (4”) measured at the axle, f) Machines fitted with suspension of more than 102mm (4”) of rear travel standard, shall have spacers fitted to the shock absorber shaft to reduce wheel travel to 102mm (4”), g) Rear shock absorbers shall be in the original position, using the original mounting points, h) Remote reservoir rear shocks are not eligible, except where fitted as standard for that model. TABLES OF ACCEPTED MACHINES- CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.7.0.1 The tables set out in this Chapter lists the machines and components which the Commission and Scrutineers may use as a guide in determining eligibility. 18.7.1 Tables of Machines and Components – Pre-1960 18.7.1.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1960 class are machines built up to and including the 1959 model. The only exception to this rule is where the model remains unaltered after this date. MA MEMBERS GET 10% OFF ARIEL BIKE BATTERIES How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 149 MAKE AJS/ Matchless Ariel BSA Cotton DOT DMW ESO FN Francis Barnett Gilera Greeves Husqvarna James LITO Norman Norton Metisse Sarolea Sun Tandon Triumph Villiers Vincent Velocette Japanese MODEL(S) All except G85CS and G85ICS All 4-strokes All pre-unit, C15 distributor models and Bantams (No Cheney frames allowed). Single down tube, leading link only (250cc conversion allowed) Round tube frames only (250cc conversion allowed) Up to and including Mk12 (250cc conversion allowed) 4-stroke All Up to Falcon 82. Saturno Cross Up to and including Hawkstone SAS, 25SA, 24 and 20SAS and SCS. 175cc 3-speed 2-stroke, 500cc Albinbased 4-stroke Up to Cotswold with AMC engine. All BSA/LITO engines Some LITO/ Albin engines All All singles, 500 and 650 twins Mk1 Triumph engine BSA duplex frame and Mk2 Triumph engine (The Mk2 has fibreglass bodywork which is acceptable). All All All All pre-unit and distributor unit models only. Only Ajax and Vale Onslow conversions for Villiers engines are acceptable. No Starmaker engines. All All All pre-1960 18.7.2 Tables of Machines and Components – 1960- 1965 18.7.2.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1965 class are machines built up to and including the 1964 model. The only exception to this rule is where the model remains unaltered after this date. MAKE AJS Ariel Bultaco BSA MODEL(S) All 4-strokes All Pre 1965 only All except B44 and B50. 150 enjoy the ride Cotton CZ Enfield ESO DOT DKW DMW FN Francis Barnett Gilera Greeves Hedlund Husqvarna James Jawa LITO Maico 250 Maico Matchless Monark Montesa Moto Parilla Norman Norton Puch Royal Enfield Sarolea Sprite Sun Tandon Triumph Velocette Vincent Japanese SPECIALS Cheney Greeves Kyffin MABSA Metisse Puissant All originally fitted with leading link forks. (Also permissible are machines fitted with telescopic forks at a later date. Villiers and Triumph engines only). 250cc Twin port models only All Enfield of India without modern attributes which contravene the general requirements. All 2-valve 4-strokes All All pre-1965 All All All Saturno Cross All 250cc alloy beam up to Mk3. All 2-stroke: 250 bolt up frames only to 1967. Later American Enduro frames are not acceptable. 4-stroke: All Alibi-based engines. All 2-stroke: All except ISDT 4-stroke: All 2-valve All Pre 1965 only MC175 All All Albin-based engines. Some early 2-strokes may be eligible. All pre 1965 250cc 4-stroke engines. All All except P11 and Commando Some early 2-strokes may be eligible All All 4-strokes All pre 1965 All Villiers and Triumph engines All All All except T140, TSS, T150, T160 and BSA unit single derivatives All All All pre 1965 All Gold Star Triumph: all DOT and Sapphire All Up to Mk3 only 4-strokes only 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT All All All Table of Acceptable Components Pre1965 Only 18.7.3.1 The following parts, or replicas of, do not necessarily comply with the cut-off date, but offer no real technological advantage over components made before that date. Components must not exceed manufacturing date of 31st December 1969. Forks Wheels Controls Handlebars Brakes Frames Engines Ceriani, MP, REH, Husqvarna, CZ, Betor, Bultaco, Montesa BSA/Triumph. (Note: Late-type Ceriani and Betor [Can-Am] with long sliders are not permitted). Rickman alloy and magnesium, REH, BSA/Triumph conical alloy, AJS Stormer, Greeves conical, small Husqvarna, CZ Motocross and pattern parts to these designs. Early Bultaco full width hubs and Montesa full width hubs are allowed. All side pull throttles and late clutch and front brake levers. All, including alloy. Single leading shoe brakes only unless manufactured prior to 31/12/1964. This includes replica frames. BSA B50 and B25SS frames are not permitted. All JAP (J A Prestwitch). 18.7.4 Tables of Machines and Components – 1965- 1970 18.7.4.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1970 class are machines built up to and including the 1969 model. The only exception to this rule is where the model remains unaltered after this date. MAKE AJS BSA Bultaco CZ DKW DOT Greeves MODEL(S) Stormer (all) B44 up to & incl. B25, C15, Bantam Up to & incl. MK4 boat tail Pursang & El Bandido, Sherpas & their Enduro versions (Lobito, Matador, Campera). Twin port, 360(969-0), 250(980-02) 5 speed Any Any alloy beam model. All steel tubing frame models numbers 56, 58, & 59 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Husqvarna Jawa Kawasaki Maico Montesa MZ Ossa Suzuki Triumph Yamaha Zundapp CL175, CL350 Ace 100, Ace 90 Any oval case engine in original frame 250, 360 & 400 Scrambler & banana frame 6 day bike, Jawa early CZ 250 trail bike F2IM(250), F4(250), F5(350) Oval case engine square barrel 250 & 360 Lacrosse 250, Orange Capra GP250, GP360 & early King Scorpion ISDT Stiletto 4 speed, 230 Pioneer 4 speed TS250 1969 model, points ignition & appropriate engine cases T100 and all pre 1970 models AT1, DT1, CT1, rectangular swing arm DT1 & RT1 pre-reed block ISDT 18.7.5 Tables of Machines and Components – 1970- 1975 18.7.5.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1975 class are machines built up to and including the 1974 model. The only exception to this rule is where the model remains unaltered after this date. MAKE AJS Benelli BSA Bultaco Carabela Can-Am CCM Cooper CZ DKW Ducati Gemini Greeves Honda Hodaka Husqvarna Harley Davidson Indian Jawa Kawasaki CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK 18.7.3 Honda Hodaka 18 TRIBSA Wasp Cochise MODEL(S) 410 (all inclusive) 175 trail B50 Up to & incl. MK7 125, 250 & 360 200 175, 250 TNT only BSA based All Up to & incl. 1974 models incl CMS framed CZs 6 speed radial finned 125 RT 450 175 trail All models CR125M, CR250M, XL250 K0, XL350 K0,K1, all SL100, all SL125, all SL350, all XL100 K0, MT250. All 100 & 125 models Up to & incl. Magnesium engine reed valve 250 & others. Pre Mikkola replica - no radial finned engines. All SX125, SX250, SX175 trail All ISDE 250, 402 KX125 74, KX250 74, KX450 74, F11M, F12M, F81M enjoy the ride 151 KTM Maico Montesa Monark MZ Ossa Puch Rickman Rokon Suzuki SWM Triumph Wassel Yamaha Zundapp 18.7.6 Up to & incl. 1974 GS & MC125, 175, 250. Check date stamp on engine below counter shaft right case Up to & incl. 1974; 250, 400, 440LTR, 501. Check date stamp on top of barrel & nut holding sprocket to countershaft. 4 speed gearbox only. Cappra 250 VR, All 400 ISDT Phantom 250, 125, SDR 250, Stiletto 250 MC 125, MC 175 only. Montesa 250 & Zundapp 125 RT 340 TM125, 250, 400 K, L, R. TS185, TS250, TS125, TS100 J,K,L and R models. Sachs engine model only 125cc Pre 1975 125 MX100, 125, 175, 250, 360 A models, YZ125, 250, 360A & B models, DT250 and 360A. MX B not eligible for this class All 125 models Pre-78 Classes: Eligibility The Pre-1978 classes are intended to represent the “first generation” of long-travel bikes that were commercially available in the 1975-77 periods. The time frame is provided only as a guideline, as some 1977 models are of the second generation long-travel bikes that would clearly outclass the earlier models if allowed to run together. For this reason, we do not classify motorcycles strictly by the year they were produced, but by some similar characteristics that were possessed by the majority of these first-generation long-travel motorcycles, such as suspension travel. 18.7.6.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1978 class are machines built up to and including the 1977 model. The only exception to this rule is where the model remains unaltered after this date. 18.7.6.2 Motorcycles in all of the Pre-1978 classes may use an aftermarket frame. Many were available during the intended time frame of the class, including, C&J, Champion, Dick Mann, Cheney, Cycle Factory, HallmanAberg and many others. Regardless of the manufacturer, all motorcycles must meet the class technical specifications for wheel travel and suspension components. 18.7.7 Pre-1978 Classes: Technical Specifications 18.7.7.1 The following specifications apply to all motorcycles, regardless of the year of 152 enjoy the ride manufacture, that fall within the scope of the classes. a) Regardless of original specification, no motorcycle may have more than 229mm (9”) of suspension travel at the front and rear wheels, b) No water-cooled motorcycles, c) Front Suspension: i) 35mm leading-axle Husqvarna and Betor forks are allowed, provided travel is limited to a maximum of 229mm (9”), ii) Early 9-inch-travel Simons forks are allowed. Fox Factory Forks are prohibited, iii) Maximum diameter of fork tube 38mm. 18.7.8 Tables of Machines and Components – Pre- 1978 up to 125cc 18.7.8.1 Certain 125cc and smaller machines built up to and including the 1977 model year that made up the first generation longtravel, small bore motorcycles. Eligible machines include: MAKE Bultaco Can-Am CZ Honda Husqvarna Kawasaki Maico Montesa Penton/ KTM Suzuki Yamaha MODEL(S) Pursang 125 TNT, Qualifier and MX 125, up to MX3 125 CR, MR, MT 125 CR, WR 125. KX, KE, KD 125 125 GP Cappra 125 VA & Enduro 125 125 with Sachs or KTM engine RM, TM, 125 MX, YZ, DT, 125 YEAR(S) 1975-77 1975-77 1975-78 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 18.7.9 Tables of Machines and Components – Pre- 1978 125- 250cc 18.7.9.1 Certain 126-250cc machines built up to and including the 1977 model year that made up the first generation long-travel motorcycles. Eligible machines include: MAKE Bultaco Can-Am MODEL(S) Pursang, Frontera, Alpina 250, to include the 1977 MK10 Pursang MX, TNT and Qualifier 175-250, up to MX3. YEAR(S) 1975-77 1975-77 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Kawasaki Maico Montesa Ossa Penton-KTM Suzuki Yamaha 1975-78 1975-77 1975-76 Bultaco CCM CZ Honda Husqvarna Kawasaki Maico Montesa MODEL(S) Frontera, Alpina, Pursang 360-370 MX up to 636cc. No CCM 4-valve heads are allowed. Must comply with the class suspension limits 400 Falta Replica XL 350, side- or centreport engine CR, WR 360. 1977 WR 360 is allowed. 1977 Husqvarna CR & OR 390 models are allowed Must comply with the class suspension limits KX 400-450 MC, AW 400-440. 1977 AW 400-440 Must comply with the class suspension limits Cappra 360 VA Suzuki Yamaha 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 18.7.10 Tables of Machines and Components – Pre- 1978 125- 500cc 18.7.10.1 Certain 325-460cc 2-stroke and up to 636cc 4-stroke machines, built up to and including the 1977 model year, that make up the first generation longtravel motorcycles. Eligible motorcycles include: MAKE PentonKTM YEAR(S) 1975-77 1975-78 1975-78 1975-77 1975-76 1975-77 1974-77 1975-77 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 400. 1977 models must comply with the class suspension limits RM, TM, PE 370 YZ, MX, DT, IT 360 & 400 TT500, up to 500cc displacement, with allowable overbore 1975-77 1975-77 1975-77 1975-78 18.7.11 Evolution Class- General 18.7.11.1 Evolution class shall be run as a national championship and can be independent of other classic Motocross classes. 18.7.12 Evolution Class- Eligibility 18.7.12.1 Bikes will be OEM. 18.7.12.2 Modifications converting later equipment to comply will not be allowed 18.7.12.3 All components will be of the period the machine was manufactured. a) No linkage suspension, b) No Disc brakes, c) Air cooled motors. CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK Husqvarna 250 Falta Replica CR, MT, MR, XL 175-250 CR, WR 250 and 1977 WR 250 1977 Husqvarna CR/OR models are allowed, with fork travel limited to 229mm KX, KLX, KD, 175-250 MC, AW 250. 1977 model AW 250 must comply with the class suspension limits King Scorpion & Cappra VR 250 V-75, VA & Enduro 250H (VB models see the Grand Prix classes) Phantom & Desert Phantom 250, up to GPIII model 175-250. 1977 models must comply with the class suspension limits RM, TM, PE 175 & 250 MX, YZ, DT, IT 175-250 18 CZ Honda 18.7.13 Evolution Class- Classes a) Solo 125cc, b) Solo 250cc, c) Solo 263cc and over. 18.7.13.1 No age-group classes will be run. 18.8 FRAMES & PARTS - SIDECARS - CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.8.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance parts except frames must be manufactured before 31st December 1974 and comply with the following: a) Wheel track measurement, taken between the longitudinal centres of the rear and sidecar wheels must be between 810mm and 1100mm, b) The minimum ground clearance must be 175mm unladen. c) The maximum lean of the motorcycle at saddle height must be 50mm, d) The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in plan view, taken from a line drawn no further rearwards than the lowest point of the front downtube to the forward most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no further rearwards than a line drawn at right angles to the machine enjoy the ride 153 e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) m) n) from the rearmost point of the rear tyre, must be: i) At least 760mm long adjacent to the sidecar wheel, ii) At least 300mm wide with at least 25mm radius to all corners. There must be no more than 50mm between baseboard and motorcycle and between baseboard and sidecar wheel. The baseboard must be arranged so as not to allow the passenger’s feet to be trapped, There must be no less than 4 sidecar attachment points, Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s feet are not permitted, Handholds: i) Must be finished with a loop of at least 100mm, ii) Must not project beyond a line taken with the outer edge of the sidecar mudguard or bodywork, iii) Adjacent to the nose section of the sidecar and less than 200mm from the track surface must be at an angle of at least 45° from the horizontal, The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard must terminate not more than 65° above a horizontal line drawn through the rear wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard level on the inside, The sidecar mudguard must cover at least 135° of the periphery of the wheel and be valanced to baseboard level on the inside, No machine may be fitted with scoop or paddle tyres, Suspension travel must not exceed: i) 152mm (6”) measured at the front axle, ii) 102mm (4”) at the rear axle. Rear tyre width must not exceed 135mm (5.3”), Brakes: i) Front - single caliper, single disc may be fitted provided they were manufactured before 31st December 1974, ii) Rear - rear disc brakes may be used provided they were fitted 154 enjoy the ride as standard equipment for that particular combination. 18.8.0.2 Pre-1985 is for sidecars contructed from frames and motors manufactured before 31st December 1984 18.9 ENGINES - SIDECARS - CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK 18.9.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance parts must be manufactured before 31st December 1974 and comply with the following: a) Only round-slide carburettors manufactured within the relevant period may be used. b) Engine capacity must be: i) Up to 1300cc, ii) Within the tolerances in GCR 12.4 18.9.0.2 Pre-1968 will be for sidecars constructed from road going frames and all major components be those commercially available within the period. This class will have a trial period of 2 years (2006/2007). 18.9.0.3 The following table sets out the machines and components which eligibility Scrutineers may use as a guide in determining eligibility. Entrants must prove eligibility of machines not listed below. MAKE Wasp Hagon Yamaha Honda Norton Weslake Triumph CCM 18.10 TRACK MODEL(S) All up to and including RT2, RT8 and RT14 All up to 31st December 1974 XS 650 all models Any K series All 750, 850 to MK2 only All up to 850cc and 31st December 1974 All up to T150 All BSA B50 based models ELIGIBILITY - CLASSIC LONG 18.10.0.1 Engines must have been manufactured before 31st December 1976. 18.10.0.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30 years at the date of the competition. 18.11 FRAMES & PARTS - CLASSIC LONG TRACK 18.11.0.1 The frame must: 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 18.11.2 Gearbox - Classic Long Track 18.11.2.1 The gearbox must have at least 2 gears. 18.11.3 Frames - Sidecars 18.11.3.1 Conventional type frames as used prior to 31st December 1976 must be used. 18.11.4 Engine Specifications - Sidecars 18.11.4.1 Engines must have been manufactured before 31st December 1976. 18.12 COMPETITION RULES - CLASSIC MX AND DIRT TRACK 18.13 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP 18.13.1.1 The Australian Classic Motocross Championship willbe conducted as a single meeting at a venue selected by the Classic Motocross and Dirt Track Commission. 18.13.1.2 Evolution class may be run as part of the Australian Classic Motocross Championship or independently. 18.13.1.3 The Sidecar Classic Motocross Championship may be run independently from the solo Australian Classic Motocross Championship. 18.14 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK 18.11.1 Engine Specifications - Solo 18.11.1.1 The engine must: a) Be single cylinder, b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation, c) Have a single spark plug, d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc + /- 2% tolerance, e) Be vertical in the chassis, f) Be fitted with a round slide carburettor of 38mm maximum bore, g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross flow cylinder head. 18.12.0.1 Pre-1960, Pre-1965, Pre-1970. Should a class have insufficient entrants (10) then the entries will compete in the next later period and compete as that class. e.g. Pre-1960 has less than 10 riders, the entrants will then combine with pre1965 and race as pre-1965. Should that combined class still not have sufficient numbers then both the entrants in pre1960 and pre-1965 will combine with pre-1970 and race as that class. This rule applies equally to the pre-1965 250cc who will combine with pre 1970-250cc if there are insufficient numbers for a pre1965 class. 18 a) Have conventional swingarm rear suspension with twin shock absorbers, b) Have a front wheel diameter of 23” (594mm), c) Have a rear wheel diameter of 19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as specified in the SR. d) Have rear tyres with a maximum tread pattern depth of 8mm. e) Not be fitted leading-link front forks. AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP 18.14.0.1 The Australian Classic Dirt Track Championship shall generally be conducted on either the 2nd or 3rd weekend of September each year. MA MEMBERS GET A SINGLE BIKE TRAILER FOR $627* AND 5% OFF ALL EASY TRAILERS How? see www.ma.org.au * Price subject to change 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 155 19. 19.1 SPEEDWAY PROTECTIVE CLOTHINGSPEEDWAY 19.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Speedway or Track competition on a Speedway machine unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 19.1.1 Helmet 19.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 19.1.2 Clothing 19.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability which meets FIM requirements written in Art 65.07 and 65.08, 19.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety strap must be fitted and secured at the neck, 19.1.2.3 In the case of jackets and trousers, provision must be made to attach the rear of the jacket securely to the trousers, 19.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded with at least a double layer of leather or enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick at the: a) Shoulders, b) Elbows, c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and d) Knees. 156 enjoy the ride 19.1.2.5 A commercially manufactured back protector, which continuously covers the back area between the collar line and the base of the spine. 19.1.3 Footwear 19.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which must be: a) Constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability but must not be constructed of rubber, b) At least overlap the suit or trousers when the rider is in the normal riding position, and c) For solo competitors, in the case of the left foot, have a steel skid and be made with a curved front extending at least 50mm over the toe of the boot. 19.1.4 Gloves 19.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other material of similar or greater durability and having the following properties: a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm, b) Be fire retardant, c) Be resistant to abrasion, d) Have perspiration absorbing qualities, e) Be medically non-toxic and nonallergenic. 19.1.5 Goggles and Visors 19.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT disturbance are not to be used, c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 19.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak may not be used unless: a) The visor is made of a flexible material that will not shatter on impact, b) Any rivets or screws used to mount the mechanism are fitted with their heads flush with the inner or lower surface, provided that where flush finishing is impractical on a peak, round headed screws or pop rivets projecting no more than 3mm from the surface may be used. 19.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 19.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jersey. 19.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. FRAMES AND PARTS - SPEEDWAY SPEEDWAY 19.2 Fig 19.2 Plan and side view- 500 solo speedway machine 19.2.1 General 19.2.1.1 Titanium may not be used in the construction of the engine, the frame, the front forks, the handlebars, the swingarms or the wheel axles of any machine. 19.2.1.2 Handlebars must: 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 19.1.7 Footwear in pits 19.1.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. a) Be fitted to the unsprung part of the front suspension, b) Be securely plugged so as to present a flush or rounded end, c) Have a width of not more than 900mm nor less than 700mm, and d) Have handlebar grips attached to the ends with a maximum length of 150mm. 19.2.1.3 Clutch levers must: a) Have ball ends with a minimum diameter of 19mm, b) Measure no more than 200mm from the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball. 19.2.1.4 Throttle controls and mechanical carburettor linkages must: a) Be self closing, b) Be enclosed so as to prevent jamming. 19.2.1.5 There must be a kill switch which must: a) Cut out the ignition, b) Operate on the primary circuit, c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must: i) Have a total extended length not exceeding 500mm, enjoy the ride 157 ii) Be attached around the rider’s right wrist when the machine is in motion, iii) Not be secured to the handlebar unless by a readily torn material. 19.2.1.6 Stops or other devices must be fitted to ensure a minimum clearance of 30mm between the handlebars and any other part of the machine when on full lock. 19.2.1.7 Steering must be: a) Direct, b) Through the front wheel, c) By a classic telescopic fork, leading link, earles, or girder type. 19.2.1.8 Light alloys may not be used for wheel axles. 19.2.1.9 The front wheel must be fitted with a knockout spindle or an approved clamp to fasten on the fork tips. 19.2.1.10 Brakes may not be fitted. 19.2.1.11 For any cast or welded wheel, the gaps between the spokes must be filled in. 19.2.1.12 Machines need not carry number plates. 19.2.1.13 FIM homologated dirt deflectors must be fitted to all solo Speedway machines with the exceptions of 125cc Junior machines, and 500cc upright engined machines when used in classic Speedway events. 19.2.2 500 Solo 19.2.2.1 Rear chain guards must: a) Be fitted to the back end of the rear assembly of machines, b) Provide protection where the rear chain enters onto the rear wheel sprocket. 19.2.2.2 Exhaust systems must not extend beyond the outer circumference of the rear wheel rim and tyre. 19.2.2.3 The gap between the silencers and the tyre must not exceed 60mm. Fig 19.3.1.1 Chain guard details 158 enjoy the ride Fig 19.2.2.5 500 Solo exhaust details 19.2.2.4 Exhaust gases must be discharged from the system horizontally and parallel to the centre line of the machine. 19.2.2.5 The exhaust pipe must be fixed to the cylinder head and frame with a minimum of 3 clips, 1 of which must be attached to the cylinder head. 19.2.2.6 The silencer must be attached to the frame with at least 1 clip. A second moveable coupling must be fitted from the first third of the silencer to the frame with steel cable of at least 3mm or strong steel spring. 19.2.2.7 The diameter of the exhaust pipe must not exceed 50mm or an equivalent area and must remain constant up to the silencer. 19.2.2.8 The outlet area of the silencer must remain constant over a length of 50mm, must not exceed 45mm, or an equivalent area, and must not be perforated. 19.2.2.9 The outside shell of the silencer must form 1 unit. The end of the pipe must be cut at right angles. 19.2.2.10 Where turbo or similar types of approved silencers are fitted: a) The silencer must be mounted in a position to discharge the exhaust fumes at a minimum deflection of 15° from the centre line of the machine and a maximum of 30° to the ground, b) The silencer must not be altered in shape or modified in any way, other than a welded transition section to allow clamping to the exhaust pipe, c) The maximum internal outlet diameter must be 47mm and must remain as manufactured. 19.2.2.11 Machines must be fitted with front mudguards that extend at least 5° 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19.2.3 Sidecar 19.2.3.1 The overall width must not exceed 1500mm. 19.2.3.2 The length from the leading edge of the front tyre to the outside of the rear mudguard must not exceed 2600mm. 19.2.3.3 Overall height must not exceed 1200mm. 19.2.3.4 The wheel base taken at axle height from the centre of the front axle to the centre of the rear axle must measure between 1280mm and 1800mm. enjoy the ride SPEEDWAY 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Fig 19.2.2.13 Solo Tyre details 19.2.2.15 Tyres may not be treated by chemicals, tyre warmers or other means which tend to alter the shape, minimum shore hardness, construction or other characteristics. 19.2.2.16 The minimum weight, without fuel, is 77kg. 19.2.2.17 Footrests: a) Must be on the right hand side of the machine and must not exceed 320mm in length measured from the centre line of the motorcycle, b) Must have metal protection at the end of at least 8mm radius, c) May be folding and, if so, must be fitted with a device which automatically returns them to the normal position. 19.2.2.18 Rear suspension is prohibited. 19.2.2.19 A single gear only is permitted. 19 Fig 19.2.1.13 Dust Deflector detail ahead of a vertical line running through the centre of the front wheel axle and at least 5° under the top edge of the mudshield protecting the front of the engine. 19.2.2.12 The rear mudguard must extend at least 5° behind a vertical line running through the centre of the rear axle. 19.2.2.13 Rear tyre requirements are as follows: a) Subsequent modification of tyres is not permitted, b) The overall width must not exceed 100mm, c) The tyre must be mounted and inflated to 14 psi at Scrutineering, d) The tread depth must not exceed 8mm measured at right angles to the face of the tread, e) All blocks in the same circumference must be of the same depth, f) The space between the blocks must not exceed 9.5mm across the tyre or 13mm in a circumferential direction, g) The space between the blocks must not exceed 22mm. The space across C in the relevant diagram must not extend completely across the tyre measured at right angles to the wall of the tyre, unless broken by a block. 19.2.2.14 The front tyre may be of any size or type but limited to an overall width of 80mm. 159 Fig 19.2.3 Sidecar Dimensions 19.2.3.5 The wheel track, taken between the tracks left by the centre lines of the rear motorcycle wheel and the sidecar wheel, must measure between 500mm and 1100mm. 19.2.3.6 The centre lines of the tracks made by the front and rear wheels of the motorcycle when the machine is proceeding directly forward must be no further apart than 75mm. 19.2.3.7 The width of the kneeling pad on the offside of the machine must not exceed 400mm. 19.2.3.8 The tubing used in the construction of the main frame of a sidecar motorcycle must have a minimum wall thickness of 1.5mm. 19.2.3.9 The sidecar must be on the left of the motorcycle and, if not an integral part of the chassis, must be fixed to the motorcycle in at least 4 places. 19.2.3.10 The sidecar wheel must be staggered inwards. If the sidecar wheel is mounted by a plate on both sides, the diameter of the axle must exceed 12mm. 19.2.3.11 The streamlining: 160 enjoy the ride a) Must not be in front of a vertical line drawn through the leading edge of the front tyre, b) Must not to the rear of a vertical line drawn through the exterior edge of the rear rim, c) May come into contact with the ground with the rear wheel raised 300mm from the ground. 19.2.3.12 In all handlebar positions, there must be a space of at least 30mm between the streamlining and the ends of the handlebars, including any attachments. 19.2.3.13 Aero panels, side panels and similar attachments may be used provided they are: a) Constructed of metal, fibreglass or polycarbonate material, b) Free of sharp or protruding edges, and c) Not dangerous to the rider or other competitors. 19.2.3.14 Horizontal wings and aerodynamic friction assisting devices are prohibited. 19.2.3.15 Fuel tanks must be of a material approved by the Australian Standards Association for fuel cntainers. 19.2.3.16 Drive must only be transmitted through the rear wheel of the motorcycle. 19.2.3.17 Tyres may be cut or grooved and of any size or type provided: a) Solo 2 ply and 4 ply 76mm (3”) tyres may not be used on rear rims exceeding 127mm (5”) in width, b) The rear wheel rim width must not exceed 175mm (7”), c) Knobby tyres may not be used. 19.2.3.18 The area inside a spoked wheel must be covered by a disc or shield so as to prevent a rider’s or passenger’s feet or hands coming into contact with the spoked area. 19.2.3.19 Any space between the sidecar body and the rear or sidecar wheel of the motorcycle greater than 76mm must be decked so as to prevent the passenger’s hands or feet entering between the chassis bars. 19.2.3.20 Any open area between the footrests, the continuous bar and the right hand side to the direction of travel must be filled in with a suitable material so as to stop a rider or passenger from trapping their feet. 19.2.3.21 Where the sidecar wheel is mounted with 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19.2.4 Junior - 125cc Solo 19.2.4.1 Wheelbase must not exceed 1375mm. 19.2.4.2 Rear rim diameter must not exceed 17” (432mm). 19.2.4.3 Rear tyres must: a) Have Trial pattern tread tyres, b) Not exceed 90mm x 432mm (3.5” x 17”), c) Not be modified. 19.2.4.4 Front rim diameter must not exceed 482mm (19”). 19.2.4.5 Front tyres must: a) Have Trial pattern or Speedway tread, b) Have a diameter not exceeding 19” (482mm), �������� c) Not be modified. ���� � ������������� �������������������� ��������������� ������������������ ������� ����� ������������� ����������� ����� ����� ���������������������������������������������� Fig 19.2.3.26 Sidecar Rear Mudguard detail 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ��������� ������ SPEEDWAY ��������������������������������������������������� ������������� passenger’s seat moulding, 19.2.3.27 Promoters may require additional specifications for the protection of spectators. 19.2.3.28 Footrests must be on the right hand side to the direction of travel and linked by a continuous bar. 19.2.3.29 All exterior barwork and tubework ends must be plugged or capped so as to present a flush or convex end. 19.2.3.30 A suitable handhold must be provided for the passenger on the offside of the machine and near the front. 19.2.3.31 Exhaust fumes must be discharged towards the rear of the machine. Exhaust fumes must not be discharged so as to raise dust, foul the tyres or inconvenience the passenger or any other rider or passenger. 19.2.3.32 The exhaust must be attached to the machine at a minimum of 2 locations on the frame, 1 to the rear, and to the cylinder head. 19 a bracket on 1 side only, the axle diameter must be a least 20mm. 19.2.3.22 Stub axles must have a minimum diameter at the base plate of 40mm. 19.2.3.23 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a non-rotating shield which must: a) Be constructed of sheet metal, fibreglass or similar material and be flat or nearly so, b) Be securely fitted to the sidecar, c) Incorporate a 25mm horizontal crash bar surrounding the outer side of the sidecar wheel at floor level, d) Cover at least the outward facing spoked area, and, e) If trials tyres are fitted, cover the tyre area as well. 19.2.3.24 The sidecar wheel must be either spoked, moulded type mag, or other approved wheel. Riveted type mag wheels are not permitted. 19.2.3.25 The fitting of a front mudguard is not compulsory. 19.2.3.26 Rear mudguards: a) Must be valanced on both sides down to axle level, b) Must be fitted with a one piece flexible mud flap without any slots, which: i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm and be of a reinforced belting type rubber, ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard, iii) Ends no more than 20 mm above ground level, iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the mudguard and projects forward by a minimum of 75 mm on each side, c) May be incorporated into the 19.2.5 Junior - Sidecar 19.2.5.1 Overall length from the leading edge of the front tyre to the outside edge of the rear mudguard must not exceed 2100mm. ������������� ���������������������� ����������� enjoy the ride 161 19.2.5.2 Overall width must not exceed 1250mm. 19.2.5.3 Wheelbase, taken at axle height and from the centre of the front axle to the centre of the rear axle, must measure between 1,500mm and 1,200mm. 19.2.5.4 Stub axles must have a minimum diameter at the base plate of 25mm. 19.2.5.5 Wheel track, taken between the tracks left by the centre lines of the rear motorcycle wheel and the sidecar wheel, must measure between 800mm and 600mm. 19.2.5.6 The width of the kneeling pad on the off side of the motorcycle must not exceed 300mm. 19.2.5.7 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a non-rotating shield which must: a) Be fitted securely to the sidecar, b) Incorporate a 20mm horizontal crash bar surrounding the outer side of the sidecar wheel at floor level, c) Cover at least the outward facing spoked area, and d) If trials tyres are fitted, the tyres. 19.2.5.8 Rear mudguards: a) Must be valanced on both sides down to axle level, b) Must be fitted with a one piece flexible mud flap without any slots, which: i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm and be of a reinforced belting type rubber, ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard, iii) Ends no more than 20 mm above ground level, iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the mudguard and projects forward by a minimum of 75 mm on each side, 19.2.5.9 Front and rear rim diameter for the motorcycle must not exceed 19” (482mm). 19.2.5.10 Rear rim width for the motorcycle must not exceed 102mm and trial pattern tread tyres must be fitted. 19.2.5.11 Hand holds and footrests must comply with the requirements for Senior Speedway sidecars. 19.2.5.12 Sidecar wheels and tyres: a) Knobby tyres are not permitted, b) Cutting or grooving tyres is permitted, 162 enjoy the ride c) The sidecar wheel must be either spoked, moulded type mag, or other approved type wheel. Riveted type mag wheels are not permitted. 19.3 ENGINES – SPEEDWAY 19.3.1 General 19.3.1.1 Primary chain guard protection must be provided by: a) Fully enclosing the chain with a steel guard, or b) If a plastic, fibreglass or part open chain guard is used, a steel bolt of not less than 10mm minimum diameter, placed outside the bottom rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if damaged, must be replaced. 19.3.1.2 Mechanical carburettor linkages must be: a) Enclosed by a suitable material, or b) Fully enclosed by a box. 19.3.1.3 Noise emissions must not exceed 98dB(A) when measured as per GCR 12.10. 19.3.2 500 Solo 19.3.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 500cc. 19.3.2.2 Engines must be: a) Single cylinder, b) 4- stroke, c) 4 valves maximum, d) Fitted with 1 carburettor of 34mm + /- 0.1mm diameter, and e) 1 spark plug. 19.3.2.3 2-valve engines may use a carburettor of 36mm +/- 0.1mm diameter. 19.3.2.4 The carburettor measurements must: a) Remain constant over a distance of no less than 25mm on the engine side and 5mm on the air intake side, b) Be taken from the edges of the throttle valve or throttle butterfly. 19.3.2.5 The fuel output section of the carburettor must be of circular shape. 19.3.2.6 Direct injection must comply with the above carburettor sizes. 19.3.2.7 Supercharging and turbocharging are not permitted. 19.3.3 Sidecar 19.3.3.1 An event may be restricted to machines of a capacity of no more than 500cc, which 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19 SPEEDWAY a) 2-, 3- or 4-valve cylinder heads can be fitted, but 3- and 4-valve heads must retain manufacturers specifications, b) The action of the valves must be controlled by valve springs, c) The cylinder head may be ported and, if damaged in use, bearing journals may be bored and bearings replaced with either roller or bronze bearings, d) For 2-valve heads, maximum valve size must be: Fig 19.3.2.4 Carburettor dimensions i) Exhaust - 25mm, and ii) Inlet - 30mm. will be known as a 500cc class event. 19.4.1.5 Carburettors no bigger than 24mm can be 19.3.3.2 For a machine competing in a 500cc fitted. class event, the engine must comply as follows: 19.4.1.6 Inlet manifold must be round for entire length. a) Where electronic fuel injection is installed, it must be of a standard 19.4.1.7 Early model crankcases may be used with production type, late model heads but the compression ratio must not exceed 9.7:1. b) The engine may not be turbocharged or supercharged. 19.4.1.8 Any type of ignition system may be used. 19.3.3.3 For a machine competing in any event 19.4.1.9 Later model parts, or parts of different other than a 500cc class event, the engine manufacture, may be installed. must comply as follows: 19.4.1.10 The “Shupa” brand junior Speedway a) The engine capacity must not machine is approved for competition in the exceed 1,045cc, Junior 125 Solo class when the machine is fitted with the 2- or 3-valve head. b) Supercharged and turbocharged engines must not exceed 500cc, 19.4.2 Junior - Sidecar c) On liquid cooled engines an overflow 19.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 250cc. pipe must be used to direct any 19.4.2.2 Machines must be fitted with unmodified overflow of coolant away from the production engines and may be fitted with rider and passenger. an operating gearbox. 19.4.2.3 Junior sidecar competitors on junior 19.4 ENGINES - JUNIOR SPEEDWAY sidecar machines are allowed to practice on senior tracks. NOTE: Both rider and 19.4.1 125cc Solo passenger must be aged 15 years, and 19.4.1.1 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the only 1 machine at a time is allowed. gearshift lever must be removed and the machine must remain in 1 gear while 19.5 RIDER IDENTIFICATIONracing. SPEEDWAY 19.4.1.2 The engine capacity must not exceed 125cc with a +1mm tolerance of the bore 19.5.0.1 Speedway competitors must: diameter. a) Wear helmet colours, as prescribed 19.4.1.3 A single cylinder, 4-stroke engine, fitted in the program for the competition, with 1 carburettor, of a mass produced selected from the following table , and type must be used. subject to the following sub-Rules: 19.4.1.4 The cylinder head must be as follows: MA MEMBERS GE T FLEET PRICE T YRES AT BOB JANE T MAR TS How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride enjoy the ride 163 163 RACE Scratch 4 Riders Scratch 6 Riders Handicap RED BLUE WHITE YELLOW YELLOW & BLACK GREEN ORANGE BLACK BLACK & WHITE. X X X X X X NOTE: In table18.5:1.1 means available, X means unavailable. b) At all race meetings, wear racing numbers as allocated to the competitor by the RCB as follows: i) A number worn on a competitor’s back which must: Measure 230mm x 230mm, For solo riders, be black, with a white background, For sidecar riders, be black with a yellow background, Have a maximum background area of 300mm2. ii) A number worn on a competitor’s front must: Measure at least 100mm x 80mm, For solo riders, be black, with a white background, For sidecar riders, be black with a yellow background, Be worn on the left breast. c) Not have advertising on clothing within 25mm of number backgrounds. 19.5.0.2 The helmet of each competitor must be clearly visible to the Referee, the Judge and the Timekeeper throughout each event. 19.5.0.3 A competitor who has a helmet of the specified colour for an event may wear the helmet in that event without a helmet cover. 19.6 FUEL - SPEEDWAY 19.6.0.1 Fuel must be: a) Be unleaded, and b) Be no more than 100 RON; and 164 enjoy the ride c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines; and d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia; or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”. 19.6.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition, the following fuels are permitted: a) Commercially available Methanol, or b) Unleaded fuel which complies with GCR 19.6.0.1. 19.7 CLASSES- JUNIOR SPEEDWAY 19.7.0.1 Junior - age groups and capacities - solo and sidecar AGE GROUP 7 years to under 9 years 9 years to under 16 years 11 years to under 16 years 9 years to under 16 years 19.8 CLASSES AND CAPACITY 125cc Single 4-stroke Solo 125cc Single 4-stroke Solo 250cc 4-stroke Sidecar 250cc 4-stroke Sidecar Passenger 250CC INTERMEDIATE SPEEDWAY 19.8.0.1 This class is for club-level competition only and will be conducted under the requirements of this chapter. 19.8.0.2 Promoters intending to conduct competition for 250cc intermediate class must: a) Obtain approval from the Speedway Commission, in addition to obtaining approval from the SCB, b) Furnish the Commission with a report on the merits of the class. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT The report should include statements from riders and officials and engineering personnel. b) 19.8.1 Engines 19.8.1.1 An upright 4-stroke single cylinder engine up to 250cc. 19.8.1.2 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the gearshift lever must be removed and the machine must remain in 1 gear ratio while racing. 19.8.2 Frames and Parts 19.8.2.1 With the following exceptions Rules 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 apply: a) Telescopic forks must be used, b) No minimum weight restriction. 19.8.3 CLASS Junior Senior 19.9 Speedway Classes AGES 13 years to under 16 years 16 years and over 350cc SOLO SPEEDWAY CLASSIC LONG TRACK AND CLASSIC SPEEDWAY 19.10.1 Eligibility - solo 19.10.1.1 Engines must have been manufactured before 31st December 1976. 19.10.1.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30 years at the date of the competition. 19.10.2 Frame - Classic Long Track 19.10.2.1 The frame must: a) Have conventional swingarm 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT e) 19.10.3 Frame - Classic Speedway 19.10.3.1 The frame must: a) Have a front wheel diameter of 23” (594mm). b) Have a rear wheel diameter of 19” (482mm). c) Have rear tyres with a maximum tread pattern depth of 8mm. d) Not be fitted leading-link front forks. 19.10.4 Engine Specifications - Solo 19.10.4.1 The engine must: a) Be single cylinder, b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation, c) Have a single spark plug, d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc +/ 2% tolerance, e) Be vertical in the chassis, f) Be fitted with a round slide carburettor of 38mm maximum bore, g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross flow cylinder head. 19.10.5 Gearbox - Classic Long Track 19.10.5.1 The gearbox must have at least 2 gears. 19.10.6 Frames - Sidecars 19.10.6.1 Conventional type frames as used prior to 31st December 1976 must be used. SPEEDWAY 19.10 d) 19 19.9.0.1 Competition for 350cc machines is allowed under Speedway Rules. 19.9.0.2 Riders must be assessed by an accredited coach prior to competition. 19.9.0.3 Riders using these machines must be 14 years to under 16 years. 19.9.0.4 Other special conditions will apply to the use of these machines and these conditions will be made available from MA upon request. 19.9.0.5 Tracks must be no more than 450 metres in length, and licenced by MA or the relevant SCB. 19.9.0.6 Engines must be OEM 350cc and carburetors are free. c) rear suspension with twin shock absorbers, Have a front wheel diameter of 23” (594mm), Have a rear wheel diameter of 19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as specified in the SR. Have rear tyres with a maximum tread pattern depth of 8mm. Not be fitted leading-link front forks. 19.10.7 Eligibility – sidecars 19.10.8 Engine Specifications - Sidecars 19.10.8.1 Engines must have been manufactured before 31st December 1976. 19.11 COMPETITION RULES - SPEEDWAY 19.11.1 General 19.11.1.1 Competitions may be solo events or team events. 19.11.2 Change of Machines 19.11.2.1 Subject to the SR, a competitor may enjoy the ride 165 compete on a machine other than that described in the competitor’s entry application but: a) Must inform a key official of any change, and b) May not, in any heat or final, use the machine on which another rider has qualified for the same heat or final. 19.11.3 Identification of Machines 19.11.3.1 All machines must have the competitor’s name displayed on the rear mudguard, seat or valance, in letters with a minimum height of 25mm. 19.11.3.2 All sidecars must have the competitor’s race number on the side wing of the machine. The number must be 150mm (min.) high with a contrasting background. 19.11.4 Log Books 19.11.4.1 Each competitor must possess a prescribed log book which must: a) Be produced by the competitor at Scrutineering, b) Be available for production at any other time during the meeting, c) Contain provision for the following entries: i) The meeting date and place, ii) The Scrutineer’s report as to any defects or faults in the machine, iii) Any penalties imposed by the Referee. 19.11.4.2 A competitor must correct any machine defects noted in the log book before being permitted to compete on that machine again. 19.11.5 New Competitors 19.11.5.1 A competitor who has entered for a meeting may practice on a machine on the track before the commencement of the meeting where the competitor has: a) Not ridden on the track previously, b) Had an accident, which has damaged the machine so as to require major repairs to the frame. 19.11.5.2 The Referee may require any: a) Newly licensed competitor, b) A competitor whose abilities are not known to the Referee, to submit to such test as the Referee considers 166 enjoy the ride proves that the competitor is able to perform safely in competition. 19.11.6 Juniors 19.11.6.1 Where a Junior track is situated on the infield of a Senior track, Junior Speedway event may be conducted in conjunction with a Senior meeting. 19.11.6.2 A Junior licence holder who has turned 15 years of age and who in the opinion of a MA accredited coach is capable of handling a 500cc solo Speedway machine may give a demonstration during a break in the Senior program. Only 1 rider in this category is allowed on the track at one time. 19.11.7 Late Arrival 19.11.7.1 The Referee may refuse permission to compete to a competitor who arrives at the venue for a meeting later than the arrival time prescribed in the SR. 19.11.8 Starting 19.11.8.1 Competitors must be ready for the start when called upon to do so by the relevant official. a) The Referee may sound a 2 minute warning signal in the pit area, b) At the order of the Clerk of Course, competitors must leave the pit area together and proceed by the shortest practical route to the starting tapes and there stop under the control of the starting Marshal, c) Any competitor not ready to start at the expiration of 2 minutes after the signal will be excluded from the race, d) A competitor so excluded may be replaced by a reserve, e) Unless otherwise directed by the Referee, the time between the finish of 1 race and the start of the next will not exceed 5 minutes. 19.11.8.2 Competitors who are members of the same team or pair may exchange their starting positions. 19.11.8.3 Standing starts, operated by the Referee, are to be used. 19.11.8.4 For other than handicap starts: a) Competitors must form up in the prescribed order behind the tapes, b) Once all competitors are correctly positioned and stationary, a green light or flag is shown, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19.11.8.5 19.11.8.8 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19.11.9 Leaving the Course 19.11.9.1 A rider whose machine crosses the inner edge of the track with 2 wheels must be excluded unless, in the opinion of the Referee, the action was taken in the interest of safety of other riders or the rider was forced off course by another rider. 19.11.9.2 When tracks do not have an outer fence and are marked by other means, a competitor will be excluded if 1 wheel crosses the outer marker. 19.11.9.3 A rider who returns to the track and continues to race when not entitled to shall be excluded. SPEEDWAY 19.11.8.7 b) A machine will be deemed to have reached the 30 metre marker when the front wheel axle passes it. 19.11.8.9 A competitor will be excluded if, in the opinion of the Referee: a) The competitor’s machine is not moving under its own power at the 30 metre marker, b) The competitor fails to ride directly and without delay from the pits to the starting line, c) The competitor touches the tapes or crosses the applicable starting line at the start. 19.11.8.10 A competitor excluded under the preceding Rule in: a) Individual contests; may be replaced by a reserve, b) Teams contests; may be replaced by a track reserve, c) Test and teams matches; may be replaced by a team reserve, must leave the track without delay and return to the pits as soon as the race finishes or is stopped. 19 19.11.8.6 c) The starting Marshal then leaves the area of the tapes, d) After a pause of not less than 2 seconds, the Referee then releases the gate to start the race, e) The first competitor whose machine touches 1 or more of the tapes during the pause before the gate is raised will be excluded and the event will be restarted. For handicap starts in Speedway: a) Competitors must form up at their handicap marks on indication by red light or red flag, b) Once all competitors are correctly positioned and stationary, the red light is extinguished or flag withdrawn to indicate that a start is imminent, c) After a pause, the Referee then shows a green light or flag to start the race, d) The first competitor whose machine crosses the applicable starting line in the pause before the green light or flag is shown will be excluded and the event will be restarted, e) A machine is deemed to have crossed the starting line when its rear wheel axle passes over the line. A race may be re-started if, in the opinion of the Referee: a) Any aspect of the start is unfair or incorrect, b) The actions of any competitor have given that competitor an unfair advantage over another. A competitor may not receive outside assistance after the showing of the green light or flag, or, in handicap events, the red light or flag, other than if: a) The engine has stalled, b) The assistance is from authorised pushers, c) The assistance is given before the machine reaches the 30 metre marker. For the purposes of the preceding subRule: a) A marker must be placed on the track 30 metres from the starting line, 19.11.10 Retirements 19.11.10.1 A competitor who, in the opinion of the Timekeeper: a) Has not completed the race distance within 3 minutes of the start, b) Has not started the last lap before the winner has crossed the finish line; will be deemed to have retired from the race. 19.11.10.2 If the chequered flag has not been shown after the race distance has been enjoy the ride 167 completed by the leading competitor, it will be deemed to have been shown and that competitor will be declared the winner. 19.11.11 Reserves 19.11.11.1 The Clerk of Course may direct a reserve to compete in the place of any competitor who is unable to compete or continue in a competition or who has been excluded. 19.11.11.2 Reserves will be used in rotation. 19.11.11.3 A reserve is not entitled to any points towards any subsequent race but must be paid any prize monies to which the reserve would have been entitled if the reserve had been an original competitor. 19.11.11.4 A reserve who replaces an excluded competitor in pairs or team races may use: a) The reserve’s original start position, b) The competitor’s original start position. 19.11.12 Re-runs 19.11.12.1 When a chequered flag is displayed before the race distance has been completed by the leading competitor, the Referee must order a re-run. 19.11.12.2 In a re-run: a) Competitors must start from their original starting positions, and b) Reserves must occupy the position of the replaced competitors. 19.11.12.3 Any competitor who has failed to start in or been excluded from any race may not compete in the re-run. 19.11.12.4 Any competitor who has retired from any race may not compete in the re-run unless, in the opinion of the Referee, the competitor retired in the interests of safety or after being fouled. 19.11.13 Scoring 19.11.13.1 In every heat, unless otherwise prescribed by the SR: a) The winner receives 3 points, b) The second receives 2 points, c) The third receives 1 point. 19.11.13.2 In individual events, ties will be resolved by a run-off between the tied competitors. 19.11.13.3 Alternatively, in individual events ties may be resolved as follows: a) The competitor who attains the highest number of firsts in the heats will be the winner, 168 enjoy the ride b) If there is still a tie, the competitor who attains the highest number of seconds in the heats will be the winner, c) If there is still a tie, the competitor who receives the highest number of thirds in the heats will be the winner, d) If there is still a tie, the winner of the heat in which the tied competitors first met will be the winner. 19.11.13.4 In team events, ties will be resolved by a run-off with 1 competitor from each team. 19.11.13.5 All competitors taking part in a run-off in the event of tied scores must be paid prize money for the run-off. 19.11.14 Dead Heats 19.11.14.1 In the event of a dead heat between 2 or more competitors, the combined points will be shared between the tied competitors. 19.11.15 Flags and Signals 19.11.15.1 The dimensions of flags must be 600 x 600 mm. 19.11.15.2 All control lights: a) Must be visible to all competitors, b) May only be operated by the Referee or the Referee’s nominee. 19.11.15.3 In addition to, or in substitution for the flags and lights applicable to other disciplines the following signals apply: a) Start - Green or National flag, b) Race stoppage - Red flag, c) Last lap - Yellow flag with black diagonal cross 50mm wide. d) Exclusion- Black flag, light or disc, indicating competitor’s number or helmet colour. 19.11.16 Pit Control 19.11.16.1 No persons may be or remain in the pits during a meeting other than: a) Competitors, b) Competitors’ mechanics, c) Police, fire or medical staff, d) Officials, e) Others authorised by the Clerk of Course or pit Marshal 19.11.16.2 The pits will be under the control of the pit Marshal who may: a) Report to the Clerk of Course any person who breaches any Rule or disobeys any instruction given by the 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT pit Marshal, b) Direct any person as to that person’s mode of dress or behavior, c) Eject any person who, in the opinion of the pit Marshal, is behaving in an unsafe or unsatisfactory manner. 19.11.16.3 Mechanics may not enter the racing area unless authorised to do so by the Clerk of Course for the purposes of: a) Push starting the competitor’s machine, b) Attending to the accident damaged machine of the relevant competitor. 19.11.16.4 A mechanic may not attend any riders’ briefing without the permission of the Referee. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT AUSTRALIAN SPEEDWAY CHAMPIONSHIPS 19.12.1 Applications to Conduct 19.12.1.1 Applications for the conduct of Australian championships must be delivered to MA by 1st April each year. 19.12.2 Dates for Conduct 19.12.2.1 Unless otherwise determined by the Commission, the Australian 500cc Solo Championships must be run in January or February of each year and the Australian Sidecar Championships at the Easter weekend in each year. 19.12.3 Selection Committee 19.12.3.1 The selection committee will be the Commission which must; a) Forward the competitor and reserve selections to MA, b) MA will notify the competitors and the Promoter of the selections. 19.12.4 Selection and Qualification 19.12.4.1 To qualify for selection for an Australian championship event, a competitor must: a) Be the current Australian Champion, or b) Be the best performing competitor in the State championship of the State which issued the competitors licence, held a minimum of 30 days prior to the Australian Championship, or c) Apply in writing to MA no less than 30 days from the event and be selected by the Selection Committee d) Competitors who are not Australian citizens may nominate to compete in the Australian Speedway Championships and may be considered by the Speedway Commission for inclusion. 19.12.4.2 Any State unable to conduct a championship of 12 entries or more prior to the close of entries in the SR for an Australian championship may enjoy the ride SPEEDWAY 19.11.18 Referee - Speedway 19.11.18.1 In Speedway, the functions and authority of Steward and Clerk of Course, as described in chapter 2 will be exercised by the Referee. 19.11.18.2 The Clerk of Course shall be responsible to the Referee: a) For the conduct of the meeting and its administration in accordance with these regulations and the official program, b) To put into effect all instructions given by the Referee received verbally or in writing, directly or by telephone, c) Ensure that all the necessary officials, riders and spectators are informed without delay of the Referee’s decision, d) To prevent any person from communicating directly with the Referee, including communicating 19.12 19 19.11.17 Payments 19.11.17.1 Prize monies and traveling expenses must be prescribed in the SR. 19.11.17.2 All traveling monies must be paid in cash unless the competitor otherwise agrees. 19.11.17.3 A competitor will be deemed to have qualified for starting money if, after receiving the starting signal, the competitor moves forward under power from the starting position. 19.11.17.4 In races other than handicaps, a competitor who defeats a competitor of a higher grade is entitled to prize monies at the level of the defeated rider. by telephone, during the meeting without the Referee’s permission, e) Must ensure that protests are in order and accompanied by the appropriate fees before passing them to the Referee. 169 nominate 1 competitor for the Speedway Commission’s approval to represent that State. The nominated competitor may be the competitor selected in the Australian Championship. If the State Championship is held between the close of entries in the SR and the relevant Australian Championship the State title holder may not be eligible for selection. 19.12.4.3 The team for a State will be selected by that State’s Speedway sub-committee. 19.12.4.4 The selected competitors must notify the Promoter of their acceptance of the conditions and the anticipated time of arrival at the track concerned. 19.12.5 Alternate Qualification 19.12.5.1 A Promoter may run qualifying and, if so: a) The Promoter must obtain the permission of MA, b) Current State and Australian champions automatically qualify, c) Should there be more nominations than positions: i) The Promoter may increase the number of qualification races, or ii) The Commission may select to compete, those competitors it considers to be appropriate, based on merit, 19.12.6 Practice 19.12.6.1 Practice must be conducted for all Australian Championships. 19.12.6.2 Practice times and format must be stipulated in the SR for each Championship. 19.12.7 Examination before an Event 19.12.7.1 Before an event, the Promoter must set a time and place, giving reasonable notice to every competitor, for: a) Identification and examination of licences, b) Examination of motorcycles, c) Noise testing, d) Checking of helmets and protective clothing, and e) Such other examinations as are necessary. 19.12.7.2 The Referee may forbid: a) Any competitor who does not comply with the Rules mentioned above, or b) Any competitor who can be a danger to other participants or to spectators from participating in any practice or event at the meeting. 19.12.8 Carburettor Examination 19.12.8.1 All solo machine carburettors must be checked, measured and sealed before the meeting. 19.12.8.2 The carburettor seal must be secured to the cylinder head by wire and official seal. 19.12.8.3 During the meeting carburettors may not be measured, but the seals may be checked. 19.12.8.4 Every machine at the end of the meeting must have the seal of the carburettor checked by the machine examiner as the competitors come out for the last 4 rides. 19.12.9 Twenty One Race Format 19.12.9.1 There will be 20 heats and a final. 19.12.9.2 The 4 competitors who accumulate the most points during the course of the heats will compete in the final. 19.12.9.3 Starting positions will be offered to the 4 riders in descending order of points accumulated in the heats. In the case of riders for the final being tied on points, gate choice will be determined by countback. 19.12.9.4 In case of riders being tied on points: a) Finalists will be determined by run off, b) Other places will be determined by countback. 19.12.9.5 There must be 16 competitors with the heat format according to the following table: MA MEMBERS GET $70 OFF TWO WHEELS SUBSCRIPTION How? see www.ma.org.au 170 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT HEAT NUMBER HELMET COLOUR Red(Inside) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 5 10 15 13 14 11 4 6 12 8 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 7 2 16 9 1 9 3 5 Blue White Competitor’s Starting Numbers 2 3 7 6 11 9 14 16 1 5 10 2 15 7 8 12 16 1 5 15 9 3 4 10 Interval 12 14 13 8 3 10 6 4 8 15 2 7 12 13 14 11 Yellow/Black(Outside) 4 8 12 13 9 6 3 16 11 2 14 7 1 11 5 15 10 16 6 4 19.12.10 Twelve Race Format 19.12.10.1 As an alternative to the preceding Rule there may be a 12 race format of 3 laps, with 18 competitors plus reserves, according to the following table: HEAT NUMBER 1 7 13 3 16 4 18 5 14 2 8 14 17 12 6 15 10 9 White Competitor’s Starting Numbers 3 4 9 10 15 16 1 15 5 2 11 18 7 12 17 11 13 6 19.12.10.2 The above format must be used where the track is over 450 metres in length and is licensed for 6 competitors. 19.12.10.3 In races 10 and 11, the highest 12 point scorers in heats 1 to 9 must participate as follows: a) Race 10: Competitors finishing in 1st, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th & 12th places, b) Race11: Competitors finishing in 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th & 11th places, The highest 6 point c) Final scorers. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Yellow/Black Green White/Black (Outside) 5 11 17 8 9 14 2 16 3 6 12 18 10 13 7 1 4 8 SPEEDWAY Blue 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 HELMET COLOUR Red (Inside) 19.12.10.4 Any vacancies for races 10 and 11 must be filled from those competitors who were placed 13th or lower after heats 1 to 9 in descending order of point scores. 19.12.10.5 Any vacancies for the Final must be filled from those competitors who were placed 7th or lower after races 10 and 11 in descending order of point scores. 19.12.10.6 Starting positions for races 10 and 11 must be balloted in the presence of the Referee or Clerk of Course. 19.12.10.7 Starting positions for the Final will be offered to the 6 competitors in descending enjoy the ride 171 order of points accumulated in the heats. In the case of competitors for the Final being tied on points, gate choice will be determined by countback. 19.12.10.8 In the case of competitors being tied on points at the conclusion of heats: a) Finalists will be determined by run off, b) Other places will be determined by countback. 19.12.10.9 The finishing order of each competitor in the final will determine Championship placings. 19.12.11 Prizemoney 19.12.11.1 Prizemoney for reserve riders will be determined by the Promoter and the selection committee. 19.11.11.2Prizemoney will be as follows: PLACING First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth Seventh Eighth $AUD $3.000 $2,500 $2,000 $1,700 $1,500 $1,300 $1,200 $1.050 PLACING Ninth Tenth Eleventh Twelfth Thirteenth Fourteenth Fifteenth Sixteenth $AUD $1,000 $900 $800 $750 $700 $700 $700 $700 19.13 AUSTRALIAN TEAMS CHAMPIONSHIPS -SPEEDWAY 19.13.1 Qualifying 19.13.1.1 Teams championships will consist of qualifying rounds run in each State and 1 final. 19.13.1.2 7 Teams will take part in each meeting. 19.13.1.3 1 team from each state will qualify. Should a State not have qualified competitors, or decide not to nominate a team, the extra team required will be selected by the Commission based on performance during any qualifying rounds. 19.13.1.4 The Commission must send the names of the 7 qualifying teams to the Promoter of the event as well as the RCB. 19.13.1.5 For championship qualifying rounds, the SCB must, within 48 hours after the meeting, send the results to MA and to the SCB organising the final. 172 enjoy the ride 19.13.2 Practice 19.13.2.1 Practice for a meeting must not be earlier than 2 days before the meeting. 19.13.2.2 All competitors must report at the time stipulated in the SR. 19.13.2.3 Competitors will be divided into groups of 4 as listed in the SR. 19.13.2.4 Competitors from the host State will practice last. 19.13.2.5 Competitors not ready to take their turn must fall back and wait until the next group has finished its practice. 19.13.2.6 Competitors will practice in the same order for free practice and starting gate practice. 19.12.2.7 Between each group there must be an interval for track preparation. 19.12.2.8 The format for practice will be as determined by SR. 19.12.2.9 Practice will be organised in 2 sessions: a) Free practice: i) 12 minutes for each group’s session, divided into: ii) 1 session of 12 minutes per group, iii) 2 sessions of 6 minutes each per group, same order followed twice, or iv) 4 sessions of 3 minutes each per group, same order followed 4 times, v) Competitors testing more than 1 machine may bring them on to the track in the same outing, but may not bring extra fuel on to the track, vi) Competitors with mechanical trouble may be allowed extra time for practice, vii) Competitors may not practice starts in the starting area. b) Practice with the starting gate in operation: i) No more than 4 competitors at a time may practice, ii) Each competitor may have 2 practice starts and full laps, iii) Green lights will be used to familiarise competitors with starting procedures. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19.13.3 Twenty One Heat Format – Teams HEAT NO. HELMET COLOURS White Blue Competitor’s Starting Numbers 3 2 7 6 11 10 1 14 5 4 9 8 11 14 5 2 3 8 13 10 1 12 Interval 9 4 11 6 7 14 9 2 3 12 13 6 1 8 13 4 5 10 7 12 Red (Inside) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 5 9 13 3 7 13 1 7 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 3 5 13 1 11 5 7 3 9 11 Yellow/Black (Outside) 4 8 12 2 6 10 12 6 4 14 2 10 12 8 10 4 14 2 14 6 8 19.13.4 Heat Format - Teams 19.13.4.1 There must be 14 heats with 3 Teams per heat according to the following table: 19 HEAT HELMET COLOURS Blue 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 3 9 5 13 7 11 10 6 14 12 8 4 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 10 6 14 12 8 4 2 1 3 9 5 13 7 11 White Yellow Competitors Starting Numbers 7 2 1 4 3 10 9 6 5 14 11 8 13 12 Interval 2 7 4 1 10 3 6 9 14 5 8 11 12 13 Green Black &White 9 5 13 11 7 3 1 8 2 4 10 6 12 14 8 2 4 10 6 12 14 9 5 13 11 7 3 1 SPEEDWAY Red 19.13.4.2 The above format must be used where the track is over 400 metres in length and is licensed for more than 4 competitors. 19.13.4.3 Heats must be as follows: a) There must be 7 teams with each team having 6 heats and each team meeting all teams twice, b) Between each heat there must be either another event or a 4 minute break, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 173 c) Competitors cannot change gate position. 19.13.5 Ties 19.13.5.1 A tie for 1st, 2nd or 3rd places will be resolved by 1 heat with 1 rider from each tied team taking part. 19.13.6 Finals 19.13.6.1 If 1 or both competitors of a team who qualify for the final cannot participate they may be replaced by competitors nominated by the selection committee. 19.13.6.2 If a qualified team is not present, its place in the final will be taken by the team which has scored the next highest number of points in the previous meeting. 19.13.6.3 Inability to take part in the final must be notified to the RCB as soon as possible. HEAT NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19.14 TEST MATCHES- SPEEDWAY 19.14.1 Definition 19.14.1.1 A test match is an International event between 2 or more countries appointed by their respective FMNs. 19.14.2 Format 19.14.2.1 There must be 18 heats in a format according to the following table. VISITING TEAM Blue White Yellow &Black 2 1 2 4 3 4 6 5 6 4 1 2 6 3 4 2 5 6 6 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 Interval 1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 3 4 1 2 5 6 3 4 1 2 5 6 5 6 1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4 5 6 Competitors Nos. 7 & 8 or No. 7 of each team are the reserves. Red 1 3 5 3 5 1 5 1 3 HOME TEAM 19.14.3 Bonus Points 19.14.3.1 Bonus points are allotted for prize money only with an additional bonus point for a competitor who finishes 2nd or 3rd immediately behind their team mate. 19.14.4 Starting Positions 19.14.4.1 The captains of each team will toss for starting positions in the first heat, the choice being positions 1 and 3 or positions 2 and 4, counting from the inside of the track. 19.14.4.2 The team that selects positions 1 and 3 in the first heat must take positions 2 and 4 in the second heat, and so on alternately 174 enjoy the ride 19.13.6.4 When competitors of the same team finish 1st, and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd in a heat, the competitor finishing 2nd or 3rd respectively will be awarded a bonus point, entitling that competitor to remuneration, but the point will not be counted towards the heat or in the Finals. throughout the meeting. 19.14.4.3 The relative positions of the 2 competitors of each team in each heat may be changed. 19.14.5 Reserves 19.14.5.1 A competitor who has been unable to commence or complete an event due to an accident, and who has not been excluded, may be replaced by a reserve. The event will be deemed to be a new event with the reserve as a competitor. 19.14.5.2 A reserve may not ride in more than 6 events. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 19.14.5.3 Only 1 reserve may participate in each event. 19.15 WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP SELECTION - SPEEDWAY 19.15.1 Eligibility and Qualifying 19.15.1.1 The placings from the Australian Speedway Championships will be the basis for selection for all Speedway World Championships, World Cups and World Qualifying Events. 19.15.1.2 In making the selection, matters other than placings in the Australian Speedway Championships will be considered, including residency, and the competitor’s form, and fitness prior to the proposed event. The suitability of the competitor for the venue will also be considered. 19.15.1.3 Competitors with exceptional circumstances who do not participate in the Australian Championships may also be considered provided they notify MA in writing prior to the relevant Australian Championship why they are unavailable for that event. 19.15.1.4 A qualifying competitor who declines selection will be replaced. 19.15.1.5 The MA Team Manager will make recommendations to MA based on the above criteria. 19 WINNING PARTNERSHIP SPEEDWAY The Australian Sports Commission proudly supports Motorcycling Australia The Australian Sports Commission is the Australian Government agency that develops, manages and invests in sport at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling Australia has worked closely with the Australian Sports Commission to develop motorcycling from community participation to high-level performance. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Motorcycling Australia is one of many national sporting organisations that has formed a winning partnership with the Australian Sports Commission to develop its sport in Australia. www.ausport.gov.au enjoy the ride 175 20. 20.1 DIRT TRACK PROTECTIVE CLOTHING- DIRT TRACK 20.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Dirt Track competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: back protector, b) Protection of the back must be continuous and cover all of the back area between the collar and the base of the spine. 20.1.1 Helmet 20.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label; or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ]. 20.1.3 Footwear 20.1.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Of recognised Motocross type, b) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material, and c) Be of a length that must at least overlap the trousers with the rider in a racing position on the machine. 20.1.2 Clothing 20.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of similar durability. 20.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be non-combustible and be fitted with a lining, 20.1.2.3 A jersey which must be: a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or synthetic fibre, and b) Must be a snug fit and provide protection against abrasion to the body and arms. 20.1.2.4 A commercially manufactured back protector, which continuously covers the back area between the collar line and the base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a full kevlar suit. 20.1.2.5 In the case of competitors wearing apparel as described in 20.1.2.1 and 20.1.2.2 and 20.1.2.3: a) Commercially manufactured armour which protects the elbows, shoulders and the back or a leather or similar jacket with in-built back protection or a jacket and commercially manufactured 20.1.4 Gloves 20.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 20.1.4.2 Fingerless gloves may be worn by passengers on sidecars. 176 enjoy the ride 20.1.5 Goggles and Visors 20.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 20.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 20.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 20.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 20.1.7 Footwear in pits 20.1.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT FRAMES AND PARTS - DIRT TRACK 20.2.2 Senior - Sidecar 20.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken between the longitudinal centres of the rear and sidecar wheels must be between 810mm and 1,100mm. 20.2.2.2 Ground clearance must be at least 75mm unladen. 20.2.2.3 The lean of the motorcycle at saddle height must be no more than 50mm. 20.2.2.4 When multiple tyres on 1 wheel are used, the maximum collective width of the tyres must not exceed 280mm. 20.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in plan view, taken from a line drawn no further rearwards than the lowest point of the front down tubes to the forward most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no further rearwards than a line drawn at right angles to the machine from the rearmost point of the rear tyre, must be: a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the sidecar wheel, b) At least 300mm wide, having at least 25mm radius to all corners. 20.2.2.6 The leading edge of the sidecar floor must be protected by a nose cone or a rail of at least 50mm height. 20.2.2.7 The drive must be transmitted to the track through the rear wheel of the motorcycle. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT DIRT TRACK 20.2.1 Senior - Solo 20.2.1.1 For Dirt Track competition a machine: a) May be constructed as either a slider type or Motocross type, b) Must have a gearbox with a minimum of 2 gear ratios, c) Must have rear suspension, d) Must have a minimum of 1 working brake. 20.2.1.2 Tyres a) The rear tyre must be a maximum width of 150mm when measured at a point on the tyre located at 90º to the where the tyre contacts the ground and at a pressure inflated to 14psi.(9.6KPa) b) Tyre pressure may be adjusted after measurement. 20.2.1.3 If hand protectors are used, they must be of a shatterproof material. 20.2.2.8 1 efficient rear wheel brake must be fitted. 20.2.2.9 Safety chains must be fitted to all machines equipped with girder type front forks. 20.2.2.10 A passenger must be carried in a suitably constructed sidecar. 20.2.2.11 There must be no less than 4 sidecar mounting points. 20.2.2.12 There must be no more than 50mm between baseboard and motorcycle and baseboard and sidecar wheel. The baseboard must be arranged to prevent the passenger’s feet being trapped. 20.2.2.13 Handholds on the sidecar: a) Must be finished with a loop of at least 100mm, b) Must not project beyond a line taken with the outer edge of the sidecar mudguard or bodywork c) Adjacent to the nose section of the sidecar and less than 200mm from the track surface must be at an angle of at least 45° from the horizontal 20.2.2.14 A suitable passenger handhold must be provided on the off side of the rear wheel. 20.2.2.15 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are not permitted. 20.2.2.16 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard must terminate not more than 45° above a horizontal line drawn through the rear wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard level on the inside and to axle level on the outside, with the suspension depressed. 20.2.2.17 The sidecar mudguard must cover at least 180° of the periphery of the wheel and be valanced to baseboard level on both sides. 20.2.2.18 All footrests, brake levers, and gear levers on the opposite side of the motorcycle to the sidecar must be folding, or be shielded by a continuous bar of 12mm minimum diameter. 20.2.2.19 Any open area between the footrests, the continuous bar and the offside of the motorcycle must be filled in with a suitable material. 20 20.2 20.3 MACHINE & RIDER IDENTIFICATION - DIRT TRACK 20.3.0.1 Numberplates and numbers shall comply with GCR 12.5 enjoy the ride 177 20.4 20.4.0.1 Fuel for all Dirt Track machines must: a) Be Unleaded, and b) Be no more than 98 RON, and c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines, and d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia; or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”, 20.4.0.2 In addition, for Senior and Classic competition, commercially manufactured Methanol may be used. 20.5 JUNIOR CLASSES - DIRT TRACK 20.5.1 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.16. 20.6 engines must not exceed 500cc, b) On liquid-cooled engines, an overflow pipe must direct any overflow of coolant away from the rider and passenger. FUEL - DIRT TRACK SENIOR CLASSES - DIRT TRACK 20.6.0.1 The capacity classes for senior machines are: SOLO 125cc 250cc 500cc Slider 500cc* 2-stroke 450cc 4-stroke CAPACITY Up to 125cc Over 125cc to 250cc Slider Type – over 250cc to 500cc MX Frame – 2-stroke over 250cc to 500cc MX Frame – 4-stroke over 250cc to 450cc Over 450cc* 4-stroke. MX Frame – 4-stroke over 450cc SIDECAR 1100cc CAPACITY 1 or 2 cylinder engines - up to 650cc 4 cylinder engines - up to 600cc Over 600cc and up to 1100cc QUADS Open 2-stroke Open 4-stroke 450cc 300cc CAPACITY Up to 550cc Up to 700cc Single 4-stroke Single 2-stroke 600cc * These classes will be combined from 1st January 2008 20.6.0.2 Machines competing in any 1,100cc sidecar event: a) Supercharged and turbocharged 178 enjoy the ride 20.7 COMPETITION RULES - DIRT TRACK 20.7.1 Entries 20.7.1.1 No machine may be entered more than once in a class. 20.7.1.2 Any machine, which is entered in more than 1 class, must display the allocated riding number for that class on all 3 number plates when being used in each class. 20.7.2 Practice and Qualifying 20.7.2.1 Practice and qualifying shall be as prescribed in SR. 20.7.3 Starts 20.7.3.1 The method of starting will be prescribed in SR. 20.7.3.2 Starting positions will be prescribed in SR. 20.8 AUSTRALIAN DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP 20.8.1 Preferred Championships Dates 20.8.1.1 The Australian Dirt Track Championship shall generally be conducted on the 2nd or 3rd weekend of October each year. 20.8.2 Solo Format where there are more than 12 entries per class 20.8.2.1 The championship comprises: a) Qualifying events to determine the entries for heats, b) 3 rounds of heats, c) A 1 race repercharge, d) A 1 race final. 20.8.3 Solo Format where there are less than 12 entries per class 20.8.3.1 The championship comprises 4 races. 20.8.3.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 4 races will determine Championship placings. 20.8.4 Qualifying 20.8.4.1 To be eligible to compete in heats and finals a competitor must either: a) Be graded A or B in Dirt Track, or b) Qualify for the available heat 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 20.8.6 Sidecar Format where there are more than 6 entries per class 20.8.6.1 The championship comprises: a) 3 rounds of heats, b) A 1 race repercharge, c) A 1 race final. 20.8.7 Sidecar Format where there are 6 entries or fewer per class 20.8.7.1 The championship comprises 4 races. 20.8.7.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 4 races will determine Championship placings. 20.8.8 Heats and Final 20.8.8.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed 6. 20.8.8.2 The right to compete in the final will be filled by: a) The 5 competitors accumulating the highest number of points during the course of heats; 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 20.8.9 Scoring 20.8.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring system in GCR 12.14. DIRT TRACK 20.8.5 Heats and Final 20.8.5.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed 12. 20.8.5.2 The right to compete in the final will be filled by: a) The 10 competitors accumulating the highest number of points during the course of heats, b) The first 2 placings of the repercharge. 20.8.5.3 The repercharge will be contested by competitors who finish in 11th to 22nd inclusive during the course of heats. 20.8.5.4 The finishing order of each competitor in the final will determine Championship placings. 20.8.5.5 Grid positions will be pre drawn and listed in the program for heats and/or rounds. Riders choice for grid positions in the finals will apply. Top points scorer has first choice and so on as per point score result. If electronic timing is used, qualifying time will determine the choice of grid position for the first heat only, thereafter the grid positions are determined by the finishing position in the previous race. b) The winner of the repercharge. 20.8.8.3 The repercharge will be contested by competitors who finish in 6th to 11th places inclusive during the course of heats. 20.8.8.4 The finishing order of each competitor in the final will determine Championship placings. 20 positions having regard for the previous sub rule, c) For single row starts, starting positions will be determined by ballot. 20.9 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPS 20.9.1 Solo Format where there are more than 12 entries per class 20.9.1.1 The championship comprises: a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats, b) 3 rounds of final heats. 20.9.2 Solo Format where there are less than 12 entries per class 20.9.2.1 The championship comprises 7 races, 20.9.2.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 7 races will determine Championship placings. 20.9.3 Heats and Final 20.9.3.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed 12, 20.9.3.2 The right to compete in the finals will be filled by the 12 competitors accumulating the highest number of points during the course of heats, 20.9.3.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 3 finals will determine Championship placings. 20.9.4 Sidecar Format for more than 6 entries per class 20.9.4.1 The championship comprises: a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats, b) 3 rounds of final heats. 20.9.5 Sidecar Format where there are less than 6 entries per class 20.9.5.1 The championship comprises 7 races. 20.9.5.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 7 races will determine Championship placings. 20.9.6 Heats and Final 20.9.6.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed 6. 20.9.6.2 The right to compete in the finals will be enjoy the ride 179 filled by the 6 competitors accumulating the highest number of points during the course of heats. 20.9.6.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 3 finals will determine Championship placings. 20.9.7 Race Distance 20.9.7.1 All races will be a minimum of 4 laps and a maximum of 5 laps. 20.9.8 Venues 20.9.8.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Dirt Track Championships will be closed to competitors for a minimum of 21 days prior to the event. 20.9.9 Scoring 20.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring system in Chapter GCR 12.13 180 enjoy the ride www.noRRus.com.au high performance parts � � � � access to 15.000 parts fast delivery 7-9 biz days!!! special custom orders focus is high quality ONE CLICK to get there� info @noRRus.com.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 21. 21.1 TRACK PROTECTIVE CLOTHING - TRACK MACHINES 21.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete on a Track machine in any Track competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 21.1.1 Helmet 21.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ]. TRACK 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 21.1.4 Gloves 21.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other material of similar or greater durability and having the following properties: a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm, b) Be fire retardant, c) Be resistant to abrasion, d) Have perspiration absorbing qualities, e) Be medically non-toxic and nonallergenic. 21 21.1.2 Clothing 21.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability which meets FIM requirements in Art 65.07 and 65.08, 21.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety strap must be fitted and secured at the neck, 21.1.2.3 In the case of jackets and trousers, provision must be made to attach the rear of the jacket securely to the trousers, 21.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded with at least a double layer of leather or enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick at the: a) Shoulders, b) Elbows, c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and d) Knees. 21.1.2.5 A commercially manufactured back protector, which continuously covers the back area between the collar line and the base of the spine. 21.1.3 Footwear 21.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which must be: a) Constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability but must not be constructed of rubber, b) At least overlap the suit or trousers when the rider is in the normal riding position, and c) For solo track slider competitors, in the case of the left foot, have a steel skid and be made with a curved front extending at least 50mm over the toe of the boot. 21.1.5 Goggles and Visors 21.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. enjoy the ride 181 21.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak may not be used unless: a) The visor is made of a flexible material that will not shatter on impact, b) Any rivets or screws used to mount the mechanism are fitted with their heads flush with the inner or lower surface, provided that where flush finishing is impractical on a peak, round headed screws or pop rivets projecting no more than 3mm from the surface may be used. 21.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 21.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jersey, 21.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 21.2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MOTOCROSS OR ENDURO MACHINES 21.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete on any Motocross or Enduro type machine in any Track competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 21.2.1 Helmet 21.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 21.2.2 Clothing 21.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of similar durability, 21.2.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be noncombustible and be fitted with a lining, 21.2.2.3 A jersey which must be: a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or synthetic fibre, and b) Must be a snug fit and provide protection against abrasion to the body and arms. 21.2.2.4 Commercially manufactured armour which protects the elbows, shoulders and the back or a leather or similar jacket with in-built back protection or a 182 enjoy the ride jacket and commercially manufactured back protector, 21.2.2.5 A commercially manufactured back protector, which continuously covers the back area between the collar line and the base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a full kevlar suit. 21.2.2.6 In the case of competitors wearing apparel as described in 21.1.2.1 and 21.1.2.2 and 21.1.2.3: a) Commercially manufactured armour which protects the elbows, shoulders and the back, b) Protection of the back must be continuous and cover all of the back area between the collar and the base of the spine. 21.2.3 Footwear 21.2.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Of recognised Motocross type, b) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material, and c) Be of a length that must at least overlap the trousers with the rider in a racing position on the machine. 21.2.4 Gloves 21.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 21.2.5 Goggles and Visors 21.2.5.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and “tear-offs” may be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 21.2.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak may not be used unless: a) The visor is made of a flexible material that will not shatter on impact, b) Any rivets or screws used to mount the mechanism are fitted with their heads flush with the inner or lower surface, provided that where flush 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT finishing is impractical on a peak, round headed screws or pop rivets projecting no more than 3mm from the surface may be used. 21.2.6 Hair and Jewellery 21.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket 21.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 21.2.7 Footwear in pits 21.2.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. 21.3 FRAMES AND PARTS - TRACK enjoy the ride TRACK 21.3.1 Sidecar 21.3.1.1 The wheel track must be between 635mm and 1,000mm measured between the longitudinal centres of the rear and sidecar wheels. 21.3.1.2 The ground clearance must be at least 75mm unladen. 21.3.1.3 The stagger at the top of the sidecar wheel must be: a) Inwards, no more than 300mm; b) Outwards, nil. 21.3.1.4 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in plan view, taken from a line drawn no further rearwards than the lowest point of the front down tubes to the forward-most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no further rearwards than a line drawn at right angles to the machine from the rearmost point of the rear tyre, must be: a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the sidecar wheel. b) At least 300mm wide, having at least 25mm radius to all corners. 21.3.1.5 All edges of the sidecar floor, not otherwise 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 21 21.3.0.1 Brakes must not be fitted to track slider type machines of 500cc and over. Motocross type machines must be fitted with at least 1 effective brake. 21.3.0.2 Rear suspension and swingarm must be fitted. 21.3.0.3 Must have a minimum of 2 gears. 21.3.0.4 Minimum weight of 85 kg. 21.3.0.5 For long track only, the rear wheel rim must have a maximum width of 100 mm, be 19” or 22” in diameter, as defined in the SR. 21.3.0.6 If hand protectors are used, they must be of a shatterproof material. protected, must be protected by a nose cone or a rail of at least 50mm height. 21.3.1.6 There must be no more than 50mm between the baseboard and motorcycle and the baseboard and sidecar wheel. The baseboard must be arranged so as not to allow the passenger’s feet to be trapped. 21.3.1.7 The drive must be transmitted to the track through the rear wheel of the motorcycle. 21.3.1.8 Safety chains must be fitted to all machines equipped with girder type front forks. 21.3.1.9 A passenger must be carried in a suitably constructed sidecar. 21.3.1.10 The sidecar must be attached to the left hand side of the motorcycle. 21.3.1.11 There must be no less than 4 sidecar mounting points. 21.3.1.12 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are not permitted. 21.3.1.13 Handholds: a) Must be finished with a loop of at least 100mm, b) Must not project beyond a line taken with the outer edge of the sidecar mudguard or bodywork. c) Adjacent to the nose section of the sidecar and less than 200mm from the track surface must be at a minimum angle of 45° from the horizontal 21.3.1.14 A suitable passenger handhold must be provided on the off-side of the rear wheel. 21.3.1.15 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard must terminate not more than 45° above a horizontal line drawn through the rear wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard level on the inside and to axle level on the outside, with the suspension depressed. 21.3.1.16 The sidecar mudguard, if fitted, must cover at least 180° of the periphery of the wheel and be valanced to baseboard level on both sides. 21.3.1.17 A sidecar wheel disc may be fitted instead of a sidecar mudguard. 21.3.1.18 The rear wheel sprocket must have an approved guard, being either: a) A fully enclosed steel chain guard; or b) If a plastic or part open chain guard is used, a steel bolt of not less than 10mm minimum diameter placed 183 outside the bottom rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if damaged, must be replaced. 21.3.1.19 Where Harley-type forks are used, an approved bolt must be fitted to lock the triple clamp. 21.3.1.20 There must be a kill switch which must: a) Cut out the ignition, b) Operate on the primary circuit, c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must: i) Have a total extended length not exceeding 500mm, ii) Be attached around the rider’s right wrist when the machine is in motion, iii) Not be secured to the handlebar unless by a readily torn material. 21.4 ENGINES - TRACK 21.4.1 General 21.4.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 98dB(A) when measured as per GCR 12.8. 21.4.2 Sidecar 21.4.2.1 An event may be restricted to machines of a capacity of no more than 500cc, which will be known as a 500cc class event. 21.4.2.2 For a machine competing in any event other than a 500cc class event, the engine must comply as follows: a) The engine capacity must not exceed 1,100cc, b) Supercharged and turbocharged engines must not exceed 500cc, c) On liquid cooled engines, an overflow pipe must be used to direct any overflow of coolant away from the rider and passenger. 21.5 FUEL -TRACK 21.5.0.1 Fuel must be: a) Be unleaded, and b) Be no more than 98 RON; and c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines; and d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia; or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by 184 enjoy the ride MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”. 21.5.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition the following fuels are permitted: a) Commercially available Methanol, or b) Unleaded fuel which complies with GCR 20.5.1.1. 21.6 TRACK - JUNIOR 21.6.0.1 50cc machines are to comply with GCR 12.16. 21.7 CLASSIC TRACK 21.7.0.1 Engines must have been manufactured before 31st December 1976. 21.7.0.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30 years at the date of the competition. 21.7.1 Frame and Parts - Classic Track 21.7.1.1 The frame: a) Must have conventional swingarm rear suspension with twin shock absorbers, b) Must have a front wheel diameter of 594mm(23”), c) Must have a rear wheel diameter of 482mm (19”) or 560mm (22”), as specified in the SR, d) Must have rear tyres with a maximum tread pattern depth of 8mm, e) Must not be fitted leading-link front forks. 21.7.2 Engine Specifications - Classic Track 21.7.2.1 The engine must be: a) Single cylinder, b) 2 valve, push rod operated, c) Single spark plug, d) Of a maximum capacity of 500cc with a 2% tolerance, e) Vertical in the chassis, f) Fitted with a round slide carburettor of 38mm maximum bore, g) Must not be fitted with a centre port cross flow cylinder head. 21.7.3 Gearbox - Classic Track 21.7.3.1 The gearbox must have at least 2 gears 21.8 COMPETITION RULES - TRACK 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 21.8.1 Starts 21.8.1.1 All starts, other than handicap starts will be single row. 21.8.1.2 Grid positions will be pre-drawn and listed in the program for heats and/or rounds. 21.8.1.3 Riders choice for grid positions in the finals will apply, top scorer has first choice down through points score. 21.8.1.4 If electronic timing is used; qualifying time will determine the choice of grid position for the first heat only, the grid positions thereafter will be determined by finishing position in the previous race. 21.9 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPS 21.9.1 Solo Format for more than 12 entries per class 21.9.1.1 The championship comprises: a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats. b) 3 rounds of final heats. 21.9.2 Solo Format for less than 12 entries per class 21.9.2.1 The championship comprises 7 races. 21.9.2.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 7 races will determine Championship placings. 21.9.3 Heats and Final 21.9.3.1 The number of heat positions must not 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Sidecar Format where there are more than 6 entries per class 21.9.4.1 The championship comprises: a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats, b) 3 rounds of final heats. 21.9.5 Sidecar Format where there are less than 6 entries per class 21.9.5.1 The championship comprises 7 races. 21.9.5.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 7 races will determine Championship placings. 21.9.6 Heats and Final 21.9.6.1 The number of heat positions must not exceed 6. 21.9.6.2 The right to compete in the finals will be filled by the 6 competitors accumulating the highest number of points during the course of heats. 21.9.6.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 3 finals will determine Championship placings. 21.9.7 Race Distance 21.9.7.1 All races will be a minimum of 4 laps and a maximum of 5 laps. TRACK 21.8.3 Stewards - Track 21.8.3.1 A minimum of 1 Steward is required at all meetings in Track. 21.9.4 21 21.8.2 Flags and Signals 21.8.2.1 The dimensions of flags must be 600mm x 600mm. a) All control lights: i) Must be visible to all competitors, ii) May only be operated by the Steward or the Steward’s nominee. b) In addition to, or substitution for the flags and lights applicable to other disciplines GCR , the following signals apply: i) Start - National flag, ii) Race stoppage- Red flag or red light. iii) Immediate danger, slow- Yellow flag waved or yellow light exceed 12. 21.9.3.2 The right to compete in the finals will be filled by the 12 competitors accumulating the highest number of points during the course of heats. 21.9.3.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in the 3 finals will determine Championship placings. 21.9.3.4 For single row starts, starting positions will be determined by ballot. 21.9.8 Venues 21.9.8.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Long Track Championships will be closed to competitors for a minimum of 21 days prior to the event. 21.9.9 Scoring 21.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring system in GCR 12.14. 21.10 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPS 21.10.1.1 The Australian Senior Track Championship will be conducted as a single meeting at a venue selected by the Dirt Track Commission. enjoy the ride 185 186 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 22 QUADS 22. 22.0 QUADS machine. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – QUADS 22.0.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Quad competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 22.0.1 Helmet 22.0.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 22.0.2 Clothing 22.0.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of similar durability, 22.0.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be non-combustible and be fitted with a lining, 22.0.2.3 A jersey which must be: a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or synthetic fibre, and b) Must be a snug fit and provide protection against abrasion to the body and arms. 22.0.2.4 Commercially manufactured armour which protects the elbows, shoulders and the back, 22.0.2.5 Protection of the back must be continuous and cover all of the back area between the collar and the base of the spine. 22.0.3 Footwear 22.0.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Of recognised Motocross type, b) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material, and c) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with the rider in a racing position on the 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 22.0.4 Gloves 22.0.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 22.0.5 Goggles and Visors 22.0.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 22.0.6 Hair and Jewellery 22.0.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 22.0.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 22.0.7 Junior Clothing 22.0.7.1 In addition to the general requirements for clothing, Juniors must comply as follows: a) Protective clothing must not be loose or flapping, b) Synthetic or rubber boots may be worn as an alternative to leather for competitors with smaller than a size 1 foot, c) Commercially manufactured body armour must be worn. Soft roost protection is unacceptable. 22.0.8 Footwear in pits 22.0.8.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. 22.1 FRAMES AND PARTS - QUADS enjoy the ride 187 l) Effective brakes on all wheels, m) Handlebars, rubber hand grips, handlebar levers and number plates, n) Noise emissions of no more than 102 dB(A) as measured in GCR 12.10, o) No sharp or protruding extremities, p) Glass, mirrors and headlights removed. 22.1.0.2 Mudguards which: a) Must be fitted over the rear wheels, b) May be fitted over the front wheels. 22.1.1 Tyres- Quads 22.1.1.1 Rear tyres may be prescribed in the SR. 22.2 22.1.0.1 A quad must have: a) 4 wheels, b) A wheel at each corner of the machine, c) The front wheels must be used for steering and the rear wheels for driving, d) A maximum overall width, including the rear tyres of 1,400mm, e) A maximum wheel base of 1,500mm, f) There must be a seat for 1 person, g) The rider must straddle the seat, h) A chain guard as per GCR 12.6.8, i) A frame [Nerf Bar] between the front and rear wheels which must: i) Be of closed loop design, ii) Not extend beyond a point of the widest dimensions of the vehicle, measured with a straight edge touching the outside of the front and rear tyres, iii) Constructed to prevent the riders feet from going below the bars (material webbing is acceptable), iv) Be bolted or welded to the frame, v) Be close enough to the front and rear wheels to prevent locking together of competitors machines, vi) Have no sharp, protruding or open end tubing. j) A self closing throttle, k) An engine cut-out switch, of lanyard type attached to the body, 188 enjoy the ride ENGINES - QUADS 22.2.1 Capacities- Quads 22.2.1.1 The maximum engine capacity for a 2stroke engined quad shall not exceed 550cc, and be no more than 2 cylinders. 22.2.1.2 The maximum capacity for a 4-stroke engined quad shall not exceed 700cc and be no more than 2 cylinders. 22.2.1.3 The actual engine capacity of a machine competing in a capacity class is not to exceed the prescribed capacity for that class by more than 5%. 22.2.1.4 Where in Junior competition, the words OEM standard are used, the machine must have standard engine cases and frame(s). 22.2.2 RIDER AND MACHINE IDENTIFICATION - QUADS 22.2.2.1 Number plates are to: a) Comply with GCR 12.6, b) Be mounted centrally at the front and rear of the machine, 22.2.2.2 No competitor may compete unless wearing the machine identification number on his or her back in contrasting colours and with a minimum size of 125mm height and 20mm width of stroke. 22.3 FUEL- QUADS 22.3.0.1 Fuel for all machines must: a) Be Unleaded, and b) Be no more than 98 RON, and c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 22.4.1 CLASSES AND AGE GROUPSQUADS Quads- Club Level Racing CLASS(ES) 50cc STD 50cc STD 90cc 2-stroke Standard. 110cc 4-stroke Standard 90cc 2-stroke Modified 110cc 4-stroke Modified 200cc 2-stroke Modified 300cc 4-stroke Modified Open 2-stroke Modified, (max capacity 550cc) Open 4-stroke Modified, (max capacity 700cc) 22.4.2 Race Together Race Together Race Together Race Together Quads- Stadium Classes CLASS(ES) Open 2-stroke Modified, (max capacity 550cc) Open 4-stroke Modified, (max capacity 700cc) 22.4.3 RACING No suspension With suspension RACING Race Together Quads- Dirt Track Classes CLASS(ES) Open 2-stroke modified (max. capacity 550cc) Open 4-stroke modified (max. capacity 700cc) 450cc single cylinder 4-stroke 300cc single cylinder 2-stroke. RACING Race together Race together 22.4.4 Quads- Junior Age Groups 22.4.4.1 Subject to the next sub rule and GCR 12.15.0.1, no person who: a) Has attained the age of 16 years, or b) Is unable to right their machine may compete in any junior competition. 22.4.4.2 No junior who has attained the age of 9 years may participate on a 50cc machine. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT AGE RANGE CLASS(ES) 5 to under 9 years 50cc non-competition nippers 50cc Auto or Semi Auto (OEM Standard). up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc 4-stroke (OEM Standard). up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc 4-stroke (OEM Standard). up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc 4-stroke (Modified). up to 200cc 2-stroke or 300cc 4-stroke. 7 to under 9 years 7 to under 10 yrs 10 to under 13 yrs 9 to under 13 yrs 12 to under 16 yrs 22.5 QUADS 22.4 22.4.4.3 Junior competitors in the following age groups may compete in the corresponding classes: 22 for 2-stroke engines, and d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia, or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000” COMPETITION RULES - QUADS 22.5.1 Starting 22.5.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR, massed starts must be used. 22.5.1.2 The order and position of each competitor will be at the discretion of the Promoter and will be determined on the day of the event. 22.5.1.3 The starting grid for all events will: a) Have not less than 2 metre space for each quad, b) Be in a straight line, c) Allow for no more than 20 competitors. 22.5.1.4 The maximum number of starters must be specified in SR. 22.5.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR: a) All competitors must be called to the start line at least 2 minutes before each start, b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and when the starter is ready, the starter will hold up a 30 second sign for a full 30 seconds, c) At the end of 30 seconds a 5 second sign will be displayed, d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10 seconds after the 5 second sign is shown. 22.5.2 Finishing 22.5.2.1 The finish line must be: a) Marked with a flexible post at each side of the track, b) Clearly visible to the judge. enjoy the ride 189 23. 23.1 MOTO-TRIALS PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – MOTOTRIALS 23.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Trials competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 23.1.1 Helmet 23.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label, or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 23.1.2 Clothing 23.1.2.1 Trousers and a shirt. 23.1.3 Footwear 23.1.3.1 Calf length boots constructed of leather or similar durable material. 23.1.4 Footwear in pits 23.1.4.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pits. 23.2 CLASSES AND GRADES – MOTOTRIALS 23.2.1 Classes 23.2.1.1 Classes in Moto-Trials are: a) Open solo- which may be subdivided into Expert, A, B, C and Clubman grades, b) Open sidecar- which may be subdivided into A&B grades, c) Juniors- 7 to under 16 years, d) Veteran- for competitors 40 years of age and over and will use the Venables handicap system. (This handicap system is based on a formula devised by the late Ralph Venables, in that the riders’ age is subtracted from 70. The number 190 enjoy the ride remaining is added to the riders points lost, as a handicap), e) Classic- for machines manufactured before 1965, f) Post Classic (Twin Shock)- for machines manufactured before 1986. The machines may not be fitted with disc brakes or monoshocks, g) Women, h) Masters- for competitors of 35 years of age and over. No handicapping system will apply, i) Youth- for competitors aged between 16 and under 21 years at the first day of the event. This class will compete using the Masters lines. 23.2.2 Junior 23.2.2.1 The following age groups and capacity classes subject to GCR 12.15.0.1 may compete on courses for junior competitions: AGE Up to under 16 years Up to under 16 years 13 to under 16 years 13 to under 16 years CAPACITY Up to 100cc Up to 200cc Open Capacity Open Capacity-Women only 23.2.3 Identification Plates 23.2.3.1 Identification plates must: a) Measure 200mm x 150mm +/-10%, b) Have the rider’s name displayed on the identification plate, using lettering 25mm high minimum. 23.2.3.2 Identification plates may include reference to: a) Where a rider completed the Australian Moto-Trials Championship in the first 10 places in the previous year, that rider’s place in the Championship, and b) The rider’s club or sponsor, providing 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT b) Leaded fuel, providing that: i) The fuel is purchased from suppliers approved by Environment Australia, ii) The fuel purchase is logged in a Leaded Fuel Passbook issued by Environment Australia through MA the background colour of the plate remains prominent and clearly visible. 23.2.4 Rider and Grade Identification 23.2.4.1 The following grades will have the following identification plates: CLASS/GRADE A grade and experts B grade Masters Youth C grade & Veterans Juniors, Clubman & Post Classic Women Sidecars - A grade Sidecars - B grade Classic 23.3 PLATE BACKGROUND COLOUR Red Yellow Yellow Yellow Blue White White Red Yellow Black FRAMES & PARTS - MOTO-TRIALS 23.4 FUEL- MOTO-TRIALS 23.4.0.1 Fuel for machines other than Classic competition must : a) Be unleaded, and b) Be no more than 98 RON, c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines. d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia, or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”. 23.4.0.2 Fuel for Classic Moto-Trials must be: a) As per GCR 23.4.0.1, or 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 23.5.0.1 The eligibility and dating of Classic motorcycles shall be considered in terms of major and minor components and the period of the motorcycle shall be the period of the latest major component. 23.5.0.2 Major components are: a) All engine and gearbox external castings, b) Frames, c) Brakes, d) Wheel hubs, e) Forks, and f) Carburettors. 23.5.0.3 Mk1 Amal Concentric carburettors may be used. 23.5.0.4 Major components that were manufactured outside the period, but which are visually indistinguishable from period components shall be eligible for that period. 23.5.0.5 All other components shall be considered as minor components. 23.5.0.6 Minor components may be modified or updated provided that they remain visually compatible with the period being depicted. 23.5.0.7 For the purposes of determining eligibility machines are categorised as follows: a) Pre-1965: i) Manufactured before 31st December 1964, b) Pre-1965 heavyweight solo: i) Non-unit construction engines with an original capacity of over 250cc, or ii) Unit construction engines with an original capacity of over 350cc. c) Pre-1965 lightweight solo: i) Non-unit construction engines with an original capacity of 250cc or less, enjoy the ride MOTO-TRIALS 23.3.2 Ignition cut-out switch 23.3.2.1 All machines must be fitted with an effective ignition cut-out switch operating on the primary circuit and attached to the handlebars. CLASSIC TRIALS 23 23.3.1 Tyre Types 23.3.1.1 With the exception of mini-bikes and and the sidecar tyres of sidecars, tyres must be of a Trials Universal pattern on all machines. 23.5 191 ii) Unit construction engines with an original capacity of 350cc or less. d) Post Classic (Twin Shock): i) For models designed and first manufactured between 1st January 1965 to 31st December 1986, ii) Disc brake models are not eligible, iii) Pre-1965 machines that have been modified so as to provide a ground clearance or chassis performance more in keeping with this era shall compete as specials in this post classic category. 23.6 SIDECAR - MOTO-TRIALS 23.6.1 Designs and Dimensions 23.6.1.1 There must be a platform and nose cone or platform and front plates with the following dimensions: a) Overall length must be at least 775mm, b) The wheel track must be at least 750mm, c) The nose cone or front plate must be at least 200mm wide and 200mm high at the rear. The nose cone must taper to at least 100mm at the front. d) The width from the rear of the nose cone to the rear of the sidecar must be at least 200mm. e) The inner sideboard of the platform must be either 130mm high or there must be a gap of no more than 50mm between the sideboard and any adjacent point on the motorcycle. 23.6.1.2 The sidecar and machine wheels, if exposed, must be valanced on the inside. 23.6.1.3 Passenger grab rails, handles and straps may be fitted. 23.6.1.4 Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited. 23.6.1.5 An effective cut out switch must be attached to the handlebars. 23.6.1.6 Identification plates are required (refer GCR 11.5). 23.6.1.7 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front 192 enjoy the ride and rear wheels. 23.6.1.8 When brake cam arms or lever are of open or hooked type, the brake actuating rod or cable must be secured so as to prevent accidental dislodgment. 23.7 COMPETITION RULES – MOTOTRIALS 23.7.1 General 23.7.1.1 The result of a Moto-Trial or any class of Moto-Trial is decided on the total number of points lost, the winner being the competitor who loses the least number of points. 23.7.1.2 In the hearing and determination of any protest or appeal arising out of a MotoTrial, video evidence may not be used. 23.7.1.3 In the event of a tie in points, the tie is to be broken as follows: a) The competitor who completes the greatest number of sections without loss of points wins, b) If the tie continues, the competitor wins who completes the greatest number of sections with the loss of 1 point, 2 points, 3 points and so on, c) If there is still a tie, a ride-off must take place, starting from the 1st section at a severity level decided by the Clerk of Course and continuing in numerical order until the tie is broken. 23.7.1.4 Meetings may be held in the following categories: a) Trials, b) No-Stop Trials, c) Super Trials. 23.7.1.5 Unless otherwise stipulated in SR all meetings will run using the trials rules described in GCR 23.7.3. 23.7.2 Courses 23.7.2.1 Observed sections: a) Must be clearly named or numbered, b) Must have a clearly marked start and finish, c) Must have clearly marked boundaries, d) Must be preceded by an observed area of the route where the competitors are controlled, e) Must, wherever possible, be 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 23.7.2.2 23.7.2.3 23.7.2.6 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 23.7.3 Penalties - Competitions 23.7.3.1 The following terms have the following respective meanings: a) Footing occurs when: i) Any part of the body of the rider touches the ground, ii) Any part of the machine other than the: Footrests, Wheels, Tyres, Engine casing, Frame, Protection plates under the engine, Sidecar body, MOTO-TRIALS 23.7.2.5 a) May modify the design of a section between the passage of the last competitor on 1 lap and the first competitor on the following lap, and b) Must give adequate notice to competitors of these modifications provided that such modification will not justify a supplementary time allowance for the modified section to be inspected. 23 23.7.2.4 bounded by natural obstacles, although artificial boundaries may be used to define the lateral limits of sections, f) May be reduced in places by the use of gates at a minimum width of 1,200mm for solos and 2,000mm for sidecars. A machine is deemed to be in an observed section from the time the front axle passes the “Section Begins” gate until the front axle passes the “Section Ends” gate. Passage through section must be indicated by gates which consist of: a) 2 arrows pointing inwards, b) An arrow and a natural obstacle or boundary, c) Coloured rectangles, red for right and white for left may be used to indicate section outer boundaries. The available width between 2 successive gates may be limited by means of tape which must be: a) Placed no more than 500mm above the ground, b) Not inside the line of markers on the same side. Where a section is marked by stakes they must be: a) Of flexible material, b) Connected by tape placed no more than 500mm above the ground, c) Coloured Red for right and White for left. The Promoter: touches the ground or an obstacle without stopping progress of the machine, iii) Sliding a foot along the ground is deemed to be footing more than twice, b) Stopping occurs when the machine fails to maintain forward progress relative to the direction of the course, c) Dismounting occurs when the rider has both feet on the ground, on the same side of or behind the machine. enjoy the ride 193 23.7.3.2 The following penalties apply: INFRINGEMENT Footing once Footing twice Footing more than twice Stopping without footing Stopping whilst footing once Footing twice whilst stopped Footing more than twice whilst stopped Moving backwards without footing Moving backwards whilst footing Moving either wheel sideways whilst stopped, without footing The machine crosses a boundary with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground The machine passes the wrong side of a boundary or grade marker for a riders own grade with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground. The machine jumps over a boundary or marker for a riders own grade with both wheels to avoid part of a course. Breaking a boundary tape or dislodging a boundary marker Riding over or riding on or dislodging a grade marker for a riders own grade. Missing a gate or riding through a gate in the wrong direction, for a riders own grade. Rider does not have both hands on the handlebar when he foots, whilst stationery Engine stopping whilst rider stationary and rider footing or leaning Crossing machine tracks whilst moving forward The handlebar of the motorcycle touches the ground Dismounting from the machine with both feet on the ground, on the same side or behind the machine Any part of sidecar passenger touching ground or other obstacle Sidecar failing to maintain forward motion INFRINGEMENT Practising on course prior to event For disorderly conduct towards an official Rider or Minder arguing with an official Not vacating a section after failure Handing in scorecard after finish time (per minute)* Handing in scorecard more than 30 minutes after finish time* Losing a scorecard (per section) Rider or Minder altering a section Missing a section Refusing to attempt a section Minder obstructing or conversing with observer regarding scoring Late to Scrutineering (per minute) * Or as detailed in the SR 23.7.3.3 The greatest penalty incurred in a section is the only one to be taken into account for each competitor. 23.7.3.4 A competitor who receives the maximum 5 point penalty in a section must vacate that section either: a) At the first available opportunity, or 194 enjoy the ride POINTS LOST NOSUPER STOP TRIALS TRIALS TRIALS 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 0 5 0 1 5 5 2 5 5 3 5 5 5 5 0 5 5 5 0 5 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 POINTS LOST ALL TRIALS Exclusion 100 10 10 1 Exclusion 5 5 5 5 5 1 b) As directed by an official. 23.7.3.5 Where necessary, for Moto-Trials, organisers may include a 90 second time limit to complete each section. A competitor will receive the maximum 5 point penalty for not completing a section within the time period. This instruction 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT should be included in SR. 23.7.3.6 Where necessary, for Moto-Trials, organisers may include a time limit to complete the first lap. This instruction should be included and defined in the SR. 23.7.4 Minder - Moto-trials 23.7.4.1 Each competitor in an event may have a Minder who, for the purposes of these Rules, will be a competitor. 23.7.4.2 A Minder must be identified as such in accordance with the requirements of the SR. the championships may use the course during the period of competition. 23.8.2 Preferred championship Date 23.8.2.1 It is recommended that the Australian Moto-Trials Championship be conducted by 31st August in each year. 23.8 AUSTRALIAN MOTO-TRIALS CHAMPIONSHIPS 23.8.3 Standards 23.8.3.1 Promoters must ensure that the standards of sections must provide for all levels of competitor in each class. 23.8.3.2 Riders of any nationality may be awarded an Australian Championship. The MotoTrials Commission recommends that the Promoter provides a trophy for the best Australian should an Australian not win the title. 23.8.1 Use of Course 23.8.1.1 For the Australian Moto-Trials Championships, only those competing for 23.8.4 Handicap The Venables handicap GCR 23.2.1.1(d) must be used for the Veteran’s class. ZAP racing 23 g u a r d MOTO-TRIALS s h a r k ZAP racing shark guards * No drilling required * Attaches to bobbin mount * Available for most sports bikes * Required for racing ZAP racing fender eliminators also available - in lightweight anodised aluminium to clean up your rear ZAP racing motorcycle accessories telephone 0417 977 828 info@zapracing.com.au www.zapracing.com.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 195 24. 24.1 SUPERMOTO PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – SUPERMOTO 24.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Supermoto competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 24.1.1 Helmet 24.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label; or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 24.1.2 Clothing 24.1.2.1 A 1-piece leather suit or jacket and trousers constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability, which meets FIM requirements, a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted with front opening slide fasteners, a safety strap must be fitted and secured at the neck, b) In the case of a jacket and trousers, provision must be made to attach the rear of the jacket securely to the trousers, c) The following areas must be padded with at least a double layer of leather or enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick: i) Shoulders, ii) Elbows, iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and iv) Knees. 24.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back protector, which continuously covers 196 enjoy the ride the back area between the collar line and the base of the spine. 24.1.3 Footwear 24.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which must: a) Be constructed of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. but not constructed of rubber, b) At least overlap the suit or trousers when the rider is in the normal riding position, c) Not have soft leather soles. 24.1.3.2 Motocross boots are approved. 24.1.4 Gloves 24.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 24.1.5 Goggles and Visors 24.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet, d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 24.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 24.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 24.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT FRAMES AND PARTS- SUPERMOTO 24.2.1 Tyres 24.2.1.1 Knobby tyres are not permitted. 24.2.1.2 Additional cuts and/or grooves may be made to tyres. 24.2.2 Rims 24.2.2.1 Rims must be up to 17” in S1, S2 and S3 classes. 24.2.2.2 Rims other than 17” may be used in S4, S5, S6 classes. 24.2.2.3 Any rim size can be used in S7/S8 classes. 24.2.3 Brakes 24.2.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the brake pad fixture. The safety wire used on the brake caliper bolts must be visible. 24.2.4 Hand Protectors 24.2.4.1 If hand protectors are used, they must be of a shatter proof material. 24.3 ENGINES- SUPERMOTO 24.3.1 General 24.3.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit the discharge of any lubricating, cooling or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked or otherwise secured in the tightened position in a manner approved by the Scrutineer. 24.3.1.2 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler caps and drain plugs must be visible. 24.3.1.3 Where flexible oil lines other than those supplied as standard equipment by the original machine manufacturer are used, they must incorporate high pressure hose secured by high pressure connections. Worm drive hose clamps may not be used. 24.3.1.4 All hoses must be securely fitted and guarded to prevent contact with: a) The ground, b) Tyres or other moving parts over the full movement of the suspension. 24.3.1.5 Only single or twin cylinder engines may be used. 24.3.1.6 On all engines, an oil catch tank of 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 24.4 SUPERMOTO 24.2 500cc minimum, properly fastened, or a closed breather system must be installed. 24.3.1.7 The only liquid coolant permitted is water. 24.3.1.8 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic fluid levels must be maintained within manufacturers’ specifications. 24.3.1.9 A self-closing throttle must be fitted. 24.3.1.10 A non-return valve must be fitted to the tank breather pipe which must discharge into a catch tank with a minimum capacity of 350cc. 24 24.1.7 Footwear in pits 24.1.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit area. FUEL- SUPERMOTO 24.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must : a) Be unleaded; and b) Be no more than 98 RON. c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines. d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia; or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”. 24.5 CAPACITY CLASSES- SUPERMOTO CLASS S1 S2 S3 S4 Clubman S5 Clubman S6 Clubman S7 Junior S8 Junior Quads Open 2-stroke Quads. Open 4-stroke Quads 450cc Quads 300cc CAPACITY Over 250cc 2-stroke Over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke Up to 250cc 2-stroke Up to 450cc 4-stroke 125cc to 200cc 2-stroke Up to 250cc 4-stroke Open Class 250cc 2-stroke Up to 450cc 4-stroke 125cc 2-stroke Up to 250cc 4-stroke 13-15 years, up to 125cc 2-stroke 13-15 years, up to 250cc 4-stroke Up to 550cc Up to 700cc Single 4-stroke Single 2-stroke enjoy the ride 197 24.6 COMPETITION RULES- SUPERMOTO 24.6.0.1 Senior classes of the same capacity may be combined if provided for in SR. 24.6.1 Starting 24.6.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR, massed starts must be used. 24.6.1.2 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR, qualifying for starting grid positions must be held. 24.6.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk of Course must allocate starting grid positions. 24.6.2 Grid Positions 24.6.2.1 There must be a maximum of 4 riders per row with a minimum of 1 metre between riders. 24.6.2.2 There must be a minimum of 4 metres between rows. 24.6.2.3 No more than 30 riders may participate in each race. 24.6.3 Stopping and Re-Running 24.6.3.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has excluded a competitor for unfair conduct and considers that such conduct has: a) Given an advantage to the team of which the offender is a member, b) In the case of a non-team event, jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or more of the other competitors in the event, may declare the event void and order a rerun. 24.6.3.2 If the event continues, any competitor unable to cross the finish line as a result of such conduct on the part of the excluded competitor may be deemed to have finished the race in the place: a) Held immediately before such conduct, b) Having regard to any advancement in placing following the exclusion, in some other place. 24.6.3.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an event and order it to be re-run if it would be dangerous for it to continue. 24.6.3.4 In any re-run: a) Any competitor who: i) Fell in the stopped event as a result of having been fouled, ii) Intentionally laid down their 198 enjoy the ride machine in the interests of safety, or iii) Left the course in the interests of safety, may participate. b) Any competitor who: i) Caused or contributed to the event being stopped, ii) Failed to start in, iii) Retired from, iv) Was excluded from, or v) Had been lapped during the course of the stopped event; may not participate. 24.6.3.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course has stopped a race due to danger the following will apply: a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped race were completed: i) The stopped race will be declared null and void, ii) The race may be re-run, iii) The re-run race will be for the full race distance, iv) The original grid positions will be used, v) The place of any machine unable to take part in the re-run race will be left vacant, vi) Machines may be repaired or replaced provided they have been approved by the Scrutineer. b) If more than 2 laps, but less than 75% of the race distance, have been completed: i) The race may be re-started, but only once, ii) The restart must occur no more than 30 minutes after the race has been stopped, iii) The re-started race distance will be equal to the balance of the stopped race distance, iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined by the order of competitors at the finish line of the last full lap of the stopped race, v) Only competitors who have completed at least 75% of 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT viii) ix) x) xi) 24.6 SUPERMOTO vii) 24.6.4 Jump Start 24.6.4.1 If the front wheel spindle of the motorcycle crosses the line which marks the front of that riders starting position on the grid before the red light goes out, this will be considered as an jump start. 24.6.4.2 Upon the recommendation of the Clerk of Course, a board reading “Jump Start” together with the rider’s number will be displayed at the start/finish line to a rider who committed the jumped start. 24.6.4.3 The penalty for a jump start is a mandatory 15 seconds to be added to the infringing rider(s) time(s). 24 vi) the laps completed by the leading competitor at the time of stopping will be permitted to participate in the re-started race, Machines may be repaired or replaced provided they have been approved by the Scrutineer, The stopped race and any re-run will be deemed to be parts of the 1 race, The winner will be the competitor having the highest number of laps at the finish, Where 2 or more competitors complete the same number of laps the winning order will be determined by the time taken by each to complete those laps, If at least 75% of the scheduled race distance is completed full points will be awarded. If less than 75% of the scheduled race distance is completed half points will be awarded. AUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO CHAMPIONSHIP 24.6.0.1 The Australian Supermoto Championships are to be conducted annually. 24.6.0.2 The method of conducting this Championship will be listed in the SR for the Event(s) MA MEMBERS GET UNBELIEVABLE DEALS DIRECT FROM HEWLETT - PACKARD How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy enjoy the the rideride 199199 25. 25.1 ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ENDURO & RELIABILITY TRIALS 25.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Enduro or Reliability Trial competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 25.1.1 Helmet 25.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label; or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 25.1.2 Clothing 25.1.2.1 Trousers of: a) Leather, b) Nylon lined Motocross type, c) Padded denim Motocross type, d) Reinforced padded nylon, e) Padded waterproof waxed cotton when worn so that no part of the body is uncovered when the competitor is in the normal racing position, 25.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be non-combustible and be fitted with a lining, 25.1.2.3 A jacket of: a) Leather, b) Reinforced nylon, or c) Waxed cotton which leaves no part of the body uncovered when the competitor is in the normal riding position 25.1.2.4 Or a 1 piece suit of leather, reinforced nylon, or waxed cotton 200 enjoy the ride 25.1.3 Footwear 25.1.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Of recognised Motocross type, b) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material, and c) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with the rider in a racing position on the machine. 25.1.4 Gloves 25.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 25.1.5 Goggles and Visors 25.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, and/or helmet visors must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 25.1.5.2 Tear-offs on goggles are not permitted for Enduro events. 25.1.6 Hair and Jewellery 25.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 25.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 25.1.7 Footwear in pits 25.1.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25.2 FRAMES AND PARTS - ENDURO & RELIABILITY TRIALS 25.2.1 Solo Classes 25.2.1.1 The classes for solo are to be determined by the RCB. 25.2.1.2 Hand lever protectors may be single or double mounted. 25.2.1.3 If hand lever protectors are fitted, they must be of shatterproof material. 25.2.1.4 All machines must be fitted with an effective ignition cut-off switch located on the handlebars. 25.2.1.5 Where road authority registration is required, the rear mudguard must be of an Enduro style, equipped with a rear-facing tail light clearly visible to following road users. The must be sufficient space below the rear light to mount the numberplate. 25.2.3.2 The handlebars must be equipped with a protection pad on the cross bar. Handlebars without a cross member must be equipped with a protection pad located in the middle of the handlebars, covering the handlebar clamps. 25.3 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT COMPETITION RULES- ENDURO & RELIABILITY TRIALS 25.4.1 Courses 25.4.1.1 Courses must be clearly marked. 25.4.1.2 Each course must: a) Have time check points which must: i) Have a digital clock showing hours minutes and seconds at the control table, ii) Have a check list showing arrival time of each competitor in the time check, iii) Be placed at the entrance to the parc fermè for the start and finish of each day of the event, iv) Be placed at intermediate points selected by the Promoter and indicated on the itinerary, v) Preferably be no less than 5 nor more than 35 kilometres apart, vi) Be indicated by: White flags placed 200 enjoy the ride ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS 25.3.0.1 Fuel for all machines must : a) Be unleaded; and b) Be no more than 100 RON. c) Contain no additives other than those added at the point of 25.4 25 FUEL- ENDURO & RELIABILITY TRIALS manufacture except for lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines. d) Be readily available from retail petrol pumps within Australia; or e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by MA that is compatible with the “Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000”. 25.3.0.2 For Enduro events, it is recommended that fuel containers do not exceed 10 litres and are fitted with a suitable pouring spout. 201 metres, and Yellow flags placed 20 metres before the control table, and Green flags placed 2 metres after the control table, Flags placed on both sides of the course so as to be clearly visible to the competitors. 25.4.1.3 Each course may: a) Have route check points which: i) Need not be marked on the route card, ii) Must be indicated by blue flags placed on either side of the course 200 metres before the route check, iii) Have a check list of the progress of each competitor. b) Have time check points with no service which: i) Will display a white flag with a black cross on both sides of the track 70 metres before the control table. ii) GCR 25.4.11(b),(d) and (f) do not apply. 25.4.1.4 For multi-day events each course may have: a) A final service area before the final time check point, b) Before the final service area, a prefinish Time Check, which is a no service time check. After which competitors have 15 minutes to reach the final time check. 25.4.1.5 The area between the yellow and green flags is considered parc fermè concerning access. 25.4.1.6 Any time check without service will display a white flag with black cross, on both sides of the track 70 metres before the control table. 25.4.2 Enduro Flags 25.4.2.1 For Enduros, flags will have the following meanings: a) White flags displayed on pegs- Entry to fuel control- Time check 200 metres, 202 enjoy the ride b) Yellow flags displayed on pegsEntry to time check, c) Blue flags displayed on pegs- Route check approx. 200 metres, d) White flag with Black Cross displayed on pegs- No service time check approx. 70 metres, e) Green Flag displayed on pegs - Exit from Time Check. 25.4.3 Entries 25.4.3.1 After the closing date for entries: a) A competitor may apply in writing to the Race Secretary for permission to change machines, and be entered in the relevant class, b) A team may apply in writing to the Race Secretary for permission: i) For a team member to change machines and be entered in the relevant class, ii) To substitute 1 entered team member for another. 25.4.3.2 The Race Secretary may grant permission subject to such conditions as he or she thinks fit or may refuse permission. 25.4.3.3 A competitor who is substituted may not compete without the permission of the Race Secretary. 25.4.3.4 No team or competitor may change the capacity of an entered machine. 25.4.3.5 Applications must be delivered to the Race Secretary before the preliminary machine examination. 25.4.4 The Starting Area 25.4.4.1 The starting area must: a) Contain a parc fermè to which all access and egress is controlled and which connects directly to the working area, b) Contain a working area from which there is only 1 exit to the starting enclosure and where machine maintenance may be carried out, c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1 end of which is the starting line and in which the competitors await the starting signal, d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise regulated as to access so as to prevent the entry of unauthorised persons, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT e) Be in the charge of officials who are clearly identified, f) Have its entrance and exit clearly marked. 25.4.4.2 No competitor or person other than: a) The Steward, b) The Clerk of Course, or c) Any other official in charge thereof may enter the starting area unless authorised by a relevant official or otherwise for purposes permitted under these Rules. 25.4.4.3 The SR may prescribe the time for delivery of machines into the starting area before the start of an event and thereafter machines must: a) Remain in the starting area until the start, b) Be returned at the end of each day for detention overnight, c) Be released in time for the start of the next day, d) Be in the open air and not covered in any manner. 25.4.7 Starting Procedures 25.4.7.1 The start signal for each competitor must 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS 25.4.6 Starting Order and Numbers 25.4.6.1 The starting order of groups or classes will be as determined by the SR. 25.4.6.2 The starting numbers of riders will be determined by a draw for each class. 25.4.8 Event Procedures 25.4.8.1 For Enduros, the total time for the day of competition must not exceed 71/2 hours, including the 15 minutes at the final time check 25.4.8.2 Competitors must at all times during the event: a) Remain on the course, b) Follow the competition direction. 25.4.8.3 At the beginning or end of a lap, a section or day the Clerk of Course, due to weather or other conditions, may: a) Declare a section of the course to be impassable and in that event: i) That section will cease to be part of the course, and ii) Any penalties incurred in that 25 25.4.5 Preliminary Examination 25.4.5.1 Before each event, there must be a preliminary examination of competing machines. 25.4.5.2 At the preliminary examination, each machine may be tested for noise and marked if it does not exceed the prescribed noise emission levels. NOTE: Noise limits for Enduro machines will be reduced on the following schedule: 2008 96dB(A) 2009 94dB(A). 25.4.5.3 At the conclusion of the preliminary examination each machine must be delivered into the parc fermè. No motorcycle may enter parc fermè without a stand approved at machine examination. 25.4.5.4 An event commences at the conclusion of the preliminary examination. be given as nearly as practicable to that competitor’s scheduled starting time. 25.4.7.2 It is not permitted to start the engine in: a) The parc fermè, working area, or b) The starting area before the starting signal is given. 25.4.7.3 Within 1 minute of the signal being given, the competitor must: a) Start the engine at the starting line using the machine’s kick starter or starter motor, b) Cross a second line 20 metres from the starting line under engine power. 25.4.7.4 A competitor who arrives at the starting line more than 1 minute late for that competitor’s allocated starting time: a) Will lose 60 points for every minute late, b) Must be allocated a new start time which must be the indicated time of arrival at the starting line ignoring seconds, c) Must comply with standard starting procedures, 25.4.7.5 If the competitor is more than 60 minutes late, they will be excluded for the day. 25.4.7.6 On each day of the event, competitors may enter the parc fermè 15 minutes before their starting times and move their machines by hand to the entry to the work area. 25.4.7.7 Competitors will have 10 minutes before their starting times to carry out machine preparation. 203 section will not be taken into account in scoring for the event. b) Change the time schedule for the section to a slower schedule. 25.4.8.4 Each competitor must be allocated a starting time and a time for each section between time checks. 25.4.8.5 The recorded arrival time for each competitor in a section is the starting time for that competitor in the next section. 25.4.8.6 During an event, a competitor must not stop between the yellow flags and the control table. 25.4.8.7 A competitor may pass the final time check at the entrance to the parc fermè early, without penalty. 25.4.8.8 At the end of any event there may be a final examination at which any 1 or more of the machines may be impounded for examination. 25.4.8.9 If a competitor can convince the Jury he was delayed by abnormal circumstances outside his control, (e.g. providing assistance to an injured competitor), an allowance may be granted. Alleged baulking by another competitor is not an abnormal circumstance. 25.4.8.10 When the case of a rider is under discussion he may continue in the event until the jury makes the final decision. 25.4.9 Restarts 25.4.9.1 A competitor who retires, or is excluded from an event for a day: a) For multi-day events, may restart in the competition on following days from the rear of the field, b) For single day events, or if the competitor is excluded or retires for a second time from a multi-day event, may not continue on the course. 25.4.9.2 To be eligible to restart, a competitor must deliver the machine to the parc fermè no more than 60 minutes before the amended start time. 25.4.10 Time Cards, Route Cards and Itinerary 25.4.10.1 Each competitor must stop at all time checkpoints and route checkpoints. 25.4.10.2 Time cards must be issued and route cards may be issued: a) For the first day, at the preliminary examination, b) For all other days, as competitors 204 enjoy the ride leave the parc fermè at the end of the previous day. 25.4.10.3 Time cards: a) Must be presented at each control table, or, on demand, to an official, b) Must be handed in at the end of each day to the final control official, c) Must not be altered or obliterated by any competitor, d) Must not be exchanged between competitors, e) Must, in the event of loss, be replaced by the official in charge of the next time control, f) May show the prescribed running time for each section. 25.4.10.4 Route cards: a) Must be presented at all route checks, b) Must be handed in at the end of each day to the final control official, c) Must not be altered or obliterated by any competitor, d) Must not be exchanged between competitors, e) Must, in the event of loss, be replaced by the official in charge of the next time control. 25.4.10.5 Itineraries: a) Must be issued at the preliminary examination or displayed prominently in the starting area, b) Must clearly indicate all competition distances and show the prescribed running time for each section, c) Must contain samples of signs or indicators used for course markings, d) Are, for all purposes connected with the competition, deemed to be accurate. 25.4.11 Maintenance, Repair, Alteration and Refueling 25.4.11.1 A machine may be cleaned, altered, repaired or refueled during an event as follows: a) Subject to sub-Rule b), assistance is not permitted during the course of an event, b) A competitor may receive assistance for the following: i) Refueling, ii) Removing, replacing and 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT c) d) e) h) i) 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT k) l) m) n) o) day. The engine must be stopped during refueling, An environmental mat or other effective device is required to be used when refueling. No fuel may be carried other than in a tank or container permanently attached to the machine, Unless otherwise stated in the SR, replacement of any fluids except water or coolant is only permitted in the work area and at a Time Check between the white and yellow flags where service is permitted, There must be at least 1 refueling depot every 50 km. Tyres may only be changed: i) At the final service area, ii) In the work area at the start. 25.4.12 Assistance 25.4.12.1 All outside assistance is forbidden, other than the normal assistance given at the Official Time Checks and to clean the number plates and plastic parts of the motorcycle with the aid of a sponge or cloth. 25.4.12.2 The term “outside assistance” refers to the act involved when any person, other than the rider or an official performing his duties, comes into contact with the motorcycle. 25.4.12.3 No machine may be moved otherwise than by: a) Its engine, or b) The actions of its rider. 25.4.12.4 No competitor may be accompanied anywhere on the course or receive or transmit communications electronically. 25.4.12.5 Junior competitors may receive outside assistance anywhere on the course. 25.4.13 Inspection and Marking 25.4.13.1 At any time check a relevant official: a) Must record the time as displayed on the clock when the competitor’s time card is presented, b) May inspect any machine, c) May mark any part, d) May direct the alteration of any machine which does not comply with any requirement of these Rules or enjoy the ride ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS g) j) 25 f) replenishing: Coolant, Engine and gearbox lubricating oils. iii) Removing air from the braking circuit, iv) Inflating tubes and tyres. No work on the machine may take place: i) In any tent, vehicle or other enclosed place, ii) In the parc fermè, iii) In the Time Check area. Subject to sub-Rule e), a competitor may, for the purposes of carrying out alterations or repairs, receive tools, tubes and air bottles at any place on the course. A competitor may not receive or use the following tools: i) Any form of welding equipment other than for repairs to the exhaust system, ii) Pressure cleaning apparatus, iii) Electrical and air powered tools operated by remote connection. A competitor may, for the purposes of carrying out alterations or repairs, receive spare parts: i) In the working area in the starting area, ii) Between the white and yellow flags adjacent to a time check point. A competitor may leave used parts where the alterations or repairs were carried out. Junior competitors may receive parts anywhere on the course. For repairs to an exhaust system: i) Repairs must be carried out under the supervision of an official, ii) A competitor will be allowed 2 hours from the original scheduled finishing time to complete repairs, iii) The repaired machine must submit to a noise test before being allowed to enter the parc fermè at the end of the 205 the SR, e) May direct the administration of any noise or other test, f) May report any competitor or machine to the jury or a key official. 25.4.13.2 Any competitor required to submit to a noise test under the preceding Rule: a) May request a further test during the 30 minutes next after the completion of the required test, b) May be required, at the expiration of that time, to submit to a further test, c) May not continue in the event if, at the expiration of that time, the machine does not comply with the prescribed noise emission levels. 25.4.14 Timed Tests 25.4.14.1 Timed tests must be as follows: a) Average speed must not exceed 50 km/h. b) Competitors may inspect test courses on foot but not by wheeled vehicle, c) Be safe and of a reasonable degree of difficulty, d) For multi-day events, be marked not less than 48 hours before the scheduled start time for the test, e) A rider who leaves the test course and gains an advantage may incur penalties as in GCR 4.3.2. 25.4.15 Cross Tests and Enduro Tests 25.4.15.1 Cross tests and Enduro tests must be as follows: a) Cross test courses must: i) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres in length, ii) Be specially prepared for the test, iii) Have safety zones at all bends and other places of potential danger to spectators, with a minimum width of 1 metre to which spectators have no access, iv) Start within 1 kilometre of a time check point, v) Have the start and finish line in the same vicinity. b) Enduro test courses must: i) Be readily accessible to a 4 206 enjoy the ride c) d) e) f) g) wheel drive vehicle, ii) Be on a section of the course between 2 time checks, iii) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres in length, iv) Be untimed during the first lap and timed during subsequent laps. Each competitor must: i) Start with the engine running, ii) Come to a stop at the start line, as directed by an official, and start within 10 seconds after being directed by the official, iii) The riders start time will be the moment the front wheel moves past the recording device or at the expiration of the 10 seconds. More than 1 test may be run on the same course in each day, Tests must have flying finishes with each competitor’s time being recorded at the point of crossing the finish line, Competitors may inspect special test courses on foot, As each competitor finishes they must resume the principal course without stopping. 25.4.16 Cross Country 25.4.16.1 These rules are additional to and/or exceptions to current Enduro rules. All other Enduro rules apply in this form of the discipline unless modified by SCB bylaws or the event SR. 25.4.16.2 Cross Country is an off road, natural terrain, continuous multi-lap event with each lap being between 10 kms and 20 kms in length. The rider or team in each class completing the most laps in the least elapsed time will be declared the winner of the class. 25.4.16.3 Cross Country events may be run over: a) A specified number of laps, or b) A specified length of time. 25.4.16.4 Cross Country events must: a) Start with riders lined up in single rows, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT b) Have a maximum of 40 riders per row, c) Start only one row at a time, d) Have a minimum of 1 minute between rows starting, 25.4.16.5 Prior to competition there will be an escorted preliminary lap of the course 25.4.16.6 Outside mechanical assistance is permitted in areas designated by the organiser (including receiving tools and parts). 25.4.17 Cross Country Pony Express 25.4.17.1 Pony Express is a form of Cross Country racing in which usually riders participate under the following conditions: a) 2 riders and 2 machines, b) 2 riders and 1 machine, c) Iron man Class - 1 rider and 1 machine. 25.4.20 Finish of Event 25.4.20.1 All finishing machines may be impounded for 30 minutes. 25.4.20.2 For each machine an event finishes: a) If there is a final examination, at the conclusion of the examination of the machine, b) If there is no final examination, at the moment the machine arrives at the final time check. enjoy the ride ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25.4.19 Final Test 25.4.19.1 At the end of an event, there may be a final test which must: a) Be conducted on a closed circuit, b) Consist of not less than 5 or more than 10 laps, with the actual number of laps prescribed in the SR, c) Cover not less than 10 or more than 18 kilometres. 25.4.19.2 Before the start of the test all machines must be delivered to a parc fermè. 25.4.19.3 Prior to competition, there will be a voluntary escorted preliminary lap of the course. 25.4.19.4 Tests will be divided into groups based on classes. 25.4.19.5 Restart competitors must compete in a separate test. 25.4.19.6 For multi-day events, massed starts must be used with grid positions determined by placings at the end of the previous day. 25.4.19.7 For 1 day events, grid positions must be allocated by the Promoter. 25.4.19.8 The test will not be complete until the expiration of 5 minutes from the winning competitor being shown the chequered flag. 25.4.19.9 Should a competitor finish the road test late, the competitor may be transferred to another group. 25 25.4.18 Sprint 25.4.18.1 These rules are additional to and/or exceptions to current Enduro rules. All other enduro rules apply in this form of the discipline unless modified by SCB by-laws or the event SR. 25.4.18.2 Sprint is an off road, natural terrain event consisting of a number of heats of a short course. Each heat is set along the lines of an Enduro Special Test. The rider in each class with the least total elapsed time will be declared the winner of the class. 25.4.18.3 Sprint heats will adhere to Enduro rules for Timed tests (GCR 24.4.14) 25.4.18.4 The Clerk of Course will confirm the number of heats to be run on the day as soon as practical after the end of the first heat. 25.4.18.5 To be considered a finisher, riders must start all heats and complete at least 75% of the heats. 25.4.18.6 A rider who does not complete a heat will be awarded the slowest heat time in their class plus 100 seconds. 25.4.18.7 In National and Open Competitions a rider is only permitted to enter 1 class of the event. 25.4.18.8 Multiple entry of 1 machine in the same class is not permitted. 25.4.18.9 Full mechanical assistance is permitted in areas designated by the organiser. 25.4.18.10 A Cross Country Sprint may include a timed enduro loop between each heat. 25.4.18.11 Prior to competition there will be an escorted preliminary lap of the sprint 207 25.4.21 Penalties 25.4.21.1 Penalty points are incurred as follows: PENALTY Late arrival at the start line Not crossing the 20m line under power within time Early and late arrival at a time check Stopping between yellow flags and control table at time check Starting of engine in starting area prior to start signal Starting the engine in the parc fermè or work area Uncompleted day for a competitor Special tests - for each 1/100 sec Final test – for each uncompleted lap plus the time of the slowest completed test time in the same class Individuals who restart – per day plus points for completed special tests POINTS 60 points per minute 10 points 60 points per minute 60 points 60 points 120 points 7,200 points 1/100 point 60 points 15,000 points 25.4.22 Classification of Individuals & Teams: 25.4.22.1 Classification will be determined inversely by the number of penalty points incurred by each competitor or team. 25.4.22.2 For individuals, daily penalty points will be accumulated. 25.4.22.3 For teams: a) On any day, the score awarded to a team from an individual competitor will be the difference between that competitor’s point score for that day and the point score of the lowest scoring competitor for that day in the same class. b) Daily penalty points will be accumulated. 25.4.22.4 Where a competitor is a member of a team: a) The team will incur 15,000 penalty points for each day of the event that that rider does not complete. b) If the competitor is permitted to restart after exclusion for a day, the team will incur 15,000 points for the day the competitor was excluded plus 15,000 for each following day. 25.4.23 Exclusion from an Event 25.4.23.1 A competitor is liable to be excluded from 208 enjoy the ride an event for any of the following acts during the event: a) Competing on a machine with an engine capacity different from that stated on the entry form, b) Receiving spare parts: i) Outside the working area, or ii) At time checks outside the area between the white and yellow flags, c) Replacing any marked part without authorization, d) Without authorisation, entering the parc fermè other than to collect or deliver the machine, e) In the parc fermè: i) Touching any other competitor’s machine, ii) Touching his or her machine other than for purposes of collection or delivery, f) Smoking in the parc fermè, working area, or between the white and yellow flags, g) Placing the machine in the parc fermè more than 2 hours after the competitor’s scheduled finishing time, h) Without authorisation, placing the machine in any tent, vehicle or other enclosed place, i) Carrying fuel on a machine other than in a permanently attached tank or container, j) Not stopping the engine during refueling, k) Without authorisation: i) Communicating with accompanying persons, ii) Being accompanied by another competitor, iii) Accompanying another competitor. l) Not observing traffic regulations, m) Knowingly failing to hand in time cards at the finish of each day, n) Altering a time card or route card or using another rider’s card, o) Practicing on the special test course, p) Inspecting the special test course other than on foot, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT that penalties were incurred in exceptional circumstances, may: a) Determine that no penalty should be imposed, b) Impose a lesser penalty. q) Riding against the direction of the course, r) Competing on a machine the engine of which exceeds the maximum capacity of the entered class. 25.4.24 Exclusion for a Day 25.4.24.1 A competitor is liable to be excluded for the day from an event if, during that day, they do any of the following: a) Failing to pass a noise control test, b) Refueling outside refueling areas, c) Failing to deposit the machine in the parc fermè forthwith after the final check-in of the day, d) Entering the parc fermè with the engine running, e) Receiving outside assistance other than for purposes of: i) Refueling, ii) Removing, replacing and replenishing: Coolant, Brake fluids, Engine and gearbox lubricating oils. COMPETITION RULES -JUNIOR ENDURO 25.5.1.1 These rules are additional to and/or exceptions to current Enduro rules. All other enduro rules apply in this form of the discipline unless modified by SCB by laws or by the event SR. 25.5.2 Frames and Parts - Junior Enduro 25.5.2.1 Junior Solo wheel sizes: CLASS 50cc Auto Div 1 50cc Auto Div 2 65cc 85cc 2- & 150 cc 4-stroke 100cc 125cc 250cc 4-stroke REAR 10” (254mm) 10” (254mm) 12” (305mm) 14” (356mm) 25.5.2.2 Solo handlebars must be securely plugged and have the following widths. CLASS 80cc 80cc 4-stroke 100cc 125cc and 250cc 4-stroke WIDTH (mm) 800 800 850 850 ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS 85cc Big Wheel FRONT 10” (254mm) 10”or 12” (254 or 305mm) 14” to 15” (356 to 381mm) 15” to 17” (381 to 432mm) 18” to 21” (457 to 534mm) 18” to 21” (457 to 534mm) 17” to 21” (432 to 534mm) 17” to 21” (432 to 534mm) 25 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25.5 16” to 19” (407mm to 482mm) f) Inflating tubes and tyres, g) Arriving more than 60 minutes late for: i) The start, ii) A time check. h) Moving the machine otherwise than by: i) Its engine, or ii) The actions of the competitor, i) Riding off the course or against the course direction, j) Failing to get the time card and/or control check list marked at a time check, k) Missing a time check or a route check, l) Changing tyres other than: i) At the final service area, or ii) In the working area in the start area, m) Receiving or using prohibited tools. 25.4.24.2 A competitor liable to the penalties prescribed in the 2 preceding Rules may apply to the Steward for a reduction in penalty. The Steward, on being satisfied 25.4.25 Explanation of Results 25.4.25.1 A competitor may, no more than 24 hours after the publication of the results of any day’s run, request from the Clerk of Course an explanation of those results. 25.5.3 Engines - Junior Enduro 25.5.3.1 Maximum capacity of motorcycles for Junior Enduro is 125cc 2-Stroke and 250cc 4-Stroke. enjoy the ride 209 25.5.4 Enduro Courses- Junior 25.5.4.1 Enduro courses for juniors should have time checks no less than 5km and no more than 20km apart. 25.5.4.2 Enduro courses for juniors must have 1 refueling stop every 35km. 25.5.4.3 For Junior Enduros the total time for the day of competition must not exceed 4 hours, including the 15 minutes at the final time check 25.5.5 Junior Special Tests 25.5.5.1 Junior riders may receive assistance starting their machine at the special test start line. 25.5.5.2 Junior riders may be given a new start time should they stall their machine on the start line. 25.6 AUSTRALIAN FOUR DAY ENDURO CHAMPIONSHIPS 25.6.1 Description of A4DE 25.6.1.1 The Australian Enduro championships will be a 4 day event known as the Australian Four Day Enduro (“A4DE”). The A4DE will determine both the Australian Team’s and the Australian Individual Championships. 25.6.2 A4DE Entries 25.6.2.1 The number of entries, both as to maximum and minimum numbers, will be as specified in the SR. 25.6.2.2 The closing date for entries will be 14 days before the event. 25.6.2.3 Priority will be given to teams over individuals. 25.6.2.4 Each team entering for the event may nominate a manager. 25.6.2.5 Team manager’s names must be submitted to the Promoter no later than the end of the preliminary examination. 25.6.2.6 The team manager is responsible for representing the team. 25.6.3 A4DE Jury 25.6.3.1 Each State which has entered a Trophy Team or a Junior Trophy Team may nominate a representative for the Jury, subject to rule 2.5.11.3. 210 enjoy the ride 25.6.4 A4DE Solo Classes CLASS Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4 Class 5 CAPACITY Up to 200cc 2-Stroke. Over 220cc 2-Stroke Up to 250cc 4-Stroke. 270cc to 450cc 4-Stroke. Over 500cc 4-Stroke. 25.6.5 A4DE Veteran Class Riders must have turned 35 years before 1st January in the year of competition. Machines may be of any capacity. 25.6.6 A4DE Masters Class Riders must have turned 45 years of age before the 1st January in the year of competition. Machines of any capacity. 25.6.7 A4DE Women’s Class 25.6.7.1 Women may ride machines of any capacity. 25.6.7.2 To constitute a class, the number of contestants entered and competeing will be 6. 25.6.7.3 Should there be insufficient numbers in this class, the class will be combined with another suitable class at the discretion of the Jury. 25.6.8 Change of Machine 25.6.8.1 After the closing date for entries: a) A competitor may apply in writing to the jury for permission to change machines, b) A team may apply in writing to the jury for permission: i) For a team member to change machines or to ride the entered machine in a class different from the 1 for which it was entered, ii) To substitute 1 entered team member for another. c) Applications must be delivered to the Clerk of the Course before the preliminary machine examination, d) The jury may grant permission subject to such conditions as it thinks fit or may refuse permission, e) No team or competitor may change the capacity of an entered machine. 25.6.9 Eligibility 25.6.9.1 Only solo machines are eligible for the A4DE. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25.7 THE COURSE – A4DE 25.7.1 Requirements of Course 25.7.1.1 The course must consist of roads that are passable in all kinds of weather. 25.7.1.2 The total distance to be covered will be no less than 600 km nor more than 1,000 km with no more than 3 laps each day. 25.7.1.3 The course must be marked with a different colour for each day. 25.7.1.4 A draft of the proposed SR for the event, together with samples of all marking signs to be used in the event, must be delivered to the Enduro Commission not less than 4 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 25.7.2 Completion of Course 25.7.2.1 Subject to the following sub-Rules, each competitor must complete all 4 runs. 25.7.2.2 A competitor who is excluded for 1 day: a) May restart on the next following day, but b) If excluded for a further 1 day, may not restart. 25.7.2.3 For a team to be classified as finishing, at least 1 rider must complete the course. 25.7.2.4 If the event is stopped prematurely by the enjoy the ride ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS 25.6.10 Cancellation 25.6.10.1 MA may, if it considers that there are insufficient entries for an A4DE, cancel the event. 25.6.10.2 In the event of a cancellation under this Rule, entry fees must be refunded. months before the date of the event. 25.7.1.5 The starting order will be established to allow the Trophy and Junior Trophy Teams to start first. 25.7.1.6 Other riders not in Trophy Teams may be seeded to start immediately after the Trophy Teams. The seeded position of riders must be approved by the Enduro Commission. 25.7.1.6 At the end of each day the course must: a) Have a final service area before the final time check point, b) Have before the final service area, a pre-finish time check point, i) Which is a no service time check, ii) After which competitors have 15 minutes to reach the final time check. 25.7.1.7 The starting area must: a) Contain a parc fermè to which all access and egress is controlled and which connects directly to the working area, b) Contain a working area from which there is only 1 exit to the starting enclosure and where machine maintenance may be carried out, c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1 end of which is the starting line and in which the competitors await the starting signal, d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise regulated as to access so as to prevent the entry of unauthorised persons, e) Be in the charge of officials who are clearly identified, f) Have its entrance and exit clearly marked. 25 25.6.9.2 All machines entered in the A4DE must have: a) Working commercially available headlight and tail light, visible to other road users, either: i) Permanently wired to illuminate, or ii) Able to be switched on or off by a single switch mounted on the handlebar or headlight assembly, b) A working brake light, visible to other road users, operated by the brake pedal or handlebar brake lever, c) Other requirements as specified in the SR to comply with road traffic laws of the host State, 25.6.9.3 No motorcycle may enter the A4DE parc fermè without a fixed stand approved at machine examination. 25.6.9.4 Where a stand breaks during one of the days of competition, the competitor has until the end of the next day’s competition to repair or replace the stand. In the meantime, the machine will be allowed into the parc fermè without a stand under conditions decided by the Clerk of Course. Failure to repair of replace the stand within the prescribed time will result in exclusion for the event. 211 jury it cannot be re-run. 25.7.2.5 If the event is stopped before the majority of riders have completed half the total distance the event will be declared null and void. 25.7.2.6 If the event is stopped at a later stage the jury will decide whether the event is void or declare such results and awards as they consider justified according to the circumstances. 25.7.3 Tests of Course 25.7.3.1 On each of the first 3 days there must be at least 1 cross tests and at least 2 Enduro tests. a) At the end of the final day there may be a final test,or b) There may be a shortened final day with at least 3 timed tests. 25.8 PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION- A4DE 25.8.1 Preliminary Examination - Marking of Parts 25.8.1.1 The Scrutineer must, using paint, mark the following parts with competitor’s numbers as follows: a) Main section of the frame on the right hand side of steering head - 1 b) Hub of each wheel 2 c) Right side of crankcase 1 d) Exhaust system 1 25.8.1.2 The markings on wheel hubs, crankcase and exhaust system must be heat resistant. 25.8.1.3 Other than for the purpose of repairs and maintenance authorised under these Rules, no competitor may, during an event, without authorisation replace or change, or cause or permit to be replaced or changed, any part marked at the preliminary examination. 25.9 PUBLICATION OF RESULTS- A4DE 25.9.1 Publications of Results Requirements 25.9.1.1 Subject to the following Rule, the results of each day of the competition must be published as soon as possible after the completion of the day. 25.9.1.2 If it is impracticable to publish in accordance with the preceding Rule, the results must be published before the evening jury meeting and competitors must be informed not later than the time for resumption of the next day. 212 enjoy the ride 25.10 A4DE AWARDS 25.10.1 A4DE Awards – The Challenge Trophy 25.10.1.1 The Trophy is an Australian Championship competition for State teams, and other invited teams. 25.10.1.2 Subject to the following 2 Rules, each SCB may enter 1 team comprising 6 competitors whose licences must have been issued by that SCB. 25.10.1.3 MNSW may enter, in addition to its own team, an ACT team which comprises a team of competitors in which each competitor: a) Must hold a licence issued by MNSW; b) Must have a licence, which names an ACT Club. 25.10.1.4 An SCB, which includes in its team a competitor: a) Who has previously held a licence issued in Australia; and b) Who is competing under Chapter 3; must have been the issuing SCB for that previous Australian licence. 25.10.1.5 The 6 motorcycles of each team must belong to at least 3 different capacity classes. 25.10.1.6 The winning team will be awarded the Challenge Trophy. 25.10.1.7 Each member of the winning team will be awarded a souvenir trophy. 25.10.1.8 The second and third placed teams will receive special awards. 25.10.1.9 The results of the Challenge Trophy will be established in the following order: a) The team with the highest number of riders finishing the event. b) The team with the lowest number of points. 25.10.1.10 Ties will be resolved in the following manner: a) The score of the rider with the highest number of points will be deducted from the team’s total points. b) If a tie still exists, the scores of the 2 riders with the highest number of points will be deducted from the team’s total points. 25.10.1.11 Riders nominated as veterans and Masters are not eligible for the Trophy 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Team. 25.10.4 A4DE Awards – The Trade Team Awards 25.10.4.1 The Trade Team Awards are a competition in which any trader within the motorcycle trade may enter a team consisting of 3 riders. 25.10.4.2 A competitor may not be a member of more than 1 trade team 25.10.4.3 A competitor in a Club team is ineligible for this competition. 25.10.4.4 Results will be determined as for the Trophy Teams. 25.10.4.5 The 3 best teams will receive special awards. 25.10.4.6 Riders nominated as Veterans and Masters are eligible but will be scored as per the capacity class of the motorcycle they are riding. 25.10.5 A4DE Awards – The Individual Riders Medals 25.10.5.1 The Gold Medal of MA will be awarded to all riders whose total number of points do not exceed 110% of the number of points achieved by the first rider of that class. 25.10.5.2 The Silver Medal of MA will be awarded to all riders whose total number of points do not exceed 140% of the number of points achieved by the first rider of that class. 25.10.5.3 The Bronze Medal of MA will be awarded to all riders who complete the A4DE within the allotted time. ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS 25.10.3 A4DE Awards – The Club Team Awards 25.10.3.1 The Club Team Awards are a competition into which each SCB may enter 1 or more teams. 25.10.3.2 A Club Team: a) Must be nominated by a motorcycling club affiliated to the SCB; b) Must consist of 3 riders; 25.10.3.3 No competitor may be a member of more than 1 club team 25.10.3.4 Competitors in the Trophy, Junior Trophy or Motorcycle Trade team events are ineligible for this competition. 25.10.3.5 Results will be determined as for the Trophy Teams. 25.10.3.6 The first 3 club teams will receive special awards. 25.10.3.7 Riders nominated as Veterans and Masters are eligible and classification points will be calculated as per the Veterans and Masters classes. 25 25.10.2 A4DE Awards – The Junior Trophy 25.10.2.1 The Junior Trophy is an Australian Championship for State Teams, and other invited national teams. 25.10.2.2 Subject to the following 2 Rules, each SCB may enter 1 team comprising 4 competitors whose licences must have been issued by that SCB. 25.10.2.3 MNSW may enter, in addition to its own team, an ACT team which comprises a team of competitors in which each competitor: a) Must hold a licence issued by MNSW; b) Must have a licence, which names an ACT Club. 25.10.2.4 An SCB, which includes in its team a competitor: a) Who has previously held a licence issued in Australia; and b) Who is competing under Chapter 3. must have been the issuing SCB for that previous Australian licence. 25.10.2.5 Each competitor must be of or under the age of 23 years. 25.10.2.6 A rider nominated for a Trophy Team cannot also be a member of a Junior Trophy Team. 25.10.2.7 The 4 motorcycles in each team must be at least of 2 different classes. 25.10.2.8 Results will be determined as for the Trophy Teams. 25.10.2.9 Each member of the winning team will be awarded a souvenir trophy. 25.10.2.10 The second and third placed teams will receive special awards. MA MEMBERS GET 10% OFF BIKE TRANSPORT How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 213 213 26. 26.1 MINIKHANA b) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of the length of the lower leg, with the rider in a racing position on the machine INTRODUCTION The following Minikhana Rules are written to facilitate the organisation of uniform, safe and fair competitions. The express purpose of Minikhana motorcycling is the development of riding skills and techniques for junior competitors by providing an organised competition, where skill, rather than speed is the determining factor. 26.2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHINGMINIKHANA 26.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or compete in any Minikhana competition unless wearing the following protective equipment and clothing: 26.2.1 Helmet 26.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet which must: a) Carry the Standards Association of Australia “AS 1698” label; or b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 & 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]. 26.2.2 Clothing 26.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or a non-combustible synthetic material. 26.2.2.2 A long sleeved shirt or jersey which must be: a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or synthetic fibre, b) Must be a snug fit and provide protection against abrasion to the body and arms. 26.2.2.3 For Minicross, mini Enduro and Reliability events commercially manufactured body armour must be worn. 26.2.3 Footwear 26.2.3.1 Boots which must be: a) Constructed of leather, plastic or other similarly durable material, and 214 enjoy the ride 26.2.4 Gloves 26.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar or greater durability. 26.2.5 Goggles and Visors 26.2.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided: a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made of non-shattering material, b) Eye protectors which cause visual disturbance are not to be used, c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used, d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material. 26.2.6 Hair and Jewellery 26.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be confined in the helmet or jacket. 26.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely covered with tape prior to competition. 26.2.7 Footwear in pits 26.2.7.1 No person may wear open footwear in the pit lane or any competition area. 26.3 FRAMES AND PARTS- MINIKHANA 26.3.0.1 With the exception of rear shock absorber(s), all motorcycles shall comply with the manufacturer’s specifications. 26.3.0.2 Efficient brakes must be fitted as per manufacturer’s specifications. 26.3.0.3 When the brake arm or lever is of the open or hooked type, the brake actuating rod or cable must be secured so as to prevent accidental dislodgment. 26.3.0.4 An ignition cut out switch, operating on 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ENGINES- MINIKHANA 26.3.0.6 26.3.0.7 26.3.0.8 26.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 95dB (A) as measured in GCR 12.10 26.4.0.2 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.16 26.4.0.3 All machines must remain standard with the manufacturer’s specifications with the exception of: a) Exhaust system, b) Gearing, c) Carburettor jetting, d) Plastics, e) Handlebars. 26.5 CLASSES AND CATEGORIESMINIKHANA 26.5.0.1 No 50cc rider shall exceed the age of 11 yrs. 26.5.0.2 Riders in the Mini Wheel grades shall be a minimum age of 7 years and under 16 years. 26.5.0.3 Riders in the 85cc grades shall be a minimum age of 9 years. 26.5.0.4 Riders in the Big Wheel 85cc/100cc class shall be a minimum age of 12 years. 26.5.0.5 All Big Wheel 85cc/100cc riders aged between 12 years and 15 years must ride in the Junior Combined grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc category. 26.5.0.6 All senior riders can only ride in either the Senior Combined grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc or Senior A grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc categories. 26.5.1 Grading 26.5.1.1 Senior competitors can only compete in either the Senior A or Combined Grade 85/100 cc categories. 26.5.1.2 The Big Wheel class shall be the premier class and shall be the final event of the meeting. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MINIKHANA 26.4 26.3.0.5 26.5.1.3 Competitors shall be graded according to ability into 1 of the following classes for their age group and machine capacity. a) A Grade, b) B Grade, c) C Grade, d) Nipper, e) Mini Wheel Grade (7 to Under 16), f) Junior Combined Big Wheel 85/100cc Grade (12 to Under 16), g) Senior Combined Big Wheel 85/100cc Grade h) Senior A Big Wheel 85/100cc Grade. 26.5.1.4 Grading of competitors is utilised instead of grouping. Age differences of more than 4 years is acceptable. 26.5.1.5 A competitor may change their grading by making formal application through the competitors club. 26.5.1.6 A competitor who successfully requests to be upgraded within the competitor’s age group shall not be down graded whilst eligible for that age group. 26.5.1.7 A competitor may be granted a temporary grading change for any particular competition with the approval of the SCB Grading Officer to ensure each event has the required number of starters. Such temporary grading changes shall be effective for only that meeting. Points earned during temporary grading changes shall be accredited to the competitor’s accumulated tally for the competitor’s official grade. 26.5.1.8 A competitor who elects to ride in a higher grade must continue in that class for future events. 26.5.1.9 All competitors may be upgraded within the competitor’s age group by successful completion of Championship events or accrual of 21 points in the competitors accumulated tally. 26.5.1.10 Grading books will be available on all competition days. 26.5.1.11 Grading changes will not occur at Championship events. 26.5.1.12 Riders who place 1st or 2nd in C grade at interclub or State events will be upgraded to B Grade. Riders who place 1st in B grade at interclub or State events will be upgraded to A Grade. 26.5.1.13 When a rider goes from 80cc Mini Wheel to a 65cc the rider may be 26 26.3.0.9 the primary circuit must be fitted to the handlebars in an accessible position. Handlebar pads must be fitted over crossbar or handlebar mounting clamp. Handlebar ends must be securely plugged. Handlebar lever protectors, where fitted, must be single mounted. All glass and plastic lenses shall be either removed or covered with a fabric backed tape. Front and rear mudguards to be fitted. enjoy the ride 215 dropped a maximum of 1 grade and if the rider goes from 80cc Mini Wheel to 85cc the rider may be dropped a maximum of 2 grades. Any 60cc rider going to Mini Wheel 80cc must ride at the equivalent grade. 26.6.1.14 When a rider who has ridden in 85cc grade goes to Junior combined Big Wheel 85/100cc, they must ride at the equivalent grade. 26.5.1.15 When a rider who has ridden an automatic 52cc machine and goes up to a geared 60cc or 80cc machine the rider may be dropped a maximum of 2 grades. 26.5.2 Rider and Machine Identification 26.5.2.1 All competitors must wear an approved riding vest or jersey with club and rider number identification as an outer garment. 26.5.3 Minikhana Number Plates 26.5.3.1 The background colour on the front and side number plates (the size of which will be as per manufacturer’s specification) is the official grading colour. CLASS/GRADE A Grade B Grade C Grade Nipper Mini Wheel Grade Junior Combined Grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc Senior Combined Grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc Senior A Grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc 26.6 BACKGROUND FIGURE COLOUR COLOUR Yellow Black Red White White Black Green White Background & number colours to be in accordance with the appropriate grading of the rider. Background & number colours to be in accordance with the appropriate grading of the rider. Black White Yellow Black COMPETITION RULES- MINIKHANA 26.6.0.1 A machine may only be ridden by 1 rider during a meeting and may not be substituted for another. 26.6.0.2 Placings can only be achieved by the 216 enjoy the ride correct completion of an event. 26.6.1 Scoring 26.6.1.1 For Championship events, points will be awarded as listed below: a) Club, the club amassing the most number of places will be the Championship Club;. b) Individual, the competitors amassing the highest point score in each class shall be the Championship winner of that class PLACING CLUB POINTS 1st 2nd 3rd 3 points 2 points 1 point INDIVIDUAL POINTS 17 points 12 points 9 points 26.6.1.2 For other than Trials, ties for 1st or 2nd will be resolved by a run-off between the tied competitors. Trials will be resolved by a count back. Competitors tied for 3rd will each be awarded 3rd place. 26.6.1.3 For all other events the method of scoring will be as prescribed in SR. 26.6.2 Starting Procedure 26.6.2.1 All starts shall be from the right hand end of the Start/Finish line facing towards the course. 26.6.2.2 All starts shall be flag starts. 26.6.2.3 Minicross starts may be by mechanical means. 26.6.2.4 Footing areas shall be on the start/finish line side of marker 1 and on the opposite side for all other markers. 26.6.2.5 Unless otherwise stated, only the left foot may be used when footing permitted. 26.6.2.6 Start and finish of an event is deemed to be when: a) The front axle crosses the start line, and b) The front axle crosses the finish line. 26.6.2.7 Competitors are to stop competing and remain stationary when shown the Black Flag. The Marshall will display the Black Flag until acknowlegded by the Event Controller. 26.6.2.8 Competitors must be informed of faults when reported by either the flag Marshal or an official. 26.6.2.9 A minimum of 4 lanes will be available per each event area. Competitors to draw for lanes. 26.6.2.10 The number of heats will be maximised to ensure maximum amount of competitors compete in the final while not unduly increase the total number of heats. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 7 +3 +2 +2 8 +2 +2 +2 +2 9 +3 +2 +2 +2 10 +3 +3 +2 +2 11 +3 +3 +3 +2 12 +3 +3 +3 +3 13 +4 +3 +3 +3 14 +4 +4 +3 +3 15 +4 +4 +4 +3 16 +4 +4 +4 +4 17 +2 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 18 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 19 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 20 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 21 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 22 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 23 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 24 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 25 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 26 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 27 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 28 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 29 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 30 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 31 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 32 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 33 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 34 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 35 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 36 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 37 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 38 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 39 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 3+ 40 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26.6.3 Fault 26.6.3.1 Fault, as defined by elimination fault’s for each event. a) Competitors making more than 2 false starts in an event shall be eliminated. b) Only successful completion of an event will allow competitors to progress to the next round. c) Allowing front axle to cross into the footing area of a marker already completed will be deemed to have not followed the course procedure. d) Only competitors having been equally placed in their heat/semi finals may compete against each other in a final. (i.e. 1st v 1st, 2nd v 2nd, etc). 26.6.4 Flags and Signals 26.6.4.1 Competitors who do not obey flag signals will be excluded from the event. 26.6.5 Witch’s Hats (diagram) ������������������ ������������������ ���������������� ����������� ����������� ����� +4 +3 +2 +2 +2 +2 ������������ 4 5 6 MINIKHANA TOTAL NO OF RIDERS NUMBER IN HEATS 26.6.2.12 The official of the event shall advise each competitor of successful completion of the course. 26.6.2.13 Competitors must complete the course to win the event: a) If all competitors in a final fault, 1 re-run must occur and if the re-run is unsuccessfully completed the last competitor to fault shall be declared the winner, b) If there are insufficient competitors for more than 1 heat then the heat will be deemed to be the final. Riders must complete the course to gain a place. 26 26.6.2.11 Use the following table to calculate numbers of riders in heats. enjoy the ride 217 26.7 COURSES- MINIKHANA ����� �������� �������� 26.7.1 Basic Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.1.1 The basic course layout for 1 competitor will cover an area of 4 metres by 16.5 metres. 26.7.1.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked with lane tape or rope. 26.7.1.3 Traffic cones (witches hats) will be used as the required markers placed along the centre line of the course at 2.7 metre spacings C = 2.7 metres F = 16.5 metres. �������� E = 4 metres. ������ Note: There shall be 500mm between event areas. � � � � �������� 26.7.2 Orange Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.2.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used. � � �������� � � ����� 26.7.3 Orange Course Procedure 26.7.3.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone markers to his / her left circles marker 5, returns to pass marker 1 and then continues to pass marker 1. 26.7.3.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker per circuit until after circling marker 1 the competitor then continues to cross the finish line. 26.7.3.3 Unlimited footing with the left foot is permitted. 26.7.3.4 In case of machine stalling, the competitor may restart the engine ensuring only the left foot makes contact with the ground. 26.7.3.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.3.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. ����� ������ ������������ ������������������ ���� �������� 26.7.4 Orange Course Elimination 26.7.4.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching markers or tapes, b) Footing with the right foot, c) Removing both hands from handlebars, d) Not straddling machine, e) Failing to follow course procedure, f) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed, g) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously rounded marker. 26.7.5 ������������ ��������� �������� ����� ����� � �������� B = Footing area for marker 1. ����������� �������� �������� � �������� D = 3.0 metres. �������� �������������� �������� A = Footing area for marker 2, 3, 4, 5. ���������� � � � Looping (see Orange Diagram for details) 26.7.6 Looping Course and Procedure 26.7.6.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Orange event with the exception that footing is not permitted. 26.7.6.2 Competitors who stall their machine may restart provided that neither foot makes contact with the ground. 26.7.6.3 Competitors will also be eliminated if either foot makes any contact with the ground. 26.7.6.4 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Orange event. 218 enjoy the ride � � ������ �������� ������ ����� ������ ������������������ 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26.7.7 Ring Return Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.7.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the centre of the traffic cone and rubber rings. 26.7.7.2 Plumber’s rings approximately 150 mm inside diameter to be used. 26.7.7.3 The pole to be inserted in the traffic cone as per Witch’s Hat diagram 26.7.7.4 Rubber rings to be placed on poles at markers 2, 3, 4, & 5 on the side furthermost from the start / finish line. MINIKHANA � � � ������ �������� ����� ������ ����������� ������������������ ����� �������� �������� ���������� �������� �������������� ����������� �������� �������� � ������ ������������ ��������� �������� ����� ����� � � � �������� �������� � � �������� � � �������� � � ����� 26.7.11 Bending Procedure 26.7.11.1 Competitors start at the start line and passes marker 1 on competitors left side, then changes direction to pass marker 2 on competitors right side, marker 3 on competitors left side, marker 4 on competitors right side and circles marker 5 on competitors left side and returns to the finish line passing the markers in the same manner, i.e. markers 4 and 2 on competitor’s right side and markers 3 and 1 on competitors left. 26.7.11.2 Crossing the finishing line after passing marker 1. � �������� 26.7.10 Bending Course (see Basic Diagram for details) 26.7.10.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used. � �������� 26.7.9 Ring Return Elimination 26.7.9.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring over the pole, b) Footing with the right foot, c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area, d) Removing both hands from handlebars, e) Not straddling machine, f) Failing to follow course procedure, g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed, h) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously rounded marker, i) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground, j) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting to pick up ring. 26 26.7.8 Ring Return Procedure 26.7.8.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone markers to their left circles marker 5, picking up the ring and returns to pass marker 1 and places ring over marker 1 pole and then continues to pass marker 4 repeating the process of retrieving the rings. 26.7.8.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker per circuit until after circling marker 2. 26.7.8.3 After the final ring is placed over marker 1 pole they then complete an extra circuit around marker 5 before crossing the finish line. 26.7.8.4 Footing with the left foot is permitted in the footing areas only. 26.7.8.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.8.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. ���� �������� ����� ������ ������������ ������������������ 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 219 ���� 26.7.11.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.11.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. �������� ������������ ��������� ���� 26.7.12 Bending Elimination 26.7.12.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching markers or tapes, b) Footing with the right foot, c) Footing outside footing area behind marker 5, d) Removing both hands from handlebars, e) Not straddling machine, f) Failing to follow course procedure. � � 26.7.13 Ring Bending Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.13.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the centre of the traffic cone and 3 rubber rings. Rubber rings will be placed on the pole in marker 5, 1 per time by an official. 26.7.14 Ring Bending Procedure 26.7.14.1 Competitors will ride the course in the same manner as in the Bending event with the exception that when circling marker 5 the competitor removes thee rubber ring from the pole (official will place next rubber ring on marker 5 pole) and then proceeds to marker 1 as in the Bending event. 26.7.14.2 Competitor will circle marker 1 and place rubber ring over the pole in marker 1 and will then continue the event until all 3 rubber rings have been placed over marker 1 when the competitor will cross the finishing line. 26.7.14.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.14.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. � � � ������������ � �������������� ��������� ������ �������� Bending ������ ����� ������������������ not drawn to scale ������ ������ ���� ����������� 26.7.15 Ring Bending Elimination 26.7.15.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring over the pole, b) Footing with the right foot, c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area, d) Removing both hands from handlebars, e) Not straddling machine, f) Failing to follow course procedure, g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed, h) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground, i) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting pt pick up ring. ������ 26.7.16 Slow Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.16.1 The course will be a lane 500mm wide by 16.5 metres long. 26.7.17 Slow Course Procedure 26.7.17.1 Competitor will start with the machine’s front axle on the start line. 26.7.17.2 At the start order the competitor has a maximum of 3 seconds to enter the event area (front axle passes start line) and ensure their feet are not in 220 enjoy the ride ����� ��������� 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MINIKHANA 26.7.18 Slow Course Elimination 26.7.18.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Slow start (feet in contact with ground after 3 seconds), b) Touching tapes, c) Footing. 26 contact with the ground. 26.7.17.3 Forward motion does not have to be maintained. 26.7.17.4 Event is complete when front axle passes finish line. 26.7.17.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.17.6 The competitor who had the highest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. 26.7.19 Clover Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.19.1 Competitors will ride passing through the 6 markers placed in a triangle to form a clover pattern. 26.7.19.2 Car tyres will be used as course markers. 26.7.20 Clover Procedure 26.7.20.1 Competitors will start from start line and circles marker 1 on their left side then circle marker 2 on their right then circle marker 3 on their right and exit through the start finish line markers. 26.7.20.2 Competitors may foot providing that both feet do not touch the ground at the same time and there shall be no determining factors as to when the left or right footing commences or ceases other than the requirement that the left foot may touch for left turns and right foot for right turns. 26.7.20.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final. 26.7.20.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events. 26.7.21 Clover Elimination 26.7.21.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching a marker, b) Both feet making contact with the ground at the same time, c) Failure to follow the course procedure, d) Riding outside the course boundary. �������� 26.7.22 No Footing Clover Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.22.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Clover event with the exception that footing is not permitted. 26.7.22.2 Competitors will also be eliminated ����������� ����������� if either foot makes any contact with the ground. 26.7.22.3 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Clover event. ����������� �������� �������� ����������� ����������� 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ����������� 26.7.23 Start and Park Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.23.1 The basic course layout will cover an area of 6 metres by 20 metres. 26.7.23.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked with lane tape or rope. 26.7.23.3 Witch’s Hats will be used as the required markers placed along the centre line of the course at 4 metre spacings. ����������� �������������� ����������� �������� ������ enjoy the ride 221 �������� �������� ���� ��� ����� �������� ��� ���� �������� 26.7.25 Start and Park Elimination 26.7.25.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Touching a marker, b) Footing, c) Bumping, d) Failure to follow the course procedure, e) Riding outside the course boundary, f) Stopping and parking machine outside of stopping area, g) Failure to turn engine off, h) Machine failing to remain on stand. �������� �������� 26.7.24 Start and Park Procedure 26.7.24.1 4 or more competitors will start at the start line and proceed to pass the markers, marker 1 to the competitors’ left, marker 2 to the competitors’ right and circle marker 3 to their left and return passing marker 2 to their right and then proceeds to the stopping area, where the competitor will stop their machine, turn off the engine and place the machine on its stand, then run to the finishing line. 26.7.24.2 Competitors whose machine has no stand may have an assistant appointed by the Clerk of Course to hold the machine. �������������� 26.7.26 O Ring Relay Course (see Diagram for details) 26.7.26.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Start and Park event with the exception that competitors will be in teams. 26.7.26.2 An O ring, as used in the Ring events, shall be carried by each competitor in turn whilst riding the course. 26.7.26.3 Competitors cannot start their leg of the relay until the previous competitor has successfully completed the course and passed on the O ring. 222 enjoy the ride ���������������������� ��������������������� ��� ���� ���� ��� �������� ����� 26.7.28 Acceleration and Braking Course Penalties 26.7.28.1 Penalties will be awarded against competitors for the following: a) Footing with right foot — (+ 5 seconds), b) Footing outside the area behind marker — (+ 5 seconds), c) Touching the marker — (+ 5 seconds), d) Bike not stopping within stopping box (i. e. Both axles �������� ��������� 26.7.27 Acceleration and Braking Course 26.7.27.1 This event is conducted on an out and back course. 26.7.27.2 A marker is placed 50 metres from the start finish line. 26.7.27.3 Competitors will leave start line circle the marker and return to the stop box. 26.7.27.4 Competitor’s machine must be completely in the confines of the stop box. 26.7.27.5 Footing with left foot is only permitted at the marker on the side opposite to the start line and in the stop box. 26.7.27.6 The competitor who successfully completes the course with the lowest elapsed time will be the winner. 26.7.27.7 The nature of this type of event precludes it being used as a run-off event. ����� ���������������������� 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26.7.30 Minicross Procedure 26.7.30.1 A maximum of 4 competitors will complete the course at once. 26.7.30.2 Competitors will be encouraged to pass each other when it is safe to do so. 26.7.30.3 When passing, competitors must not make contact with the other competitors. 26.7.30.4 Competitors must ensure that at all times they do not obstruct another competitor from successfully completing the course. 26.7.30.5 In the case of a competitor falling the event will be stopped. The Competitor responsible for the fall shall be excluded from the rerun subject to Clerk of Course approval. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26.7.31 Minicross Practice 26.7.31.1 For practice, a maximum of 12 competitors may participate on the track under a stationary yellow flag. 26.7.31.2 Any competitor passing will be excluded, however in the case of a competitor falling or stopping due to mechanical failure, the yellow flag shall be waved, but passing may be permitted provided the course marshall indicates it is safe. MINIKHANA 26.7.29 Minicross Course 26.7.29.1 Minicross introduces competitors to Motocross style riding and helps to develop competitors riding skills and balance. 26.7.29.2 The event shall be conducted over a course with obstacles and tight corners: a) No level straight will be longer than 20 metres. b) Jumps, chicanes, berms etc must be positioned so that speeds are kept low. c) The recommended maximum separation between obstacles, which significantly reduce speed, is 33 metres. d) There shall be no double, triple, or reverse canyon jumps. A jump is defined as being greater than 500mm in vertical height. e) There will be no man-made stutter jumps. f) The width of the track must allow safe overtaking. g) Tyre barriers shall be used where different sections of the track are in close proximity to each other. h) The first 9 metres of the track will be divided into four 2metre wide lanes. 26.7.30.6 Competitors who hit the tyre barriers or leave the course proper may re-enter the course at the closest safe point to where they left the course ensuring that no advantage is gained. 26 must be wholly within the stopping Box) (+ 5 seconds), e) With machine correctly in stopping box, left foot only footing is permitted out of stopping box without penalty, f) Failure to follow course procedure — (+ 1 minute). 26.7.32 Minicross Elimination 26.7.32.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following: a) Crossing the lane markers during the first 9 metres of the event, b) Failure to follow the course proper, c) Causing another competitor to fault, d) Failure to re-enter course correctly, e) Passing while yellow flag is displayed. 26.7.33 Minicross Footing and No Footing 26.7.33.1 Minicross can be conducted as either a footing or no-footing event. In NoFooting Minicross any competitors will be eliminated if footing occurs. 26.7.34 Mini Trials Course 26.7.34.1 Where possible this event is to be conducted over natural terrain. 26.7.34.2 Artificial boundaries and obstacles may be used. 26.7.34.3 The course will be marked in red on the right hand side and in white on the left hand side by either markers or tape. 26.7.34.4 Minimum size of markers to be no less than 100mm wide. 26.7.34.5 Tapes and markers to be clearly visible. 26.7.35 Procedure 26.7.35.1 The start and finish of each Observed section is to be clearly defined. 26.7.35.2 Artificial boundaries may be used to define the lateral limits. 26.7.35.3 A machine will be deemed to be in an Observed Section when the front axle passes the “Section Begin” marker and until it passes the “Section End” marker. enjoy the ride 223 26.7.36 Failure 26.7.36.1 A failure is considered to have occurred when: a) The machine ceases to move in a forward direction, relative to the course, with the competitor footing, b) The competitor dismounts the machine, c) The machine crosses a boundary, d) The machine passes the wrong side of a boundary marker prior to the front axle passes the “Section Ends” sign, e) The competitor or the machine receives outside assistance, f) The competitor breaks the tape or dislodges the tape anchors. 26.7.37 Mini Trials Footing 26.7.37.1 Footing will be deemed to have occurred if any part of the body of the competitor touches the ground or any part of the competitor leans on an obstacle (tree, wall, etc). 26.7.37.2 Footing outside the lateral limits of a section does not constitute a failure (i.e. 1 point loss footing penalty only). 26.7.38 Mini Trials Marking 26.7.38.1 Method of marking will be as listed: FAULT Clean Footing once Footing twice Footing more than twice Failure Not attempting a section POINTS 0 1 2 3 5 10 26.7.39 Mini Enduro Course 26.7.39.1 This event is conducted over varying distances of rough terrain. 26.7.39.2 Competitors learn the benefits of well maintained and reliable machinery and the ability to pace themselves. 26.7.40 Mini Enduro Procedure 26.7.40.1 Competitors have a predetermined time to complete the course. 26.7.40.2 The competitor whose time is closest to the predetermined time will be the winner. 26.7.40.3 The natural terrain course is to be well defined with directional arrows and adequately staffed by Marshals. 26.7.40.4 Special sections may be added. 26.7.40.5 Points will be lost for failure to observe signs and completion of special sections. 26.7.40.6 Competitors are rewarded for their skill in completing the penalty areas. 26.7.40.7 A number of penalty areas and checkpoints should be included. 26.7.40.8 Each grade is to attempt to complete a preset number of laps in a reasonable time. 26.7.40.9 In Mini Enduro with Special Penalty sections the competitor with the least points lost will be the winner. 26.7.41 Hill climb Course 26.7.41.1 The course for this event will be a hill which can be readily negotiable by the competitors. 26.7.42 Hill climb Procedure 26.7.42.1 To increase the skill level a series of turns and obstacles will be included. 26.7.42.2 The competitor whose elapsed time to successfully complete the event is closest to the predetermined time shall be the winner. 26.7.42.3 Only 1 competitor will ride the event at a time. MA MEMBERS GET ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE WHEREVER THEY ARE How? see www.ma.org.au 224 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 27. 27.1 ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES 27.4 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONSALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES 27.1.0.1 Promoters may seek to conduct activities which are outside mainstream motorcycle sport. Such alternative forms of competition may include, but are not limited to: a) Sand drags, b) Hill climbs, c) Other motorcycle activities. 27.5 27.1.1 Administration of Rules 27.1.1.1 These rules are to be administered in accordance with GCR 2.1.1. 27.5.0.1 All competitors must be licensed in accordance with Chapter 3. 27.1.2 The Licensing and Powers of Officials 27.1.2.1 Key Officials are required to be at least Level 3. 27.1.2.2 The powers, authorities and responsibilities of officials controlling these activities are those in GCR 2.5. 27.4.0.1 Promoters must include comprehensive details of the proposed competition in SR. 27.4.0.2 SCBs must submit the SR to MA for approval. 27.6 LICENSING OF COMPETITORS ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES 27.6.0.1 The technical specifications must be approved by MA and be included in the SR. 27.1.3 The Appointment of Officials 27.1.3.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of officials. 27 27.2 VENUES - ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES 27.3 ALTERNATIVE COMPETITION 27.2.0.1 Venues must be inspected and licensed in accordance with GCR 4.1. PERMITS - ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES 27.3.0.1 An application for a permit must be in the prescribed form to the RCB and must: a) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee and draft SR, b) Be submitted at least 2 months before the date set for the meeting, c) Be accompanied by evidence that the RCB’s requirements regarding officials, indemnity forms and safety will be met, d) Identify the proposed venue, e) Include details of all ancillary activities. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 225 28. RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY 28.0.1 Purpose 28.0.1.1 The purpose of these rules is to regulate and control recreational motorcycle activity which seeks to be sanctioned by MA. a) The by laws are made under paragraph 2 of the Constitution, b) The by laws, and any determination made under them, and in accordance with them, bind all Controlling Bodies and all participants in recreational activity, c) The by laws are to be interpreted with the intent that recreational activity be safe. 28.4 28.1 28.6 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES 28.1.0.1 Recreational activity must not: a) Be competitive, b) Involve starts or finishes as defined in Chapter 12, c) Be scored or timed, d) Have any results which may or may not be published. 28.2 CONTROLLING BODIESRECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES 28.2.0.1 SCBs are responsible for the administration of these by laws 28.3 OFFICIALS – RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES 28.3.0.1 Officials controlling recreational activity are required to be licensed, in accordance with Rule 2.5. 28.3.0.2 The powers, authorities and responsibilities of officials controlling recreational activity are those in Rule 2.5. 28.3.1 The Appointment of Officials 28.3.1.1 Rule 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of officials. 226 enjoy the ride VENUES – RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES 28.4.0.1 Venues for recreational activities must be inspected and licensed in accordance with Rule 4.1 28.5 THE PROMOTION AND CONDUCT OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITY 28.5.0.1 Subject to these by laws, recreational activity may be promoted or conducted by a) An SCB, b) A club, c) An affiliated Promoter. PERMITS – RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES 28.6.0.1 No recreational activity may be promoted or conducted without a Recreational Permit. 28.6.0.2 An application for a recreational permit must be in the prescribed form to the SCB and must a) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee, b) Be submitted at least 14 days before the date set for the meeting, c) Be accompanied by evidence that the SCB’s requirements regarding officials, indemnity forms and safety will be met, d) Identify the proposed venue, e) Provide evidence the club is insured to the satisfaction of the SCB. 28.6.0.3 If a meeting does not take place, any fee paid for the permit must be repaid unless in the opinion of the SCB the meeting did not take place because of the conduct of the permit holder. In that event, the SCB may withhold the refund wholly or in part at its discretion. 28.6.0.4 Rule 4.2.4 applies regarding forfeiture of a permit. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ENTRIES 28.8 LICENSING OF PARTICIPANTS 28.8.0.1 A person may not participate in any recreational activity unless licensed under these Rules. 28.8.0.2 Persons being issued with a Recreational Licence do not need to be a financial member of a club. 28.8.0.3 An application for a Recreational Licence must: a) Be to the SCB to which their club is affiliated, b) Be in the prescribed form, c) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee, d) If the applicant is a minor, be accompanied by the written authorisation of at least 1 of the applicant’s parents or the legal guardian of the applicant. 28.8.0.4 An application may be lodged with a) The club secretary, or b) The SCB, or c) The Promoter. 28.8.0.5 If the application is lodged with the club secretary or Promoter and a) The club secretary or Promoter ensures the form is correctly filled in, b) The prescribed fee is paid and the applicant must be issued with the top copy of the application form 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT which may be issued as proof of being licence for no more than 14 days from the date the application is countersigned by the club secretary or Promoter, c) Relevant officials are satisfied the applicant can competently control their motorcycle. 28.8.0.6 Applications lodged with the club secretaries or Promoter are to be sent to the SCB with the prescribed fee within 48 hours of them being counter signed by the club secretary or Promoter. 28.8.0.7 On receipt of an application for the issue or renewal of a Recreational Licence the SCB may: a) Delay the issue or renewal for no more than 14 days, b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, c) Issue or renew the licence on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit. 28.8.0.8 An applicant who is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB under the previous by law may appeal to the appellate body of that SCB. 28.8.0.9 An SCB which issues an Annual Recreational Licence must, within 1 month of issue, notify MA which must enter the information on a register of licensed recreational riders maintained for that purpose and kept at the registered office of MA. 28.8.0.10 An Annual Recreational Licence continues in force for 12 months from date of issue. 28.8.0.11 A recreational licensee must produce the licence on demand to any key official during any meeting. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITY 28.7.0.1 A Promoter may invite entries from any person who holds: a) A Recreational Licence. b) A Competition Licence. 28 28.7 enjoy the ride 227 29. NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY The purpose of these Rules are to maintain and improve best possible results in all International competitions. 29.0.1 Process of Selection 29.0.1.1 All athletes wishing to be considered for selection must: a) Sign the Motorcycling Australia Code of Conduct [Appendix 3] at the time of entering the relevant National Championship. 29.0.1.2 Selected Riders a) Riders selected in National Teams in all disciplines must sign a contract with Motorcycling Australia b) Riders should not sign either document unless they have a full and clear understanding of all terms and conditions. Riders may wish to contact the following for clarification. i) Their legal advisor ii) Motorcycling Australia (03 9684 0500) iii) ANZSLA Sports Law Referral Service (1800 804 031) 29.0.1.3 The Code of Conduct will be attached to all entry forms for each event. Both documents will be posted on the MA website at www.ma.org.au. 29.0.2 General Selection Policy 29.0.2.1 Each discipline selection committee may, at its discretion, apply specific objective criteria according to the requirements of the particular discipline. 29.0.2.2 In general terms, each committee will make selections with regard to but not restricted by: a) A rider’s fitness subject to a medical examination by a medical practitioner appointed or approved by MA, b) Results attained in the relevant National Championship of the selection year in question, c) Results attained in International and World championships of the year prior to and during the year of selection, d) The Rider’s behaviour as outlined in the code of conduct in relation to previous selections and dealings with administrators, 228 enjoy the ride e) The rider’s ability to adapt to a team oriented environment, f) The Riders record in relation to any appearances before any State or National tribunal, g) The availability of the rider to compete in the relevant World Championship, h) The willingness of the rider to sign the Riders contract with MA, i) Whether a rider has incurred a previous ban by failing a drug test conducted in accordance with the Anti Doping Policy of Motorcycling Australia, j) The potential of a rider to represent Australia on a long term basis, k) The availability of machinery to a potential candidate. 29.0.2.3 Riders must be Australian citizens to qualify for selection. 29.0.3 Other Criteria 29.0.3.1 Each relevant discipline may contain specific criteria not set down in the policy above. This information will be available on the MA website – www.ma.org.au. 29.0.3.2 Application of Criteria 29.0.3.3 Each selection committee will apply the principles of natural justice to the policy as well as to each individual selection. 29.0.3.4 The committee shall also be conscious and apply equal weight under the criteria to the consideration of each selection. 29.0.3.5 The committee should also be prepared to provide feedback either written or verbal to rider who has missed selection and may wish to query the reasons behind their non-selection so that their future opportunities may be enhanced. 29.0.4 Appeals 29.0.4.1 The sole ground for any appeal in relation to the non-selection of a competitor will be that this selection policy was not followed or implemented in a just or fair manner. 29.0.4.2 In the first instance, any complaint will be referred to the Tribunal of Motorcycling Australia. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 29.0.4.3 The appeal must: a) Be in writing and signed by the appellant, b) Be lodged within 21 days of the original decision with the Tribunal, c) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee. 29.0.4.4 In some instances, the fee may be refunded in part or whole if the appeal is upheld. 29.0.4.5 Other requirements for the appeal appear in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport under the heading “Appellate Bodies”[ Chapter 5] 29.0.4.6 Only 1 further avenue of appeal exists, to the National Sport Dispute Centre. 29.0.4.7 Riders should seek legal advice prior to any further appeal action 29.0.5 Injuries/Misadventure 29.0.5.1 The relevant selection committee shall have at its absolute discretion, the right to replace any rider, as long as at all times it complies with the selection policy of MA. 29.0.5.2 Selected riders must be willing to undergo a medical examination to determine their fitness to compete. 29.0.5.3 In case of bereavement, machine problems or other extenuating circumstances, the selection committee will make a determination on a case by case basis. 29.0.6 Removal from National Squad 29.0.6.1 A Team Manager may, at their discretion, remove a team member from the squad if: a) The member breaches or fails to comply with the Riders contract and Code of Conduct, b) By reason of injury, the member is unable to complete team requirements, c) The member breaches or fails to comply with the requirements of the Anti Doping Policy of Motorcycling Australia, d) Fails to comply with a reasonable direction of the team Manager that is given in accordance with the role description of Team Managers. 29.0.6.2 The decision to remove a team member must be ratified by the Chief Executive of MA. 29 The Australian Sports Commission proudly supports Motorcycling Australia The Australian Sports Commission is the Australian Government agency that develops, manages and invests in sport at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling Australia has worked closely with the Australian Sports Commission to develop motorcycling from community participation to high-level performance. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION WINNING PARTNERSHIP Motorcycling Australia is one of many national sporting organisations that has formed a winning partnership with the Australian Sports Commission to develop its sport in Australia. www.ausport.gov.au enjoy the ride 229 APPENDIX 1 29.0 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING APPROVAL LABELS FOR HELMETS 29.0.1.1 Helmets must carry one of the following approval labels, as listed in Rule 01.70 of the FIM Technical Rules. a) b) c) d) Europe Great Britain USA Japan ECE 22 – 04, ECE 22 - 05 BS 6658 Grade A & B (All disciplines) DOT Federal Standard No 218 / SNELL M95, M2000, M2006 JIS T 8133:2000, or Australia 29.0.2. Standards Association of Australia AS1698 International Helmet Standards Refer also www.fim.ch 29.0.2.1 ECE 22 - 05 “P” [EUROPE] 29.0.2.2 The ECE mark consists of a circle surrounding the letter E followed by a distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval, as follows: E1 E6 Germany Belgium E2 E7 France Hungary E3 E8 E11 E16 E21 United Kingdom Norway Portugal E12 E17 E22 E26 E31 Slovenia Bosnia & Herzegovinia not assigned Australia E27 E32 Austria Finland Russian Federation Slovakia Latvia E37 E46 Turkey Ukraine E36 E45 E4 051039 0008. 031 E4 E9 Netherlands Spain E5 E10 Sweden Yugoslavia E13 E18 E23 Italy Czech Republic Luxembourg Denmark Greece E14 E19 E24 Switzerland Roumania Ireland E15 E20 E25 not assigned Poland Croatia E28 E33 Bielo Russia not assigned E29 E34 Estonia Bulgaria E30 E35 not assigned not assigned E40 E47 Macedonia South Africa E43 E48 Japan New Zealand E44 E49 not assigned not assigned 29.0.2.3 Below the letter E the approval number should always begin with 05. Below the approval number is the serial production number [Label is on retention system or comfort interior] 29.0.2.4 [JAPAN] JIS 813 : 2000 [Label affixed inside the helmet] 29.0.2.5 [USA] SNELL M2005 [Label affixed inside the helmet] For more details consult the FIM Technical Rule Book. 230 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 7. 8. 9 10. 11 Start by measuring the size required at the crown of the head. Put helmet on and connect strap, tighten as required. Check that there is no side to side movement. With your head tilted forwards, try to pull the helmet off from the back [see image]. Check that you can see clearly over your shoulders. Make sure you can breathe easily in the helmet and that no part of the helmet covers your nose or mouth. Never wind a scarf around the helmet so that it may obstruct the air from entering your helmet. Never have a scarf trapped under the strap. Make sure you can open the visor with one gloved hand. Satisfy yourself the back of your helmet is designed to protect your neck. Always buy the best helmet you can afford. 3 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4a 4b HELMETS 1. 2. 3. 4 5. 6 APPENDIX 1 HELMET FITTING GUIDE 4c enjoy the ride 231 APPENDIX 2- MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS These model Supplementary Regulations are available online at www.ma.org.au [INSERT EVENT NAME] [INSERT DAY & DATE] [INSERT VENUE] [INSERT PROMOTER / CLUB LOGO HERE] ������������ � � � � � � � � � SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS EVENT: ______________________________________________________________________________ [Insert Meeting Name] DATE: _______________________________________________________________________________ [Insert Meeting Day and Date ] VENUE: ______________________________________________________________________________ [Insert Venue Name] _____________________________________________________________________________________ [Insert Venue Location] TRACK LICENCE NUMBER: ____________________ MA PERMIT / IMN NUMBER _________________ EVENT CONTACT______________________________________________________________________ [Insert Contact Name] _____________________________________________________________________________________ [Insert address for correspondence & Contact Number] EVENT KEY OFFICIALS Steward [RCB Appointment] ______________________________________________________________ Clerk of Course _______________________________________________________________________ Race Secretary _______________________________________________________________________ 1. ANNOUNCEMENT The [Insert Club or Promoter here], hereafter called the Promoter will conduct [Insert Meeting Name] for [Insert type of categories] at the [Insert venue name and location], on [Insert meeting day and date]. 2. JURISDICTION 2.1 The abovementioned meeting has been 2.2 authorised by [Insert RCB] which has issued the Motorcycling Australia Permit Number [Insert Permit Number] and is open to holders of current Motorcycling Australia [Insert licence category] Licences. The meeting will be held in accordance with the current General Competition Rules (GCR’s) contained in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport, these Supplementary Regulations, and any final instructions approved by [Insert RCB]. By entering this meeting all parties agree to comply with these rules, regulations, by-laws 232 enjoy the ride and instructions. 3. EVENT OFFICIALS The following officials will be overseeing the meeting: Steward [MA Appointment] ________________ Clerk of Course _________________________ Race Secretary ________________________ Scrutineer _____________________________ [Other] _____________________________ 4. ENTRIES 4.1 Entries are now open and close last mail [Insert closing day & date]. Late entries will not be accepted. 4.2 In the case of postponement or abandonment of the meeting, all or any part of the entry fee may be retained by the [Club or Promoter whichever is applicable], if such retention is approved by [Insert RCB]. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 4.4 10.4 5. INSURANCE 5.1 5.2 National Personal Accident Scheme provides basic cover for death and permanent disability. Ambulance Insurance is compulsory for licensees. It is strongly recommended that competitors give consideration to taking out weekly benefits insurance. 10.5 6. MEDICAL SERVICES [Insert details of what type or types of medical services shall be in attendance at the meeting and at what times they will be available]. [Note to Promoters: Australian Championships require civil ambulances to be in attendance at all times ie, ambulance to transport injured to hospital] 7. ENTRY FEE 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 [Insert entry fee for each category]. Payment by [Insert acceptable payment methods] only. Any fees for dishonoured cheques will be the responsibility of the entrant. Cheques and Money Orders are to be made payable to the [Insert club or promoter name – whichever is applicable]. Please include a self addressed stamped envelope for confirmation of entry, the issuing of entry passes and any final instructions. 8. ENTRY PASSES 11. AWARDS AND PRIZEMONEY [Insert details of awards and/or prizemoney for each class of competition]. 12. ENTRIES TO CONSTITUTE A CLASS 12.1 12.2 [Insert details of the race format for each class of competition. Include details for heats, Semi-finals, finals & or rounds of competition – whichever is applicable]. 9. CLASSES OF COMPETITION [Insert details of each class of competition] 10.1 10.2 10.3 Scrutineering will begin at [Insert time] Machines entered in the competition must have successfully passed a machine examination prior to taking part in practice, qualifying or racing. An MA decal will be placed on the front number plate to indicate that it has been successfully examined. Current competition licences and full riding gear must be presented at scrutineering. Eligibility 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT To constitute a class for the purpose of gaining Championship status, the number of contestants entered and competing in each class shall be [Insert details for each class of competition] [Refer to GCR’s for details of classes] Should there be insufficient entries in any class of competition, the decision to run or cancel the class, or to combine events and re-distribute any awards and/or prizemoney, will be at the discretion of the [club or promoter - whichever is applicable], subject to [Insert RCB] approval. 13. RACE FORMAT [Insert details of the number of passes issued for each entry]. 10. SCRUTINEERING checks can take place at any time during the meeting. Machines which suffer accident damage in practice or race sessions must be re-examined before participating again. In addition to pulling down and checking of machines after official protests have been received by the Clerk of Course in accordance with the GCRs, the Scrutineer can check and pull down, at their discretion, any machine that has taken part in the event. Failure to comply with this rule will result in automatic exclusion from the event results. Machines will not be sealed for later checking after the event. All machines that are to be pulled down and scrutineered will take place at the circuit before the machine is released by the Scrutineer. A member of the rider’s team must be available at all times to assist with the strip down. Failure to comply with this rule will result in automatic exclusion from the events results. MODEL SUPP. REGS Only entries received on the official entry form that is accompanied by the correct fee will be accepted. Entry fees will only be refunded if a rider informs [Insert Promoter/Club], in writing, 10 days before the event. A medical certificate is required if a rider withdraws less than 10 days before the event. APPENDIX 2 4.3 14. MACHINES AND RIDERS 14.1 14.2 14.3 All machines entered must comply with the current GCRs for [Insert Discipline] competition. Multiple entry of the one machine in the same class of competition is not permitted. [Insert details of any other restrictions such as whether change of machine is allowed during competition etc.] enjoy the ride 233 schedule and/or order of events]. For the purposes of drug and alcohol testing, the commencement of the meeting will be deemed to be [insert time – usually same as start of scrutineering] with the completion of the meeting for the participant being when the participant has vacated the venue. 15. NUMBER PLATES Wherever possible, competitors will be allocated their registered riding number or their preferred riding number. All others will be allocated numbers at the [Club’s or Promoter’s - whichever is applicable] discretion. All number plates on all machines MUST comply with the GCRs and must not contain any decals or advertising other than the required MA decal. 16. GRID POSITIONS [Insert details on how grid positions shall be determined or allocated – refer to GCRs for details] 17. RIDERS’ BRIEFING 22. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION [Insert details of the circuit – including its type of construction, length and the direction of racing] 23. STARTS [Insert details of start procedure as per GCR’s] 24. RACING [Insert details of how many laps of practice or how much practice time shall be allocated for each class of competition and over how many laps each heat, semi-final, final or round of competition shall be contested]. A riders’ briefing will be held prior to the commencement of racing, which ALL competitors MUST attend. Details will be included in the final instructions. 18. ANTI-DOPING POLICY 18.1 18.2 All competitors and officials are advised that drug testing may take place in accordance with MA’s Anti-Doping Policy, as carried out by the Australian Sports Anti-Doping Authority. Refer to GCR 11 for details. If any doubts exist over banned substances it is recommended competitors contact the Drugs in Sport Hotline, tel 1800 020 506. When drug testing takes place, the payment of prizemoney may be delayed at [Insert RCB] discretion until the results of the tests are known. 19. ALCOHOL TESTING PROCEDURE All competitors and officials are advised that random breath-testing may take place during the competition. 20. CODE OF CONDUCT All competitors, officials and parents are reminded of MA’s Code of Conduct contained within MA’s Member Protection Regulations, found at www.ma.org.au or Appendix 3 of the GCR, which is a guide to appropriate behaviour at all motorcycle race meetings. This Code of Conduct applies to this Meeting and will be enforced. 21. EVENT SCHEDULE [Insert details of timetable for meeting – including time that gates open, scrutineering times, when riders briefing shall occur, practice time, time racing commences and racing 234 enjoy the ride 25. NOISE [Insert details of any noise restrictions that apply to the meeting at the venue]. Noise testing may take place at any time at the discretion of the Chief Scrutineer or the Clerk of Course. Refer to GCR 12.10 for details. 26. GST The Goods and Services Tax affects the payment of prizemoney. If you do not provide an ABN or declare the sport is a hobby, the Promoter must withhold 48.5% of prizemoney over $50.00 which is otherwise payable to you. Please tick one of the boxes on the entry form and if appropriate provide your ABN to ensure the full amount of prize money is paid to you. 27. PRESENTATIONS [Location and time they shall be conducted (If applicable)] 28. FACILITIES [Type of facilities that are available at the venue (If applicable)] 29. TYRES [Identify any restrictions on the use of various types of tyres (If applicable)] 30. ADMISSION CHARGES [Cost of entry to the venue per person ie: Adult, Child, Pensioner etc. - If applicable] 31. DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC INFORMATION [Any discipline specific issues that are applicable] 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ������������ � � � � � � � � � [INSERT PROMOTER / CLUB LOGO HERE] Entries Close: Send to: [Insert closing date of entries] [Insert contact name] [Insert address] [Insert City/Town, Postcode, State] [Insert number and/or fax] Office Use Only: Allocated Rider No: RIDER DETAILS Rider’s First Name: _______________________ Rider’s Surname: _______________________________ MODEL SUPP. REGS ENTRY FORM APPENDIX 2 [INSERT EVENT NAME] [INSERT DAY & DATE] [INSERT VENUE] Address: ______________________________________________________________________________ City/town: _______________________________ State: ____________________ Postcode: ___________ Tel: _______________________________ Mob: ______________________________________________ Date of birth: _______________________ E-mail: _____________________________________________ Next of Kin: ___________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel: ___________________ MA Lic. No.: _____________________________ Expiry Date: _______________ Grade: ____________ 1st Preferred number plate: __________2nd Preferred number plate: __________ PASSENGER DETAILS (SIDECAR ONLY) Passenger’s First Name: ___________________ Passenger’s Surname: ___________________________ Address: ______________________________________________________________________________ City/town: _______________________________ State: ____________________ Postcode: ___________ Tel: _______________________________ Mob: ______________________________________________ Date of birth: _______________________ E-mail: _____________________________________________ Next of Kin: ___________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel: ____________________ MA Lic. No.: _____________________________ Expiry Date: _________________ Grade: ___________ Must be completed by all competitors/entrants I/we are completely aware of the mechanical and electrical specification of the motorcycle which I/we have entered in this event and guarantee that this motorcycle conforms with all rules stated in the GCR’s of MA and these Supplementary Regulations. Rider’s Name: ____________________ Signature:_______________________ Date: _________________ Entrant’s Name: ___________________ Signature: ______________________ Date: _________________ RIDER MACHINE DETAILS 1st Bike - Make/Model & Capacity________________ 2nd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: _____________ 3rd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: ______________ 4th Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: ______________ 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 235 Classes [Promoter to Insert Class] Machine Details and Capacity [Promoter Insert Machine details and capacity] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Promoter Insert Machine details and capacity] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Promoter Insert Machine details and capacity] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Promoter Insert Machine details and capacity] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Promoter Insert Machine details and capacity] [Promoter to Insert Class] [Promoter Insert Machine details and capacity] Rider Age Entry Fee [Promoter Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] [Promoter Insert Age] [Promoter Insert Entry Fee] Total Entry Fee ENTRY FEES: PAYMENT Cheque, Credit card Money order) Make Payment to: __________________________________ ABN:_________________________________ [Promoter Insert Name and Address] Card type: MasterCard Visa [Insert ABN] Bankcard Credit card: Expiry Date: / Total Amount: $ ____________ Name of card holder: ______________________ Signature: _____________________________________ Office Use Only Date Received: 236 enjoy the ride Money Received: [Promoter Insert Info as required] [Promoter Insert Info as required] 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Announcement and Jurisdiction Name of Promoter Name or title of competition Persons eligible to compete Types of vehicles eligible Date Permit, class of and number Track licence number Authority granting the permit A statement that competition is held under MA Rules Entries □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ Date of opening of entries. Where entries to be sent. Date and time of closing entries. Amount of entry fee. Conditions as to return of fee. Minimum and maximum number of entries. Teams, composition of. Teams, how and when may be entered. Substitution of riders. Transfer of entries. Awards □ Special awards and condition attached thereto. □ Period of holding special awards if not won outright. □ Other awards Who are the Officials □ □ □ □ Stewards of the meeting. Clerk of the Course. Race Secretary. Other officials. Event Description [Speed Meeting] □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ Place and time of start, paddock, weighing out Riders and Vehicles The Course Method of starting Direction or danger signs Flag signals Length of course Nature of course Returning to start Practicing Replenishment Observation. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Method of timing Number of runs Handicapping Assessment of performance. General Advertisement Promoters’ Liability Description [Reliability Trial] □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ Place and time of start Riders and vehicles The course. Starting order Route marking Nature of course Length of course Itinerary Route cards Practising Meal stops Observation Balking Non-stop section Definition of a stop and a failure Footing and failure on hills Involuntary delays Checks Position of rider or passenger on vehicle Speed Time checks Method of control Time allowances Time arrangements Other tests Assessment of performance Bonus marks Penalties Method of allotting awards General Outside assistance Advertisements Retirement Promoters’ liability Alcohol and drug testing Indicate that that alcohol and drug testing may take place at the meeting MODEL SUPP. REGS □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ APPENDIX 2 CHECKLIST FOR CREATING SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS enjoy the ride 237 APPENDIX 3 1. MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY • PURPOSE OF THIS MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY This Member Protection Policy aims to ensure the core values, good reputation and positive behaviours and attitudes of MA are maintained. It assists us in ensuring that everyone involved in our sport is treated with respect and dignity, is safe and protected from abuse. This policy also ensures that everyone in our sport is aware of their legal and ethical rights and responsibilities. The policy also reflects our support for the principles and values that are the essence of Australian sport - of fairness, respect, responsibility and safety. The policy contains the procedures that support our commitment to eliminating discrimination, harassment, child abuse and other forms of inappropriate behaviour from our sport. As part of this commitment, MA will take disciplinary action against any person or organisation bound by this policy if they breach it. This policy has been endorsed by the Board of the MA and has been incorporated into our regulations in accordance with clause 71 of the MA Constitution. The policy starts on January 1, 2007 and will operate until replaced. This policy and/or its attachments may be amended from time to time by a resolution of the Board in accordance with the Constitution. Copies of this policy and its attachments can also be obtained from our office, or website at www.ma.org.au. Have an agreement (whether or not in writing) with MA or a members, • Riders who enter or participate in any activity or event (including camps and training sessions) which are held or sanctioned by MA or a member, • Any person or organisation, who or which is a member of, or affiliated to, MA, or a member, • Any other person or organisation who, or which agrees in writing or otherwise to be bound by this policy, and • Parents, guardians, spectators and sponsors to the extent that is possible. This policy will continue to apply to a person even after they have stopped their membership, association or employment with MA if disciplinary action relating to an allegation of child abuse against that person has commenced. 3. CODE OF CONDUCT MA requires every individual and organisation bound by this policy to: 1. Be ethical, fair and honest in all their dealings with other people and MA, 2. Treat all persons with respect and courtesy and have proper regard for their dignity, rights and obligations, 3. This policy applies to the following organisations and individuals: Always place the safety and welfare of children above other considerations, 4. • MA, Comply with MA’s Constitution, rules and policies including this policy, • Members, 5. Operate within the rules and spirit of the sport, • Persons appointed or sitting on Boards, Committees and sub-committees of MA and members, 6. Comply with all relevant Australian laws (Federal and State), particularly anti-discrimination and child protection laws, • Employees, officials and volunteers appointed or elected by MA or members, 7. Be responsible & accountable for their conduct, and 8. • Support personnel such as Managers, physiotherapists, psychologists, masseurs, sport trainers), Abide by the Code of Conduct outlined in Attachment A of this policy. 4. ORGANISATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES 2. • WHO THIS MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY APPLIES TO Coaches (including assistant coaches) who: • 238 enjoy the ride Are appointed and/or employed by MA or members (whether paid or unpaid), or MA must: 1. Adopt, implement and comply with this policy, 2. Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT policy and the consequences for breaching it, 3. Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all times, 4. Promptly deal with any breaches of, or complaints made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive, fair, timely and confidential manner; 5. Apply this policy consistently without fear or favour, 6. Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed under this policy, 7. Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or accessible to the persons to whom this policy applies, 8. Appoint or have access to appropriately-trained people to receive and handle complaints and allegations and display the names and contact details in a way that is readily accessible, and 9. Monitor and review this policy at least annually. 4. Co-operating in providing a discrimination, child abuse and harassment free sporting environment, 5. Being aware of State-specific child protection requirements, and 6. Understanding the possible consequences of breaching this policy. 6. POLICY POSITION STATEMENTS Child protection policy Every person and organisation bound by this policy must always place the safety and welfare of children above all other considerations. MA acknowledges that its staff and volunteers provide a valuable contribution to the positive experiences of its junior participants. MA aims to ensure this continues and to protect the safety and welfare of its junior participants. Several measures will be used to achieve this such as: Prohibiting any form of abuse against children, Adopt, implement and comply with this policy, • 2. Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this policy and the consequences for breaching it, Providing opportunities for our juniors to contribute to and provide feedback on our program development, 3. Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all times, • 4. Promptly deal with any breaches of or complaints made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive, fair, timely and confidential manner, Carefully selecting and screening people whose role requires them to have direct and unsupervised contact with children. (See Clause 7), • 5. Apply this policy consistently without fear or favour, Ensuring our Codes of Conduct, particularly for roles associated with junior sport, are promoted, enforced and reviewed, • 6. Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed under this policy, Providing procedures for raising concerns or complaints (See Clause 10), and • 7. Comply with their respective State-specific child protection requirements (Attachment C), and Providing education and/or information to those involved in our sport on child abuse and child protection. 8. Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or accessible to the persons to whom this policy applies. 5. INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES Individuals bound by this policy are responsible for: 1. Making themselves aware of the policy and complying with the standards of conduct outlined in this policy, 2. Consenting to a National Police check if the individual holds or applies for a role that involves direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years, 3. Complying with all other requirements of this policy, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MA requires that any child who is abused or anyone who reasonably suspects that a child has been or is being abused by someone within its sport, to report it immediately to the Police or relevant Government agency and the Member Protection Information Officer (“MPIO”). Descriptions of the sorts of activity which may be abuse are in the definitions at Clause 13. All allegations of child abuse will be dealt with promptly, seriously, sensitively and confidentially. A person will not be victimised for reporting an allegation of child abuse and the privacy of all persons concerned will be respected. MA’s procedures for handling allegations of child abuse are outlined in Clause 9.1. If anyone bound by this policy reasonably suspects that a child is being abused by their parent/s, they are advised to contact the relevant Government department for Youth, Family and Community Services in their State or Territory. enjoy the ride MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY • 1. APPENDIX 3 Members must: 239 Anti-discrimination and harassment policy MA aims to provide a sport environment where all those involved in its activities are treated with dignity and respect, and without harassment or discrimination. MA recognises that all those involved in its activities cannot enjoy themselves, perform to their best, or be effective or fully productive if they are being treated unfairly, discriminated against or harassed because of their age, disability , family responsibilities, gender identity, homosexuality or sexual orientation, irrelevant medical or criminal record, marital status, political belief, pregnancy or breastfeeding, race, religion, sex, social origin and/or Trade Union membership/activity. MA prohibits all forms of harassment and discrimination based on personal characteristics listed in the definitions. Discrimination and harassment are extremely distressing, offensive, humiliating and/ or threatening and create an uncomfortable and unpleasant environment. In most circumstances discrimination and harassment are against the law. Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which could be regarded as harassment or discrimination are provided in the Definitions at Clause 13. If any person feels they are being harassed or discriminated against by another person or organisation bound by this policy, please refer to Clause 16 of the MA constitution. Sexual relationships policy MA takes the position that sexual relationships between coaches and adult athletes that they coach should be avoided. MA takes the view that such relationships, while not necessarily constituting unlawful harassment, can have harmful effects on the individual athlete involved, on other athletes and coaches, and on the sport’s public image. Such relationships tend to be intentionally or unintentionally exploitative because there is usually a disparity between coaches and athletes in terms of authority, power, maturity, status and dependence. MA’s policy position is similar to other organisations who disallow professionals such as teachers, doctors and counsellors to have sexual relationships with their clients or students. Should a sexual relationship develop between an athlete and coach, MA will investigate whether any action against the coach is necessary. Factors that may be relevant to consider are the age and maturity of the athlete relative to the coach, the financial or emotional dependence of the athlete on the coach, and the likelihood of the relationship having any adverse impact on the athlete and/or other athletes. If it is determined that the sexual relationship is inappropriate, action may be taken to stop the coaching relationship with 240 enjoy the ride the athlete. Action may include transfer, a request for resignation or dismissal from coaching duties. If an athlete attempts to initiate an intimate sexual relationship, the coach must take personal responsibility for discouraging such approaches, explaining the ethical basis for such action. The coach may wish to approach MA or a MPIO if they feel harassed. The law is always the minimum standard for behaviour within MA and therefore sex with a child is a criminal offence. Gender identity policy MA is committed to providing an inclusive sporting environment where transgender or transsexual people involved in its activities are able to contribute and participate. MA expects everyone who is bound by this policy to treat people who identify as transgender or transsexual fairly and with dignity and respect. This includes acting with sensitivity and respect where a person is undergoing gender transition. We will not tolerate any unlawful discrimination or harassment against a person who identifies as transgender or transsexual or who is thought to be transgender or transsexual. Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which could be regarded as transgender or transsexual discrimination or harassment are provided in the Definitions at Clause 13. If any person feels they are being harassed or discriminated against by another person or organisation bound by this policy, please refer to our complaints procedure outlined in Clause 10 of this policy. This will explain what to do about the behaviour and how MA will deal with the problem. MA recognises that the exclusion of transgender or transsexual people from participation in sporting events has significant implications for their health, wellbeing and involvement in community life. In general MA will facilitate transgender or transsexual persons participating in our sport of the sex with which they identify. MA also recognises there is debate over whether a male to female transgender person obtains any physical advantage over other female participants. This debate is reflected in the divergent discrimination laws across the country. If issues of performance advantage arise, MA will seek advice on the application of those laws in the particular circumstances. MA is aware that the International Olympic Committee (IOC) has established criteria for selection and participation in the Olympic Games. Where a transgender or transsexual person intends competing at an elite level, we will encourage them to obtain advice about the IOC’s criteria which may differ from the position taken by MA. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT MA notes that drug testing procedures and prohibitions also apply to people who identify as transgender or transsexual. A person receiving treatment involving a prohibited substance or method, as described on the WADA prohibited list, should apply for a therapeutic use exemption. occupy a position that involves direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years to sign a consent form for a National Police check. (Information on Police checks can be found at www.susport.gov.au/ethics/ policechecks.asp) • 7. MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY - SCREENING MA will implement screening procedures for people who currently occupy or who apply for any work (paid or voluntary) that involves direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years. Screening under this policy is not a replacement for any other procedure required by law. If State or Territory legislation sets an equivalent or higher standard of screening, the requirement to screen people under the process outlined below need not be followed. Under this policy MA and members are required to: Identify positions (paid and voluntary) that involve working with people under the age of 18 years; and 2. Obtain a completed Member Protection Declaration (MPD) in the form set out in Attachment B to this policy from all people who are bound by this policy if they occupy or apply for a position that involves direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years. The MPD will be kept in a secure place. If a MPD is not provided, or it reveals that a person does not satisfactorily meet with one or more of the clauses in the MPD (e.g. has a relevant criminal conviction), the organisation will: Provide an opportunity for the person to respond/ provide an explanation, and • Make an assessment as to whether the person may pose a risk to or be unsuitable to work with people under the age of 18 years. If the police check indicates a relevant offence, the relevant organisation will: • Provide an opportunity for the person to respond/ provide an explanation, and • Make an assessment as to whether the person may pose a risk to or be unsuitable to work with people under the age of 18 years. If the relevant organisation remains unsatisfied, or the person does not agree to a National Police check after explaining why it is a requirement, then the relevant organisation will: • In the case of an existing employee/volunteer, transfer the person to another role which does not require them to work directly and unsupervised with people under the age of 18 years. If this is not possible, then end the appointment, • In the case of a someone applying for the position/role, not appoint them, • Decide whether to offer the person the position or retain the person in the position, taking into account the result of the Police check and any other information the organisation has available. Where it is not practical to complete the Police check prior to employment commencing, the relevant organisation must still complete the check as soon as possible. The relevant organisation will advise the person that their ongoing employment is conditional upon the satisfactory outcome of the check. • Protect the privacy of any person who is checked and the confidentiality of any information obtained through the checking process. Information collected during screening (such as a completed MPD form, Police records and referee reports) will be returned to the relevant person if that person is not appointed to/will not remain in the position, or otherwise be destroyed with the consent of the person concerned. If unsatisfied, then the organisation will: • In the case of an existing employee/volunteer, transfer the person to another role which does not require them to work directly and unsupervised with people under the age of 18 years. If this is not possible, then end the appointment. • In the case of someone applying for the position/ role, not appoint them. • Check a person’s referees (verbal or written) and interview a person about their suitability for the role and their suitability for working with children for both paid and voluntary positions. • Ask people applying for and people who currently 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY • In most Police jurisdictions a ‘part exclusion’ check for people working with children can be requested. This check excludes irrelevant records. APPENDIX 3 1. Request a National Police check from the relevant Police jurisdiction for people applying for and people who currently occupy paid or voluntary positions that involves direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years. 241 Where a National Police check is obtained under this member protection policy, another organisation which is also required to screen may obtain a copy of the National Police check provided that the consent of the relevant person is obtained and the National Police check was performed in the immediately preceding 2 years. 8. 2. Any individual or organisation to which this policy applies, should immediately report any incident of a serious or a criminal nature to the police and other appropriate authority. If the allegation is of a criminal nature, report the incident immediately to the police. If the allegation involves a child at risk of harm you may need to report to both the police and the relevant government agency. 3 The MPIO should assess the risks and take interim action to ensure the child’s/children’s safety. Some options could include redeployment of the alleged offender to a non-child related position, supervision of the alleged offender or removal/suspension from their duties until the allegations are finally determined. The support needs of the person against whom the complaint is made should also be addressed. 4 Any further investigation by MA into allegations of a more serious or criminal nature should only be carried out upon advice from the Police and relevant Government agency. 5 For allegations of a less serious nature (e.g. verbal abuse) and independent person with appropriate expertise shall be appointed to make contact and meet with each of the people involved to obtain details of the allegation. Strict confidentiality, impartiality, fairness and due process must be maintained at all times. 6 If disciplinary action is to be taken, follow the procedures outlined in Clause 12 of this policy. MEMBER PROTECTION INFORMATION OFFICERS (MPIOS) MA and members shall be responsible for appointing such number of MPIOs as they consider appropriate. It is the role of a MPIO to: 1. Provide a point of contact for persons wishing to make a complaint under this policy, 2. Inform complainants of the options and procedures for resolution of complaints under this policy; 3. Refer complaints or allegations of breaches of this policy to the organisation which appointed him/her; and 4. Carry out the functions assigned to mpios throughout this policy. 9. should avoid suggestive or leading questions. CHILD ABUSE PROCEDURES An allegation of child abuse is a very serious matter and must be handled with a high degree of sensitivity. The following is a basic outline of the key processes to follow. More information can be obtained from the relevant State or Territory Government agency. 1. Any complaints, concerns or allegations of child abuse should be made or referred to a MPIO who should obtain and clarify basic details (if possible) but should not elicit detailed information about the abuse. The initial response of the person that receives the complaint from the child (or person on behalf of the child) is crucial to the well-being of the child. It is important for the person receiving the information to: • Listen to, be supportive and do not dispute what the child says, • Reassure the child that what has occurred is not the fault of the child, • Ensure the child is safe, • Be honest with the child and explain that other people may need to be told in order to stop what is happening, and • Ensure that what the child says is quite clear but do not elicit detailed information about the abuse. You 242 enjoy the ride 10. COMPLAINTS PROCEDURES MA aims to provide an easy to use, confidential and trustworthy procedure for complaints based on the principles of natural justice. Any person may report a complaint (complainant) about a person/s or organisation bound by this policy if they reasonably believe that a person/s or a sporting organisation has breached this policy. A complaint should be reported to a MPIO. A complaint may be reported as an informal or formal complaint. The complainant decides whether the complaint will be dealt with informally or formally unless the MPIO considers that the complaint falls outside the parameters of this policy and would be better dealt with another way. All complaints will be dealt with promptly, seriously, sensitively and confidentially. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 10.1 Informal complaint resolution procedure If a complainant makes an approach to MA, a full member, a club or a person within these organisations, it is desirable that the complainant also seeks the advice of a MPIO who will: 1. Listen to the complainant in an empathetic, supportive manner; 2. Inform the complainant about their possible options; 3. Act as a support person for the complainant, including supporting them through any mediation process if the complainant wishes; 4. Keep the matter confidential; 5. Inform the relevant government authority, if required by law; and 6. Consult by seeking advice from the relevant state or territory authority that administers the relevant law. A complainant may seek to try and resolve the complaint by mediation in accordance with Clause 10.4. If, following this information complaint procedure, the complaint is not resolved informally, the complainant may make a formal complaint to the CEO of MA. Nothing in this policy prevents the complainant taking action under State or Federal legislation. It is not necessary to provide a written complaint under this clause. Mediation may occur either before or after an investigation of a complaint. If a complainant wishes to try and resolve the complaint with the assistance of a mediator, the mpio will, in consultation with the complainant, arrange for a mediator to mediate the complaint. 10.3 Tribunals A hearings tribunal may be formed to hear a formal complaint that has been referred by MPIO, or an alleged breach of the policy. MA’s tribunal hearings procedure is outlined in clause 16 of the MA constitution and in Chapter 6 of these GCRs. There is no appeal in respect of a decision of a hearing tribunal. The decision of the hearing tribunal is final and binding on the people involved in the hearing. Every organisation bound by this policy will recognise and enforce any decision made, and form of discipline imposed, by an appeals tribunal under this policy. 11. BREACHES OF THIS MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY It is a breach of this policy for any person or organisation to which this policy applies, to have been found to have: 1. Done anything contrary to this policy, 2. Breached the code of conduct, Failed to follow MA policies and procedures for the protection, safety and welfare of children, 5. Appointed or continued to appoint a person to a role that involves working with children and young people contrary to this policy, 6. Discriminated against or harassed any person, 7. Victimised another person for reporting a complaint, MA will also take all necessary steps to make sure that people involved in a complaint are not victimised by anyone for coming forward with a complaint or for helping to sort it out. Disciplinary measures will be imposed on anyone who victimises another person for making a complaint. 8. Engaged in a sexually inappropriate relationship with a person that the person supervises, or has influence, authority or power over, 9. Disclosed to any unauthorised person or organisation any MA information that is of a private, confidential or privileged nature, 10.3 Mediation MA aims to sort out complaints with the minimum of fuss wherever possible. In many cases, complaints can be sorted out by agreement between the people involved with no need for disciplinary action. The people involved in a formal complaint - the complainant and the person complained about (respondent) - may also seek the assistance of a neutral third person or a mediator. Lawyers are not able to negotiate on behalf of the complainant and/or respondent. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 10. Made a complaint they knew to be untrue, vexatious, malicious or improper, 11. Failed to comply with a penalty imposed after a finding that the individual or organisation has breached this policy, or MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY Brought MA into disrepute, 4. Vexatious complaints & victimisation APPENDIX 3 3. MA aims to ensure our complaints procedure has integrity and is free of unfair repercussions or victimisation. If at any point in the complaint process the MPIO considers that a complainant has knowingly made an untrue complaint or the complaint is vexatious or malicious, the matter may be referred to the Board or a judicial committee appointed by the Board for appropriate action which may include disciplinary action against the complainant. 10.2 12. Failed to comply with a direction given to the individual or organisation during the discipline process. enjoy the ride 243 12. FORMS OF DISCIPLINE If an individual or organisation to which this policy applies breaches this policy, one or more forms of discipline may be imposed. These may include making a verbal or written apology, paying a fine, being suspended or de-registered or having a person’s appointment or employment terminated. More information on the range of disciplinary measures and the factors that will be considered before imposing discipline is included in the MA Constitution and these GCRs. 13. DEFINITIONS This Clause sets out the meaning of words used in this policy and its attachments without limiting the ordinary and natural meaning of the words. State/Territory specific definitions and more detail on some of the words in this dictionary can be sourced from the relevant State/Territory child protection commissions or Equal Ppportunity and Anti-discrimination Commissions. Abuse is a form of harassment and includes physical abuse, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, neglect, and abuse of power. Examples of abusive behaviour include bullying, humiliation, verbal abuse and insults. Child abuse relates to children at risk of harm (usually by adults, sometimes by other children) and often by those they know and trust. It can take many forms. Children may be harmed by both verbal and physical actions and by people failing to provide them with basic care. Child abuse may include: • Physical abuse by hurting a child or a child’s development (e.g. hitting, shaking or other physical harm; giving a child alcohol or drugs; giving bad nutritional advice; or training that exceeds the child’s development or maturity). • Sexual abuse by adults or other children where a child is encouraged or forced to watch or engage in sexual activity or where a child is subject to any other inappropriate conduct of a sexual nature (e.g. sexual intercourse, masturbation, oral sex, pornography including child pornography or inappropriate touching or conversations). • Emotional abuse by ill-treating a child (e.g. humiliation, taunting, sarcasm, yelling, negative criticism, name calling, ignoring or placing unrealistic expectations on a child). • Neglect (e.g. failing to give food, water, shelter or clothing or to protect a child from danger or foreseeable risk of harm or injury). Complaint means a complaint made under clause 10 of this policy. Complainant means the person making a complaint. 244 enjoy the ride Constitution means the Constitution of MA in force from time to time. Discrimination means treating or proposing to treat someone less favourably than someone else because of a particular characteristic in the same or similar circumstancesin certain areas of public life (this is direct discrimination). The law also covers indirect discrimination. This is imposing or intending to impose an unreasonable requirement, condition or practice that is the same for everyone, but which has an unequal or disproportional effect on individuals or groups with particular characteristics. The characteristics covered by discrimination law across Australia are: • Age, • Disability, • Family/carer responsibilities, • Gender identity/transgender status, • Homosexuality and sexual orientation, • Irrelevant medical record, • Irrelevant criminal record, • Physical features, • Political belief/activity, • Pregnancy and breastfeeding, • Race, • Religious belief/activity, • Sex or gender, • Social origin, • Trade Union membership/activity, Some States & Territories include additional characteristics. Discrimination is not permitted in the areas of employment (including volunteer and unpaid employment); the provision of goods and services; the selection or otherwise of any person for competition or a team (domestic or international); the entry or otherwise of any player or other person to any competition; obtaining or retaining membership of an organisation (including the rights and privileges of membership). Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or encouraging another person to engage in discrimination may also be discriminatory conduct. Member means any member recognised as such under the MA constitution. Harassment is any type of behaviour that the other person does not want and does not return and that is offensive, abusive, belittling or threatening. The behaviour is unwelcome and of a type that a reasonable person would recognise as being unwelcome and likely to cause the recipient to feel offended, humiliated or intimidated. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Unlawful harassment includes the above but is either sexual or targets a person because of their race, sex, pregnancy, marital status, sexuality or other characteristic (see characteristic list under discrimination). It does not matter whether the harassment was intended, the focus is on the impact of the behaviour. The basic rule is if someone else finds it harassing then it could be harassment. Harassment may be a single incident or repeated. It may be explicit or implicit, verbal or non-verbal. Discrimination and harassment are not permitted in the areas of employment (including volunteer and unpaid employment); the provision of goods and services including access to sporting facilities; when providing education and accommodation; the selection or otherwise of any person for competition or a team (domestic or international); the entry or otherwise of any player or other person to any competition; obtaining or retaining membership of clubs and organisations (including the rights and privileges of membership). Some exceptions to State and Federal antidiscrimination law apply: examples include: Holding a competitive sporting activity for females only who are 12 years of age or over where strength, stamina or physique is relevant; or • Not selecting a participant if the person’s disability means he or she is not reasonably capable of performing the actions reasonably required for that sporting activity. Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or encouraging another person to engage in discrimination or harassment may also be against the law. It is also a breach of discrimination law to victimise a person who is involved in making a complaint of discrimination or harassment. For example, a player is ostracised by her male coach for complaining about his sexist behaviour to another club official or for supporting another player who has made such a complaint. Public acts of racial hatred which are reasonably likely in the circumstances to offend, insult, humiliate or intimidate are also prohibited. This applies to spectators, participants or any other person who engages in such an act in public. Some state and territories also prohibit public acts that vilify on other grounds such as homosexuality, gender identify, hiv/ aids, religion and disability - see vilification. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Member protection is a term used by the australian sport industry to describe the practices and procedures that protect members – both individual members such as players, coaches and officials, and the member organisations such as clubs, full members, other affiliated associations and the national body. Member protection involves: • Protecting those that are involved in sport activities from harassment, abuse, discrimination and other forms of inappropriate behaviour • Adopting appropriate measures to ensure the right people are involved in an organisation, particularly in relation to those involved with juniors, and • Providing education. Member Protection Information Officer (MPIO) means a person appointed under Clause 8.1 Of this policy trained to be the first point of contact for a person reporting a complaint under, or a breach of, this policy. The MPIO provides confidential information and moral support to the person with the concern or who is alleging harassment or a breach of this policy. They help the complainant deal with any emotions they may have about what has happened and operate as a sounding board as the complainant decides what they want to do. The MPIO may accompany the complainant in anything they decide to do, if it feels appropriate and they are happy to do it. Natural justice incorporates the following principles: • A person who is the subject of a complaint must be fully informed of the allegations against them, • A person who is the subject of a complaint must be given full opportunity to respond to the allegations and raise any matters in their own defence, • All parties need to be heard and all relevant submissions considered, • Irrelevant matters should not be taken into account, • No person may judge their own case, • The decision maker/s must be unbiased, fair & just, • The penalties imposed must not outweigh the ‘crime’. MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY Whether or not the behaviour is harassment is determined from the point of view of the person receiving the harassment. The basic rule is if someone else finds it harassing then it could be harassment. Harassment may be a single incident or repeated. It may be explicit or implicit, verbal or non-verbal. Mediator means a person appointed to mediate complaints made under this policy. It is preferable that the mediator has relevant skills, qualifications and/or training in mediation. APPENDIX 3 • Junior means a person under the age of eighteen (18) years who is participating in an activity of MA. Police check means a national criminal history record enjoy the ride 245 check conducted as a prudent pre-employment or preengagement background check on a person. Policy and this policy mean this Member Protection Policy. Respondent means the person who is being complained about. Sexual harassment means unwanted, unwelcome or uninvited behaviour of a sexual nature which makes a person feel humiliated, intimidated or offended. Sexual harassment can take many different forms and may include unwanted physical contact, verbal comments, jokes, propositions, display of pornographic or offensive material or other behaviour that creates a sexually hostile environment. Sexual harassment is not behaviour based on mutual attraction, friendship and respect. If the interaction is between consenting adults, it is not sexual harassment. Sexual offence means a criminal offence involving sexual activity or acts of indecency including but not limited to (due to differences under State/Territory legislation): • Rape, • Indecent assault, • Sexual assault, • Assault with intent to have sexual intercourse, • Incest, • Sexual penetration of child under the age of 16 • Indecent act with child under the age of 16 • Sexual relationship with child under the age of 16 • Sexual offences against people with impaired mental functioning, • Abduction and detention, • Procuring sexual penetration by threats or fraud, • rights to make a complaint under government legislation (e.g. Anti-discrimination) or under this policy, or for supporting another person to make a complaint. Vilification involves a person or organisation doing public acts to incite hatred towards, serious contempt for, or severe ridicule of a person or group of persons having any of the attributes or characteristics within the meaning of discrimination. Public acts that may amount to vilification include any form of communication to the public and any conduct observable by the public. Young people/person means people in the 13 – 18 year age group. ATTACHMENT C - CHILD PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS New South Wales New South Wales requirements to check people working with children This information will change during 2006 once the Commission for Children and Young People Amendment Act 2005 is proclaimed. Refer to the NSW Commission for Children and Young People website: www.kids.nsw. gov.au or contact 02 9286 7219 to ensure you have to date information. This information was updated 27 April 2006. All NSW Clubs and Associations who engage/employ people in child-related activities (in a paid or voluntary capacity) must meet the requirements of the working with children check. This is a legal requirement. Interstate clubs and organisations that visit NSW and engage/employ people in child-related activities (in a paid or voluntary capacity) may also be required to complete a working with children check with the NSW Commission for Children and Young People. We are required to: 1. Procuring sexual penetration of child under the age of 16, Register with the NSW Department of Sport and Recreation employment screening unit, 2. • Bestiality, Identify positions (paid and voluntary) which are child-related positions, • Soliciting acts of sexual penetration or indecent acts, 3. • Promoting or engaging in acts of child prostitution, • Obtaining benefits from child prostitution, Obtain a Prohibited Employment Declaration (PED) from all existing employees in child-related positions. PED forms can be downloaded from www.kids.nsw.gov.au/check/resources.html. If the person is a prohibited person we must remove him/her from the child-related employment, • Possession of child pornography, 4. • Publishing child pornography & indecent articles. Keep the PED in a secure place for as long as the person is employed, 5. Ask preferred applicants for paid child-related positions to sign a consent form for a background check, Victimisation means subjecting a person or threatening to subject a person to any detriment or unfair treatment because that person has or intends to pursue their 246 enjoy the ride cont P 248 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT ATTACHMENT A - CODE OF CONDUCT As a member of MA or a person required to comply with MA’s member protection policy you must meet the following requirements in regard to your conduct during any activity held or sanctioned by MA or a member and in any role you hold within those organisations. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Respect the rights, dignity and worth of others, Be fair, considerate and honest in all dealing with others, Be professional in, and accept responsibility for, your actions, Make a commitment to providing quality service, Be aware of, and maintain an uncompromising adhesion to, MA’s standards, rules, regulations and policies, Operate within the rules of the sport including national and international guidelines which govern MA, Do not use your involvement with MA or a member to promote your own beliefs, behaviours or practices where these are inconsistent with those of MA, Demonstrate a high degree of individual responsibility especially when dealing with any person under 18 years of age, as your words and actions are an example, Avoid unaccompanied and unobserved activities with any person under 18 years of age, wherever possible, Refrain from any form of harassment of others, Refrain from any behaviour that may bring MA or a member into disrepute, Provide a safe environment for the conduct of the activity, Show concern and caution towards others who may be sick or injured, Be a positive role model, Understand the repercussions if you breach, or are aware of any breaches of, this code of behaviour. ATTACHMENT B - MEMBER PROTECTION DECLARATION I __________________________________________ (name) of ____________________________________ ___________________________________________ (Address) Born ___________________ Sincerely declare: I do not have any criminal charge pending before the courts. I do not have any criminal convictions or findings of guilt for sexual offences, offences related to children or acts of violence. 3. I have not had any disciplinary proceedings brought against me by an employer, sporting organisation or similar body involving child abuse, sexual misconduct or harassment, acts of violence, intimidation or other forms of harassment. 4. I have never been sanctioned for an anti-doping rule violation under any anti-doping policy applicable to me. 5. I have never participated in, facilitated or encouraged any practice prohibited by the world anti-doping agency code or any other anti-doping policy applicable to me. 6. To my knowledge there is no other matter that MA may consider to constitute a risk to its members, employees, volunteers, athletes or reputation by engaging me. 7. I will notify the CEO of the organisation(s) engaging me immediately upon becoming aware that any of the matters set out in clauses 1 to 6 above has changed for whatever reason. Declared in the State/Territory of ___________ on ________________ (Date) ___________________ signature Parent/guardian consent (in respect of person under the age of 18 years) MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY 1. 2. APPENDIX 3 MA has a duty of care to its members and to the general public who interact with its employees, volunteers, members and others involved with its activities. As part of this duty of care and as a requirement of MA’s member protection policy, MA must enquire into the background of those applying for, undertaking or remaining in any work (paid or voluntary) that involved direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18 years. I have read and understood the declaration provided by my child. I confirm and warrant that the contents of the declaration provided by my child are true and correct in every particular. Name: _________________________Signature: _______________________________Date: ______________ 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT enjoy the ride 247 6. 7. 8. 9. Include advice about the working with children check in information being provided about childrelated positions (e.g. Coach of junior team), Request a background check for preferred applicants for paid child-related employment before they start work, Decide whether to offer the applicant the position, taking into account the result of the working with children check and any other information we have available, Where it is not practical to complete the background check prior to employment commencing, we must still complete the check as soon as possible. We must advise employees that their ongoing employment is conditional upon the satisfactory outcome of the check, 10. Notify the NSW Commission for Children and Young People of any person whose application for child-related employment has been rejected primarily because of a risk assessment in the working with children check. We must do this even if we offer the person an alternative position, 11. Advise the person if their application was rejected primarily because of an adverse risk assessment in the working with children check; 12. Notify the NSW commission for children and young people of any person against whom relevant employment proceedings have been completed, and 13. Protect the privacy of any person who is checked and the confidentiality of any information obtained through the checking process. Child-related employment is any work (paid or unpaid) that involves direct and unsupervised contact with children in several types of areas such as sporting and recreation clubs and associations that have a significant child membership or involvement. Employment includes work done: • Under a contract of employment, • As a sub-contractor, • As a volunteer for an organisation, • As a minister of religion (whether or not ordained), and • Undertaking practical training as part of an educational or vocational course. Prohibited person is a person convicted of committing a serious sex offence or is a registrable person. Registrable person is someone who has been found guilty of the following offences against children: 248 enjoy the ride • Murder • Sexual offences • Indecency offences • Kidnapping • Child prostitution • Child pornography Relevant employment proceedings are disciplinary proceedings completed in NSW, or elsewhere, where an employer or professional body that supervises the conduct of the employee has found that ‘reportable conduct’ or an act of violence occurred, or there is some evidence that it occurred. An act of violence will be relevant only if it was committed by an employee in the course of employment and in the presence of a child. Reportable conduct is: • Any sexual offence, or sexual misconduct, committed against, with or in the presence of a child (including a child pornography offence); • Any assault, ill treatment or neglect of a child; or • Any behaviour that causes psychological harm to a child. Queensland Queensland blue card requirements This information is subject to change at any time. Refer to the Queensland Commission for Children and Young People and Child Guardian’s (commission) website: www.bluecard.qld.gov.au or contact 1800 113611 if you have any queries about your obligations under their legislation. This information was updated on 1 April 2006 and is provided as a guide only. In Queensland the Queensland Commission for Children and Young People and Child Guardian Act 2000 requires people who work with children under 18 years of age in certain categories of employment regulated by the Act, and people carrying on certain categories of business regulated by the Act to hold a blue card, unless specifically exempt. When a person applies for a Blue Card the Commission conducts a Working with Children Check which is an assessment of a person’s eligibility to work with children based on their criminal history, certain disciplinary information (if any) and investigative information (if any) held by the Police Commissioner. If a person is eligible for a Blue Card, the Commission issues a positive notice letter and a Blue Card which remains current for a period of 2 years. Association/club requirements Qld State Associations and Clubs are responsible for applying for a Blue Card on behalf of their paid 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT employees and volunteers where the nature of their work falls under one of the categories regulated by the Act. Interstate sporting organisations, associations and clubs visiting Queensland for sporting training camps, competition or other activities taking place in queensland may also need to apply for a Blue Card if the nature of their activities falls under one of the categories in the Act. People carrying on a regulated business are responsible for applying for a Blue Card if the activities of the business are regulated under one of the categories in the Act. Relevant categories of employment regulated by the Act Note: only those categories of employment relevant to the sport and recreation industry have been listed below. Paid employees who commenced work in one of the following categories of employment after 1 May 2001 will need to apply for a Blue Card unless exempt under the relevant category: • Private teaching, coaching or tutoring, • Sport and active recreation, • Clubs and Associations involving children, • Child accommodation incorporates billets). services the act need a Blue Card, unless exempt, before they can commence the child related activity, regardless of how often they come into contact with children and young people. Exemptions The following people are exempt from the working with children check and do not need a Blue Card: • Children under 18 who are volunteers (except trainee students required to work in regulated employment as part of their studies with an education provider such as a registered training organisation, or university); • A volunteer guest of a school or a registered charity, corporation or incorporated association: • For the purpose of observing, supplying information or entertainment to 10 or more people, and • The activity is for 10 days or less on no more than two occasions per year, and • The person is unlikely to be physically present with a child without another adult being present, or • An event volunteer performing the function of employment at a national or state event organised by a school or a registered charity, corporation or incorporated association (operating at a state or national level) for: (which A sporting, cultural or skill based activity, and • The event is attended by more than 100 people, and • • The work is for 10 days or less on no more than two occasions per year; and • The person is unlikely to be physically present with a child without another adult being present. Schools - employees other than teachers and parents Paid employees Paid employees falling under one of the above listed categories of employment regulated by the Act need a Blue Card, unless exempt, if they work or are likely to work over a period of 12 months for at least: • Eight consecutive days, or • Once a week, each week, over 4 weeks, or • Once a fortnight, each fortnight, over 8 weeks, or • Once a month, each month over 6 months. Once a Blue Card application has been lodged, a paid employee can commence or continue to work in regulated employment while waiting for the outcome of their Blue Card application. Volunteers Volunteers working with children who fall under one of the above listed categories of employment regulated by 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT In addition, the following specific exemptions apply under each category regulated by the act. It is critical to note that the exemptions below apply to the specific categories of regulated employment and business as stated, and therefore are not transferable. For example, a ‘registered teacher’ is only exempt in the first 2 categories of regulated employment mentioned below, as that specific exemption does not apply to the remaining three identified categories of employment. 1 Schools - employees other than teachers and parents • A ‘registered teacher’; and • A volunteer parent of a child attending the school. enjoy the ride MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY • APPENDIX 3 Paid employees commencing employment in the following category need a Blue Card irrespective of when they commenced their employment – ie. before or after 1 May 2001: 249 2 Private teaching, coaching or tutoring • A ‘registered teacher’; or • A person carrying out work in their capacity as an employee of an ‘education provider’ . Exemptions 1. Private teaching, coaching or tutoring 3. Sport and active recreation • • The employment takes place at an ‘amusement park’; or If the business is conducted by an education provider 2. • The person provides the service or conducts the activity in their capacity as an employee of a ‘government entity’; or Child accommodation services homestays (including billets) • If the business is conducted at a: • A volunteer parent of a child to whom the services are provided; or • Boarding facility; or • • A volunteer parent of a child in relation to whom the activities are conducted • The services are provided, or the activities are conducted by or within a club or association or similar entity and are regulated under that category (see item 4: clubs and associations involving children). Residential facility funded by the Commonwealth Government, or the Department of Child Safety, Disabilities Services Queensland, Department of Communities, Qld Health; or licensed by the Child Protection Act; or • Or another place mainly providing accommodation for children which is funded by the Commonwealth Government or Education Queensland. 4. Clubs and Associations involving children 3. Sport and active recreation • The person carries out the work in their capacity as an employee of a ‘government entity’; or • If the business takes place at an amusement park; or • A volunteer parent of a child who receives the same or similar services to which the employment relates; or • The activities are conducted by or within a club, association or similar entity and are regulated under that category (see item 4). • A volunteer parent of a child who participates in the same or similar activities to which the employment. 5. recreational activities such as sporting camps and programs (excluding amusement parks). Child accommodation services (including billets) • The ‘child accommodation service’ is being provided to a relative of the home stay provider; • The work is carried out for a ‘government service provider’ that carries on a business which includes arranging a ‘child accommodation service’; or • The employment is organised by a school or a a registered charity, corporation or incorporated association and is for 10 days or less and provided on no more than two occasions per year. Relevant categories of business regulated by the Act Note: only those categories of business relevant to sport and recreation industry have been listed below. A person or a corporation carrying on the following regulated businesses in queensland must also apply for a Blue Card: • Private teaching, coaching or tutoring • Child accommodation services homestays (including billets) • Sport and active recreation (which may include 250 enjoy the ride including including Where the business is a corporation, each person whose principal place of residence is in australia, who takes part in the management of the corporation needs a blue card. A person carrying on a regulated business must hold a blue card before they commence the regulated activity regardless of how often they come into contact with children and young people. Application forms Blue Card application forms for a paid employee, volunteer, or person carrying on a regulated business can be downloaded from www.ccypcg.qld.gov.au. Volunteer applications are processed free of charge; there is a $40 processing fee for paid employees and business applications. This fee is to be paid by the organisation seeking the relevant information. Change in criminal history If MA knows or reasonably suspects that an employee who commenced employment prior to 1 May 2001 and therefore does not require a Blue Card, has a criminal history relevant to their work with children or young people, the MA can apply for a Blue Card for that person. In such a case, the relevant application form to submit is a ‘Current employee blue card application form’. 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT This requirement also applies to interstate sporting organisations that visit Queensland and apply to the commission for a working with children check. Risk management Amendments to the Act, effective January 2005, require organisations engaging paid employees or volunteers that need a Blue Card, and persons or organisations carrying on a business for which a Blue Card is required to develop and implement annually, a risk management strategy to promote the well-being of children in their care and protect them from harm. The key elements an organisation needs to consider in creating a risk management strategy includes: A child protection policy, which outlines: • A code of conduct, • Recruitment, training procedures for staff, • Reporting guidelines and directions for handling disclosures or suspicions of harm, and • Consequences to staff for non-compliance with the policy. • Communication and support strategies, such as: • Information sheets for staff, volunteers and parents about policies, procedures and codes of conduct, and • Training materials and communication strategies which help staff, volunteers and parents identify risks of harm, and management Documentation of risk management processes including, • Registers of staff, • Strategies and plans for high-risk and special events. • Complaints registers, and • Forms to ensure consistent handling of incidents, disclosures of harm, permissions and approvals for related activities. South Australia South Australian child protection requirements This information is subject to change at any time. Refer to the Department of Families and Communities website www.familiesandcommunities.sa.gov.au or the South Australian Office for Recreation and Sport’s website www.resport.sa.gov.au This information was updated on 1 May 2006. Recent amendments to the Children’s Protection Act 1993, in South Australia as per the Children’s Protection (Miscellaneous) Amendment Act 2005, 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Standards will be developed to assist organisations move to creating safer environments for children. Requirements under the standards are likely to include: • Codes of conduct and principles of good practice for working with children; • Guidance on standards of conduct for adults in dealing with children; • Advice on how to deal with cases of bullying or harassment of a child; • Guidance on informing on cases of child abuse and neglect, or suspected abuse or neglect; • Advice on the recruitment and supervision of staff of Government and non-government organisations; • Guidance on how to handle procedures for complaints, and making the complaints process easier for children; • Monitoring progress of child safe environments in Government and non-government sectors and periodic reporting; and • Developing and issuing standards in dealing with information about the criminal history of employees and volunteers. The amendments to the Children’s Protection Act 1993 may also require sport and recreation organisations to develop or comply with new criminal history check provisions. This may mean undertaking a criminal history check for any person in a prescribed position (including employees, volunteers, agents, subcontractors and contractors) who has: • Regular contact/close proximity to children; or • Supervision of such a person; or • Access to children’s records; or enjoy the ride MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY • The new provisions will require Government, nongovernment and volunteer organisations that are entrusted with the care of children or regularly come into contact with children to have strategies in place to prevent and minimise opportunities for abuse and to appropriately respond when abuse occurs or is suspected. Organisations will also be required to implement guidelines and processes that clearly outline effective and timely responses to child protection issues and steps of action. APPENDIX 3 • promote a whole of community responsibility to the care and protection of children and young people. Whilst yet to be proclaimed, new provisions relating to the establishment of child safe environments, facilitating effective criminal history checks and the extension of mandated notifiers, will all have an impact upon sporting and recreational organisations. 251 • Else as prescribed by regulation. Mandatory reporting is currently a requirement by law in South Australia. Mandatory reporting means that those people covered by the law must report reasonable suspicions of child abuse or neglect. Those currently mandated under the law include teachers, medical practitioners, health professionals, child care workers, day care providers, social workers and workers, volunteers and managers within Government departments or non-government agencies that provide services to children. Under the new legislation a person employed by, or volunteering in, organisations that provide sporting or recreational services for children will also be mandated. Throughout the year, further information and advice relating to proclamation and implementation of these provisions will be provided by the office for recreation and sport in South Australia. Once proclaimed, penalties of up to $10,000 will apply for non-compliance with the requirements under the legislation. Until this time recreation and sport organisations should continue to follow the generic child protection requirements and the risk management process set out in ‘child protection in sport - National overview’ document provided by the Australian Sports Commission. supervised. The following child-related categories are relevant to our sport. • Educational institutions for children (such as schools and some TAFE programs), • Clubs, associations or movements that provide services or conduct activities for or directed at children or whose membership is mainly comprised of children, • Coaching or private tuition services of any kind for children, and • Direct commercial provision (and not incidental or in support of other business activities) of gym or play facilities specifically for children. Exemptions The following people will not need to have a check: • Individuals aged under 18, • Volunteers involved in an activity in which their child ordinarily participates , • Individuals working only with children who are close family relations, • Secondary school students aged under 20 performing volunteer work arranged through the school where they are studying, Victoria child protection requirements • Sworn members of Victoria Police, This information is subject to change at any time. Refer to the Department of Justice website: www.justice.vic. gov.au and follow the working with children link or contact 1300 652 879. This information was updated 1 April 2006. • Teachers registered with the Victorian Institute of Teaching, • A visiting worker who does not ordinarily reside and perform child-related work in victoria. Victoria Under the Working with Children Bill (2005) the Victorian Working with Children Check will require individuals who work or volunteer with children in certain capacities in identified occupations and activities to undergo screening for criminal offences. A person who has no relevant criminal or professional disciplinary history will be granted an assessment notice. That notice will entitle the person to undertake child-related work. A person deemed unsuitable to work or volunteer with children will be given a negative notice and cannot work in child-related work. A negative notice can be appealed to Victorian Civil and Administrative Tribunal (VCAT) provided the individual is not listed on the sex offenders register or subject to an extended supervision order. Phasing-in arrangements Checks are being phased in over the 5 years from April 2006. The type of child-related work determines when people need to apply for a check. At this stage it is anticipated that the sport sector will be phased in 2008/09. More information on the phasing-in of checks is available from www.justice.vic.gov.au. Employer requirements As an employer or volunteer organisation you must: • Ensure all employees or volunteers who are required to get a check do so at the correct time, which is indicated in the phasing plan. • Where your employees or volunteers are not required to get a check because their contact with children is directly supervised, ensure the supervisor has a check unless an exemption applies. For example, the supervisor may be a registered teacher with the Victorian Institute of Teaching, making them exempt • Ensure that employees or volunteers issued with a Who needs to apply for a check? Any person who works in, or in connection with, in a paid or voluntary capacity, any of the 20 child-related occupational fields listed in the Act. This work must also usually involve (or be likely to involve) regular, direct contact with a child where that contact is not directly 252 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT negative notice do not undertake child-related work as defined by the Working with Children Act 2005. As an employer or volunteer organisation you should: • Record your employee’s and volunteer’s unique application receipt number received when they submit their application. The act enables a person to continue or commence work while their application is pending • Confirm that your employees and volunteers have been issued with an assessment notice after check applications have been assessed by the department of justice • Sight your employee’s or volunteer’s working with children check card and confirm the status of their card number to verify that they have passed the check. You can do this online from 1 july 2006, or by calling 1300 652 872 • Record your employee’s or volunteer’s card number, which is different from their application receipt number • Develop internal processes in the event of an existing employee or volunteer being issued with an interim negative notice or negative notice. Western Australia Western Australia child protection requirements The check will take into account convictions for any offence and charges for serious sexual and violent offences and will cost $10.00 For volunteers and unpaid workers and $50.00 For paid workers and self-employed people. These fees will be paid by the organisation seeking the information. Applicants whose check is successful will be issued with either an ‘Assessment Notice’ in the form of an ICD card which allows that person to work or volunteer with children across different types of ‘child-related work’. Applicants whose check is unsuccessful will be issued with a ‘negative notice’, which prohibits any child-related work. In some cases, an interim negative notice may be 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT Assessment notices will be valid for three years, unless the person has a relevant change in criminal record. If this occurs, the person is required to report this to their employer, who must then inform the screening unit, and a reassessment of the record takes place. The Police may also inform the screening unit where a person in child-related work has had a relevant change in criminal record. Who needs to apply for a check? People doing child-related work must have a check by the date required under the phasing-in arrangements. The definition of child-related work, under section 6 of the Working with Children (Criminal Record Checking) Act 2004, includes: Work is child-related work if the usual duties of the work involve, or are likely to involve, contact with a child in connection with: • An educational institution for children, • A coaching or private tuition service of any kind, but not including an informal arrangement entered into for private or domestic purposes, • A club, association or movement (including of a cultural, recreational or sporting nature and whether incorporated or not) with a significant membership or involvement of children, but not including an informal arrangement entered into for private or domestic purposes, • An overnight camp. Note that categories of work not relevant to the activities of our sport have not been listed above. A full list of the categories of child-related work is available on the Department of Community Development Working with Children Screening Unit website www.checkwwc. wa.gov.au or 1800 883 979 General exemptions The following people are exempt from the legislation and will not need to have a check: • Volunteers under 18 years, • Employers of and fellow employees working with young people, so long as they are not otherwise in child-related work, • Parents volunteering where their child is also involved (this exemption does not apply to enjoy the ride MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY Certain people working with children in Western Australia are required to have a Working with Children Check – a national criminal history check and assessment of any record that appears as part of this check. The check is compulsory under the Working with Children (Criminal Record Checking) Act 2004, and will be introduced progressively to different sectors over the next 5 years. The screening unit must notify the employer, where known, of the outcome of applications for a check. APPENDIX 3 This information is subject to change at any time. Refer to the Department of Community Development Working with Children Screening Unit website www. checkwwc.wa.gov.au or 1800 883 979. This information was updated on 1 April 2006. issued while the screening process is completed. This means that you must not start or continue that person in ‘child-related work’ while the notice is current, and you can only start or continue that person in child-related work if they are later issued an assessment notice. 253 parents volunteering in connection with overnight camps), Obligations of employers, including organisations using volunteers include: • Short-term visitors to WA, for 2 weeks after their arrival, and for no more than 2 weeks in a 12 month period, • You must not employ a person in child-related employment on more than five days in a calendar year unless he or she: • People who carry out child-related work on no more than 5 days in a calendar year (except those working in child care services). • Has applied for a check, or • Already holds a current assessment notice Specific exemptions from certain categories of childrelated work By the date they are required to under the phasing-in arrangements. • You must not employ someone in child-related employment if you are aware that he or she holds a negative notice or interim negative notice. CATEGORY PARENT EXEMPTION OTHER EXEMPTIONS Educational institution for children. Work carried out on a voluntary basis by a parent of a child who is enrolled at the educational institution. WA College of Teaching members (for 2006 only). Coaching or private tuition service of any kind. Work carried out on a voluntary basis by a parent of a child to whom the service is being provided in connection with an activity in which the child is participating or ordinarily participates. An informal arrangement entered into for private or domestic purposes. Coaching or private tuition provided to a class of 2 or more students that is not provided primarily for children. Club, association or movement (including of a cultural, recreational or sporting nature and whether incorporated or not) with a significant membership or involvement of children. Work carried out on a voluntary basis by a parent of a child who is involved or is ordinarily involved in some or all of the activities of the club, association or movement. An informal arrangement entered into for private or domestic purposes. An overnight camp, regardless of the type of accommodation or how many children are involved. No parent exemption. WA College of Teaching Members, where overnight camp is in connection with: Community kindergarten; Educational institution for children; or Coaching or private tuition service. MA MEMBERS GET 254 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT You must not employ a person in child-related employment if you are aware that the person has withdrawn his or her check application. • Child care licensees and “managerial officers” • • You must not employ a person in child-related employment if you are aware that he or she: Registered teachers working in educational settings • • Has a conviction or pending charge for a class 1 or class 2 offence, and Persons with an F or T driver’s licence endorsement who carry out a transport service specifically for children • Does not have a current assessment notice or an application for one that is still being considered. • People providing coaching or private tuition services for a tafe or a registered training organisation. • If an employee or volunteer reports a relevant change in criminal record to you, you must report this (in writing) to the working with children screening unit, as soon as practicable. • “New” paid employees (who are not public sector employees) who commence child-related work after 1 january 2006 in the following categories of child-related work: • f you receive a written request from the working with children screening unit, you must provide information or documents to show your compliance with your obligations as an employer. • Coaching or private tuition services • It is okay for employers to start someone in childrelated work once they have applied for a check in line with the phasing-in arrangements (outlined below) and while the check is being processed. The employer does not have to wait until the card is issued. Safeguards are in place to ensure that the screening unit notifies the employer if, in the mean time, a negative notice or interim negative notice is issued, or if the person subsequently withdraws their application. Clubs, associations or movements with a significant membership or involvement of children • Overnight camps • Children’s entertainment or party services. Phasing-in arrangements • Commencing in 2006 • Volunteers working with children aged 0 – 7 years in any category of child-related work. • Self-employed people working with children in connection with any category of child-related work, except Volunteers working with children aged 8 – 12 years in any category of child-related work. • “New” public sector employees who commenced child-related work after 1 january 2006. • “New” paid employees who commenced work after 1 january 2006 in the following categories of child-related work: • Educational institutions for children • People providing coaching and private tuition services for a tafe, registered training organisation or education service provider registered under the education service providers (full fee overseas students) registration act 1991. Commencing in 2008 • Volunteers working with children aged 13 – 17 years in any category of child-related work. Commencing in 2009-2010 • “Continuing” paid employees (including public sector employees) who have remained in the same child-related work they were in before 1 January 2006, and are still in that position. • BEST R ATES AT ACCOR HOTELS & RESOR TS MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY For full details of the phasing-in arrangements for checks please see Factsheet 2 “When to apply for a working with children check”, available at www. Checkwwc.Wa.Gov.Au, or by calling (08) 6217 8100. • APPENDIX 3 Checks are being phased-in over 5 years. If a person is carrying out child-related work and needs to apply for a check, they must apply by the date required under the phasing-in arrangements. The information provided below about phasing-in arrangements is general information only. Only those categories of child-related work relevant to our sport are listed. Commencing in 2007 How? see www.ma.org.au 2007 2007 MANUAL MANUALOF OFMOTORCYCLE MOTORCYCLESPORT SPORT enjoy enjoythe theride ride 255 • APPENDIX 4- PRIVACY REGULATION We respect your privacy and are committed to protecting your personal information. This document sets out our policy on how we will manage your personal information. What is personal information? Personal information is information or an opinion (including information or an opinion forming part of a database) from which it is possible to determine your identity. Examples of personal information include your name, postal address, telephone number and email address. • keep you informed of news and information (such as advance notice of ticket sales) relating to motorcycling, including by distributing newsletters, publications and other communication via various mediums; • research and develop new competitions, programs, activities and other events relating to motorcycling; and • research and develop new products, services and merchandise relating to motorcycling. How do we collect your personal information? If you do not wish to receive our newsletters, publications and other communications, please advise us in writing (contact details are set out below). • directly from you, for example, when you provide information to us by phone, email, in an application form or through our web site; and We will require parties that we disclose personal information to, to keep the information confidential and not to use the information other than the purpose for which it is disclosed to them. • from third parties, such as from our State Controlling Bodies and affiliated clubs (together the “Other Motorcycling Associations”). We collect personal information about you in a number of ways, including: How do we use your personal information? We and third parties (including the Other Motorcycling Associations) to whom we disclose your personal information in accordance with this Privacy Policy, may use your personal information in order to: • verify your identity; • develop, run, administer and market competitions, programs, activities and other events relating to motorcycling; • market products, services, merchandise and special offers made available by us, Other Motorcycling Associations or our respective corporate partners, licensees, suppliers and sponsors; • administer and manage our web site and provide you with access to our web site; Health and sensitive information In some circumstances we may collect: • information about your health; or • other sensitive information about you (for example, information about your racial or ethnic origin). We may use health information about you to ensure that motorcycling programs in which you participate are run safely and in accordance with any special health needs you may have and for insurance purposes. In addition, we may use de-identified health information and other sensitive information to carry out research, to prepare submissions to government or a government body or to plan events and activities. De-identified information is information which has been aggregated or otherwise de-identified so that it cannot be used to identify you or any other individual. When do we disclose information? your personal We may disclose your personal information to: MA MEMBERS GET 256 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT • organisations (including the Other Motorcycling Associations ) involved in motorcycling programs and initiatives in Australia; it is corrected. Protecting Personal Information We store personal information in paper and/or in electronic form. The security of information is important to us and reasonable steps to protect it from misuse, loss, unauthorised access, modification or disclosure will be taken. • companies that we have engaged to carry out functions and activities on our behalf; • our professional advisers, including accountants, auditors and lawyers; • our insurers; Some of the security measures that we use include: • the Australian Institute of Sport; and 1. • otherwise as required or authorised by law. Confidentiality requirements of our employees and service providers; 2. Security measures for computer/data base system access; and 3. Security measures on our website, www.ma.org. au our Our web site When you visit our web site, our systems may record certain information about your use of our web site (such as which web pages you visit and the time and date of your visit). We use this information to help analyse and improve the performance of our web site. Websites linked to our website are not subject to our privacy standards, policies or procedures. These individual websites would need to be contacted or reviewed directly to determine their privacy standards, policies and procedures. We take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the personal information we collect, use and disclose is accurate, complete and up-to-date. However, we rely on the accuracy of personal information as provided to us both directly and indirectly. If you find that the personal information we hold about you is inaccurate, incomplete or out-of-date, please contact us immediately (our contact details are set out below) and we will take reasonable steps to ensure that 5 % OFF How to contact us If you have any questions in relation to this Privacy Policy, you can write to our Privacy Officer at PO Box 134, South Melbourne Vic 3205 or send an email to mail@ma.org.au. Changes to this Privacy Policy From time to time, we may need to change this Privacy Policy to reflect our changing business practices. We may change the Privacy Policy at any time by posting the changed Privacy Policy on our web site. Privacy Collection Statement MA collects information about you to provide you with services to facilitate your involvement in motorcycling and to conduct marketing activities and market research. If the information is not provided, MA may not be able to provide certain services. PRIVACY REGULATION Accuracy of your personal information Subject to some exceptions provided by law, you have the right to access your personal information. For security purposes, if you would like to access personal information that we hold about you, we require you to put your request in writing. If we do not allow you access to any part of the personal information we hold about you, we will tell you why. We will not charge you for lodging a request to access your personal information, but we may charge you for our reasonable costs in supplying you with access to this information. APPENDIX 4 In addition, we may use “cookies” on our web site. Cookies are small text files that help a web site to remember your preferences and improve your experience of using that web site. Using cookies is standard practice for most large web sites. In some cases, the cookies that we use may collect some personal information about you. We will treat this information in the same way as other personal information we collect about you. If you prefer, you may be able to disable cookies on your internet browser. However, if you do so, you will not be able to enjoy the enhanced user experience that our cookies offer. How can you access the personal information we hold about you? ALL TIGER ANGEL LEATHERS & GEAR 2007 2007 MANUAL MANUALOF OFMOTORCYCLE MOTORCYCLESPORT SPORT How? see www.ma.org.au enjoy enjoythe theride ride 257 RULE AMENDMENT OR INCLUSION FORM These are your rules, and Motorcycling Australia recognises that the people who are most involved with the Sport are extremely well placed to provided feedback on whether these rules work to make Motorcycle Sport safe, free and fair. If you have a suggestion on how a rule could be changed, or a new rule be included in next year’s Manual of Motorcycle Sport, use this form. When completed, you can: • Give it to your Club Secretary, • Send it to your SCB (Their contact details are on P 14) • Send it to Commissions Manager, Motorcycling Australia, P.O. Box 134 South Melbourne 3205 or fax to 03 9684 0555 If you would like to know the process required for a rule change, read Chapter 7 of this Manual. New Rule Amendment Existing rule number [if applicable]_____________________ Suggested wording of change or new rule:[attach sheets if required] ______________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Explain why this rule change should occur.[attach sheets if required] _____________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Your Contact Details Name _____________________________________________________ Telephone No [BH] ____________________ [AH] ___________________________________ email _______________________________________________________________________ Questions? Feedback? Call 03 9684 0500 258 enjoy the ride 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL enjoy the ride 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL Get Routed Tours; overseas Many (see website) Tours; off-road Australian M/C Tours Tours; on-road East Coast Stay Upright National AllWest Motorcycle transport 24 hour emergency national bike recovery Ride days Olbis, Rocklea, UHF Radios Qld Tyres for Bikes Albion Tyres (motorcycle) Vic Bob Jane T-Mart (Elizabeth St only) Tyres (motorcycle) Bob Jane T-Marts Tyres (car) Ezy Trailer Trailers Foxtel Pay TV ‘andy strapz Motorcycle Touring equipment Stay Upright Motorcycle rider training Hit-Air Australia Motorcycle Jackets Garners M/cycle Hire Motorcycle rental National National East Coast National National National National Qld East Coast Qld, NSW, Vic, SA International 10% discount,PLUS National booking service 10% discount on airbag jackets Special Events for members, discounts on training 10% discount, plus 4x yearly specials Special deals (see website) 5% discount off kits National fleet pricing 10% discount off selected tyres, national tyre shipping 10% discount off selected tyres & rider & bike access Discount off Uniden UHF handheld radios National booking service Discounts, special days, promotional support Official Oz GP Tour Superbike Tour, other tours Members’ Discount (varies) Motorcycle Tours to Isle of Man, New Zealand ISDE MA MEMBERS GET 10% DISCOUNT ON STAY UPRIGHT RIDE DAYS AND RIDING COURSES How? see www.ma.org.au RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL 2007 2007 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT 26 enjoy enjoythe theride ride MOTORCYCLING RIDERS’ DIVISIONAUSTRALIA MANUAL MEMBER BENEFITS MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEMBER BENEFITS Motorcycling Australia members and licence holder receive a range of membership priveleges as part of their membership of Australia’s premier motorcycling organisation. All you need to do is use your membership number or show your licence or membership card when shopping at any of the suppliers listed. There are a number of organisations, such as Europcar and Best Western which require the input of o unique code which you can obtain from Motorcyckling Australia’s website- www.ma.org.au The list of participating organisations is subject to change at any time. For the most up-to date list, please t our website. I If you have a business and would like to participate in the Member Benefits program, for which there is no charge, please contact Dan on 03 9684 0509 Deus ex Machina Motorcycle Shop Get Routed Motorcycle transport (international) AllWest Motorcycle Transport Motorcycle transport Two Wheels (& other Federal Publishing titles Motorcycle Trader Magazine Magazines Emap- Aust Dirt Bike & FHM Magazines Australian Road Rider magazine National Magazines tba Legal referral service Hewlett-Packard Computers Bikeguard Car & Bike Insurance Europcar Car Rental Ultra-Tune Car Servicing Just Brakes Brakes Technical Books Books Trutrack Bike suspension & brake setup GP Tech, Nerang Bike suspension work Ariel Batteries Batteries Accor Accommodation Best Western Accommodation Magazines 12 enjoy the ride National National National Qld Vic National Vic National National National National tba National National National Corporate Rates Business travel program (best rate available) 10% discount Discount 10% off 10% discount 10% discount min 10% on car servicing Corporate rates 15% discount PLUS $1000 Helmet, leathers cover PLUS $500 for accommodation after a crash Discounted computer bundles (desktop, PDA, camera & printer) tba 30% subscription discount 25% Subscription discount 40% subscription discount Discounted advertising to members 10% Member discount on selected shipping International Trade price PLUS National booking service (East Coast) National Sydney 10% discount on selected Deus ex Machina merchandise 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL formation to side-by-side to take up less space. When the light turns green, or when traffic opens up, the bike on the right goes first. • When parking, try to get the group off the road as quick as possible. If you can, plan ahead to make sure there is ample parking for your group. ride ready…on- & off-road The Motorcycle Safety Foundation recommends you do a short pre-ride check before every ride. To help you remember the checks, the MSF came up with the acronym ‘T-CLOCK’, which stands for: Tyres, • • Controls, • Lights, • Oil, • Chassis and • Kickstand (Sidestand) These are simple, easy-to-access items that anyone who rides on or off road should be able to identify and check. Doing the checks should only take a few minutes, but, depending on what you find, they could be the most important few minutes of your life. tyres and wheels Since tyres are where you and the road or trail meet, they’re the most important things to check. A tyre problem can affect handling—sometimes severely. Start with the pressure in both tyres. The only accurate way to check tyre pressure is when they’re cold, as they heat up quickly on the move, raising the pressure. Read your owner’s manual or check the tyre sticker. While you’re down there, make sure you’ve got plenty of tread. You should have more than 1.6 mm. Remove foreign objects that may have lodged in the treads, and make sure there aren’t any cuts in the tyre. A scuff is nothing to be worried about, but if it’s a deep scratch or a crack, you might want to have it checked. Are your rims free of dents? Are your spokes tight and straight? controls and cables A snapped throttle or clutch cable can leave you on the side of the road or stranded in the bush, so check ‘em. Operate anything connected to a cable and make sure that the levers feel smooth and there are no tight spots. Apply the front brake and push the bike forward. The brake lever should feel firm and not come back 11 enjoy the ride so far it touches the handlebar, and the front wheel should not move. Check the rear brake, too. lights Seeing and being seen are two great ways to avoid crashes on the road or trail, so making sure your lights work is essential. Do the high and low beam work? Does the tail and brake light come on? Check left and right indicators, front and rear. Lastly, don’t forget your horn. oil and fuel Running out of fuel sucks, and since many motorcycles don’t have fuel gauges, it’s a real possibility. Pop the cap and visually check the fuel level. Make sure your fuel tap isn’t on reserve which could leave you with a nasty surprise if you roll to a stop thinking you’ve still got fuel in reserve. Keeping track of fuel can be as easy as resetting the tripmeter every time you fill up. Running out of fuel can be inconvenient, but running out of oil can turn your bike into an inert display of public art. Even new bikes can use enough oil to cause a seizure, so check it before every ride. chassis Though adjusting the suspension may not seem to be critical, different loads can cause any bike to feel quite different. Did you adjust the suspension before carrying a friend? Has your bike been sitting in the shed for the past six months? Sit on the bike and rock it, making sure that everything moves smoothly and relatively slowly. If the front or rear end behaves like a pogo stick, a trip to your trusty mechanic should be in your immediate future. If you have adjustable suspension, remember to read your owner’s manual and adjust it for the load you’ll be carrying and the type of riding you’ll be doing. sidestand (kickstand) and centre stand Stands are handy little items—they can be what keeps your motorcycle off the ground. Make sure they’re not cracked or bent. Check the spring or springs. Are they in place, and do they have enough tension to keep the stand(s) safely up? Don’t forget to look at the engine cut-out switch, if so equipped. If everything’s in place and operating properly, you’re done, and right to go. Enjoy your ride. 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL stay calm and think carefully. Stop your bike, switch off the engine and remove your helmet so you can hear other bikes. It might be some time before you hear anyone else. If you can’t hear any other bikes, go back to the last known Corner Man position and wait there, regardless of the duration, as this will be a location where searchers will look for you. on-road riding MA member organisations and affiliates run a huge range of events which you can take part in. These events can be as simple as a morning ride with mates or as complex as a ten day fully-catered tour. With so many events across the country, the chances are you’ll find at something to suit within easy riding distance. Check out the links to the various tours, rides, and rallies on the MA website www.ma.org.au group road riding There’s nothing quite like the feeling of being on a bike with a group of mates, following the curves of one of Australia’s great motorcycling roads. You catch sight of the riders behind you, and their grin matches your own. This is what a group road-ride is all about. It’s your opportunity to share the open road with like-minded people. But like most motorcycling experiences, this one is much more enjoyable if you follow a few simple rules that keep everyone safe. Organising the ride can be as informal as standing around in a parking area and deciding where to ride, or as complicated as planning for a special meeting where riders get pre-prepared maps and exchange mobile phone numbers. Riding in a group should never mean you • surrender your ability to make judgements about your own safety. Ride your own ride, and never ride faster than you feel comfortable. When planning your route and stops, think • about the experience and the stamina of everyone in the group. If it’s going to be a long ride, have a few breaks along the way. You’ll need to communicate with each other on • the ride, so decide on a system that everyone knows. enjoy the ride 10 • Decide who’ll lead, and who’ll run at the rear (sweep). It’s wise to have your most experienced riders up front and running sweep. The less experienced riders should be close to the front, so that the leader can adjust the pace if necessary. Ideally, the sweep rider will have a mobile • phone to call for help if there’s a problem. If the goal of the ride is to keep the group • together, the leader should set the pace so the least experienced rider feels comfortable. While riding, don’t just follow the motorcycle • in front of you. Instead, remember your basic training; - Look through the turn to where you want to go. If the group is riding faster than you are • comfortable with, let the sweep rider know you’re dropping out and ride at your own pace. You might reach the destination a few seconds behind the others, but you will get there, and that’s what’s important. Keep in mind; it’s all about fun. Each rider is responsible for making sure their motorcycle is mechanically up to the ride. Before you meet, make sure you’ve got enough fuel, and you’ve taken care of all those maintenance issues. (If you’re not sure what to check, use the MSF’s TCLOCK system that is reproduced below). You don’t want to be the reason for the whole group stopping when you could have prevented the problem with a few simple checks. • If your ride group starts to grow, think about creating smaller five- to seven-rider packs. That way, if something goes wrong, you don’t have end up with 25 bikes sitting on the side of the road. Smaller groups work much better in suburban and city streets, too. • Remember the 2-second rule- creating a space cushion in front and behind. If you want to keep the group tight, use a staggered formation; leaving enough room so everyone can manoeuvre side-toside they have to. Avoid riding side-by-side because it shrinks your space cushion. • Trikes and sidecars should stay in the centre of the lane, and should be given the same amount of cushion as if they were a car. • As turns get sharper, or as visibility decreases, move back to single file. You’ll also want to use single file entering or exiting a freeway, at toll booths, or when roads have a rough or questionable surface. • Where the group comes to a stop, tighten the 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL This effort is to help you navigate as safely as possible, but there are always some hazards that appear during the event or may go unmarked, so you must beware. During an event, you may see trail markers, follow a roll chart or receive instructions from a corner person. Once on the road or trail, you must keep an eye out for trail markers, hazards and other road users. This can be very difficult for new riders whose focus might be on the trail in front of them, rather than their surroundings. At speed, it’s easy to miss a trail marker or misread the roll chart, so as you ride, remember to frequently look ahead for turns, obstacles and other road users. If you get hurt, stay close to the trail or road side so someone will see you. If you break down, stay with your bike. This protocol avoids arranging a search for people who may have left the trail. the corner man system MA events will often use an internationally recognised hazard system called the Corner Man (CM) system. The Corner Man System is a user-friendly system that helps create safer riding. It accounts for a variety of skills and experience, allowing everyone to ride at their own pace, with a safety net if something goes wrong. There are three main components of the CM System. Lead Rider – They wear red vests or helmet covers. Riders – known as the corner men. Sweeps – They wear green vests or helmet covers. how the corner man system works When the Lead Rider arrives at a hazard, an environmental issue or a change in trail direction, he/she will indicate to the following rider (using pre agreed hand signals) that they are to STOP and WAIT. That rider then becomes the Corner Man. Their job is to indicate to all riders that follow the hazard, or change in trail direction. They should also count the number of riders that pass, comparing it with the number that started. Only once the Sweep (last rider) arrives, the Corner Man can proceed. If there’s a difference in the number of riders that have passed the corner man and those who started, it’s the Corner Man’s enjoy the ride 9 9 job to tell the Sweep(s). The benefit of the CM System is that it allows all riders to ride the trail at their own pace, determined by their experience. The more experience riders who have waited while acting as a Corner Man can make their way through the riding group. These riders may find themselves acting in the Corner Man role more frequently as their skill level dictates. No rider is permitted to pass the Lead Rider, and no rider should fall behind the Sweep. hand signals transport signal Once they receive a transport signal, riders must reduce their speed and not overtake. This signal may apply where there is a dust or other hazard. directional signal Riders need to follow the direction of the signal, coming from a Corner Man, and not ride on any sidetracks, major or minor, unless indicated. slow down When they receive the slow down signal, riders must reduce speed and watch, as there may be danger or hazard ahead. This signal may also be used where the trail can be easily damaged, so riders should keep a steady throttle. bike problems If a there’s problem with a bike, the rider should move it off the trail to a safe area where it won’t obstruct other traffic. The following rider should stop to render assistance and aid in the investigation of the problem. If it can’t be fixed, the Sweep(s) will follow the procedure for vehicle evacuation. If you become separated from the rest of group, 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL • If you see riders abusing these guidelines, let us or the police know. Remember safety first, ride responsibly. rider’s etiquette…passing other riders There are times when you’ll meet another rider who is travelling slower than you. Here are some simple pointers to follow, which will make passing safe for both of you: • Don’t crowd the other rider. The rider you’re following may panic and brake suddenly. Pace yourself – This could be a good time to • catch your breath & plan the next part of your ride. Be ready when the slower rider gives you room. • A quick thankyou wave never goes astray. • Let faster riders pass you – don’t take it • personally. Remember, you’re both there to have fun, not • get hurt. investing in the right off-road riding gear Buying a bike is only a start. To ride your bike, you need to invest money in the right safety gear. Riding at an MA event requires you to have and wear a full complement of safety gear. Each of us only gets the one head and brain. A helmet which meets Australian Standards is a good start. Goggles designed for off-road riding will keep dust out of your eyes and if there’s likely to be mud, don’t forget to get tearoffs; plastic film over your goggles will allow you to maintain a clear view. Off-road pants or leathers must be durable enough to protect your legs from the engine, the bush, and the occasional fall. Boots specially designed for offroad riding will protect you and could save your foot and lower leg from being damaged in a fall. You’ll also need a long sleeved jersey or jacket to protect your arms if enjoy the ride 8 you fall, and from passing branches. An off-road chest protector will not only help deflect the rocks and debris other riders kick up, but may also help protect your ribs during a fall. Good gloves will help keep your hands from getting ripped apart during the almost inevitable falls you’ll have. Some events require you to wear a full range of protective gear, you’ll need to read the entry requirements carefully. getting wet One important part of every athletic sport or recreation is staying properly hydrated. You’ll being using up a lot of fluid as you sweat, so make sure you drink plenty of liquid before riding. On an event, it is critical you bring your own water. Just keep sipping on the water; if you wait ‘til you are thirsty, you’ve waited too long. There are many ways to bring the water you need, but the best are the drinking systems that strap onto your back that are available in many places. tips for off-road ride setup With climates ranging from rain-forest to desert, alpine to tropical, Australia offers a huge range of environments and terrains to ride in. Add to that wildlife, large roots, gravel, sand, and rocks, and setting up your bike can become a critical safety item. Choosing the right tyre and tyre pressure can do a lot to improve your bike’s performance. If you expect a lot of sand, soft terrain tyres with reduced air pressure might be the ticket. If the budget doesn’t run to new tyres for every trail type, choose a good intermediate tyre and adjust the air pressure to accommodate the conditions. Some engines can be affected by altitude, fuel, temperature and exhaust changes. Trouble signs can include frequently fouled plugs, hard starting, inconsistent throttle response, and stuttering at high rpm. Sometimes problems can be helped through tuning or carburettor jetting changes. The great thing about being on an MA ride is that there’ll probably be someone else there who’s had similar problems and can help you with advice. following the route MA events can use a combination of roads, trails and tracks on public land, private property and public roads. Well-run events need a lot of preparation in laying out, mapping and preparing the course. 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL pre-ride briefing. Take notice of any hazards identified during • the pre-ride briefing, or during the ride. Always follow the instructions of the Ride • Organiser and any other personnel. Take notice of any particular concerns that • the organisers have about the ride conditions and make sure that you understand the Ride Organisers requirements to eliminate these concerns. Follow the directions of your Ride Organiser • and support personnel when hazards are identified. Don’t do anything that will endanger yourself, • your fellow riders and or other people. If a fellow rider breaks down, check if help is • needed and provide what help you can. Wait with the other rider or alert support personnel as required. • Pay particular attention at trail junctions to ensure you don’t crash into another vehicle. Concentrate on your riding and follow any • directives on trail signage. If you encounter an unexpected hazard, show • it to other riders to ensure the safety of the whole group. Use the correct methods for hazard • identification shown to you by your Ride Organiser. Carry enough food and fluids to sustain your • needs during the ride. The routes that off-road MA events cross may include both gazetted roads to tracks and trails with minimal maintenance through to unmarked tracks on private property. Bikes need to be in good working order, well muffled with good tyres with heavy duty tubes preferred. Riders of two-strokes should also carry spare engine oil just in case. Fuel range requirements will vary according to each event type. Your vehicle may be inspected and you must be able to present proof of your current vehicle registration and rider’s/ driver’s license before starting. 7 • Only licenced riders may ride in a pit, paddock or staging area. You must remain in first gear. • Ride conservatively, and don’t try stunts. • In the event of a breach of these simple rules, you will be warned once and then excluded from the event. riding on private property Thanks to our land management agencies, there are still public lands in Australia that permit off-road vehicles, but that right is always being challenged, especially when riders behave inappropriately. Some private property owners have been generous enough to permit access to their farms and properties. Even if you can’t see cows, sheep, or horses doesn’t mean they are not there. Think about how you’d think if strangers you allowed onto your property forgot to close the gate, left rubbish behind, and made a lot of noise late at night. There have been many documented experiences where motorcyclists have lost access to such lands for such indiscretions. Taking care of both public and private lands is the key to ensuring we can continue to enjoy the privilege of riding our motorcycles and ATVs. You can respond to owners’ generosity by: • Not tearing up the roads when entering or leaving a ride area. Staying off fences and gates. • Only riding in designated and permitted riding • areas. Not sneaking out to ride after hours. • riding in the pits and paddock In many MA run events, entrants are permitted to ride their bikes in the staging area. Because of the very real danger of accidents occurring where there’s a mix of motorcycles and pedestrians, some rules need to be followed: enjoy the ride What NOT to wear 7 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL off-road riding As a participant in a MA ride, you must abide by our rules and guidelines. These rules are there to ensure the safety of all participants and the preservation of the environment. MA’s goal is to maintain and increase access to areas for our off road rides. This can only be achieved through your co-operation by following some simple rules. Please read and make sure you understand all of these rules and guidelines before you ride. Following these rules can help ensure your safety, and the safety of everyone on the ride. Your actions can also affect ongoing access for all riders. Remember that riding is a privilege, not a right. Caring for and maintaining the environment is • every rider’s responsibility. Only ride where it’s legal, • • Stick to marked trails, Tell someone else where you’ll be riding, • Wear protective clothing. • We ask that all members follow our rules as well as use their common sense when participating at an MA event. If you can’t, we recommend that you reconsider membership of MA. Our long term goals are to create and develop opportunities for riders, and riding outside these simple rules can jeopardise this for every rider. off-road riding…environmental care You will have an affect on the environment you ride in and it is up to you to ensure you don’t damage it. If you, and all other riders are to continue to enjoy the privilege of riding in Australia you need to: • Always have your motorcycle fitted with an appropriate muffler to an approved Australian standard. Ride to minimise your impact on the • environment. (Your Ride Organiser can help you do this by demonstrating the correct style of riding). Don’t litter the riding environment. Anything • you bring into the riding environment must go home with you or into an appropriate rubbish bin. (If you see any rubbish and can carry it, pick it up: Every bit you can do helps to protect the environment). Providing that you do not endanger yourself or others, avoid colliding with native or domestic • enjoy the ride • • • • • animals that live in the riding environment. Leave the riding environment in the same or better condition than when you arrived. Communicate any bushfire or inappropriate land use to your Ride Organiser or the appropriate authorities. If you open a gate, close it after you. Stick to established trails and don’t take shortcuts through the bush, which could cause erosion problems (and a reason to restrict motorcycle access). Only use designated crossing points on creeks and waterways and minimise wheel spin at these crossings to reduce water turbidity. off-road riding…safety Your MA Ride Organiser is responsible for coordinating and guiding your ride. The Ride Organiser not only leads the activity but also takes responsibility for providing adequate pre-ride training, hazard identification and general safety of all participants. You must wear, as a minimum Safe footwear, • • Eye protection, • Gloves, Protective clothing and an • Australian Standards approved helmet. Your Ride Organiser will inform you if you do nt meet the minimum standard of personal protective equipment to participate in the ride. For your safety, and the safety of everyone on the ride, is imperative that you: Be present and pay attention for the entire • 6 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL Riders’ Division member gives you the opportunity to start enjoying your bike with other people who love their bikes. Most Riders’ Division permitted events will offer discounted rates for members. You can join the Riders’ Division at many events, but this will take time, so it makes sense to sign up well before you plan to ride. The easiest way to do this is by visiting our website www.ma.org.au and clicking on the Riders Division link at the top of the home page. We will try to get a new member’s kit to anyone who joins within thirty business days, but with peaks in demand, and variations in the mail across the country, it may take a little longer. To access the range of member benefits, and to ride at an MA sanctioned event, you’ll need your membership card, which is credit-card sized, so you can carry it anywhere you go. If you plan to ride at an event, you’ll need: Entry confirmation (which you’ll get if you pre• register for the ride) MA membership card Civil licence appropriate to your vehicle, and Appropriate protective gear and helmet. If you don’t pre-register, plan on joining a long • • • enjoy the ride 5 5 line well before the sign-up booth even opens! Due to Privacy legislation, and the sometimes remote nature of our events, you must have your membership card with you even if you have preregistered. No card- No ride. It will also be a condition of your participation in MA events that you indemnify MA and the organisers against claims that may arise from your participation in the event. Participants and spectators attending an event may also have to pay for admission to the event area. Event entrants usually also pay a registration or entry fee. the riders’ meeting The Riders Meeting is an essential part of any event. This is where you’ll find out about the particulars of the event, including warnings about the roads, trails, course or track. You will also get information about fuel availability, special conditions about private property use, and many things that will make your ride safer and more enjoyable. For this reason, we ask that you always attend the Riders Meeting, stay for the whole time, and listen carefully. 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL If you find, run or work for an company you think would be good to add to the list of participating organisations please contact riders@ma.org.au motorcycling australia tours Motorcycling is more about the journey than the destination. With such a great range of roads and off-road trails to choose from, Australia can offer every rider, from the just-licenced newbie to the forty-year veteran a touring experience second to none. Motorcycling Australia Tours have the best back-up, safety systems and support you can get. All our tour guides are trained, and they carry communications equipment to ensure your well-being. Motorcycling Australia Tours is not a travel agent or tour provider. Instead we work with tour providers and travel agents to put together fantastic travel events that are relevant to motorcyclists. Many are based around motorcycling sporting events. In Australia, you can participate in tours to the Australian MotoGP and to the Australian round of the World Superbike Championship. In addition, more than ten off-road riding organisations offer trial rides and off-road tours through Motorcycling Australia Tours. Whether your idea of a tour is a day-trip around a capital city of a coast to coast run, MA sanctioned tours will have a tour for you. One of the great things is that once you’re an MA member, you don’t need to muck around arranging day licences, permits or anything like that to attend an MA Riders’ Division permitted event. Tour operators operate in every State except Tasmania (correct at the time of printing) , and your membership should give you discounted entry to these events. If your horizons are a bit further out, you might want to think about one of the overseas tours run under our name- in 2006, these will include trips to Shganghai for the Chinese MotoGP, to New Zealand for the International Six Day Enduro (ISDE) Check out the MA website: www.ma.org.au for a list of tours, tour operators and the calendar of events. about any Motorcycling Australia Tour where-ever it starts, or you fly home, and your bike will follow a few day’s later. You can use Fly-n-RideTM at the start of almost any MA tour, at the end, or even both. Fly-n-RideTM can cut as much as a week off a tour, and gives busy people the flexibility they need taking part in events One of the best things about MA Riders Division events is that they are not races. They are fun rides to do at your own pace. Many will take you past scenic spots where you can stop and take a breather, a picture or just admire the view. Others might test your riding skills to the max. Either way, they offer a great day on your bike. Before you head to any event, remember that you’ll need to have an appropriately registered motorcycle and you must have the appropriate licence for the vehicle you are planning to ride. Knowing the rules is a good way to avoid trouble, so take a few minutes to check these pages, and anything else you might get from the event organisers. Be prepared. Like any scout, you need to think about what you’re about to do. Is your bike ready for the event? Maybe now is a good time to get it looked at by a qualified person. Have you got the appropriate riding gear- helmet, protective gear, boots, etc? Depending on the type of ride you are entering, you might also need a tool bag with basic tools to fix a flat tyre and spares like a tube, tyre levers, spark plugs, a chain link and a pump. If you are riding alone, ask around at the start for someone to ride with. Most of us are pretty friendly and will welcome another rider to the group. selecting an ma event There’s a world of riding out there. Being an MA don’t have the time? ...... then Fly-n-Ride™! Not everyone can spend a few weeks on their bike. If time is an issue for you, why not think about our Fly-n-RideTM option. For a few dollars we’ll ship your bike to join just enjoy the ride 4 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL Australia. There are husbands, wives and children, doctors, lawyers and teachers, technicians, tradies and labourers. The thing they have in common is a love of motorcycling, and they do it on road, off road and on the track. Motorcycling Australia has more than 23,000 members. There are affiliated clubs and commercial operators. Many members of MA are also members of local motorcycle clubs. Flip this book over and you’ll get a whole new insight into two-wheeled motorsport in Australia. Racers call in “the Bible” because in is the law when in comes to motorcycle sport. You might be amazed at how detailed some of the rules are. Many are there to ensure the safety and fairness of the sport. it’s all about volunteers Almost nothing that Motorcycling Australia does could happen without the support and hard work of an army of volunteers. If you paid for the actual commercial value of everything that happens at an MA event, an entry ticket to the Australian round of the World Superbikes would probably cost several thousand dollars. Going on a trail ride through a State Forest might cost many hundreds. This means the real work only gets done when members like you participate. MA has a range of volunteer roles that help us help members, such as setting up rides, fund raising, stuffing envelopes, newsletter contributions, etc. MA ploughs any profit it makes back into motorcycling. The continued success of MA depends heavily on the continued support from its members and the motorcycling community It can take a lot of work to layout a off-road track, check motorcycles for safety, make sure routes are safe for bikes, and all the things that need to happen for an event to happen. If you want to be involved, contact your local motorcycle club or SCB. They are listed at www.ma.org.au 3 a year at a time. Discounting of membership will also occur from time to time during the year, so keep a look out if you are planning of giviing Riders’ Division membership as a gift to a friend or loved one. As a member of Motorcycling Australia you have access to a wide range of discounted products, services and special events. The full list of benefits are shown in the last pages of this Manual. These benefits can be motorcycling or nonmotorcycling oriented, but we try to make them relevant to you. If there is a service or product which isn’t covered by our range of benefits, please make sure that we know so that we can investigate how to add it and improve the value of your membership. We suggest that before you buy anything that you spend a moment looking at this book, or at our website to see whether your Motorcycling Australia membership will get you a benefit. And MA will be working for all motorcyclists, tackling anti-motorcycle legislation and promoting motorcycles as a leisure and commuting alternative, by the: Creation of off-road riding areas in accessible • locations, Legal representation on road, track and trail • closures, Support for removing motorcyclist-specific hazards and anti- motorcycling laws. • our partners Motorcycling Australia is a membership services organisation. We exist to empower motorcyclists and to serve you. When we make arrangements with partners, we do so to improve the services to our members. We do not charge our partners to provide discounts, special deals or offers to you. riders’ division In 2005, Motorcycling Australia started the Riders’ Division as a way for non-competitive motorcyclists to become part of Australia’s premier motorcycling organisation. Membership of the Riders’ Division is open to any adult in Australia. The cost to join at the time of printing of this manual is $35/year, even less if you join for more than 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL enjoy the ride RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL Welcome to the Riders’ Division Manual This Manual is your guide to membership of Australia’s premier motorcycling organisation. It is the result of contributions by dozens of riders, many of whom have learned the hard way. We hope that you’ll find this book useful enough to refer to it, but don’t forget that you’ll find the most up-to-date information about the Riders’ Division at the Motorcycling Australia website- www.ma.org.au As well as information about the benefits of membership, there’s also information about tours in your area, and ways you can make your own riding safer and more enjoyable. Your membership card, whether it’s a MA race or official’s licence or a Riders’ Division Card, will give you access to a whole range of benefits. These benefits have been arranged for you, and so you should use your card whenever you can. We have tried to arrange for a balance of benefits: discounts, special deals and members’-only events so that every time you reach for your wallet or purse, you will be able to show your MA card and get a special benefit. This works for you and for every other member of MA, because together we will be supporting the organisations that support us. This way we can continue to expand the number of organisations that will provide benefits. Motorcycling Australia MA has been around for more than 70 years, primarily to run two-wheeled motorsport. We used to be called the Auto Cycle Council, and are the Australian affiliate of the Federation Internationale d’Motocyclisme (FIM) which means that almost every two-wheeled motorsport event occurs as a consequence of the existence of MA. The racers, the officials who check the bikes for compliance, people who make the events and race meetings safe are part of Motorcycling Australia’s involvement. We help coordinate affiliated organisations’ events by approving permits, and we sometimes promote events directly. It is through this combined effort that MA is able to support its members with fun, activism, information and support. We are a national federation comprising seven State and Territory Controlling Bodies. Your can find more details about your State/Territory body, including how to contact them at www.ma.org.au Your State Body can also provide you with information on how to start in motorsport, including information about racing clubs you can join. Membership of MA is made up of motorcycle enthusiasts from all walks of life, from all over Table of Contents Who are Motorcycling Australia? It’s all about volunteers... .... .... The Riders’ Division.. .... .... .... Our Partners. .... .... .... .... .... Motorcycling Australia Tours. .... Taking part in Events .... .... .... Seleting an MA event .... .... .... The Riders’ Meeting . .... .... .... Off Road Riding .. .... .... .... .... Off Road- Environmental Care ... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ...2 ...3 ...3 ...3 ...4 ...4 ...4 ...5 ...6 ...6 2 enjoy the ride Off Road - Safety .... .... .... .... Riding in Pits & Paddock .... .... Riding on Private Property ... .... Staying hydrated .... .... .... .... Off Road Riding Setup ... .... .... Following the Route.. .... .... .... The Corner Man System .... .... On Road Riding .. .... .... .... .... Group Road Riding... .... .... .... Ride Ready On and Off- Road ... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ...6 ...7 ...8 ...8 ...8 ...8 ...9 .10 .10 .11 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL ������������ � � � � � � � � � Motorcycling Australia 2007 Riders’ Division Manual Published annually by Motorcycling Australia ABN 83 057 830 083 147 Montague Street South Melbourne 3205 Victoria Australia Tel: 03 9684 0500 Fax: 03 9684 0555 email: mail@ma.org.au website: www.ma.org .au This publication is available electronically from www.ma.org.au Motorcycling Australia is the Australian affiliate of the Fèdèration Internationale de Motocyclisme. www.fim.ch ISSN 1833-2609 2007. All material in this book is the copyright of Motorcycling Australia Ltd (MA) and may not be reproduced without prior written permission from the Chief Executive Officer. enjoy the ride 2007 RIDERS’ DIVISION MANUAL enjoy the ride
